Crossing-The - Strait

CROSSING
THE STRAIT
China’s Military Prepares for War with Taiwan
Edited by
Joel Wuthnow, Derek Grossman, Phillip C. Saunders,
Andrew Scobell, Andrew N.D. Yang
CROSSING THE STRAIT
CROSSING THE STRAIT
China’s Military Prepares for
War with Taiwan
Edited by
Joel Wuthnow
Derek Grossman
Phillip C. Saunders
Andrew Scobell
Andrew N.D. Yang
National Defense University

Press
Washington, D.C.
2022
Published in the United States by National Defense University Press. Portions of
this book may be quoted or reprinted without permission, provided that a stan-
dard source credit line is included. NDU Press would appreciate a courtesy copy of
reprints or reviews.
Opinions, conclusions, and recommendations expressed or implied within are solely

those of the contributors and do not necessarily represent the views of the Depart-
ment of Defense or any other agency of the Federal Government. Cleared for public
release; distribution unlimited.
Library of Congress Control Number: 2022906513

ISBN: 978-0-9968249-8-9 (paperback)
National Defense University Press

300 Fifth Avenue (Building 62), Suite 212
Fort Lesley J. McNair
Washington, DC 20319
NDU Press publications are sold by the U.S. Government Publishing Office. For
ordering information, call (202) 512-1800 or write to the Superintendent of Docu-
ments, U.S. Government Publishing Office, Washington, DC 20402. For GPO publica-
tions online, access its Web site at: http://bookstore.gpo.gov.
Book design by John Mitrione, U.S. Government Publishing Office
Cover image: Amphibious tanks and People’s Liberation Army Navy Marine Corps
forces participate in amphibious landing drill during Sino-Russian Peace Mission
2005 joint military exercise, held in China’s Shandong Peninsula, August 24, 2005
(AP Photo/Xinhua/Li Gang)
This book is dedicated to Rear Admiral Eric McVadon,
U.S. Navy (Ret.), and Alan D. Romberg in appreciation
for decades of friendship and their many contributions
to PLA studies and cross-strait relations.
CONTENTS
Foreword
Michael T. Plehn............................................................................................. ix
Acknowledgments..........................................................................................xi
Introduction
Crossing the Strait: PLA Modernization and Taiwan
Phillip C. Saunders and Joel Wuthnow......................................................... 1
Part I: China’s Decisionmaking Calculus

1 Three Logics of Chinese Policy Toward Taiwan: An Analytic Framework
Phillip C. Saunders........................................................................................35
2 C
hina’s Calculus on the Use of Force: Futures, Costs, Benefits, Risks,
and Goals
Andrew Scobell.............................................................................................65
Part II: PLA Operations and Concepts for Taiwan

3 An Assessment of China’s Options for Military Coercion of Taiwan
Mathieu Duchâtel.........................................................................................87
4 F
irepower Strike, Blockade, Landing: PLA Campaigns for a
Cross-Strait Conflict
Michael Casey.............................................................................................113
vii
viii
5 “ Killing Rats in a Porcelain Shop”: PLA Urban Warfare in a

Taiwan Campaign
Sale Lilly.......................................................................................................139
Part III: Chinese Forces and the Impact of Reform

6 P
LA Army and Marine Corps Amphibious Brigades in a
Post-Reform Military
Joshua Arostegui.........................................................................................161
7 The PLA Airborne Corps in a Taiwan Scenario

Roderick Lee................................................................................................195
8 G
etting There: Chinese Military and Civilian Sealift in a
Cross-Strait Invasion
Conor M. Kennedy......................................................................................223
9 PLA Logistics and Mobilization Capacity in a Taiwan Invasion

Chieh Chung................................................................................................253
10 Who Does What? Chinese Command and Control in a Taiwan Scenario

Joel Wuthnow..............................................................................................277
Part IV: Strengthening Taiwan’s Defenses

11 A Net Assessment of Taiwan’s Overall Defense Concept
Alexander Chieh-cheng Huang.................................................................307
12 Winning the Fight Taiwan Cannot Afford to Lose

Drew Thompson..........................................................................................321
About the Contributors................................................................................345
Index.................................................................................................................351
FOREWORD
E
ven as Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has turned attention to Europe,
China is continuing meticulous preparations for a conflict with anoth-
er democracy—Taiwan. For more than 30 years, China’s People’s Lib-
eration Army (PLA) has identified Taiwan and the United States as its major
opponents and a conflict in the Taiwan Strait as its main contingency. China’s
Communist Party would prefer to win without fighting, but it has tasked the
PLA to develop the military means to coerce Taiwan’s leadership and to be
prepared to seize and occupy the island. Under Chinese leader Xi Jinping’s
tenure, PLA reforms and fast-paced modernization have increased the mili-
tary threat to Taiwan.
The 2022 National Defense Strategy makes clear that the United States will
continue to prioritize peace and stability in the Indo-Pacific region. China is
the pacing challenge for the Department of Defense and Taiwan is the pacing
scenario. Any use of force by the PLA against Taiwan would have serious con-
sequences for U.S. national interests and for the future of Taiwan’s democ-
racy. To meet this challenge, policymakers and strategists need high-quality
insights into Chinese strategic decisionmaking, Chinese military capabilities,
and PLA plans, policies, and systems. We also need to continue refining our
own joint warfighting concepts and capabilities.
National Defense University’s Center for the Study of Chinese Military
Affairs is a leading source of high-quality, objective analysis on China and
the Chinese military. For more than 15 years, the center has partnered with
the RAND Corporation and Taiwan’s Council on Advanced Policy Studies to
ix
x Foreword
organize an annual conference on the Chinese military. This volume is the

fruit of a November 2020 conference focused on providing an up-to-date
public assessment of the Chinese military threat to Taiwan.
The book provides a detailed analysis of the political and military context
of cross-strait relations, with a focus on understanding the Chinese decision
calculus and options for using force, the capabilities the PLA would bring to
the fight, and what Taiwan can do to strengthen its defenses. It concludes that
the PLA has made major advances to prepare itself for a conflict across the
Taiwan Strait, but also faces continued challenges and vulnerabilities in some
areas. The book offers suggestions on how Taiwan and the United States can
work together to improve Taiwan’s defenses and increase stability across the
Taiwan Strait. It is highly recommended reading for students and policy prac-
titioners focused on China, Taiwan, and the Indo-Pacific region.
MICHAEL T. PLEHN, Lt Gen, USAF

President, National Defense University
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
T
his volume is the latest publication from a longstanding series of an-
nual conferences on the People’s Republic of China’s People’s Lib-
eration Army, sponsored by Taiwan’s Council on Advanced Policy
Studies (CAPS), the RAND Corporation, and the U.S. National Defense Univer-
sity (NDU). For their continued support, we are grateful to the leaders of our
respective institutions, including CAPS Secretary-General Andrew N.D. Yang;
RAND’s National Defense Research Institute Director Jack Riley, Arroyo Cen-
ter Director Sally Sleeper, Project Air Force directors Jim Chow and Ted Harsh-
berger, and Acting Director Anthony Rosello; NDU Presidents Vice Admiral
Frederick J. Roegge, USN, and Lieutenant General Michael T. Plehn, USAF; and
Institute for National Strategic Studies (INSS) Director Laura Junor-Pulzone.
The chapters were originally presented at the 2020 conference, which
was held virtually from November 18 to 20. For keeping things on track,
we thank the moderators: Cortez Cooper, Mark Cozad, T.X. Hammes, An-
drew Scobell, Cynthia Watson, and Andrew N.D. Yang. Also contributing
to a successful conference behind the scenes were RAND colleagues Mark
Cozad and Derek Grossman; RAND IT specialists Sonia Wellington, Da-
vid Cherry, and Carmen Richard; INSS Dean of Administration Catherine
Reese; and INSS colleagues Brett Swaney, Kira McFadden, and Kevin Mc-
Guiness. On the Taiwan side, CAPS thanks Yi-Su Yang and Zivon Wang.
The final roundtable also enriched the conference by providing wider per-
spectives on Chinese military threats and policy responses. The panelists
included Admiral Richard Chen, Taiwan Navy (Ret.), Michael Coullahan,
xi
xii Acknowledgments
David Finkelstein, Rear Admiral Michael McDevitt, USN (Ret.), the Honor-
able Randall Schriver, and Andrew N.D. Yang.
The discussants took time out of their busy schedules to offer construc-
tive verbal and written feedback that helped transform conference papers
into book chapters. The discussants included Fiona Cunningham, Bonnie
Glaser, Derek Grossman, Kristen Gunness, Scott Harold, Yuan-Chou Jing, Ma
Chengkun, Che-Chuan Lee, Joanna Yu Taylor, and Kharis Templeman. Sev-
eral chapter authors also received helpful feedback from other colleagues.
We were fortunate to collaborate with the excellent team once again at
NDU Press, which shepherded our earlier volumes The PLA Beyond Bor-
ders: Chinese Military Operations in Regional and Global Context (2021) and
Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA: Assessing Chinese Military Reforms (2019),
and others. The team includes NDU Press Director William T. Eliason, Execu-
tive Editor Jeffrey D. Smotherman, Senior Editor John J. Church, and Internet
Publications Editor Joanna E. Seich. We also thank many others who helped
turn this into a polished volume, including the editing team at VTR Technical
Resources and Lisa Yambrick and proofreader and indexer Susan Carroll. We
also would like to thank Jill A. Schwartz and Cameron R. Morse at the Defense
Office of Prepublication and Security Review for their help in stewarding this
publication through the review process.
Finally, the editors would like to acknowledge Tiffany Batiste, Margaret
Baughman, CDR Jason Brandt, Maj H.C. Carnice, CAPT Bernard Cole (Ret.),
Jessica Drun, Xiaobing Feng, Sarah Gamberini, LTC Joshua Goodrich, Chris-
tine Gramlich, MAJ Michelle Haines, Kyle Harness, Danielle Homestead, Col
Kyle Marcrum, Capt Joshua L. Nicholson, Corrie Robb, MSgt Daniel Salis-
bury, Meghan Shoop, CPT Dereck Wisniewski, LtCol John Kintz, Lt Col Jeffrey
Wright, MAJ Justin Woodward, Beth Wootten, and CPT Xiaotao Xu for their
help in proofreading the manuscript.
Map 1. Taiwan
INTRODUCTION
Crossing the Strait:

PLA Modernization and Taiwan
Phillip C. Saunders and Joel Wuthnow
I
n an atmosphere of increasing U.S.-China strategic competition, Taiwan
stands out as the issue with the greatest potential to trigger a major war
between the United States and the People’s Republic of China (PRC), two
nuclear-armed powers. The stakes are high for both countries and for the
23 million people of Taiwan. Moreover, the issue is becoming increasingly
militarized as China’s military, the People’s Liberation Army (PLA), seeks to
develop the capabilities needed to achieve unification through coercion, in-
cluding in the face of potential U.S. military intervention on Taiwan’s behalf.
This introductory chapter begins with a concise review of how the cur-
rent situation developed, including a review of the policy positions and the
stakes for China, Taiwan, and the United States. It then reviews the impact
of PLA modernization on the cross-strait military balance and on the PLA’s
ability to execute the major military options available to Chinese leaders. The
third section reviews the current debate on when the PLA might be able to
conduct the most demanding option—an amphibious invasion of Taiwan—
and what factors might influence the Chinese calculus about whether to pur-
sue forced unification. The fourth section presents five key findings from the
book, followed by brief summaries of the individual chapters. The conclusion
1
2 Saunders and Wuthnow
considers the relative role of military and political factors in determining de-
terrence and stability in the Taiwan Strait.
Background and Stakes of the Taiwan Issue

For Chinese Communist Party (CCP) leaders, Taiwan is an integral part of Chi-
na that was forcibly seized by Japan in 1895 following the Sino-Japanese War
and which became a haven for the Republic of China (ROC) government and
military after their 1949 defeat in the Chinese Civil War. Taiwan is thus con-
nected both to the Chinese nationalist goal of restoring China’s sovereignty
and territorial integrity after the so-called century of humiliation and to the
CCP’s final political victory over the Chinese Nationalist Party (the Kuomint-
ang, or KMT). CCP leaders have pledged their commitment to the goal of uni-
fication and have repeatedly expressed willingness to fight to prevent Taiwan
independence, including in the 2005 Anti-Secession Law that authorizes the
use of “non-peaceful means” if necessary. Taiwan’s status is a sensitive do-
mestic political issue, with CCP leaders vulnerable to criticism by national-
ists inside and outside the party if they are viewed as too weak in defending
China’s “core interest” in sovereignty and territorial integrity. Since 2017, CCP
leaders have linked Taiwan unification to “the great rejuvenation of the Chi-
nese people,” which is to be achieved by 2049, creating an implicit deadline.1
For the United States, support for Taiwan coalesced in the context of ear-
ly Cold War anti-Communist sentiment: Washington supported the ROC as
the sole legitimate government of all China for more than two decades. Tai-
wan’s status was a major issue in the U.S. opening to China in the 1970s, with
U.S. political leaders seeking to avoid the domestic and international costs of
abandoning Taiwan to the Communist regime in China. The eventual solu-
tion, worked out in three U.S.-China joint communiques, was for the United
States to terminate its defense treaty with the ROC and withdraw U.S. military
forces from Taiwan, shift diplomatic recognition to the PRC, and maintain
only unofficial relations with the people on Taiwan. Beijing asserted that Tai-
wan was an integral part of China, while the United States acknowledged this
position without formally accepting it.2 The United States enacted the 1979
Taiwan Relations Act (TRA) to provide the legal basis for its unofficial rela-
tions with Taiwan. Among other things, the TRA requires the United States
to make defensive arms available to Taiwan and states that it will “consider
Introduction 3
any effort to determine the future of Taiwan by other than peaceful means,
including by boycotts or embargoes, a threat to the peace and security of the
Western Pacific area and of grave concern to the United States.” The TRA also
states that U.S. policy is to retain the capability to resist the use of force or
coercion to undermine Taiwan’s security.3
Although the United States does not have a formal commitment to defend
Taiwan, the TRA’s language and decades of policy have linked the credibility
Map 2. Pratas and Taiping islands, marked in black

of U.S. regional alliance commitments to its actions regarding Taiwan. U.S.

stakes deepened further with Taiwan’s democratization in the late 1980s and
early 1990s, which increased Taiwan’s appeal relative to the authoritarian
PRC regime and strengthened U.S. political sympathy and support for Tai-
wan, especially in Congress.4 Moreover, some U.S. strategists have come to
view a Taiwan not under PRC control as having significant geopolitical value
in limiting PLA power projection capability.5 Recent testimony by a Biden ad-
ministration official implied that U.S. policy might accept this view and seek
to prevent unification rather than simply shape the procedural conditions
under which negotiations between China and Taiwan take place.6 Thus, the
stakes are high for Washington in terms of domestic politics, the credibility of
U.S. alliance commitments, and the regional balance of power.
For more than two decades after its 1949 defeat in the Chinese Civil War,
the authoritarian KMT government ruling Taiwan benefited from a formal
security alliance with the United States and U.S. diplomatic support for its po-
sition that the ROC was the sole legitimate government of all China, and thus
entitled to membership in the United Nations (UN) and control of China’s
permanent seat in the UN Security Council.7 The KMT government main-
tained the goal of overthrowing the CCP and regaining control of Mainland
China, agreeing that the mainland and Taiwan were both part of a larger Chi-
na. Like the PRC, the ROC government rejected the notion of dual represen-
tation and insisted that countries choose between diplomatic relations with
the PRC or the ROC. This position eventually became untenable as the ROC
was expelled from the United Nations in 1971 and more and more countries
switched diplomatic relations to the PRC, including the United States in 1979.
This left Taiwan internationally isolated, with few formal diplomatic allies
and only unofficial relations with most major countries.
Taiwan’s attitude toward China changed with democratization in the
late 1980s and early 1990s, which ended KMT authoritarian rule and allowed
other political parties to compete for power, including the pro-independence
Democratic Progressive Party (DPP). Taiwan’s government (and its policy
toward China) became more responsive to the concerns of the native Tai-
wanese who constitute the majority of the population.8 The traditional ROC
position is that the ROC government has sovereignty over both Taiwan and
Mainland China, but in practice only exercises jurisdiction over the main
Introduction 5
island of Taiwan; various offshore islands such as the Penghus, Pratas/Dong-

sha, Matsu, Jinmen, and Wuchiu; and Taiping/Itu Aba Island in the South
China Sea.9 (See map 2 showing Pratas/Dongsha Island and Taiping/Itu Aba
Island, respectively.)
The issue of Taiwan’s relationship with China is highly contested, but
public opinion on Taiwan strongly supports the continuation of the current
status quo and the population increasingly identifies as Taiwanese rather
than Chinese.10 Credible PRC threats to use force deter a declaration or refer-
endum that would formally assert Taiwan’s independence. At the same time,
the current DPP government has refused to acknowledge that Taiwan is part
of China, arguing that Taiwan is already an independent sovereign state and
that a formal declaration of independence is unnecessary. This position is
in great tension with the PRC’s “one China principle” and ultimate goal of
unification as well as the KMT’s acceptance of the 1992 Consensus, which
involved a vague commitment to one China.11 This disagreement about Tai-
wan’s exact status relative to China is the fundamental basis of the political
dispute between Beijing and Taipei.
Despite these differing interpretations, this ambiguous “one China”
framework has served the minimal needs of political leaders and people in
China, Taiwan, and the United States for more than 40 years, supporting eco-
nomic growth, development of robust cross-strait economic and cultural ties,
and political development of Taiwan’s democracy. Although political ten-
sions have waxed and waned over time, the CCP’s “reform and opening up”
policy and the interest of the Taiwan government and business community in
exploiting economic opportunities in China have allowed cross-strait trade
and investment to grow to the point where China is Taiwan’s largest market,
and the two economies are deeply intertwined despite Taiwan government
efforts to reduce economic dependence on the mainland.
Nevertheless, long-term political, military, and economic trends are
eroding the stability of the status quo and increasing the potential for military
conflict.12 China’s policy toward Taiwan shifted from its initial emphasis on
“liberating Taiwan” by force to a focus on achieving “peaceful unification,”
but CCP leaders have refused to rule out the use of force, either to prevent
Taiwan independence or to compel unification under certain conditions.13
Taiwan’s status is fundamentally a political question, but the military balance
between China and Taiwan and between China and the United States is an
increasingly important factor shaping cross-strait relations.
The importance and sensitivity of these issues is illustrated by China’s
response to Taiwan President Lee Teng-hui’s June 1995 unofficial visit to the
United States. Lee’s visit triggered a military crisis that included the PLA fir-
ing ballistic missiles near Taiwan’s two main harbors prior to the March 1996
presidential election and President Bill Clinton ordering the deployment of
two U.S. aircraft carriers to waters near Taiwan as a military show of force.14
Since then, a Taiwan contingency has become the principal focus of Chi-
nese military modernization, and the PLA has assumed that the U.S. military
would intervene on Taiwan’s behalf in a conflict. This has fueled PLA efforts
to develop the capabilities necessary to invade Taiwan, including advanced
antiaccess/area-denial (A2/AD) systems to counter a potential U.S. military
intervention. The PLA’s successes in military modernization and reform in-
creasingly challenge Taiwan’s ability to defend itself in the face of numerically
and qualitatively superior Chinese forces and raise the costs and risks of U.S.
intervention on Taiwan’s behalf.
A Changing Military Balance

The military balance between Taiwan and China has shifted decisively in
Beijing’s favor over the last three decades. Taiwan has historically benefit-
ed from the inherent defensive advantages provided by its island geogra-
phy and a technological edge based on access to advanced U.S. weapons
and training. PLA modernization has eroded Taiwan’s technological ad-
vantage, and the PLA now maintains qualitative advantages across the
spectrum of conflict. Taiwan’s conventional force capabilities are out-
matched by the PLA’s size and advantages in personnel, weapon systems,
and defense budgets. The table compares Taiwan military forces with the
PLA’s Eastern and Southern theater commands (TCs) that would be most
involved in a Taiwan scenario to establish a baseline of the conventional
military challenge Taiwan faces.15
In addition to the forces depicted in the table, the PLA Rocket Force oper-
ates 100 ground-launched cruise missile launchers, 250 short-range ballistic
missile launchers, and 250 medium-range ballistic missile launchers with the
collective capability of firing at least 1,900 missiles.16
Introduction 7
Table. Comparison of PLA and Taiwan Military Forces

Capability PLA Eastern and Southern Taiwan
TCs
Ground Force Personnel 416,000 88,000 (active duty)
Tanks 6,300 across PLAA 800
Artillery Pieces 7,000 across PLAA 1,100
Aircraft Carriers 1 (2 total) 0
Major Surface Combatants 96 (132 total) 26
Landing Ships 49 (57 total) 14
Attack Submarines 35 (65 total) 2 (diesel attack)
Coastal Patrol Boats 68 (86 total) 44

(Missile)
Fighter Aircraft 700 (1,600 total) 400
Bomber Aircraft 250 (450 total) 0
Transport Aircraft 20 (400 total) 30
Special Mission Aircraft 100 (150 total) 30

Source: Annual Report to Congress: Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s
Republic of China 2021 (Washington, DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2021), 161–162.
The PLA has several options to apply its military capabilities against
Taiwan, including low-level military coercion, coordinated missile and air-
strikes, a blockade, and a full-fledged invasion of the island. (These options
are detailed and assessed more fully in the chapters by Mathieu Duchâtel and
Michael Casey in this volume.) However, even with China’s considerable mil-
itary advantages, there would still be significant costs and risks in trying to
resolve Taiwan’s status by force.
The PLA has periodically employed military coercion against Taiwan in the
form of targeted military exercises, demonstrations of force, and deployments.
These actions have sought to signal China’s capability and resolve while stay-
ing in the gray zone—that is, below the level of lethal force. However, low-level
coercion could potentially grow to include limited use of lethal force, such as
seizing offshore islands controlled by Taiwan or kinetic attacks against Taiwan’s
infrastructure. Some actions have come in response to specific Chinese con-

cerns about possible movement toward Taiwan independence, such as the
1995–1996 Taiwan Strait Crisis and PLA deployments in 2008 during the final
months of Chen Shui-bian’s presidency. Although China used only limited mil-
itary coercion for most of Ma Ying-jeou’s presidency (2009–2016), it has ramped
up military pressure against Taiwan since then, citing Tsai Ing-wen’s refusal to
accept the 1992 Consensus as justification. These actions have included island
landing exercises, circumnavigation of Taiwan by PLA Navy aircraft carriers
and aircraft, and repeated intrusions into Taiwan’s Air Defense Identification
Zone.17 The PLA appears to have escalated the number and intensity of these
actions in 2020 and 2021 to increase military pressure on Taiwan.
A joint firepower strike campaign would employ PLA missile and air strikes
to inflict sufficient damage to compel Taiwan to accept Chinese terms. The first
phase would employ precision strikes to degrade Taiwan’s air and missile de-
fenses and achieve air superiority. A second phase of attacks would strike mil-
itary and infrastructure targets to inflict punishment on Taiwan’s leaders and
population. China has the military capabilities to inflict heavy punishment on
Taiwan, but these attacks would generate significant international reaction and
provide time for the United States to mobilize and deploy forces. Moreover, the
historical record indicates that strategic bombing campaigns tend to produce
rallying effects rather than cause leaders and the public to surrender.18 Taiwan
also has its own offensive missile capabilities that it could use to mount limited
strikes against the mainland in response. Taiwan’s 2021 Quadrennial Defense
Review and 2019 National Defense Report address these realities in depth and
highlight the training, defense spending increases, and foreign military sales
acquisitions to significantly add risk and cost to this option for the PLA.19
A joint blockade campaign would employ kinetic blockades of maritime
and air traffic to Taiwan to cut off vital imports. The blockade would likely
include mines, missile strikes, and possible seizures of Taiwan’s offshore is-
lands and could be tailored in scope and intensity.20 A full blockade could
employ the entire suite of PLA capabilities, including electronic warfare, cy-
ber warfare, and information operations. Chinese submarine warfare capa-
bilities and the PLA’s ability to launch antiship cruise missiles and ballistic
missiles from a variety of platforms would greatly complicate Taiwan’s de-
fenses. A blockade would disrupt commercial shipping in the region and
Introduction 9
generate significant international reactions. The extended duration of the

blockade necessary to compel Taiwan into accepting Chinese terms would
have substantive military, economic, and political costs and provide time for
the international community to impose sanctions and for the U.S. military to
deploy forces to intervene militarily. This option carries substantial costs and
risks with uncertain prospects of compelling Taiwan to capitulate.
A joint island landing campaign would involve a full amphibious invasion
that might build on prior blockade and strike campaigns. This option has the
highest military costs and risks but offers the prospect of a decisive military vic-
tory. The PLA routinely exercises the military skills that would be employed in
an amphibious invasion.21 An invasion would require a massive mobilization of
PLA forces, equipment, and logistics capabilities. The first phase would involve
efforts to degrade Taiwan’s air and naval defenses in preparation for an am-
phibious assault. The PLA would utilize precision ballistic and cruise missile
strikes against Taiwan’s air and missile defenses, precision long-range artillery,
airstrikes with medium-range bombers and fighters, and antiship cruise mis-
sile and submarine attacks against Taiwan’s naval assets. Taiwan would employ
its air and missile defense and air force and naval assets to defend targets and
contest PLA efforts to gain maritime and air superiority.22 The PLA would then
need to execute an amphibious assault to establish a beachhead on Taiwan
and an airborne/air assault attack to try to seize an airfield and a port facility
that could allow the PLA to use civilian transportation assets to provide air and
sea lift. The PLA would then have to land sufficient ground combat forces to de-
feat Taiwan’s ground forces and provide sufficient ammunition, fuel, and other
supplies to support these forces during combat operations.
Since the 1995–1996 Taiwan Strait Crisis, the PLA has assumed that the
United States would intervene in a Taiwan conflict and has sought to deter or
delay U.S. intervention via an array of A2/AD capabilities that would raise the
costs and risks for U.S. forces operating near China.23 These include advanced
diesel submarines, which could attack U.S. naval forces deploying into the
Western Pacific; surface-to-air missiles such as the Russian S-300, which could
target U.S. fighters and bombers; and antiship cruise and ballistic missiles op-
timized to attack U.S. aircraft carrier battle groups.24 China has invested in a
range of accurate conventional missiles that could target the bases and ports
the U.S. military would use in a conflict, including most recently the DF-17
intermediate-range ballistic missile with a hypersonic glide vehicle. China has

also sought to exploit U.S. military dependence on space systems by develop-
ing a range of antisatellite capabilities that could degrade, interfere with, or di-
rectly attack U.S. satellites and their associated ground stations. It has invested
in cyber capabilities to collect intelligence and to degrade the U.S. military’s
ability to employ computer networks in a crisis or conflict. In a conflict, the
PLA would attempt to use multidomain attacks to paralyze U.S. intelligence,
communications, and command and control systems and force individual
units to fight in isolation, at a huge disadvantage.25 China is also likely to deal
with the risks of U.S. intervention by seeking to win a quick victory before the
United States could fully deploy its forces to the theater, thereby presenting the
United States with a hard-to-reverse fait accompli.
The implications for the U.S. ability to defend Taiwan are significant.
While the PLA has not caught up to the U.S. military in aggregate military ca-
pabilities, it does not need parity to frustrate U.S. intervention in a short con-
flict on its immediate periphery.26 The RAND Corporation’s 2015 evaluation
of U.S.-China military force capability trends found that the United States had
“major advantages” in 7 of 10 critical capability areas in a Taiwan scenario
in 1996 but that by 2017 the United States would have clear “advantages” in
only three categories, and the PLA would enjoy advantages in two: its ability
to attack U.S. airbases and carriers.27 China’s advances in ballistic missiles,
cruise missiles, and modern diesel attack submarines now give it capabilities
it did not have during the 1995–1996 standoff, which might affect how the U.S.
military chooses to forward deploy forces.28
Of course, Taiwan and the United States are not standing still. Taiwan’s
Overall Defense Concept, described in the chapters by Alexander Chieh-
cheng Huang and Drew Thompson, seeks to use asymmetric capabilities to
increase the challenges for invading PLA forces. These include investments
in rapid mine deployments and mobile missile platforms that would target
invading forces and complement Taiwan’s geographic advantages. The con-
cept also includes investments to make Taiwan’s forces more survivable and
effective in preventing a post-landing breakout. Taiwan’s 2021 Quadrennial
Defense Review and 2019 National Defense Report spend considerable time
highlighting the training, defense spending increases, and foreign military
sales acquisitions to add risk and cost to PLA military options.29
Introduction 11
The Department of Defense (DOD) is working to adapt U.S. weapons and

operational concepts to fight the PLA in an A2/AD environment, including
increased forward deployment of forces and supplies to overcome the “tyr-
anny of distance.” This thinking is evident in the 2018 National Defense Strat-
egy and in the joint concept of “globally integrated operations” that seeks to
leverage information and U.S. global capabilities to achieve decisive strate-
gic effects in regional contingencies. At the request of Congress, then U.S.
Indo-Pacific Command commander Admiral Philip Davidson developed
a 6-year, $20 billion investment program for the U.S. military to “regain the
advantage” over China in the Indo-Pacific region. Congress appears likely to
continue to fund this request.30
The U.S. Services all have active efforts under way to adapt systems and
doctrine to meet A2/AD threats, with a clear focus on China. For the Navy, this
involves efforts to disrupt the “kill chain” necessary for Chinese missiles to lo-
cate and target U.S. carriers and to develop the ability to operate and reload ship
armaments from a diverse set of nontraditional port facilities. For the Air Force,
this involves efforts to develop both standoff and penetrating platforms31 and
improve the Service’s ability to conduct expeditionary, distributed operations
from austere airfields with reduced logistics and maintenance requirements,
which the Air Force calls Agile Combat Employment.32 The Army has created
new “multidomain task forces” that combine artillery and precision strike ca-
pabilities with a range of cyber, electronic warfare, space, and intelligence ca-
pabilities to operate within and degrade an adversary’s A2/AD capabilities. The
initial pilot program was conducted under U.S. Army Pacific, and the first oper-
ational task force has been established at Joint Base Lewis-McChord, which is
aligned to the Indo-Pacific theater.33 The Marine Corps has made a major shift
in its force modernization over the next decade to improve its ability to conduct
expeditionary advanced base operations in contested environments.34
Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin III has repeatedly described China as
the “pacing challenge” for DOD. In a December 2021 speech, he highlighted
how DOD has been stepping up its efforts on China:
Our China Task Force sharpened the Department’s priorities and charted a
path to greater focus and coordination. We made the Department’s larg-
est-ever budget request for research, development, testing, and evaluation.
And we’re investing in new capabilities that will make us more lethal from
greater distances, and more capable of operating stealthy and unmanned

platforms, and more resilient under the seas and in space and in cyberspace.
We’re also pursuing a more distributed force posture in the Indo-Pacific—

one that will help us bolster deterrence, and counter coercion, and operate
forward with our trusted allies and partners.
And we’re developing new concepts of operations that will bring the Amer-
ican way of war into the 21st century, working closely with our unparal-
leled global network of partners and allies.
Austin highlighted “integrated deterrence” as the cornerstone concept of a
new National Defense Strategy that was released in early 2022. He described
it as “integrating our efforts across domains and across the spectrum of con-
flict to ensure that the U.S. military—in close cooperation with the rest of the
U.S. Government and our allies and partners—makes the folly and costs of
aggression very clear.”35
Assessing the Risks

Most military analysts would agree that the PLA has made considerable mili-
tary advances. Secretary Austin stated in December 2021 that “two decades of
breakneck modernization” have put the PLA on pace “to become a peer com-
petitor to the United States in Asia—and eventually around the world.”36 In its
2021 annual report, the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commis-
sion found that “improvements in China’s military capabilities have funda-
mentally transformed the strategic environment and weakened the military
dimension of cross-strait deterrence.”37
The PLA clearly has the capability to apply low-level coercive pressure
and to conduct air and missile strikes against Taiwan and probably has the
capability to execute a blockade absent U.S. intervention. Disagreements
come in assessing the PLA’s capability to execute the most demanding mil-
itary option—an amphibious invasion of Taiwan—especially in the face of
U.S. intervention. The Office of the Secretary of Defense 2021 report on the
PLA highlights the challenges and risks:
Large-scale amphibious invasion is one of the most complicated and diffi-
cult military operations, requiring air and maritime superiority, the rapid
Introduction 13
buildup and sustainment of supplies onshore, and uninterrupted support.

An attempt to invade Taiwan would likely strain PRC’s armed forces and
invite international intervention. These stresses, combined with the PRC’s
combat force attrition and the complexity of urban warfare and counter-
insurgency, even assuming a successful landing and breakout, make an
amphibious invasion of Taiwan a significant political and military risk for
Xi Jinping and the Chinese Communist Party.38
Some have expressed concern that the PLA might acquire the ability to
mount an invasion soon. In March 2021, Admiral Philip Davidson, then com-
mander of U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, told Congress that China’s threat to
Taiwan could manifest “in the next six years.”39 Davidson’s judgment was not
a coordinated U.S. Government position, and other DOD officials have not
repeated this assessment.40 Davidson’s successor, Admiral John Aquilino, de-
clined to offer a specific time estimate but testified that China considers es-
tablishing control over Taiwan to be its “number one priority” and that “this
problem is much closer to us than most think.”41 The U.S.-China Economic
and Security Review Commission judged in its 2021 report that “PLA leaders
now likely assess they have, or will soon have, the initial capability to conduct
a high-risk invasion of Taiwan if ordered to do so.”42 Similarly, Taiwan Min-
ister of Defense Chiu Kuo-cheng told the Taiwan legislature that Mainland
China will have the ability to mount a full-scale invasion of Taiwan by 2025,
though he also noted that Chinese leaders would still “need to think about
the cost and consequence of starting a war.”43
Oriana Skylar Mastro argued in Foreign Affairs in July 2021 that advances
in military modernization mean that Chinese leaders now consider a military
campaign to take back Taiwan “a real possibility” and that “once China has
the military capabilities to finally solve the Taiwan problem, Xi could find it
politically untenable not to do so” due to strong nationalist pressures.44 She
sketches PLA military options and argues that the PLA could already execute
the less demanding scenarios, while noting that an amphibious assault on the
island “is far from guaranteed to succeed.” Nevertheless, Mastro argues that
“Chinese leaders’ perceptions of their chances of victory will matter more
than their actual chances of victory.” She argues that China would hope for a
short, decisive campaign that would limit costs, but might believe that it has
social and economic advantages that would help it prevail over the United
States in a protracted war. She acknowledges that economic and diplomat-

ic costs of war would be part of Beijing’s decision calculus but argues that
Chinese leaders may believe that these costs are significantly less than U.S.
decisionmakers and analysts assume. Mastro concludes that Xi “may believe
he can regain control of Taiwan without jeopardizing his Chinese dream.”
Other scholars question various aspects of this assessment. In a rejoin-
der published in the next issue of Foreign Affairs, Rachel Esplin Odell and Eric
Heginbotham argue that the PLA’s chances of succeeding in a cross-strait inva-
sion are poor today and will remain so for at least a decade.45 They cite limita-
tions in PLA lift and logistics capability and argue that “the PLA still lacks the
naval and air assets necessary to pull off a successful cross-strait attack. Just as
important, it suffers from weaknesses in training, in the willingness or ability
of junior officers to take initiative, and in the ability to coordinate ground, sea,
and air forces in large, complex operations.” Odell and Heginbotham also ques-
tion whether CCP leaders are eager to resolve the situation with force, noting
that “although some of these options are more realistic than others, all would
carry immense risk. . . . Beijing is unlikely to attempt any of them unless it feels
backed into a corner.” Similarly, Bonny Lin and David Sacks agree that “it is
far from clear that China could defeat Taiwan’s military, subdue its population,
and occupy and control its territory. Nor is it clear that the PLA could hold off
any U.S. forces that came to Taiwan’s aid or that Beijing would be willing to un-
dertake a campaign that could spark a larger and far more costly war with the
United States.”46 They cite the likely costs of using force, arguing that “a Chinese
invasion would invite significant international political, economic, and diplo-
matic backlash that could undermine China’s political, social, and economic
development goals. It would also spur the formation of powerful anti-China
coalitions, bringing to fruition Beijing’s long-standing fear of “strategic encir-
clement” by powers aligned against it.” Thus, despite the PLA’s considerable
modernization gains over the last 20 years, experts continue to debate whether
and when it will be able to invade at a cost and risk acceptable to CCP leaders.
Key Conclusions
This edited volume contributes to the debate by addressing the problem at
three levels: China’s decisionmaking calculus, its military capabilities and
operations, and potential policy responses by Taiwan and the United States.
Introduction 15
It contains up-to-date analysis from multiple perspectives, including schol-

ars from the United States, Taiwan, and France and analysis by academics,
think-tank experts, and government analysts. The analysis draws on a wide
range of sources, including PLA internal writings about military campaigns
and the logistics and transportation requirements for an invasion of Taiwan.
The analysis also looks beyond hardware to consider how recent orga-
nizational reforms and revised command and control arrangements would
affect the PLA’s ability to conduct complicated, high-risk integrated joint op-
erations in the face of opposition by Taiwan and U.S. military forces. It builds
on previous books produced from the Taiwan’s Council of Advanced Policy
Studies–RAND Corporation–National Defense University conference series.47
The analysis also digs deeper into some underappreciated areas, such as PLA
urban warfare, logistics, and airborne capabilities.
While looking at China’s military threat to Taiwan through different lens-
es, the contributors to this volume reached several common conclusions.
First, any Chinese decision to use force is much more likely to result from
a deliberate cost-benefit calculus incorporating both domestic and external
considerations than from unintended escalation. Andrew Scobell emphasiz-
es domestic economic and political resilience as keys to the use of force—a
Chinese Communist Party that sees itself as “ascendant” and buffered from
sanctions and other predictable consequences might accept the risks of a
war to resolve a remaining obstacle to “national rejuvenation,” while a par-
ty struggling to govern a “stagnant” mainland might conclude that the risks
outweigh the benefits. Other authors assess that upgraded hardware and a
more cohesive command structure following the reforms could increase the
leadership’s confidence in the PLA’s ability to act decisively while keeping es-
calation at an acceptable level.
Political trends in Taiwan are also likely to inform China’s calculus. Phillip
Saunders argues that low support for unification in Taiwan, which has dimin-
ished further with China’s dismantling of individual freedoms in Hong Kong
and repression against ethnic Uighurs in Xinjiang, has reduced China’s confi-
dence in the prospects for a settlement based on a “one country, two systems”
model. For Beijing, the closing of other options increases the relative attrac-
tiveness of military intimidation (and the potential use of force should coer-
cion fail) to prevent a slide toward Taiwan independence in the near term and
to convince Taiwan’s leadership to accept reconciliation on China’s terms in

the future. Nevertheless, as Mathieu Duchâtel notes, Beijing might be cautious
about more provocative tactics short of war, such as the seizure of one of Tai-
wan’s outlying islands, that leave Taiwan’s leadership intact and might galva-
nize greater support for independence, rather than cowing Taiwan’s public.
For some authors, the U.S. factor is also prominent in Chinese decision-
making. Drew Thompson and Alexander Chieh-cheng Huang both argue
that increasing military coordination between the two sides and continued
U.S. arms sales are essential for improving Taiwan’s defenses, thus enhancing
deterrence by denial and raising the stakes for Beijing, which would prefer
not to have to fight a war with the United States. From a military perspective,
however, Michael Casey emphasizes that Chinese anticipation of U.S. inter-
vention—which is already assumed in PLA doctrinal writings—encourages
Beijing to prefer an invasion over less extreme options, such as a blockade,
that would give the United States time to mobilize forces across the Western
Pacific and assemble a broader coalition.
Second, while the prospects for peaceful unification are narrowing, Chi-
na’s menu of military intimidation and warfighting options is expanding.
Peacetime saber-rattling, which is most useful in dissuading Taiwan’s pur-
suit of de jure independence, has become more routine and varied. Joshua
Arostegui assesses that Beijing has used amphibious exercises to intimidate
Taiwan’s public: while part of the annual training cycle, the PLA has publi-
cized some exercises to underscore China’s resolve and capabilities to Taiwan
and the United States. Mathieu Duchâtel tracks the dramatic expansion of
Chinese fighter incursions across the midline of the Taiwan Strait and the in-
creasing tempo and complexity of PLA Air Force (PLAAF) and naval aviation
flights within Taiwan’s southwestern Air Defense Identification Zone. Such
operations serve multiple goals, such as normalizing more intense military
activities, testing U.S. resolve, deterring Taiwan independence, and catering
to a nationalistic domestic audience.
Authors also discuss a variety of military measures that Beijing has not
yet employed. Duchâtel assesses that the PLA could seize an outlying island
such as Dongsha/Pratas to gradually extend its control over territory cur-
rently held by Taiwan—a higher risk version of the “salami-slicing” tactics
that China has used in the South China Sea. He also describes an escalating
Introduction 17
series of cyber attacks against Taiwan, including targeting civilian infra-

structure, as a possible next step in China’s pressure campaign.48 Higher
forms of coercion discussed in Chinese writings, and likely within current
PLA capabilities, include missile bombardments or a maritime, air, and in-
formation blockade. As Michael Casey discusses, these campaigns could be
used in isolation to attempt to force Taiwan’s leaders to the negotiating ta-
ble or to set conditions for an invasion. Joshua Arostegui notes that China’s
amphibious forces, though essential to an island landing, would also help
safeguard critical sea lanes during a blockade.
The most significant Chinese military threat to Taiwan, as discussed in
many scholarly and media publications, remains a full invasion.49 As Casey
demonstrates, the concepts for a landing are well established within PLA doc-
trinal writings. Numerous chapters in this volume, as discussed below, flesh out
how various PLA forces and systems are being improved to tackle the challenges
of crossing the strait with sufficient force, after attrition, to establish a foothold.
A question that has received much less attention is what comes next. Chinese
writings sometimes assume that any resistance would quickly collapse, though
as Sale Lilly points out, the PLA has increased urban warfare training, develop-
ing skills that could become relevant if Taiwan does not easily concede.
Third, the PLA is making wholesale changes to ready itself for higher
end Taiwan contingencies. Several chapters address the implications of re-
forms carried out during the Xi Jinping era. Conor Kennedy, Roderick Lee,
and Joshua Arostegui all highlight the conversion of pre-reform divisions into
brigades as a key part of the “below the neck” reforms that took place in 2017.
Kennedy notes that the PLA Army’s watercraft units, which complement the
navy’s sealift assets, have been “brigadized,” with newer ships coming online
to replace those of Cold War vintage. Lee sketches the PLAAF Airborne Corps’
transition from divisions to brigades, which increases those units’ maneuver-
ability, and catalogues their structure and hardware. Arostegui argues that
the army’s shift to a flatter brigade structure encourages greater “initiative
and independence” for its six amphibious brigades. He also notes that the
relocation of forces has allowed for “improved mobilization timelines.”
Other chapters assess how the reforms generated a more cohesive “sys-
tem of systems,” bringing together the PLA’s diverse capabilities. Joel Wuthnow
argues that a joint command structure, modeled in part on the U.S. system,
allows theater commanders greater control over conventional forces while

strengthening the ability of the Central Military Commission to allocate “na-
tional assets,” such as the Strategic Support Force or long-range Rocket Force
conventional missiles that might be used for counterintervention purposes or
to deter other rivals during a Taiwan crisis. Chieh Chung describes a similar
centralization of PLA logistics forces, which are now better postured to allo-
cate and redeploy munitions and other supplies along an extended front. He
also provides a rare look inside China’s mobilization system, which has been
reconfigured so that multiple provinces—some of them far from the Taiwan
Strait—are mobilized to facilitate the flow of materiel during a conflict.
Contributors also describe new hardware and equipment that would
allow the PLA to better execute its primary cross-strait operations. Ken-
nedy argues that the launch of multiple Type-075 large-deck amphibious
ships, which carry 30 helicopters, would increase the PLA’s ability to deliver
forces across the strait. His chapter also describes the potential enlistment
of civilian merchant ships, including high-capacity roll-on/roll-off vessels
and semi-submersible ships, to reduce the PLA’s sealift deficit.50 Arostegui
highlights new ZLT-05 amphibious fighting vehicles, whose 105-millimeter
assault guns will “improve commanders’ ability to direct fires in optimal con-
ditions,” while Roderick Lee suggests that the new 4x4 tactical vehicles in the
PLAAF Airborne Corps will “improve the mobility and lethality of those units
equipped with [them].” No less important, Chieh Chung anticipates that lo-
gistics bases will soon be upgraded with specialized equipment to accelerate
the loading and unloading of supplies.
Fourth, despite recent reforms and new capabilities, the PLA continues
to wrestle with challenges in hardware, organization, training, and doctrine.
A common observation concerns insufficient military air- and sealift to trans-
port multiple echelons of troops and equipment across the strait. Kennedy
describes the attention to civilian shipping as a response to insufficient “gray
hull” sealift, though this approach raises questions about how well civil-
ian assets would perform in a combat environment. Kennedy also suggests
that difficult tidal conditions would reduce the utility of some of those as-
sets. Lee identifies a similar shortfall of military airlift, which the PLA could
resolve by accelerating production of transport aircraft by 2030; the more
challenging problem is the limited capacity of mainland airfields to handle
Introduction 19
frequent sorties in a compressed timeframe. He also argues that the PLAAF

Airborne Corps will face difficult choices in how to employ those forces (such
as between offensive and defense ground operations). In the logistics arena,
Chung describes continuing constraints in warehouse capacity and medical
supplies, which could impede operations.
PLA reforms strengthened parts of the organizational structure but
might have created new weaknesses. Joshua Arostegui observes that the
army’s drive to emphasize combined arms battalions as the basic maneu-
ver unit could lead to overburdened command and staff at lower levels who
would be “faced with vulnerabilities resulting from networked command
and information systems; competing requirements from subordinate, lat-
eral, and higher units; and operations in a complex electromagnetic envi-
ronment.” He also notes that marine corps units remain nonstandardized
and thus less able to be plugged into an army-centric amphibious campaign.
Joel Wuthnow describes tensions in the joint command structure between a
recognition that commanders at the operational and tactical levels need to
be empowered to make difficult decisions and a simultaneous effort during
the Xi era to increase centralized decisionmaking and strengthen the role of
party committees throughout the PLA.
Authors also describe a variety of training and doctrinal impediments.
Sale Lilly notes that while the PLA has increased its urban warfare training, it
might have drawn the wrong lessons from U.S. experiences, highlighting the
allure of “decapitation strikes” and avoiding serious analysis of the drawn-out
insurgencies that U.S. forces faced in Afghanistan and Iraq. He concludes that
the PLA may be unprepared for a protracted resistance. The lack of combined
arms and joint training could also reduce the PLA’s battlefield effectiveness:
Arostegui notes that amphibious units rarely participate in opposition force
training, and older army watercraft units barely train at all, while Lee finds
that the PLAAF Airborne Corps has not conducted joint training (which
would be essential to support amphibious troops). Casey observes that PLA
doctrine has not been updated for over a decade, though a joint operations
outline approved by the Central Military Commission in November 2020
could set the stage for updated joint doctrine.51
Finally, opportunities remain to strengthen Taiwan’s defense.
Wuthnow argues that the PLA’s Leninist organizational culture—which
emphasizes careful decisionmaking, along with a shift to a “system of

systems” architecture where the failure of a given system could have
broader implications for the cohesiveness of China’s military opera-
tions—supports operational concepts that confront PLA decisionmak-
ers with unforeseen and difficult-to-resolve dilemmas. This requires
precision-guided munitions combined with cyber and information op-
erations.52 Chung similarly contends that Taiwan should target China’s
centralized logistics systems and networks to slow the PLA’s ability to
mobilize and sustain forces.
Several authors also encourage Taiwan to strengthen its asymmetric war-
fighting capabilities to deter or delay a PLA invasion. Casey suggests that lim-
ited sealift could require the PLA to focus its landing on just one part of the
island, which would allow Taiwan to concentrate its limited munitions. He also
argues that large amphibious ships, which could become high-value targets in
a cross-strait campaign, are better suited for global power projection opera-
tions. Kennedy suggests that Taiwan’s Overall Defense Concept, which prior-
itizes investments in antiship missiles, could exacerbate PLA concerns about
the likely attrition of its amphibious forces and therefore enhance deterrence.
Drew Thompson notes that Taiwan has either built or procured several key sys-
tems associated with the concept, including modern sea mines, fast attack ves-
sels, Harpoon coastal defense missiles, howitzers, and Stinger missiles.
Nevertheless, Taiwan’s defenses remain troubled by factors beyond
China’s military threat. According to Huang, domestic problems include re-
cruitment shortfalls as Taiwan shifts to an all-volunteer force, the need to
maintain expensive legacy systems that have less utility in a war, such as
fighters and large surface ships, and a population that has trouble “imagin-
ing an actual war.” He also worries that the Overall Defense Concept’s sin-
gular focus on preparing for invasion could leave Taiwan less well-prepared
for gray zone coercion and other problems, such as a blockade. Thompson
argues that while Taiwan has made progress in hardware, it needs to focus
more on personnel issues, including strengthening the reserve force and on
stockpiling critical supplies to weather a blockade. Huang and Thompson
both argue that U.S. and Taiwan defense establishments could work to im-
prove Taiwan’s posture, though progress requires a higher level of political
and fiscal commitment from Taiwan.
Introduction 21
Outline of the Book

This edited volume is divided into four parts. The first considers the political
and strategic calculus informing Chinese decisions toward Taiwan. In chap-
ter 1, Phillip Saunders evaluates three logics underlying Beijing’s choices over
the past three decades—what he terms leverage, united front, and persuasion.
He argues that authoritarian political trends in China; sharply declining sup-
port for unification in Taiwan, driven in part by the cautionary example of
Hong Kong; and shifts in Taiwan’s domestic politics have reduced the viabil-
ity of a conciliatory path to unification and increased Beijing’s focus on more
coercive tools. In chapter 2, Andrew Scobell suggests that China’s calculus
on the costs, risks, and benefits of using force will be shaped by the country’s
trajectory. He describes four scenarios, arguing that Beijing would likely be
most war-prone in an “ascendant” future, where Taiwan remains a singular
obstacle to national greatness, or in an “imploding” future, where the Chi-
nese Communist Party bets its future on a risky conflict.
The second part of this volume explores Chinese military options along
the spectrum of conflict. Mathieu Duchâtel considers gray zone tactics below
the level of armed conflict in chapter 3. He explains why military and political
factors could lead Beijing to move beyond its recent expansion of coercive
operations in Taiwan’s Air Defense Identification Zone and consider even
more provocative moves, including incursions into Taiwan’s territorial seas
and airspace, an intensified cyber campaign, or the seizure of one of Taiwan’s
key offshore islands. Such actions, despite their risks, could be seen as useful
in manufacturing a “series of crises” that demonstrate resolve while creating
a pretext for escalation above the gray zone.
The following chapters explore how PLA combat operations across the
Taiwan Strait might unfold. In chapter 4, Michael Casey details the three pri-
mary cross-strait campaigns discussed in PLA doctrinal writings: joint fire-
power strike, joint blockade, and joint island landing. For each campaign,
Casey describes PLA assessments of critical decision points, operational
phasing, and military requirements, while also relaying how Chinese writings
discuss the task of countering U.S. or other foreign intervention. In chapter
5, Sale Lilly addresses how the PLA is preparing for resistance on the island
in the post-landing phase of an invasion. He documents more frequent PLA
urban warfare training over the last decade, though he suggests that PLA au-
thors, influenced by the fall of Saddam Hussein in 2003, may be overly opti-
mistic about the chance of a quick victory.
The third part of this volume dives deeper into specific Chinese forces and
systems that would be critical to a cross-strait campaign, beginning with the
landing forces. In chapter 6, Joshua Arostegui describes the structure of the PLA’s
amphibious units. He argues that a recent shift from divisions to brigades im-
proved the PLA’s ability to conduct a blockade or a landing, though inadequate
sealift means that these forces are likely most useful in the near term in deterring
Taiwan independence through exercises held on the mainland. Arostegui also
explains the division of labor between the army, whose six amphibious brigades
are focused on cross-strait operations, and the PLA Navy Marine Corps, which
prepares for more diverse missions. In chapter 7, Roderick Lee sketches the
composition of the PLA’s airborne forces. He explains how the reformed PLAAF
Airborne Corps would be instrumental in an island seizure, though he identifies
limited airlift, airport capacity, and training as possible constraints.
Another pair of chapters looks more closely at PLA logistics require-
ments. Conor Kennedy, in chapter 8, argues that the PLA might address a
shortfall in military sealift by using civilian merchant ships to ferry some
troops and equipment across the Taiwan Strait. Reviewing Chinese technical
publications, he finds that the PLA is exploring how forces could be moved
ashore both with and without an operational port. In the latter case, there
are signs that the PLA is investigating how to use artificial harbors, like the
Mulberry harbors used in the Normandy invasion. In chapter 9, Chieh Chung
describes the PLA’s new logistics structure and catalogues its prodigious lo-
gistics needs for a cross-strait campaign in three areas: materiel, medical
support, and transportation. He also explains how recent improvements in
China’s mobilization system could lead to a more efficient transition of soci-
ety from a peacetime to a wartime footing.
Chapter 10 by Joel Wuthnow discusses how reforms have created a com-
mand structure better suited to joint operations. In the Taiwan context, the
Eastern Theater Command conducts contingency planning and joint train-
ing in peacetime and would oversee ground, naval, and air forces during a
campaign. Nevertheless, the command structure remains prone to problems
of centralized or consensus-oriented decisionmaking and other issues that
Introduction 23
could reduce the effectiveness of PLA operations. He suggests that Taiwan

and the United States could exploit these problems during a crisis through
rapid and hard-to-predict operations that force overwhelmed leaders to
make difficult decisions under strenuous circumstances.
The final part of this volume focuses on improving Taiwan’s defenses. In
chapter 11, Alexander Chieh-cheng Huang argues that the Overall Defense
Concept has shown promise in positioning Taiwan to withstand a PLA landing
but is less useful in countering Chinese gray zone coercion or other PLA combat
operations, such as a blockade. He recommends a refinement of the concept,
underwritten by a consensus that needs to be strengthened across Taiwan’s
political landscape. In the final chapter, Drew Thompson considers the capa-
bilities needed to prevail in the fight “Taiwan cannot afford to lose,” suggesting
that Taiwan should continue to develop its asymmetric approaches, giving more
attention to personnel and logistics issues. He also suggests ways to strengthen
U.S.-Taiwan defense cooperation, including more intensive bilateral planning
and integration of Taiwan’s sensors with U.S. standoff strike weapons.
Conclusion
The analysis in this volume suggests that the PLA already has the capability to
apply low-level coercive pressure and conduct air and missile strikes against
Taiwan. The PLA likely also has the capability to execute a blockade absent
U.S. intervention. However, these military options would leave the sitting Tai-
wan government intact, would provide time for U.S. forces to intervene, and
would likely entail considerable diplomatic, economic, and military costs in
addition to the risk of escalation into a major war with the United States.
A cross-strait invasion could potentially be decisive but probably lies be-
yond current PLA capabilities given known gaps in airlift, sealift, and logis-
tics, as well as other limitations identified by the contributors to this volume.
The PLA is working hard to improve its capabilities and rectify its shortfalls.
However, the U.S. and Taiwan militaries are also improving their capabilities,
including by acquiring new weapons, developing new operational concepts,
and improving fighting effectiveness in confronting the PLA. The PLA has
made considerable progress over the last 20 years in building the capabilities
necessary for an invasion and in closing the qualitative gap with the U.S. mil-
itary, but future progress is not guaranteed.
A full assessment of CCP decisionmaking about Taiwan must include

both costs and risks.53 Costs are the known diplomatic, military, and eco-
nomic losses that CCP leaders would expect if they decided to use force to try
to resolve the issue of Taiwan’s status. Risks include estimates of additional
costs that China might have to pay depending on how the conflict unfolds.
These could be calculated by multiplying the potential additional costs by
the probability that China would ultimately have to pay them. These costs
and risks could potentially be assessed by outside analysts, but, ultimately,
it is the subjective assessments of CCP and PLA leaders that matter most.54
The operational challenges the Russian military encountered in its invasion
of Ukraine and the political and economic sanctions imposed on Moscow
following the invasion will likely cause Chinese leaders to increase their esti-
mates of the possible costs and risks of taking military action against Taiwan.
Within the military sphere, there are considerable uncertainties in as-
sessing how a military conflict might play out. If the United States does not
intervene and Taiwan’s will to resist collapses quickly, China might achieve
its political goals at a lower-than-expected cost without having to execute
an invasion. However, Chinese leaders cannot assume this outcome and
would have to be prepared for less favorable results, including stiff Taiwan
resistance and rapid U.S. intervention. As this volume discusses, the PLA
currently has specific capability gaps that hinder its ability to successful-
ly execute an invasion. The PLA also has broader weaknesses, including
in senior leadership command ability, limited experience with conduct-
ing integrated joint operations, and lack of combat experience. Moreover,
there are no real-world examples of advanced militaries using the full suite
of advanced information-warfare capabilities against equally capable
adversaries; neither are there examples of two nuclear-armed countries
fighting a major war against each other. The difficulty of assessing the like-
ly outcome of a military conflict—and the high costs of protracted war or
nuclear escalation—will give leaders in China and the United States strong
incentives to try to avoid a conflict.
Moreover, there are considerable nonmilitary costs and risks that ex-
tend beyond the correlation of forces. In the case of a U.S.-China conflict
over Taiwan, PRC risks include a military failure that might jeopardize the
political survival of top CCP leaders, the potential for a protracted war that
Introduction 25
threatens China’s economy and political stability, and a postwar situation

with a powerful and hostile United States and other countries more willing
to participate in an anti-China coalition. These costs might occur even if the
PLA successfully achieves its operational objectives. If the PLA continues to
make up ground in its military modernization, deterrence might rest more
heavily on these nonmilitary factors.
CCP statements that China would prefer to pursue peaceful unification
with Taiwan are logical considering the high costs and risks of resolving the
issue with force.55 This highlights the need for greater attention to the politi-
cal foundations of cross-strait relations and of U.S.-China relations. As noted
above, neither China, nor Taiwan, nor the United States is fully satisfied with
the current framework of cross-strait relations. Nevertheless, this framework
has met the minimal requirements of all three sides for more than 40 years.
For this situation to continue, restraint and political creativity will be nec-
essary on all sides. Beijing will need to continue to reemphasize its objective of
peaceful unification and find creative ways to move beyond the “one country,
two systems” framework that has little appeal on Taiwan. This will require rec-
ognizing the high costs and risks of seeking a military solution and that efforts
to achieve a decisive military force advantage will have extremely negative ef-
fects on U.S.-China relations and on regional stability, which in turn will affect
China’s economy and domestic stability. Even in the absence of a conflict, the
costs of seeking PRC military superiority are likely to continue to rise.
Taiwan leaders will need to acknowledge the high risks of not only for-
mally declaring independence but also of foreclosing the possibility of uni-
fication at some future date under more favorable circumstances. Such
restraint would likely be necessary to maintain U.S. support, which is critical
if Taiwan is to maintain its current de facto sovereignty in the face of China’s
power advantage. Although heightened U.S.-China strategic competition has
created new opportunities for Taiwan to improve relations with Washington,
more adversarial U.S.-China relations that include significant economic de-
coupling would have negative consequences for cross-strait relations. Taiwan
leaders might ultimately have to consider whether a negotiated political ar-
rangement that preserves much of Taiwan’s current de facto sovereignty is
preferrable to a hostile relationship with China that damages Taiwan’s econ-
omy and security environment.56
Washington will need to not only weigh its stakes and obligations to Tai-
wan but also consider its obligations under the communiqués that it signed
with China as part of normalizing relations. Recent years have seen a steady
blossoming of the relationship between the U.S. and Taiwan governments
and of that between the U.S. and Taiwan militaries. Beijing opposes any in-
crease in U.S.-Taiwan cooperation, but developments that further erode U.S.
“one China” commitments could prompt China to take limited military ac-
tion to reestablish limits on unofficial U.S. relations with Taiwan. The United
States has historically focused on encouraging a peaceful, noncoercive envi-
ronment for cross-strait relations rather than pursuing a specific resolution of
Taiwan’s status. The United States should continue that policy and not adopt
a policy of preventing unification.
If Chinese leaders conclude that the prospects of peaceful unifica-
tion have disappeared, then the potential for war over Taiwan—despite its
known high costs and unfathomable risks—would increase dramatically.
The United States must be careful that actions intended to deter a conflict
do not end up precipitating one.
Notes
1
“Full Text of Xi Jinping’s Report at 19th CPC National Congress,” Xinhua, October 18,
2017, available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com/english/special/2017-11/03/c_136725942.htm>.
2
At the time, the Republic of China (ROC) government also asserted that Taiwan was an
integral part of China.
3
For a concise overview of the Taiwan Relations Act and U.S. policy, see Richard C. Bush,
A One-China Policy Primer, East Asia Policy Paper 10 (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution,
March 2017), available at <https://www.brookings.edu/research/a-one-china-policy-primer/>.
4
For a mainstream case on why Taiwan matters to the United States, see Toward a
Stronger U.S.-Taiwan Relationship: A Report of the CSIS Task Force on U.S. Policy Toward Taiwan
(Washington, DC: Center for Strategic and International Studies, 2020), available at <https://
csis-website-prod.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-public/publication/201021_Glaser_TaskForce_
Toward_A_Stronger_USTaiwan_Relationship_0.pdf>.
5
Elbridge Colby, “The United States Should Defend Taiwan,” National Review, December
2, 2021, available at <https://www.nationalreview.com/magazine/2021/12/20/the-united-
states-should-defend-taiwan/>.
Introduction 27
6
Assistant Secretary of Defense for Indo-Pacific Security Affairs Ely Ratner described
Taiwan as a “critical node within the first island chain, anchoring a network of U.S. allies and
partners—stretching from the Japanese archipelago down to the Philippines and into the South
China Sea—that is critical to the region’s security and critical to the defense of vital U.S. interests
in the Indo-Pacific.” See Ely Ratner, Statement to the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, Hearing
on The Future of U.S. Policy on Taiwan, 117th Cong., 1st sess., December 8, 2021, available at
<https://www.foreign.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/120821_Ratner_Testimony1.pdf>. For a critical
assessment of Ratner’s testimony, see Paul Heer, “Has Washington’s Policy Toward Taiwan Crossed
the Rubicon?” The National Interest, December 10, 2021, available at <https://nationalinterest.org/
feature/has-washington%E2%80%99s-policy-toward-taiwan-crossed-rubicon-197877>.
7
The United States initially adopted a policy of “letting the dust settle” after the Chinese
Communist Party (CCP)’s 1949 victory in the Chinese Civil War, but the People’s Republic of
China (PRC)’s decision to “lean to one side” by joining the socialist bloc, and especially its
intervention in the Korean War in October 1950, solidified U.S. support for the ROC. The Mutual
Defense Treaty Between the United States of America and the Republic of China was signed in
December 1954 and took effect in March 1955.
8
Mainlanders who arrived in 1949 and their descendants make up about 14 percent of
the population in Taiwan.
9
This position is expressed in the 1992 Act Governing Relations between the People of
the Taiwan Area and the Mainland Area, which distinguishes between territory under ROC and
PRC jurisdiction in the period “before national unification.” Laws and Regulations Database of
the Republic of China, Act Governing Relations between the People of the Taiwan Area and the
Mainland Area, Mainland Affairs Council, amended July 24, 2019, available at <https://law.moj.
gov.tw/Eng/LawClass/LawAll.aspx?PCode=Q0010001>.
10
Kat Devlin and Christine Huang, “In Taiwan, Views of Mainland China Mostly
Negative,” Pew Research Center, May 12, 2020, available at <https://www.pewresearch.org/
global/2020/05/12/in-taiwan-views-of-mainland-china-mostly-negative/>.
11
The Chinese Nationalist Party (the Kuomintang) regards the 1992 Consensus as
involving “one China, separate interpretations” and interprets the “one China” that Taiwan
belongs to as the Republic of China. The CCP regards the 1992 Consensus as acknowledging that
China and Taiwan are both part of the same sovereign political entity.
12
See Phillip C. Saunders, “Long-Term Trends in China-Taiwan Relations: Implications
for U.S. Taiwan Policy,” Asian Survey 45, no. 6 (November/December 2005), 970–991; Susan
A. Thornton, “Whither the Status Quo? A Cross-Taiwan Strait Trilateral Dialogue,” National
Committee on American Foreign Policy, December 17, 2021, available at <https://www.ncafp.
org/read-new-cross-strait-trilateral-report/>.
13
At various times CCP leaders have mentioned several factors that might justify
the use of force, including formal declaration of Taiwan independence; movement toward
Taiwan independence; internal unrest in Taiwan; Taiwan’s acquisition of nuclear weapons;
indefinite (sine die) delays in the resumption of cross-strait dialogue on unification; and foreign
military intervention in Taiwan’s internal affairs. See Annual Report to Congress: Military and
Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2021 (Washington, DC: Office
of the Secretary of Defense, 2021), 115–116, available at <https://media.defense.gov/2021/
nov/03/2002885874/-1/-1/0/2021-cmpr-final.pdf>.
14
John W. Garver, Face Off: China, the United States, and Taiwan’s Democratization
(Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1997); Robert S. Ross, “The 1995–1996 Taiwan Strait
Confrontation: Coercion, Credibility, and the Use of Force,” International Security 25, no. 2
(Fall 2000), 87–123. See also James R. Lilley and Chuck Downs, eds., Crisis in the Taiwan Strait
(Washington, DC: NDU Press, 1997).
15
Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2021,
161–163.
16
Ibid., 163.
17
Ibid., 98–99.
18
See Robert Pape, Bombing to Win: Air Power and Coercion in War (Ithaca, NY: Cornell
University Press, 1996); Heather Venable and Sebastian Lukasik, “‘Bombing to Win’ at 25,” War
on the Rocks, June 25, 2021, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2021/06/bombing-to-win-
at-25/>.
19
2021 Quadrennial Defense Review (Taipei: Ministry of National Defense, 2021),
available at <https://www.ustaiwandefense.com/tdnswp/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2021-
Taiwan-Quadrennial-Defense-Review-QDR.pdf>; and 2019 National Defense Report (Taipei:
Ministry of National Defense, 2019), available at <https://www.ustaiwandefense.com/tdnswp/
wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Taiwan-National-Defense-Report-2019.pdf>.
20
Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2021, 116.
21
Ibid., 117.
22
Ibid., 120.
23
Roger Cliff et al., Entering the Dragon’s Lair: Chinese Antiaccess Strategies and Their
Implications for the United States (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2007).
24
For a discussion of naval aspects of People’s Liberation Army (PLA) antiaccess/area-
denial capabilities, see Michael McDevitt, China as a Twenty-First-Century Naval Power: Theory,
Practice, and Implications (Annapolis, MD: Naval Institute Press, 2020).
25
The PLA calls this “systems attack” or “systems confrontation.” See Jeff Engstrom,
Systems Confrontation and System Destruction Warfare: How the Chinese People’s Liberation
Army Seeks to Wage Modern Warfare (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018). For an earlier analysis,
see Thomas J. Christensen, “Posing Problems Without Catching Up: China’s Rise and Challenges
for U.S. Security Policy,” International Security 25, no. 4 (2001), 5–40.
26
For an influential assessment of how much ground the Chinese military has made
up relative to the United States, see Eric Heginbotham et al., The U.S.-China Military Scorecard
Forces, Geography, and the Evolving Balance of Power, 1996–2017 (Santa Monica, CA: RAND,
2015), available at <https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR392.html>.
27
“An Interactive Look at the U.S.-China Military Scorecard,” RAND Project Air Force,
available at <https://www.rand.org/paf/projects/us-china-scorecard.html>. RAND defined
advantage to mean that one side could achieve its primary objectives in an operationally relevant
period while the other side would have trouble doing so.
Introduction 29
28
For example, the U.S. Air Force ended its 16-year continuous bomber presence on Guam
in late April 2020, although it has continued rotational deployments. See Stephen Bryen, “Why the
U.S. Withdrew Its Bombers from Guam,” Asia Times, April 28, 2020, available at <https://asiatimes.
com/2020/04/why-the-us-withdrew-its-bombers-from-guam/>; Mikaley Kline, “B-1s Train with
JASDF, Return to Andersen Air Force Base for BTF Deployment,” Andersen Air Force Base Web site,
September 11, 2020, available at <https://www.andersen.af.mil/News/Features/Article/2345627/
b-1s-train-with-jasdf-return-to-andersen-air-force-base-for-btf-deployment/>; Lee Jeong-ho,
“China Releases Footage of ‘Guam Killer’ DF-26 Ballistic Missile in ‘Clear Message to the U.S.,’”
South China Morning Post, January 28, 2019, available at <https://www.scmp.com/news/china/
military/article/2183972/china-releases-footage-guam-killer-df-26-ballistic-missile-clear>.
29
2021 Quadrennial Defense Review; 2019 National Defense Report.
30
Mallory Shelbourne, “INDOPACOM Wants $20B Over the Next Six Years to Execute
National Defense Strategy,” Inside Defense, April 2, 2020, available at <https://insidedefense.com/
daily-news/indopacom-wants-20b-over-next-six-years-execute-national-defense-strategy>;
Tony Bertuca, “White House Report on China Sets Stage for New Indo-Pacific Investments,”
Inside Defense, May 21, 2020, available at <https://insidedefense.com/daily-news/white-house-
report-china-sets-stage-new-indo-pacific-investments>; Jim Inhofe and Jack Reed, “The Pacific
Deterrence Initiative: Peace Through Strength in the Indo-Pacific,” War on the Rocks, May 28,
2020, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2020/05/the-pacific-deterrence-initiative-
peace-through-strength-in-the-indo-pacific/>.
31
Alex Grynkewich, “The Future of Air Superiority, Part III: Defeating A2/AD,” War on
the Rocks, January 13, 2017, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2017/01/the-future-of-air-
superiority-part-iii-defeating-a2ad/>.
32
Brian M. Killough, “The Complicated Combat Future of the U.S. Air Force,” The National
Interest, February 9, 2020, available at <https://nationalinterest.org/feature/complicated-
combat-future-us-air-force-121226>.
33
Sean Kimmons, “Army to Build Three Multi-Domain Task Forces Using Lessons from
Pilot,” Army News Service, October 15, 2019, available at <https://www.army.mil/article/228393/
army_to_build_three_multi_domain_task_forces_using_lessons_from_pilot>.
34
David H. Berger, “Notes on Designing the Marine Corps of the Future,” War on
the Rocks, December 5, 2019, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2019/12/notes-on-
designing-the-marine-corps-of-the-future/>; “Expeditionary Advanced Base Operations
(EABO),” Headquarters Marine Corps, August 2, 2021, available at <https://www.marines.
mil/News/News-Display/Article/2708120/expeditionary-advanced-base-operations-eabo/>;
Michael R. Gordon, “Marines Plan to Retool to Meet China Threat,” Wall Street Journal, March
22, 2020, available at <https://www.wsj.com/articles/marines-plan-to-retool-to-meet-china-
threat-11584897014>.
35
Lloyd J. Austin III, speech, Reagan National Defense Forum, Department of
Defense, December 4, 2021, available at <https://www.defense.gov/News/Speeches/Speech/
Article/2861931/remarks-by-secretary-of-defense-lloyd-j-austin-iii-at-the-reagan-national-
defen/>.
36
Ibid.
37
U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission, Report to Congress 2021
(Washington, DC: Government Publishing Office, November 2021), 387, available at <https://
www.uscc.gov/sites/default/files/2021-11/2021_Annual_Report_to_Congress.pdf>.
38
39
Philip Davidson, Testimony Before the Senate Armed Services Committee, U.S. Indo-
Pacific Command Review of the Defense Authorization Request for Fiscal Year 2022, and the
Future Years Defense Program, 117th Cong., 1st sess., March 9, 2021, available at <https://www.
armed-services.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/21-10_03-09-2021.pdf>.
40
Fred Kaplan claims that Davidson did not clear his testimony with the Pentagon in
advance; the 6-year estimate is not in the written testimony but came in response to a question.
See the discussion in Fred Kaplan, “Will China Really Invade Taiwan?” Slate, November 9, 2021,
available at <https://slate.com/news-and-politics/2021/11/china-taiwan-invasion-philip-
davidson-military-threat.html>.
41
Admiral John Aquilino, Testimony Before the Senate Armed Services Committee, To
Consider the Nomination of Admiral John C. Aquilino, USN, for Reappointment to the Grade of
Admiral and to Be Commander, U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, 117th Cong., 1st sess., March 23,
2021, available at <https://www.armed-services.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/21-14_03-23-2021.
pdf>; Brad Lendon, “Chinese Threat to Taiwan ‘Closer to Us Than Most Think,’ Top U.S. Admiral
Says,” CNN, March 24, 2021, available at <https://www.cnn.com/2021/03/24/asia/indo-pacific-
commander-aquilino-hearing-taiwan-intl-hnk-ml/index.html>.
42
U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission, Report to Congress 2021, 387.
43
Lawrence Chung, “Beijing ‘Fully Able’ to Invade Taiwan by 2025, Island’s Defence
Minister Says,” South China Morning Post, October 6, 2021, available at <https://www.scmp.
com/news/china/military/article/3151340/beijing-capable-taiwan-invasion-2025-islands-
defence-minister>.
44
Oriana Skylar Mastro, “The Taiwan Temptation: Why Beijing Might Resort to Force,”
Foreign Affairs 100, no. 4 (July/August 2021), 58–67.
45
Rachel Esplin Odell and Eric Heginbotham, “Don’t Fall for the Invasion Panic,” Foreign
Affairs 100, no. 5 (September/October 2021), 216–220.
46
Bonny Lin and David Sacks, “Force Is Still a Last Resort,” Foreign Affairs 100, no. 5
(September/October 2021), 222–226.
47
Phillip C. Saunders and Andrew Scobell, eds., PLA Influence on China’s National
Security Policymaking (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2015); Andrew Scobell et al., eds.,
The People’s Liberation Army and Contingency Planning in China (Washington, DC: NDU Press,
2015); Phillip C. Saunders et al., eds., Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA: Assessing Chinese Military
Reforms (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2019); Joel Wuthnow et al., eds., The PLA Beyond Borders:
Chinese Military Operations in Regional and Global Context (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2021).
48
For additional discussion, see Ying-Yu Lin, “A New Type of Cross-Border Attack: The
PLA’s Cyber Force,” in Wuthnow et al., The PLA Beyond Borders, 295–310.
49
See, for example, Ian Easton, The Chinese Invasion Threat: Taiwan’s Defense and
American Strategy in Asia (Washington, DC: Project 2049 Institute, 2017); Lonnie Henley, PLA
Operational Concepts and Centers of Gravity in a Taiwan Conflict, Testimony Before the U.S.-
China Economic and Security Review Commission, 117th Cong., 1st sess., February 18, 2021;
“T-Day: The Battle for Taiwan,” Reuters, November 5, 2021, available at <https://www.reuters.
com/investigates/special-report/taiwan-china-wargames/>.
50
For additional analysis, see J. Michael Dahm, Ferry Tales: The PLA’s Use of Civilian
Shipping in Support of Over-the-Shore Logistics (Newport, RI: China Maritime Studies Institute,
2021); Thomas Shugart, “Mind the Gap: How China’s Civilian Shipping Could Enable a Taiwan
Invasion,” War on the Rocks, August 16, 2021, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2021/08/
mind-the-gap-how-chinas-civilian-shipping-could-enable-a-taiwan-invasion/>.
Introduction 31
51
For a more thorough discussion, see David M. Finkelstein, The PLA’s New Joint Doctrine:
The Capstone of the New Era Operations Regulation System (Arlington, VA: CNA, 2021).
52
For a fuller analysis, see Joel Wuthnow, System Overload: Can China’s Military Be
Distracted in a War over Taiwan? China Strategic Perspectives No. 15 (Washington, DC: NDU
Press, 2020).
53
We assume, based on past experience, that CCP leaders make decisions on a rational
cost-benefit basis.
54
The role of perception and misperception in Beijing’s decisionmaking calculus vis-à-
vis Taiwan should not be underestimated. See Andrew Scobell, “Perception and Misperception
in U.S.-China Relations,” Political Science Quarterly 135, no. 4 (Winter 2020), 637–664.
55
Although some argue that China has given up hope of peaceful unification, CCP leaders
continue to emphasize a preference for peaceful unification in speeches. See Xi Jinping, “Speech
at Meeting Marking the 110th Anniversary of the Revolution of 1911,” China Daily, October 9,
2021, available at <http://www.news.cn/english/2021-10/13/c_1310242627.htm>. Also see
Michael D. Swaine, “Recent Chinese Views on the Taiwan Issue,” China Leadership Monitor 70,
December 1, 2021, available at <https://www.prcleader.org/swaine-3>.
56
See Richard C. Bush, Difficult Choices: Taiwan’s Quest for Security and the Good Life
(Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 2021).
I
China’s Decisionmaking Calculus
CHAPTER 1
Three Logics of Chinese Policy Toward

Taiwan: An Analytic Framework
Phillip C. Saunders
F
or Chinese Communist Party (CCP) leaders, Taiwan is an integral part
of Chinese territory that was forcibly seized by Japan in 1895 following
the Sino-Japanese War and became a haven for the Republic of China
(ROC) government and military after their 1949 defeat in the Chinese Civil
War. Taiwan is thus connected both to the Chinese nationalist goal of restoring
China’s sovereignty and territorial integrity after the so-called century of hu-
miliation and to the CCP’s final political victory over the Chinese Nationalist
Party (the Kuomintang, or KMT). Since the founding of the People’s Republic
of China (PRC) in October 1949, core elements of CCP policy toward Taiwan
have remained constant. CCP leaders have insisted that the PRC is the sole
legitimate government of China and that Taiwan is an integral part of Chinese
territory that cannot be allowed independence and must eventually be unified
with the PRC.1 Although the ROC government continues to exercise jurisdic-
tion over Taiwan and various other islands, the PRC has sought to make accep-
tance of its “one China principle” a condition for diplomatic relations and has
prevailed on most countries and the United Nations to accept this position.2
The core principles of PRC policy toward Taiwan have remained con-
stant, but there has been variation in the policies, strategies, and tactics CCP
35
36 Saunders
leaders have employed to deter Taiwan independence and make progress

toward unification. The PRC initially declared its intent to “liberate Taiwan”
by force, but this ambition was frustrated by the operational challenges of an
amphibious invasion and by U.S. military intervention after the outbreak of
the Korean War in 1950. In 1979, the PRC announced a new policy of “peaceful
unification” while reserving the right to use force under some circumstanc-
es. Beijing subsequently elaborated its vision for what peaceful unification
might look like, advancing a “one country, two systems” model that would
allow Taiwan to keep its capitalist system and its military and to enjoy a high
degree of autonomy. This model was eventually applied to Hong Kong and
Macao, which became special administrative regions within the PRC in 1997
and 1999, respectively.
The CCP’s insistence that the PRC is the sole legitimate government of
China led PRC leaders to refuse to recognize the ROC government or have
direct contacts with its leaders, but the two sides eventually found ways to
negotiate through party-to-party and semi-official channels, especially the
PRC’s Association for Relations Across the Taiwan Strait (ARATS) and Taiwan’s
Straits Exchange Foundation (SEF).3 The peaceful unification policy and “one
country, two systems” formula elaborated under Deng Xiaoping from 1979 to
1982 continues to define the basic parameters of PRC policy toward Taiwan,
but there have still been significant variations over time.4 This chapter pres-
ents an analytic framework to help analyze and explain those variations.
China’s policy toward Taiwan is the product of a complex policymaking
process that involves senior leadership competition, domestic political con-
siderations in a nationalistic policy environment, and PRC assessments of
political conditions in Taiwan, the United States, and the broader geopolitical
forces at play in the Indo-Pacific region. Mapping the relevant policy actors
within China and understanding the content and context of PRC policy de-
bates are challenging analytic tasks: the political sensitivity of policy toward
Taiwan creates strong incentives for exaggerated nationalist views in public
writings and speeches and encourages Chinese scholars to conform to the
preferences of senior leaders in internal writings provided as policy inputs.5
Moreover, because Taiwan policy has significant implications for the political
standing of senior CCP leaders, the circle of key decisionmakers is relatively
small and policy initiatives are closely held. As a result, the debates taking
Three Logics of Chinese Policy Toward Taiwan 37
place in public and at lower levels of the Chinese system may not actually re-
flect the views and concerns of senior CCP leaders making policy decisions.6
The poor quality of available information on high-level internal debates
makes analyzing Chinese policy toward Taiwan a challenge.
An alternative way of understanding China’s approach toward Taiwan fo-
cuses on three distinct causal logics: leverage, united front, and persuasion.
This analytic framework offers considerable explanatory, analytical, and per-
haps even predictive power in assessing Beijing’s positions. In particular, it
provides a means of understanding the mix of coercion and inducements in
PRC policy toward Taiwan at any given moment of time while highlighting
PRC strategies and tactics that persist despite the ups and downs of cross-
strait relations. It also provides a concise way to think about the interests and
relevance of different PRC policy actors in the policymaking and policy im-
plementation process. One key finding is that changes in Taiwan politics and
identity, the authoritarian turn in China, and the PRC’s implementation of
“one country, two systems” in Hong Kong have made the united front and
persuasion logics less effective and could lead CCP leaders to rely more heav-
ily on leverage and coercion in the future. This raises questions about the
continued viability of the PRC’s policy of seeking peaceful unification.
This chapter outlines the three logics and their respective approaches
to Taiwan, illustrates some implications of the coexistence of multiple logics
for PRC policy, and applies this analytic framework to explain shifts in the
PRC policy approach toward Taiwan under different Taiwan leaders from Lee
Teng-hui to Tsai Ing-wen. It then considers the relevance of each logic go-
ing forward considering recent political developments in China, Taiwan, and
Hong Kong and how shifts in relevance might affect China’s policy choices
as Beijing considers a shift from deterring Taiwan independence toward the
more ambitious and difficult goal of achieving unification.
Three Logics of Chinese Policy Toward Taiwan

A causal logic is not a policy, strategy, or tactic. Rather, it is the underlying
reasoning about how specific policies, strategies, or tactics are supposed to
help achieve or advance a policy objective. A causal logic explains the “ways”
in an ends-ways-means chain that connects actions to policy goals. Causal
logics can be useful in grouping policies, strategies, and tactics that work in
38 Saunders
similar ways into conceptual baskets, highlighting hidden commonalities.

The rest of this section discusses the PRC’s objectives and explores three dis-
tinct causal logics evident in its policy toward Taiwan.
China’s Taiwan policy has two primary objectives: preventing Taiwan
from attaining independence and achieving unification of China and Tai-
wan. China’s most urgent objective is preventing Taiwan independence. Even
though the Taiwan government currently exercises jurisdiction over Taiwan
and various islands, most of the international community does not recognize
Taiwan as a sovereign state separate from China. A formal statement or ref-
erendum declaring Taiwan independence would present PRC leaders with a
major crisis involving China’s core interest in sovereignty and territorial in-
tegrity. Chinese leaders have repeatedly and credibly declared a willingness
to fight to prevent Taiwan independence.7
The CCP’s ultimate objective is to achieve unification by bringing Taiwan
under the political control of the PRC.8 The question is how best to accom-
plish that goal at an acceptable cost and risk and in a reasonable period. CCP
leaders have been careful not to establish a precise deadline for unification,
which would limit flexibility and present unpalatable choices as the deadline
approached and turned into a de facto ultimatum. At that point Beijing would
either have to publicly back down or use force regardless of the costs, risks,
and political circumstances. China has not set an explicit deadline for unifi-
cation, but Xi Jinping stated in 2013 and 2019 that the Taiwan issue “should
not be passed down generation after generation.”9 Since 2017, CCP leaders
have linked Taiwan unification to “the great rejuvenation of the Chinese
people” that is to be achieved by 2049, creating an implicit deadline that still
leaves some room for maneuver.10
Leverage
Leverage interprets China’s relations with Taiwan in terms of a zero-sum view
of relations across the strait. It is a measure of one party’s potential ability to
use military, economic, and diplomatic coercion to impose costs on the oth-
er.11 Leverage is an implicit and passive form of coercion that exists and could
influence behavior even absent specific threats by one side to employ coer-
cion for deterrent or compellent ends.12 However, leverage manifests as coer-
cion once one side makes active threats to use force, pressure, or punishment
if the other does not take specific actions (compellence) or refrain from tak-
ing specific actions (deterrence). As Thomas Schelling noted, effective coer-
cion requires that threats be accompanied by credible assurances that the
threatened costs will not be imposed if the other side complies with the de-
mands.13 Deterrence is generally easier to achieve than compellence, but this
finding depends on what is being demanded in the deterrent and compellent
cases.14 For Taiwan, the costs of accepting unwanted unification are consider-
ably higher than the lost benefits of foregoing desired independence, making
it easier for the PRC to deter Taiwan independence than to coerce Taiwan into
accepting unification. This conclusion is also consistent with prospect theory
(see Andrew Scobell’s chapter in this volume).
China’s ability to deter Taiwan from moving toward independence rests
on its capacity to use its economic and diplomatic power to impose costs and
to deny Taiwan international recognition and its military ability to threaten
the island with unacceptable punishment. This leverage is translated into de-
terrence by the PRC’s conditional threat to employ coercive means if Taiwan
takes actions to proclaim its status as an independent entity separate from
China. The more leverage China has, the greater Beijing’s confidence that it
can deter Taiwan independence. This logic suggests a focus on efforts to in-
crease Chinese strength and to weaken Taiwan via diplomatic isolation, eco-
nomic dependence, and an end to U.S. arms sales to Taiwan.
This logic also implies that China could eventually achieve unification
by increasing its leverage to the point where Taiwan’s diplomatic, econom-
ic, and military position becomes untenable in the face of potential Chinese
coercive threats. This logic assumes that at some point China could confront
Taiwan and force capitulation or that Taiwan’s leaders would ultimately have
to make the best deal they could from a position of weakness. The more lever-
age China has, the sooner that day will come and the more the deal will reflect
PRC interests. At the limit, leverage could be converted into coercive efforts to
employ economic and military power to compel Taiwan to accept unification
or the use of military means to achieve unification by force.
Sophisticated versions of this logic embrace the idea of making fur-
ther economic and even diplomatic concessions to Taiwan that increase
its dependence on Beijing’s continued good will, thus generating addi-
tional leverage.15 China could then remove or threaten to remove these
40 Saunders
concessions in the future as a coercive tactic, creating an economic or do-

mestic political crisis for Taiwan leaders.
Leverage is best understood as potential coercive power that CCP lead-
ers can choose to employ as circumstances dictate. This includes ramping up
political, economic, or military pressure to punish perceived Taiwan moves
toward independence or to try to coerce Taiwan into accepting the PRC “one
China” position or the PRC agenda for cross-strait relations. CCP leaders might
also choose to decrease pressure on Taiwan to support cross-strait political ini-
tiatives or to reward Taiwan actions that signal interest in a closer relationship
with the mainland (or that promise restraint in pushing toward independence).
While leverage can always be banked for future use, employing leverage by
coercing Taiwan is a tactical calculation based on PRC objectives at a given
moment in time, expectations about how effective coercion could be, and the
positive or negative externalities in terms of other PRC policy goals.
PRC leaders rely on coercion to deter Taiwan leaders from pursuing in-
dependence. The PRC has consistently refused to rule out the use of force if
Taiwan takes overt actions toward independence and has built military capa-
bilities to make this threat credible. At the same time, China has limited the
circumstances under which it says it would employ force to assure Taiwan
that restraint in pursuing independence will be reciprocated with Chinese
restraint in not employing force.16 PRC leaders have preserved a degree of
ambiguity about exactly which actions would prompt it to use force, both to
preserve flexibility in deciding how to respond and to prevent Taiwan from
taking incremental actions that stop just short of Beijing’s red lines. China has
sometimes taken specific actions to reinforce its deterrent threats, including
two rounds of ballistic missile tests in the 1995–1996 Taiwan Strait Crisis and
passing the Anti-Secession Law in 2005 that laid a legal basis for “non-peace-
ful actions” in the event of Taiwan independence.
China has also periodically employed limited coercion to compel Tai-
wan to accept its definition of the relationship between China and Taiwan or
to enter political talks about unification. Despite good cross-strait relations
during Taiwan President Ma Ying-jeou’s two terms in office (May 2009–May
2016), China began using various coercive measures in 2015 to pressure Ma
to begin formal talks about Taiwan’s political status. When Ma’s successor,
Tsai Ing-wen, refused to accept the 1992 Consensus as the political basis for
cross-strait dialogue, the PRC responded by encouraging Taiwan’s diplomatic

allies to switch recognition to the PRC, applying economic pressure by lim-
iting Chinese tourist visits to Taiwan, and conducting military exercises and
deployments aimed at Taiwan.17
Leverage has some inherent drawbacks and limitations. The most ex-
treme forms of coercion, such as the use of brute force to achieve unification,
have very high economic, military, and diplomatic costs and risks, including
the possibility of a nuclear conflict with the United States. Beijing’s desire to
avoid these costs is why Chinese leaders consistently express a preference
for peaceful unification. Even limited forms of economic and military co-
ercion aimed against Taiwan damage China’s peaceful image and lead oth-
er countries to be concerned about Chinese intentions and cautious about
cooperation that would leave them vulnerable to Chinese coercion. Taiwan
could also take some actions to reduce China’s leverage, such as improving
its defense capabilities and diversifying its economic relationships to make
itself less vulnerable to Chinese coercion. The high costs and risks of the PRC
employing force to achieve unification might also make coercive threats that
would be sufficient to compel Taiwan to accept unification seem less cred-
ible. Finally, PRC willingness to employ extreme coercive threats to compel
Taiwan to accept a unification agreement undercuts the credibility of any as-
surances that Beijing would abide by the agreement’s terms.
United Front
United front tactics have a rich history in the CCP’s approach to domestic and
international politics. A united front is a means for communist parties to co-
operate with non-communist parties and groups by finding common ground
and downplaying differences. The CCP has an elaborate organizational in-
frastructure to engage various domestic and international groups, some of
which falls under the heading of the CCP United Front Work Department.18
Because the CCP seeks to maintain its monopoly on power and maximize
its ability to dictate outcomes—goals not shared by non-communist political
actors—such cooperation is inherently limited and restricted to areas where
short-term interests overlap. Although the CCP seeks to enlist non-commu-
nist parties and groups to work on behalf of CCP goals, in practice united
front tactics are most useful in building coalitions to oppose shared threats.19
42 Saunders
(CCP efforts to enlist support for its positive goals are better captured by the
logic of persuasion, considered below.)
In the Taiwan context, the CCP defines the principal threat as individu-
als or groups who advocate Taiwan independence. For example, China’s 2019
defense white paper refers to the “very small number of ‘Taiwan indepen-
dence’ separatists and their activities.”20 In December 2020, the CCP issued
an updated version of its united front work regulations, which described the
mission of united front worked aimed at Taiwan as
Implementing the CCP Central Committee’s work on Taiwan, adhering to
the “One-China Principle,” broadly uniting Taiwan compatriots at home
and abroad, developing and strengthening Taiwan’s patriotic reunifica-
tion force, opposing Taiwan’s secessionist activities, and continuing to pro-
mote peace in the motherland for the process of reunification and jointly
realize the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation with one heart.21
Although the regulations include some positive objectives such as strength-
ening “reunification forces” in Taiwan, a united front logic emphasizes
opposition to a common threat or enemy by cooperation with groups and
individuals that might not support the CCP’s ultimate objectives.
The primary focus of CCP united front tactics has been on strengthening
opposition to pro-independence leaders and political parties (such as the
Democratic Progressive Party [DPP], the Taiwan Solidarity Union, and the
New Power Party) and their policy initiatives (such as constitutional referenda
and de-Sinification of the educational system). China’s efforts have included
building formal party-to-party ties with the KMT and People First parties, mo-
bilizing international actors to oppose Taiwan independence as a threat to re-
gional stability, and reaching out to members of the DPP to wean them away
from support for Taiwan independence. China has also employed united front
tactics by organizing retired officer dialogues, encouraging Taiwan business
leaders operating in the mainland to oppose separatist activities and support
unification, and engaging Taiwan mayors and local government officials.22
Although the Taiwan independence movement has been the primary
target of CCP united front tactics, Beijing has also tried to build a united front
against Japan by harnessing anti-Japanese sentiment in Taiwan over the is-
sue of the Senkaku/Diaoyu Islands. The islands are claimed by Japan, Taiwan,
and the PRC (which asserts that the islands belong to Taiwan, which is part
of the PRC). Especially after Japan’s nationalization of some of the islands in
2012, when the Japanese government purchased three of the islands from a
private Japanese owner, the CCP has tried to use the issue to drive a wedge
between Taiwan and Japan and to make common cause with Taiwan groups
that support Taiwan’s claims to the islands. China has followed similar tactics
with respect to Taiwan’s territorial claims in the South China Sea, trying to
appeal to nationalists in Taiwan by asserting that it is more willing to stand up
for Chinese territorial claims than the government in Taipei.
United front tactics have some inherent limitations in the Taiwan context.
There are political actors in Taiwan who identify as Chinese and oppose inde-
pendence because they believe that Taiwan is part of a larger China, but few of
them are eager to subject Taiwan to CCP control as part of the PRC. Moreover,
the political power of this group has declined over time due to Taiwan’s democ-
ratization and generational change that has reduced personal ties to mainland
China.23 Others in Taiwan oppose movement toward independence on the
practical grounds that it might precipitate a devastating war, but this pragmatic
view yields support for maintaining the political status quo rather than for po-
litical talks aimed at unification. Public opinion polls consistently indicate that
this “conditional preference” for the status quo rather than independence is
the dominant view in Taiwan.24 From a PRC viewpoint, this suggests that tactics
based on a united front logic are much more effective in preventing Taiwan’s
movement toward independence (largely due to concerns about precipitating a
war) than in convincing actors in Taiwan and elsewhere to embrace unification.
Persuasion
Persuasion focuses on convincing key actors (especially in Taiwan, but also in
the international community) that unification is an acceptable or even desir-
able outcome. This is a judgment made partly in the context of alternatives,
including China’s threat to use force. However, this logic emphasizes CCP ef-
forts to increase the benefits and reduce the potential costs of unification for
key actors in Taiwan and to promulgate a positive vision of what life would be
like as part of the PRC.
One line of effort involves reassuring Taiwan that unification would not
cause fundamental changes in Taiwan’s political system (via Deng Xiaoping’s
44 Saunders
“one country, two systems” proposal and subsequent offers to allow Taiwan
to keep its own military, not have PRC troops on its soil, have substantial au-
tonomy over its affairs, and so forth). Another involves demonstrating the val-
ue of a closer relationship between China and Taiwan by providing economic
opportunities and facilitating a larger international presence (with the poten-
tial for even greater benefits if Taiwan accepts unification). A third involves
efforts to influence conceptions of identity in Taiwan in ways that emphasize
cultural and historical ties with China and make unification more acceptable.
Persuasion has limitations in the Taiwan context. Because this logic in-
volves projecting a positive vision of Taiwan’s role in a future unified China,
people in Taiwan will judge the vision’s appeal based on expectations of the
political future of the PRC and the CCP, the specific terms offered, and the
credibility of the CCP’s pledge to respect those terms in the future when Tai-
wan would have limited ability to enforce a bargain with Beijing. China’s rap-
id economic growth and rising power could have potential appeal for people
in Taiwan, offering significant economic opportunities and the chance to be
associated with a country that has growing international influence. Howev-
er, Taiwan already enjoys significant economic access because CCP leaders
believe this is beneficial for the Chinese economy, allowing Taiwan to enjoy
most of these potential benefits without a more formal political relationship.
Moreover, the growing authoritarian trend in China and crackdown on polit-
ical expression over the last decade make a closer political association with
the PRC much less attractive.
China’s various formulations of what “one country, two systems” might
look like in Taiwan include several specific assurances if Taiwan accepts
peaceful unification. These include pledges that Taiwan would enjoy a high
degree of autonomy, could manage local affairs without interference, would
be able to retain its armed forces, and could keep its current socioeconomic
system.25 However, some of these assurances have been weakened in recent
PRC speeches about Taiwan, and they must be judged against PRC pledges
in other contexts, such as the high degree of autonomy promised to Hong
Kong in the reversion agreement. The PRC’s efforts to roll back democratic
institutions and impose a political crackdown in Hong Kong in the name of
security have severely damaged the CCP’s credibility with the Taiwan pub-
lic. In this context, persuading Taiwan people of the benefits of unification
is an increasingly difficult task. Finally, the PRC’s conditional threat to use

force if Taiwan declares independence and its increasing military pres-
sure undercut efforts to persuade Taiwan leaders and people that they can
achieve security, prosperity, and a sufficient degree of freedom and auton-
omy as part of a unified China.
Implications of Multiple Causal Logics

What are the implications of the three logics underlying Chinese policy? Us-
ing multiple logics can explain several important points about Chinese pol-
icy. These include patterns of continuity and change in PRC policies toward
Taiwan, coalition-building on policy decisions, and how the fungibility of
policy tools across the three logics shapes the positions of PRC policy actors.
A starting point is to view Chinese policy from the perspective of a unitary
actor responding rationally to changing assessments of the threat of Taiwan in-
dependence and opportunities to move toward unification. Since policies de-
rived from the three logics have varying utility for the separate goals of deterring
independence and achieving unification, China’s policy mix should shift over
time based on changes in its assessment of threats and opportunities. This ap-
proach could be used to tease out the evolving mix of Chinese policies. Such
a perspective also suggests that if Beijing feels that the threat of Taiwan inde-
pendence has declined and opportunities for unification have increased, then
China’s policy mix might shift in the direction of policy measures that make
sense under the logic of persuasion. Conversely, if the threat of independence
has increased, Beijing is likely to lean more heavily on tools that rest on lever-
age and united front logics to deter movement toward Taiwan independence.
This approach could be helpful in revealing patterns of continuity and
change in PRC policy. In terms of continuity, the PRC has consistently refused
to rule out the use of force to deter Taiwan independence, continued united
front efforts aimed at groups in Taiwan that might be mobilized to oppose
independence and support unification, and sought to articulate and demon-
strate the benefits that unification might have for Taiwan. PRC policy toward
Taiwan has largely stayed within the principles and parameters established
from 1979 to 1982 under Deng Xiaoping, but there have been significant vari-
ations over time in the use of coercive measures to deter independence and
46 Saunders
encourage political talks on unification; to mobilize groups in Taiwan to op-

pose specific leaders, parties, and policies that Beijing regards as promoting
separation from China; and to provide or deny economic benefits to specific
groups in Taiwan. Viewing these changes in terms of shifts in the relative im-
portance of the three logics is a parsimonious way to describe and analyze
changes in Chinese policy.
A second point is that the existence of multiple logics could affect
prospects for building domestic coalitions on Taiwan policy within the
PRC. A number of PRC actors have important interests in Taiwan policy:
economic and local officials want to use Taiwan trade and investment to
increase economic growth. Businesses seek technology from Taiwan to
move up the knowledge ladder. Political leaders want to win points with
nationalists for moving toward unification (and avoid losses if Taiwan
moves toward independence). Foreign Ministry officials regard isolating
Taiwan internationally as a core part of their mission. The military feels a
special responsibility for defending China’s sovereignty and territorial in-
tegrity, especially by achieving unification.26
If a policy makes sense under all three logics, then Chinese leaders would
find it easier to build a consensus on that policy even if the rationales that
individual actors use to support the policy are different or mutually incon-
sistent. For example, China’s liberalization of fruit imports from southern
Taiwan increases Taiwan’s dependence on the mainland market (potentially
creating economic leverage), creates new economic interests for a traditional
DPP constituency (potentially drawing them into a united front), and shows
that closer political ties with the mainland could produce important econom-
ic benefits for Taiwan (demonstrating potential benefits of unification). The
corollary is that China finds it harder to adopt policies that make strong sense
from one logic, but which are counterproductive from other perspectives.27
For instance, facilitating Taiwan’s participation in the World Health Assembly
makes sense in terms of united front logic and persuasion logic but undercuts
efforts to increase Chinese leverage by isolating Taiwan.28
A third point involves the extent to which influential policy actors are
associated with tools that are fungible across the different logics or tools
that only make sense under one logic. Chinese businesses and local PRC
leaders focused on expanding cross-strait economic contacts benefit from
the fact that their preferred policies potentially make sense under all three
logics.29 Such policies make Taiwan more dependent economically on the
PRC, generating leverage that might be used in the future to reward fa-
vored groups with opportunities, to punish those viewed as enemies, and
to provide benefits to the Taiwan people that demonstrate the gains from
improved cross-strait relations.
Conversely, the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) is heavily associated with
military tools, such as developing ballistic missiles and deploying them oppo-
site Taiwan, which make sense only under the logic of leverage and might have
negative effects on other policy goals. If Chinese policy actors are only relevant
under one logic (leverage), then they would tend to support policies that make
sense under that logic and oppose those that are costly or counterproductive
from their institutional point of view. Thus, many in the PLA support acceler-
ated military modernization to generate more leverage and oppose substan-
tive military confidence-building measures that might reduce or constrain
China’s ability to generate and employ military power. A focus on competing
policy logics and the utility of tools under each logic could potentially help
identify the likely positions of key Chinese actors, help predict their positions
in terms of supporting or opposing specific policy measures, and help assess
the relative influence of different actors in the PRC policy process.
The CCP has a deliberative process for policymaking about Taiwan, with
decisions generally made at the top of the system based on input from lower
levels.30 This does not mean, however, that the unitary rational actor model
explains all policy decisions. In practice, CCP policy toward Taiwan appears
to be the product of a relatively cautious, bureaucratic process with multiple
competing players operating within a policy environment with well-estab-
lished principles and constraints. In such a system, powerful actors such as
the military could invoke the logic of leverage to resist proposals that might
hurt their institutional interests (even if these might advance PRC goals by
winning support from people in Taiwan). Conversely, less-influential actors
might need to frame their policy proposals in terms of multiple logics to build
consensus in adopting them. Viewing policy debates from the perspective of
multiple causal logics can add richness to analysis of the bureaucratic and
political interests of the different groups involved in making and implement-
ing China’s policy toward Taiwan. Finally, it is important to remember that
48 Saunders
some PRC statements and actions may be the product of bargaining between
policy actors or reflect domestic political calculations rather than any expec-
tation that they would advance PRC policy goals.
The Three Logics Framework and Historical Analysis of

Cross-Strait Relations
This section sketches the mix of the three logics in China’s policy during dif-
ferent political administrations in Taiwan. Because this chapter focuses on
PRC policy toward Taiwan, it might appear logical to follow the conventional
path of organizing the analysis in terms of successive CCP top leaders. It is
certainly true that there are important and distinctive policy developments
associated with each leader.
Deng Xiaoping launched China’s “opening up and reform” policy that
emphasized stability and placed a higher priority on the contributions Tai-
wan could make to PRC economic development. He also shifted policy from
“liberating Taiwan” to “peaceful unification” and proposed the “one coun-
try, two systems” model for unification. Jiang Zemin (1989–2002) proposed
a path toward unification in his “eight points” speech. He also approved
ballistic missile tests near Taiwan ports following Lee Teng-hui’s 1995 visit
to the United States and increased PLA budgets after the 1995–1996 Taiwan
Strait Crisis. Hu Jintao (2002–2012) supported the 2005 Anti-Secession Law
to strengthen deterrence of Taiwan independence. Xi Jinping (2012–present)
has emphasized improvements in PRC military capabilities, exhibited great-
er willingness to employ coercion and pressure against Taiwan, and placed
greater stress on achieving unification.
In practice, however, changes in PRC policy toward Taiwan have been
driven primarily by PRC assessments of the intentions of different Taiwan
leaders and the balance between the urgency of the perceived threat of Tai-
wan independence and the perceived opportunity to improve relations and
move toward unification. China’s policy has remained within the framework
of principles and parameters established by the early 1980s under Deng.
Even Xi Jinping, widely viewed as the most powerful PRC leader since Deng,
continues to operate within this basic framework.
Lee Teng-hui (1988–1994). Lee’s time as president can be divided into two
phases. As the first Taiwan president to be born on the island, Lee navigated
through the KMT’s mainlander-dominated factional politics to attain power

after Chiang Ching-kuo’s death in 1988 and to pursue democratization and
the end of the authoritarian governance structures that marked KMT rule.
Taiwan elites accepted the reality that Taiwan was never going to conquer the
PRC, focused on implementing democratic governance of the territory that
Taiwan did control, and began efforts to develop a working relationship with
the PRC. The governments Lee led during this period included mainlanders
committed to eventual unification with China and policies that reflected the
KMT’s mainlander-dominated factional politics. Notable actions includ-
ed Taiwan’s 1991 Guidelines for National Unification, which were based on
a “one China” foundation and articulated a three-stage process that would
culminate in planning for the unification of a “democratic, free, and equita-
bly prosperous China.”31 Taiwan and China also expanded economic ties and
established the semi-official SEF-ARATS mechanism in 1991 as a channel for
cross-strait dialogue and coordination.
Lee Teng-hui (1995–2000). Lee eventually consolidated his power base
within the KMT, replacing many older party and government officials with
native-born appointees. In January 1995, Jiang Zemin sought to lay out a
positive PRC roadmap for improving cross-strait relations that might appeal
to people in Taiwan with his eight points speech. Lee spurned Jiang’s initia-
tive and launched a successful lobbying effort to win permission to visit the
United States and give a speech at Cornell University, which ultimately trig-
gered the 1995–1996 Taiwan Strait Crisis. PRC policies subsequently empha-
sized building economic leverage and accelerating military modernization,
coupled with united front tactics targeting conservative elements within the
KMT that might support unification and oppose movement toward Taiwan
independence. Lee’s 1999 announcement that cross-strait relations were
best characterized as “special state-to-state relations” reinforced PRC sus-
picions that Lee had a pro-independence agenda and led to a suspension of
the ARATS-SEF channel until June 2008.
Chen Shui-bian (2000–2008). PRC suspicions of Chen and the pro-in-
dependence DPP were partly offset by his moderate inauguration speech
and KMT control of the Legislative Yuan throughout his tenure in office,
which constrained Chen’s ability to pursue independence through legis-
lative means. However, Chen’s pursuit of de-Sinification and referendums
50 Saunders
asserting Taiwan’s independent status raised concerns and prompted the

PRC to pass the Anti-Secession Law in 2005 as a warning of its willingness to
pursue “non-peaceful means” to prevent Taiwan independence. Economic
ties continued to grow despite the absence of cross-strait political dialogue.
The PRC continued to pursue economic and military leverage and intensified
united front efforts to harness the KMT to oppose Chen and prevent moves
toward Taiwan independence.
Ma Ying-jeou (2008–2016). Ma’s involvement in previous cross-strait di-
alogue and willingness to expand and deepen cross-strait ties reduced CCP
concerns about Taiwan independence and provided new opportunities to
deepen and institutionalize cross-strait ties, including by establishing the
“three links” (direct mail, transport, and trade) and negotiating the Econom-
ic Cooperation Framework Agreement. PLA modernization continued, but
China was careful to avoid provocative military exercises in the strait. Unit-
ed front tactics were less useful with the KMT in power, but the CCP tried
to create an anti-Japanese united front focused on the Senkaku/Diaoyu Is-
lands, which Ma defused by negotiating an agreement that gave Taiwan fish-
ers access to fishing grounds near the islands.32 The CCP also allowed limited
Taiwan participation in some international organizations such as the World
Health Assembly. Both sides explored the notion of a peace accord that
might pave the way for eventual unification.33 In 2014, Ma’s attempt to push
the Cross-Strait Service Trade Agreement through the legislature sparked the
student Sunflower movement opposing further expansion of cross-strait eco-
nomic ties.34 CCP leaders eventually grew frustrated at Ma’s ability to control
the cross-strait agenda and began applying economic and military pressure
on Taiwan to begin talks on political issues.
Tsai Ing-wen (2016–present). PRC leaders were deeply suspicious of Tsai
due to her role in Lee’s cabinet, including her involvement in developing the
“two states theory” and her DPP party affiliation. Tsai made some accommo-
dating gestures in her inauguration speech but refused to accept the 1992 Con-
sensus. Chinese leaders chose to use this as a rationale to break off ARATS-SEF
contacts rather than seek a mutually acceptable formulation that could serve
as a political basis for cross-strait contacts.35 China has applied various forms
of economic, diplomatic, and military pressure, including restrictions on tour-
ists coming to Taiwan, ending previous restraint on peeling away Taiwan’s
diplomatic allies, successfully opposing Taiwan’s participation in international

organizations, resuming military exercises opposite Taiwan, and using air force
and navy maneuvers near Taiwan to exert pressure on Tsai and the Taiwan mili-
tary (for a discussion on these operations, see the chapter by Mathieu Duchâtel
in this volume). China tried to increase united front approaches to the KMT
and to DPP local officials, including allegations of illegal funding and influ-
ence operations to support some KMT candidates. These efforts had some
success in the 2018 Taiwan local elections but faltered in the face of anti-Chi-
na sentiment in the aftermath of the Hong Kong protests. The PRC made few
efforts under the persuasion logic: the conditions offered for peaceful uni-
fication in Xi Jinping’s 2019 Taiwan policy speech were less generous than
those that had previously been offered.36 The table describes the perceived
mix of threat and opportunity under different Taiwan leaders and PRC policy
efforts under each of the three logics.
Table. Three Logics in Historical Perspective

Taiwan Perceived Perceived Leverage United Front Persuasion
Leader Threat of In- Opportunity
dependence to Improve
Cross-Strait
Relations
Lee Limited due National Increasing cross- Efforts to Jiang Zemin’s

Teng-hui to influence Unification strait economic engage KMT; “8 points”
(1988–1994) of KMT main- Guidelines ties; incremental efforts to speech;
landers reaffirmed goal progress in PLA engage Taiwan benefits of
of unification; modernization business and cross-strait
establishment retired military trade
of semiofficial
dialogue; 1992
Consensus
Lee Increasing, Lee rejected Increasing Efforts to Benefits of

Teng-hui especially Jiang’s 8 points economic ties; engage cross-strait
(1995–2000) after 1995 U.S. proposal; 1995–1996 missile conservative trade
visit and 1999 cross-strait tests; increasing “deep blue”
“two states dialogue sus- PLA budgets after elements in
theory” pended by PRC 1996 KMT; efforts to
in 1999 engage Taiwan
business and
retired military
52 Saunders
Taiwan Perceived Perceived Leverage United Front Persuasion

Leader Threat of In- Opportunity
dependence to Improve
Cross-Strait
Relations
Chen DPP inde- Economic ties Increasing Increased Benefits of

Shui-bian pendence separated from economic ties; efforts to cross-strait
(2000–2008) platform, political ten- PLA modernization engage oppo- trade
Taiwanization, sions; cross- accelerates; PLA sition KMT via
and pro- strait dialogue emphasis on deter- party-to-party
independence remained rence; Anti-Seces- channels
actions create suspended sion Law (2005)
deep suspicion
Ma Receding due Opportunity to Increasing Efforts to build Cross-strait

Ying-jeou to KMT control deepen and economic ties; anti-Japan agreements
(2008–2016) of executive institutionalize PLA modernization united front that benefit
and legislative cross-strait continues; military Taiwan; ex-
branches and ties; expansion balance shifts in panded inter-
acceptance of of cross-strait PRC’s favor national space;
1992 Consen- semi-official diplomatic
sus contacts; PRC truce; limits
hope for start on PLA exer-
of political cises aimed at
dialogue Taiwan; PRC
growth and
status have
some appeal
Tsai Ing- Tsai’s refusal PRC refus- PLA exercises Increased ef- Benefits of
wen (2016– to accept 1992 es to deal aimed at Taiwan forts to engage cross-strait
present) Consensus directly with resume; PLA mil- opposition trade; Xi
heightens PRC Tsai and the itary pressure on KMT and DPP Jinping’s 2019
suspicion; DPP; breaks Taiwan increases; local leaders; speech laying
restraint on cross-strait diplomatic truce PRC efforts out benefits
sovereignty semi-official ends; economic to influence of unification
issues not contacts pressure exerted 2018 local and less generous
acknowledged; through limits 2020 national than Jiang’s 8
DPP control on PRC tourism; elections points
of executive squeezing of Tai-
and legislative wan’s international
branches space; linkage
heightens PRC between unifi-
concerns cation and great
rejuvenation of the
Chinese people
Key: DPP: Democratic Progressive Party; KMT: Kuomintang; PLA: People’s Liberation Army; PRC: People’s
Republic of China
This concise historical review illustrates how the three logics may help
explain PRC policies toward Taiwan in different periods, including patterns of
continuity and change. Policies that made sense under all three logics, such
as expanding economic relations with Taiwan, continued throughout despite
leadership changes in Taiwan and the PRC and significant ups and downs in
cross-strait relations. Efforts to develop military leverage over Taiwan, strong-
ly supported by powerful PLA leaders, accelerated after the 1995–1996 Tai-
wan Strait Crisis, but CCP leaders exercised tight control over the timing and
amount of military coercion applied against Taiwan. This may be explained
partly in terms of the continuing high costs and risks of using lethal military
force, but concerns about undermining political initiatives aimed at building
support in Taiwan for unification were also a factor in determining whether
and how the PRC applied military coercion.
The review also suggests findings about the employment of policies as-
sociated with the three logics in different political conditions. The logic of
building leverage applies throughout all periods and the PRC has consistent-
ly employed coercive threats to deter potential movement toward Taiwan in-
dependence. Variation has come in terms of PRC efforts to use military shows
of force when it perceived the need to reinforce deterrence and in PRC deci-
sions about whether to apply accumulated leverage in an attempt to coerce
Taiwan leaders to move toward unification.
The potential utility of united front tactics largely depends on whether
the KMT is in power or in opposition. It is relatively easy for the CCP and the
KMT to cooperate in opposing the DPP and its policies aimed at promoting
a separate Taiwan identity or promoting independence. When the KMT is in
power, however, PRC pressure to move toward unification highlights the dif-
ferences in ultimate goals and places the KMT in the untenable position of
acting against the preference of most of the Taiwan people to maintain the
status quo. Under these conditions, united front tactics lose much of their ef-
fectiveness. PRC efforts to substitute an anti-Japan united front over the Sen-
kaku/Diaoyu Islands issue or to rally Taiwan support against Southeast Asian
claimants for the Spratly Islands have been ineffective.
China’s willingness to emphasize tools under the persuasion logic ebbs
and flows with conditions. In the early period of Lee’s presidency and during
Ma’s term in office, the PRC made a number of positive gestures as part of
54 Saunders
its efforts to improve cross-strait relations and build support in Taiwan for
unification. However, when the PRC feels the need to oppose moves by a
pro-independence Taiwan leader, as in the later period of Lee’s presidency
and during Chen’s term in office, coercion is used even though it undercuts
PRC efforts to build support for unification.
One interesting implication of this historical analysis is that it suggests
Chinese policy has been driven more by PRC assessments of the threats and
opportunities caused by political developments in Taiwan (and to a lesser
degree in the United States) than by leadership changes or domestic polit-
ical developments in the PRC. Chinese policy toward Taiwan over the past
40 years has tended to follow a consistent, fairly conservative set of princi-
ples initially articulated by Deng. Policy changes have generally come in
reaction to developments in Taiwan rather than proactive PRC efforts to
influence conditions on the island. This may be due to the political sensitiv-
ity of the Taiwan issue and the nationalist policy environment in the PRC,
both of which discourage creative proposals that might have more appeal
to people in Taiwan.
Looking to the Future

Can this analytic framework help predict future PRC policy toward Taiwan?
This section reviews Taiwan survey data on identity, party affiliation, and
preferences on independence and unification and the implications for Tai-
wan politics and policy toward the mainland. It considers the relevance of the
leverage, united front, and persuasion logics going forward and how shifts in
their relevance might affect China’s future policy choices. It then considers
PRC perceptions about the risks of Taiwan independence and whether PRC
politics are likely to shift from an emphasis on deterring Taiwan indepen-
dence toward the more ambitious and difficult goal of achieving unification.
Survey data in Taiwan over the last 30 years shows an increasing sense
of Taiwan identity, a consistent preference for maintaining the cross-strait
status quo coupled with decreasing interest in unification and increasing
party affiliation with the DPP and declining affiliation with the KMT. Data
from the December 2021 survey by National Chengchi University’s Election
Study Center show that 62.3 percent of respondents identify as Taiwanese,
31.7 identify as both Taiwanese and Chinese, and only 2.8 percent identify as
Chinese. The long-term trendlines show Taiwanese identity increasing dra-

matically over time (from just 17.6 percent in 1992 to 62.3 percent in 2021)
and a gradually decreasing, but still significant, number of respondents who
self-identify as both Taiwanese and Chinese.37
Preferences about unification versus independence are more complicat-
ed to analyze, but the survey data show a consistent preference for maintain-
ing the status quo for now (the choice of 85.6 percent of respondents in the
most recent survey) rather than moving quickly toward unification (1.4 per-
cent) or independence (6 percent). There is declining interest in the option of
unification, with a peak of 22 percent favoring rapid or eventual unification in
1996 but only 7.4 percent in the 2021 survey. Although declining from its 2006
peak of 38.7 percent, 28.4 percent of respondents want to maintain the status
quo and decide at a later date, keeping eventual unification open as a poten-
tial option.38 A more detailed analysis that probes conditional preferences by
examining “easy” or “hard” scenarios for unification and independence con-
cludes that “clear pluralities [of status quo respondents] are willing to have
easy independence, but strong majorities are not willing to accept unification
even in the easiest scenario.”39
The survey data also show that a plurality of Taiwan citizens (45.5 per-
cent) identify as independents or did not report a party affiliation in 2021.
DPP affiliation is volatile but has averaged about 27–28 percent from 2015
to 2021, while KMT affiliation has declined significantly from a peak of 39.5
percent in 2011 to 17.1 percent in the 2021 survey.40
The survey data suggest a Taiwan electorate that increasingly identi-
fies as Taiwanese, is cautious about moving away from the status quo, and
has declining interest in unification. For the PRC, these results should be
good news in terms of deterring Taiwan independence and bad news in
terms of achieving unification. The DPP’s road to winning the presidency,
assembling a majority in the Legislative Yuan, and ambition to become a
permanent ruling party has required it to move away from the pledge to
declare independence in its original platform to a more moderate position
that can win support from the Taiwan public.41 This democratic filtering ef-
fect has produced more pragmatic and cautious DPP candidates, although
this may be tested if the current vice president, William Lai Ching-te—who
declared himself “a political worker who advocates Taiwan independence”
56 Saunders
in 2017 while serving as premier—wins the DPP nomination in 2024. While

the Taiwan electorate and outside observers regard DPP leaders such as
Tsai Ing-wen as pragmatic and moderate, PRC officials and analysts view
them with deep suspicion, citing past statements and actions as evidence
of their independence inclinations.
The identity and unification/independence preference data cited sug-
gest the Taiwan public is relatively content with the status quo, averse to tak-
ing risks, and has limited interest in unification. This presents the PRC with
a difficult challenge in persuading Taiwan leaders and the Taiwan public to
accept unification. China’s recent trend toward more authoritarian politics
and decreased freedom of expression makes unification with the PRC less
attractive to a Taiwan public used to living in a democratic society. Beijing’s
crackdown on democracy and civil rights in Hong Kong has led many people
in Taiwan to conclude that CCP leaders cannot be trusted to live up to the
terms of a negotiated agreement. This suggests that PRC policies, strategies,
and tactics that rely on persuasion may be less effective in the future because
it will be increasingly difficult to convince a reluctant Taiwan public that Chi-
na’s vision of future unification is better than the current status quo. The PRC
might ultimately have to threaten the current status quo to push Taiwan to ac-
cept unification—an approach that would challenge U.S. policy that opposes
unilateral changes to the status quo by either China or Taiwan.
United front tactics may also have less utility for the PRC in the future.
Demographic changes and declining interest in unification among the Tai-
wan electorate will make it harder for parties supporting unification to win
power, as the KMT’s dwindling party identification figures suggest. In 2021,
KMT party chair Johnny Chiang proposed adjustments in KMT policies to-
ward China that might have more appeal to the Taiwan public, but party el-
ders such as Lien Chan and Ma Ying-jeou weighed in against him and Chiang
was defeated in his bid for reelection. New KMT chair Eric Chu promptly sent
a letter to Xi Jinping reaffirming the 1992 Consensus and calling for coopera-
tion in opposing Taiwan independence.42 This outcome is consistent with the
CCP’s united front logic, but this approach is unlikely to have much appeal
in Taiwan politics, especially given continuing PRC military coercion against
Taiwan. The result may be a KMT that becomes increasingly marginalized
and perhaps incapable of functioning as an effective opposition party. At the
same time, the DPP’s relatively cautious and incremental approach on policy
toward China makes it difficult to use opposition to Taiwan independence as
a political rallying cry.
The declining utility of policies associated with united front and per-
suasion logics leaves CCP leaders increasingly reliant on policy instruments
based on leverage and coercion. These tools are likely to be effective in de-
terring overt moves toward Taiwan independence, given pragmatic Taiwan
leadership, a risk-averse Taiwan public, and the high costs of war for Taiwan,
the United States, and China.
At present, the most likely source of conflict would be a Chinese leader-
ship that redefines its red lines about which actions promoting Taiwan inde-
pendence are unacceptable and decides that it must use a show of force to
deter “creeping independence.” PRC complaints about deepening U.S.-Tai-
wan military cooperation and U.S.-Taiwan relations taking on an increas-
ingly official dimension highlight this risk. Beijing opposes any increase in
U.S.-Taiwan cooperation, but developments that further erode the U.S. “one
China” commitments made in the three communiques could prompt China
to take limited military action to reestablish limits on U.S. unofficial rela-
tions with Taiwan, as it did in 1995–1996.
The longer term issue is whether the PRC can remain patient about its
ultimate goal of achieving unification or whether CCP leaders will conclude
that a distinctive Taiwan identity is becoming consolidated, which would
permanently separate Taiwan from China. The United States is a factor in this
calculus, given heightened U.S.-China strategic competition and the sugges-
tion by some U.S. strategists that U.S. geostrategic interests require prevent-
ing Taiwan’s unification with China.43 Some U.S. analysts worry that China is
likely to attack Taiwan as soon as it has the military capability to do so or that
nationalistic pressures might force PRC leaders to make a risky decision to
use force.44 As other chapters in this volume document, the CCP has invested
significant resources to develop military options for unification, even though
the PLA has not yet put all the necessary pieces in place for an invasion.
Xi Jinping and CCP leaders in Beijing are clearly not satisfied with the
political status quo in Taiwan. Yet they also appear to have implicitly accept-
ed that conditions will not be ripe for unification for some time and have re-
cently reiterated their faith in the Taiwan people and their commitment to
58 Saunders
the policy of peaceful unification.45 Although nationalist pressures exist and

might be growing, CCP control over the media and propaganda apparatus
and the ability to tolerate or suppress public protests make it unlikely that
such pressures will force CCP leaders to take unwanted actions, such as start-
ing a conflict that China might not win.46 Moreover, CCP leaders could create
political room to maneuver by toggling between emphasizing the easy-to-
achieve goal of deterring Taiwan independence or the more ambitious but
harder-to-accomplish goal of unification as circumstances warrant.
The most likely PRC approach for the near term is continued pressure on
Taiwan’s DPP government to accept the 1992 Consensus coupled with efforts
to accumulate additional political, economic, and military leverage to strength
Beijing’s coercive options for dealing with Taiwan and the United States. The
PRC is also likely to continue to employ united front tactics and to seek to per-
suade the Taiwan public that unification would have positive benefits, despite
the declining effectiveness of these lines of effort. Press reports suggest that the
CCP’s National Party Congress in fall 2022 is likely to adopt a new guiding pol-
icy on Taiwan that may provide a clearer sense of the PRC’s policy direction.47
Conclusion
CCP leaders may ultimately decide that time and political trends in Taiwan
are moving against the PRC and that force will be necessary to achieve unifi-
cation despite the high political, economic, and military costs and risks. Such
a decision would be based on the leadership’s assessment of the perceived
costs and risks of various courses of action and of the perceived costs of in-
action in terms of accepting Taiwan independence or losing the chance for
unification. Andrew Scobell’s chapter in this volume discusses the potential
CCP leadership calculus in more detail, and the chapters by Mathieu Duchâ-
tel and Michael Casey discuss the pros and cons of available PRC military
options. It is worth emphasizing that all of China’s top leaders have repeat-
edly stated that they are willing to fight, if necessary, to protect China’s core
interest in sovereignty and territorial integrity.
Taiwan and the United States can take some actions to reduce the like-
lihood of CCP leaders reaching the point where a costly and risky decision
to use force appears to be the PRC’s best course of action. One line of effort
involves concerted efforts to improve Taiwan’s defenses and focus them on
increasing the costs and risks of PRC military options, as discussed in the
chapters by Drew Thompson and Alexander Huang. These efforts should
focus on concrete actions to improve military capability rather than sym-
bolic measures of U.S. support for Taiwan. Ukraine’s resistance to Russia’s
February 2022 invasion demonstrates that targeted investments in defense
can be effective against a more powerful military. The U.S. military is also
increasing its emphasis on developing new capabilities and operational
concepts to prevail in a conflict with the PRC over Taiwan. However, it is
equally important to influence the other side of the CCP leadership calcu-
lus by keeping the possibility of peaceful unification alive. This suggests
that Taiwan should not definitively rule out the possibility of unification if
conditions change in China. For the same reason, U.S. policy should con-
tinue to focus on process (for example, any unification must be achieved
peacefully with the consent of the Taiwan people) rather than explicitly op-
pose unification regardless of the circumstances. Placing the PRC in a posi-
tion where war is the only option for achieving unification would increase
the risks of a military conflict with potentially devastating consequences
for China, Taiwan, and the United States.
The author thanks Michael Glosny, Joel Wuthnow, Bonnie Glaser, Thomas Chris-
tensen, Stapleton Roy, and Isaac Kardon for helpful comments on earlier drafts
and Jessica Drun for research assistance.
Notes
1
See The Taiwan Question and Reunification of China (Beijing: State Council Information
Office and Taiwan Affairs Office, August 1993), available at <https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/ce/ceno/
eng/ztxw/twwt/t110654.htm>; Richard C. Bush, Untying the Knot: Making Peace in the Taiwan
Strait (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 2005); Alan D. Romberg, Rein in at the Brink
of the Precipice: American Policy Toward Taiwan and U.S.-PRC Relations (Washington, DC: The
Henry L. Stimson Center, 2003), 225–227.
2
As of this writing, Taiwan maintains diplomatic relations with 13 United Nations member
states and the Vatican. Note that the U.S. “one China” policy does not accept all elements of the
PRC “one China” principle. For a full explication of U.S. policy, see Romberg, Rein in at the Brink
of the Precipice. For a concise explanation, see Richard C. Bush, A One-China Policy Primer, East
Asia Policy Paper 10 (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution, March 2017), available at <https://
www.brookings.edu/research/a-one-china-policy-primer/>.
3
See Bush, Untying the Knot, 35–45.
60 Saunders
4
For a recent statement showing the endurance of these principles, see Xi Jinping,
“Speech at a Meeting Marking the 110th Anniversary of the Revolution Of 1911,” Xinhua, October
9, 2021, available at <https://www.mfa.gov.cn/ce/ceus//eng/zgyw/t1913454.htm>.
5
Some People’s Republic of China (PRC) academics and think tank analysts have privately
indicated that some experts hesitate to challenge the preconceptions of PRC policymakers in
their internal writings. Author’s discussions with PRC scholars and analysts, 2016–2018.
6
A senior PRC academic noted privately that even fairly senior officials within the Taiwan
Affairs Office (Taiban) might not be privy to Xi Jinping’s real thinking or aware of the content of
forthcoming policy statements on Taiwan. Discussion with the author, 2018.
7
One of the things that distinguishes Chinese core interests from lesser interests is a
willingness to fight to defend core interests.
8
Some solutions proposed by scholars involve a confederation that would include both
the PRC and the Republic of China (ROC) as equals, but official PRC proposals envision a unified
Taiwan that is a subordinate part of the PRC.
9
Xi first stated this in a 2013 meeting with Vincent Siew, Taiwan’s representative at the
2013 Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation Summit, and reiterated it in his 2019 New Year’s speech.
See “China’s Xi Says Political Solution for Taiwan Can’t Wait Forever,” Reuters, October 6, 2013,
available at <https://www.reuters.com/article/us-asia-apec-china-taiwan/chinas-xi-says-
political-solution-for-taiwan-cant-wait-forever-idUSBRE99503Q20131006>; Richard C. Bush, “8
Key Things to Notice from Xi Jinping’s New Year Speech on Taiwan,” Brookings Institution, January
7, 2019, available at <https://www.brookings.edu/blog/order-from-chaos/2019/01/07/8-key-
things-to-notice-from-xi-jinpings-new-year-speech-on-taiwan/>.
10
“Full Text of Xi Jinping’s Report at 19th CPC National Congress,” Xinhua, October 18,
2017, available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com/english/special/2017-11/03/c_136725942.htm>.
11
An analogy could be drawn with potential energy (leverage) and kinetic energy
(coercion).
12
For example, a weaker state might choose to forgo actions that it knows or expects
would antagonize a stronger state that has significant leverage over it, even if that stronger state
has not made specific deterrent threats.
13
Thomas C. Schelling, The Strategy of Conflict (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press, 1960); Thomas C. Schelling, Arms and Influence (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1966).
14
This argument originates with Schelling, who emphasizes higher costs due to the
greater visibility of concessions and the likelihood of concessions leading to additional demands
in the compellence case. Schelling, Arms and Influence, 69–91. More recent formulations ground
this conclusion in prospect theory, which draws on social psychology to argue that the perceived
costs of giving up something one already has are valued more highly than prospective gains of
attaining something one wants. See Gary Schaub, Jr., “Deterrence, Compellence, and Prospect
Theory,” Political Psychology 25, no. 3 (June 2004), 389–411.
15
See Albert Hirschman, National Power and the Structure of Foreign Trade (Berkeley:
University of California Press, 1945).
16
Chinese Community Party (CCP) leaders have mentioned several actions that might
justify the use of force, including formal declaration of Taiwan independence, movement toward
Taiwan independence, internal unrest in Taiwan, Taiwan’s acquisition of nuclear weapons,
indefinite (sine die) delays in the resumption of cross-strait dialogue on unification, and foreign
military intervention in Taiwan’s internal affairs. See Annual Report to Congress: Military and
Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2021 (Washington, DC: Office
of the Secretary of Defense, 2021), 115–116, available at <https://media.defense.gov/2021/
nov/03/2002885874/-1/-1/0/2021-cmpr-final.pdf>.
17
The Kuomintang regards the 1992 Consensus as involving “one China, separate
interpretations” and interprets the “one China” as the ROC. The CCP regards the 1992 Consensus
as acknowledging that China and Taiwan are both part of the same sovereign political entity.
The term 1992 Consensus was coined by Su Chi in 2000 as shorthand for the 1992 agreement
that allowed the Association for Relations Across the Taiwan Strait–Straits Exchange Foundation
talks to move forward. See Yu-Jie Chen and Jerome A. Cohen, “China-Taiwan Relations Re-
Examined: The ‘1992 Consensus’ and Cross-Strait Agreements,” University of Pennsylvania Asian
Law Review 14, nos. 1/2 (2019), 1–40, available at <https://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/
viewcontent.cgi?article=1039&context=alr>.
18
See Larry Diamond and Orville Schell, eds., China’s Influence & American Interests:
Promoting Constructive Vigilance (Stanford: Hoover Institution, 2018), appendix I, available at
<https://www.hoover.org/research/chinas-influence-american-interests-promoting-constructive-
vigilance>.
19
This is partly because united fronts to oppose common enemies divert attention from
the incompatibility of the CCP’s ultimate goals with those of other members of the united front.
20
China’s National Defense in the New Era (Beijing: State Council Information Office,
July 2019), available at <https://english.www.gov.cn/archive/whitepaper/201907/24/content_
WS5d3941ddc6d08408f502283d.html>.
21
Translation adapted from Russell Hsiao, “Political Warfare Alert: CCP Updates United
Front Regulations Expanding Foreign Influence Mission,” Global Taiwan Brief 6, no. 3 (February
10, 2021), available at <https://globaltaiwan.org/2021/02/vol-6-issue-3/>.
22
See June Teufel Dreyer, “China’s United Front Strategy and Taiwan,” Taiwan Insight,
February 19, 2018, available at <https://taiwaninsight.org/2018/02/19/chinas-united-front-
strategy-and-taiwan/>.
23
Moreover, the author’s personal conversations suggest that for many Taiwan people
increased contacts with the PRC through employment, study, or tourism tend to reinforce an
awareness of differences rather than build a sense of shared identity.
24
Emerson M.S. Niou, “Understanding Taiwan Independence and Its Policy Implications,”
Asian Survey 44, no. 4 (August 2004), 555–567, available at <https://doi.org/10.1525/
as.2004.44.4.555>.
25
See “Ye Jianying on Taiwan’s Return to Motherland and Peaceful Reunification,”
September 30, 1981, available at <http://www.china.org.cn/english/7945.htm>; “Jan 30, 1995:
President Jiang Zemin Puts Forward Eight Propositions on Development of Relations Between
Two Sides of Taiwan Straits,” China Daily, January 30, 2011, available at <https://www.chinadaily.
com.cn/china/19thcpcnationalcongress/2011-01/30/content_29715090.htm>. Also see Bush,
Untying the Knot, 36–39.
26
Ibid.
62 Saunders
27
This may be conceptualized as the extent to which a policy proposal has positive
externalities (which facilitates coalition-building) or negative externalities (which highlights
tradeoffs and generates opposition from groups whose interests would be harmed).
28
This circle is somewhat squared by China’s approach of making Taiwan’s participation
contingent on Beijing’s approval each year, which generates continuing leverage for China.
29
In some cases, China might consciously decide to limit cross-strait economic activities
that would increase competition and hurt politically important constituencies in Taiwan.
30
See Michael D. Swaine, “Chinese Decision-Making Regarding Taiwan, 1979–2000,” in
The Making of Chinese Foreign and Security Policy in the Era of Reform, 1978–2000, ed. David M.
Lampton (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2001), 289–336; Bonnie S. Glaser, “The PLA Role
in China’s Taiwan Policymaking,” in PLA Influence on China’s National Security Policymaking,
ed. Phillip C. Saunders and Andrew Scobell (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2015), 166–197.
31
See National Unification Council, Guidelines for National Unification,
March 4, 1991, available at <https://www.mac.gov.tw/en/news_content.
aspx?n=bec36a4a0bb0663c&sms=bf821f021b282251&s=d0017062a39af1c0>.
32
Tetsuo Kotani, “The Japan-Taiwan Fishery Agreement: Strategic Success, Tactical
Failure?” Center for Strategic and International Studies, October 20, 2015, available at <https://
amti.csis.org/the-japan-taiwan-fishery-agreement-strategic-success-tactical-failure/>.
33
See Phillip C. Saunders and Scott L. Kastner, “Bridge Over Troubled Water? Envisioning
a China-Taiwan Peace Agreement,” International Security 33, no. 4 (Spring 2009), 87–114.
34
David G. Brown and Kevin Scott, “A Breakthrough and a Deadlock,” Comparative
Connections 16, no. 1 (May 2014), available at <https://cc.pacforum.org/2014/05/a-
breakthrough-and-a-deadlock/>.
35
Alan D. Romberg, “Tsai Ing-wen Takes Office: A New Era in Cross-Strait Relations,”
China Leadership Monitor, no. 50 (Summer 2016), available at <https://www.hoover.org/
research/tsai-ing-wen-takes-office-new-era-cross-strait-relations>; and Alan D. Romberg, “The
First 100 Days: Crossing the River While Feeling the Stones,” China Leadership Monitor, no. 51
(Fall 2016), available at <https://www.hoover.org/research/first-100-days-crossing-river-while-
feeling-stones>.
36
See Bush, “8 Key Things to Notice from Xi Jinping’s New Year Speech on Taiwan.”
37
“Taiwanese/Chinese Identity (1992/06–2021/12),” Election Study Center, National
Chengchi University, January 10, 2022, available at <https://esc.nccu.edu.tw/PageDoc/
Detail?fid=7800&id=6961>.
38
“Taiwan Independence vs. Unification with the Mainland (1994/12–2021/12),” Election
Study Center, National Chengchi University, January 10, 2022, available at <https://esc.nccu.
edu.tw/PageDoc/Detail?fid=7801&id=6963>.
39
Nathan Batto, “Unification, Independence, SQ, and Polling,” Frozen Garlic, January 10,
2022, available at <https://frozengarlic.wordpress.com/2022/01/10/unification-independence-
sq-and-polling/>. Also see the article Batto cites by Hsiao Yi-ching [蕭怡靖] and Yu Ching-hsin
[游清鑫], “Re-Examining the 6-Itemed Measurement of Citizen’s Preference on the Issue of
Independence vs. Unification in Taiwan: A Proposed Advancement” [檢測台灣民眾六分類統
獨立場:一個測量改進的提出], Taiwanese Political Science Review [台灣政治學刊] 16, no. 2
(November 2012), 67–118, available at <https://www.tpsr.tw/zh-hant/zh-hant/paper/jian-ce-
tai-wan-min-zhong-liu-fen-lei-tong-du-li-chang-yi-ge-ce-liang-gai-jin-de-ti>.
40
“Party Preferences (1992/06–2021/12),” Election Study Center, National
Chengchi University, January 10, 2022, available at <https://esc.nccu.edu.tw/PageDoc/
Detail?fid=7802&id=6964>.
41
This shift included a 1995 pledge by Democratic Progressive Party (DDP) Chair Shih
Ming-teh [施明德] that the DPP would not declare independence if it won the presidency,
downplaying the Taiwan independence plank in the party platform, and eventually claiming
that Taiwan is already an independent sovereign state so that a declaration of independence is
unnecessary. See Batto, “Unification, Independence, SQ, and Polling.”
42
Nathan Batto, “Change Under Chu? Never Mind,” Frozen Garlic, September 27, 2021,
available at <https://frozengarlic.wordpress.com/2021/09/27/change-under-chu-never-mind/>.
43
Elbridge Colby, “The United States Should Defend Taiwan,” National Review,
December 2, 2021, available at <https://www.nationalreview.com/magazine/2021/12/20/the-
united-states-should-defend-taiwan/>. Also see Assistant Secretary of Defense for Indo-Pacific
Security Affairs Ely Ratner’s testimony before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee where
he describes Taiwan as a “critical node within the first island chain.” Ely Ratner, Statement to
the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, 117th Cong., 1st sess., December 8, 2021, available at
<https://www.foreign.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/120821_Ratner_Testimony1.pdf>.
44
Oriana Skylar Mastro, “The Taiwan Temptation: Why Beijing Might Resort to Force,”
Foreign Affairs 100, no. 4 (July/August 2021), 58–67.
45
Xi, “Speech at a Meeting Marking the 110th Anniversary of the Revolution Of 1911”; Liu
Jieyi, “Video Speech at the Meeting to Commemorate the 110th Anniversary of the Revolution of
1911 in Hong Kong,” September 24, 2021.
46
See Jessica Chen Weiss, Powerful Patriots: Nationalist Protest in China’s Foreign
Relations (New York: Oxford University Press, 2014).
47
Amber Wang, “‘Only a Matter of Time’ Before Taiwan Has No Allies, Chinese Vice
Foreign Minister Says,” South China Morning Post, January 18, 2022, available at <https://www.
scmp.com/news/china/diplomacy/article/3163815/only-matter-time-taiwan-has-no-allies-
chinese-vice-foreign?utm_source=rss_feed>.
CHAPTER 2
China’s Calculus on the Use of Force:

Futures, Costs, Benefits, Risks, and Goals
By Andrew Scobell
T
he People’s Republic of China (PRC) considers Taiwan a rogue prov-
ince—the last holdout from the long-suspended Chinese Civil War.
Since 1979, the PRC has formally adopted a policy of “peaceful reuni-
fication” and officially embraced a strategy of political reconciliation with the
island. Despite this significant change from the Mao Zedong–era mantra of
“liberation,” it is noteworthy that the PRC’s Communist rulers have refused to
renounce the use of armed force to unify Taiwan with the mainland. Indeed,
for decades the central warfighting scenario for the People’s Liberation Army
(PLA) has been the Taiwan Strait.
Most observers assume that, when it comes to Taiwan, the ruling Chinese
Communist Party (CCP) is gravely serious about optioning the use of armed force.
Unification with Taiwan is a CCP central objective and the PLA’s most important
military objective.1 Yet any use of armed force across the Taiwan Strait would en-
tail a major military operation the likes of which the PLA has not conducted in
more than 40 years.2 Moreover, four decades of mostly conciliatory and peaceful
cross-strait ties have provided a foundation for an unprecedentedly vibrant and
dense web of relations between the island and the mainland. These interactions
have produced considerable prosperity and economic dynamism for the PRC.
65
66 Scobell
Is Beijing prepared to use armed force against Taiwan in the 21st centu-
ry? Under what circumstances might Beijing be prepared to use force across
the strait? In the previous chapter, Phillip C. Saunders explored an array
of measures short of the use of force that Beijing could pursue to advance
its goal of national unification. This chapter unpacks the assumption that
Beijing is prepared to use armed force, considering the circumstances un-
der which the PRC might use force, the ends force might serve, and how
force might be employed. China’s calculus regarding the use of force against
Taiwan will be explored by considering five variables: alternative futures,
costs, risks, benefits, and goals.
This chapter adopts a medium- to long-term perspective (looking out 10
to 30 years) to assess Beijing’s calculus of coercion against Taiwan. There are
two main reasons for this perspective. First, the Taiwan issue is not likely to be
resolved peacefully in the near term, and a cross-strait standoff will likely per-
sist for decades. Both sides are adamant in their respective stances: Beijing
is highly unlikely to renounce its claim on the island in the near future, and
Taipei will almost certainly refuse to concede to the PRC’s demands to unify
under the auspices of the CCP. Second, neither Beijing nor Taipei is likely to
engage in extreme behavior in the coming months or years because leaders
on both sides of the Taiwan Strait are currently operating in the domain of
gains. In other words, at present, Beijing and Taipei both assess that their own
respective situations are acceptable, and neither is disposed to take costly ac-
tions that risk losing what they already possess.
The chapter is organized into four sections. The first section sketches out
the framework and approach employed, including assumptions, concepts,
and definitions. The second section describes Beijing’s grand strategy and
outlines alternative futures for China. The third section builds on these alter-
native futures by exploring five alternative Taiwan Strait scenarios sketched
out according to a range of possible cost-benefit calculations that Beijing
might make. The final section offers some tentative conclusions.
Framework and Approach

This section first identifies fundamental assumptions and defines key terms
and concepts. It then outlines a framework adapted from prospect theory to
analyze China’s calculus of coercion against Taiwan.
China’s Calculus on the Use of Force 67
Assumptions
This chapter makes four fundamental assumptions. First, it assumes that Tai-
wan will continue to be a high priority for the ruling CCP. Beijing classifies
Taiwan as a “core interest” [hexin liyi, 核心利益]—the PRC’s version of what
the United States would label a “vital national security interest.”3 This designa-
tion underscores the island’s continuing central importance to the CCP and
strongly suggests that Beijing believes Taiwan is worth fighting for. Indeed, au-
thoritative Chinese documents articulate this very position. The 2019 PRC De-
fense White Paper states, “China must be and will be reunited. . . . We [China]
make no promise to renounce the use of force and reserve the option of taking
all necessary measures. . . . The PLA will resolutely defeat anyone attempting
to separate Taiwan from China and safeguard national unity at all costs.”4
Second, this chapter assumes that the PRC’s political and military rulers
are fundamentally rational within the bounds of their particular situational
context.5 However, all individuals possess cognitive biases; psychological fac-
tors, including perceptions and misperceptions, also play significant roles in
decisionmaking.6 While Taiwan clearly constitutes an emotional and even
personal issue for CCP and PLA leaders, the regime’s approach to the issue is
largely logical and pragmatic. Hence, decisions by the PRC’s senior political
leadership about a course of action vis-à-vis Taiwan almost certainly will be
made after weighing the perceived costs, benefits, and risks against the de-
sired goal. Since regime perpetuation remains the highest priority, deliber-
ations about the use of force against the island include consideration of the
essentiality of such action to the continued rule by the CCP and the risks to the
Party’s survival in the case of a serious military setback.
Third, this chapter assumes that any decision to use military force
against Taiwan will be made by the top echelon of CCP leaders. The PRC’s
senior political leadership has decided every significant employment of
armed force since 1949, always pursuant to the wishes of the most prom-
inent individual at the apex of the power structure. This includes Mao Ze-
dong (1949–1976), Deng Xiaoping (1978–1989), Jiang Zemin (1989–2002),
Hu Jintao (2002–2012), and Xi Jinping (2012–present). For the purposes of
analytic elegance, this chapter treats PRC senior leadership as a unitary ra-
tional actor. However, this is not to say that multiple individuals and entities
will not influence the outcome. Indeed, while the ultimate decision will be
68 Scobell
made at the top, this decision will almost certainly be made only after in-
put from, or in consultation with, military leaders.7 In this chapter, Beijing is
used as shorthand for the PRC’s top political and military leaders and Taipei
refers to Taiwan’s top political and military leaders.
Fourth, this chapter assumes that, under most circumstances, the PRC’s
military leaders will obey the orders of their political superiors and exe-
cute a campaign plan against Taiwan. Indeed, where Taiwan is concerned,
“there is no evidence that the PLA has ever acted in contradiction to [CCP]
orders.”8 This dictum has certainly been the case for the largest military op-
erations, including the dispatch of armed forces into Korea in 1950 and the
invasion of Vietnam in 1979.9 The cases of the military being directed to
restore order in the late 1960s during the most tumultuous phase of the Cul-
tural Revolution and the PLA being ordered to clear the streets of Beijing in
1989 after weeks of popular protests are each complicated and convoluted.
And yet, in both instances, once the paramount leader issued clear-cut or-
ders, the armed forces obeyed.10
Definitions and Concepts

This chapter defines the use of armed force in expansive terms.11 It does not
require actual combat between the armed forces of two states, any loss of life,
or a formal declaration of war.12 An instance of the use of force involves the
employment of overt military or paramilitary power, including the explicit
credible threat of military or paramilitary action backed by troop movements,
exercises, missile or artillery tests, or the construction or expansion of military
installations at or beyond a state’s boundaries.13 This definition, as applied
to China, is broader than actual warfighting and encompasses combat and
noncombat actions by other elements of the PRC’s armed forces, including
the People’s Armed Police, the China Coast Guard, and the People’s Militia.
According to this definition, it is clear that the PRC has been willing to
use armed force against Taiwan on multiple occasions since 1949. The Taiwan
Strait has been the location of battles and skirmishes, as well as artillery bar-
rages and serial crises, across the decades. These crises have involved troop
movements, military exercises, missile tests, and periodic credible threats of
the use of violence.14 This chapter, however, focuses on Beijing’s decision-
making calculus for launching major large-scale military operations against
Taiwan—invasion, blockade, and fire strikes (see Michael Casey’s chapter in

this volume for details on each of these campaigns). Lesser actions will re-
ceive only limited attention.
Beijing will weigh the anticipated costs of the use of armed force against
Taiwan with the anticipated benefits. Political and military leaders will as-
sume that achieving their objective concerning Taiwan will almost certainly
incur significant costs, although expected costs may not be equivalent to actu-
al costs. The costs could be material or nonmaterial. The former includes mil-
itary costs (budgetary allocations for the effort, the human toll in personnel
killed and wounded, and equipment and armaments destroyed), economic
costs (direct and indirect via sanctions and changed partner behavior), and
diplomatic costs (sanctions and damage to bilateral relations with a range
of countries). Nonmaterial costs include the impact on the reputation of the
Party or PLA in the eyes of the Chinese people. There might also be costs to
China’s image as a peaceable power outside of the country. The nonmateri-
al costs could be net positive or negative depending on the outcome of the
operation. As for benefits, Beijing must consider what it currently possesses
compared with possible future benefits. Beijing’s decision to employ force
against Taiwan would involve some form of cost-benefit analysis, although
these assessments would be subjective, based on incomplete information,
and prone to cognitive biases.
Risk Management
While a cost-benefit analysis would be a key component of any decision-
making calculus about whether to launch a large-scale military campaign
against Taiwan, it almost certainly would also involve some evaluation of the
associated risks. A key factor would be the degree of military and political
risk acceptable to PRC leaders. Such an assessment of risk would be situa-
tionally dependent and colored by the outlook of decisionmakers in Beijing
at a particular point in time. Chinese leaders may be quite conservative and
risk averse under some circumstances, while under other circumstances they
may be more adventurous and risk acceptant. These risks are explored in five
scenarios later in the chapter.
A review of the PRC’s use of armed force across the decades reveals that
Beijing has long demonstrated a willingness to take calculated risks.15 However,
70 Scobell
that level of risk tolerance has fluctuated over time. This chapter uses prospect
theory to explore China’s calculus of coercion vis-à-vis Taiwan and of when,
why, and how Beijing might use armed force against the island.
Prospect theory suggests that an actor is more likely to be risk averse when
operating in the domain of gains and risk acceptant when operating in the do-
main of losses.16 In essence, individuals tend to fear losing something they al-
ready possess more than they value gaining something they do not have. Take,
for example, the behavior of a gambler at a casino. An individual who is on a
winning streak is often more cautious in subsequent wagers to protect his win-
nings. An individual who is on a losing streak, by contrast, is likely more daring
in subsequent wagers to compensate for earlier losses. Of course, an individ-
ual on a winning streak could become overconfident and emboldened, while
an individual after a string of losses could decide it is time to leave the casino.
Whether it be the case of a casino gambler or of Beijing weighing a deci-
sion to use large-scale force in the Taiwan Strait, the psychological impact of
an actor assessing whether he or she is operating in the domain of gains or in
the domain of losses will be significant. Under most circumstances, Chinese
leaders emphasize protecting what they already possess. In the domain of
gains, Beijing may be risk averse and focused more on successfully deterring
Taiwan from pursuing independence and sustaining regime perpetuation
than on achieving unification.
In a time of crisis or conflict, however, if Chinese leaders perceive that
they have lost or are in imminent danger of losing what they already have,
their coercive calculus regarding Taiwan would likely change. In the domain
of losses—if Taiwan is assessed to be independent or almost independent,
and/or if PRC regime survival is at stake—Beijing may be more disposed to
risk using armed force to achieve unification or ratcheting up coercion to ac-
celerate unification. Indeed, Chinese leaders do perceive that domestic po-
litical security and the status of Taiwan are intimately intertwined.17 Hence,
when in the domain of gains, Chinese leaders would focus on risk-averse
strategies to perpetuate CCP rule, whereas in the domain of losses Chinese
leaders would pursue risk-acceptant strategies aimed at ensuring CCP sur-
vival (see the next section).
The logic of prospect theory is readily applicable to extreme situations,
such as when an actor has recently experienced either a series of spectacular
wins or devasting losses. In the China-Taiwan context, these extreme situ-

ations would occur during political-military crises and deliberations over
whether to use large-scale armed force (see below).18 However, top-level
Chinese leaders have more on the line concerning Taiwan than does a high-
stakes casino gambler—not only large sums of money but also sizable armed
formations and expensive military assets, as well as sustaining CCP rule.
This chapter adopts a modified version of Kai He’s political survival pros-
pect model in formulating two propositions.19 First, when PRC leaders’ polit-
ical survival status is framed in the domain of gains, they are more likely to
behave in an accommodating way and select risk-averse coercive courses of
action (COAs) vis-à-vis Taiwan. Second, when PRC leaders’ political survival
status is framed in the domain of losses, they are more likely to behave in
a coercive way and select risk-acceptant coercive COAs concerning Taiwan.
Although no eventuality can be ruled out, Taiwan’s leaders recognize
that an extreme action or declaration would automatically trigger a harsh
response from Beijing, which almost certainly would include the use of
armed force. There is also always the possibility that a small step or series
of incremental steps by Taipei may provoke the PRC.20 Yet Beijing would be
reluctant to engage in any extreme action in the near term because Chinese
leaders remain uncertain that using armed force against Taiwan would be
successful. In other words, the risks are too great and the costs too high. The
CCP is currently operating in the domain of gains, and hence, PRC leaders
are risk averse and reluctant to incur costs associated with the use of armed
force against Taiwan. At present, China’s economy remains robust because
the country seems to have weathered COVID-19 better than any other Great
Power in the world, and the CCP enjoys strong popular support. Therefore,
discussion about the increased likelihood of Beijing using force against the
island in 2020 constituted stimulating but unsubstantiated speculation.21
The mainland defense establishment is currently involved in a compre-
hensive reorganization and upgrading of weaponry and training; however,
these transformations will take a decade or two to complete.22 It is far too early
for China’s armed forces to be reaping the fruits of Xi’s massive defense over-
haul that was initiated in 2015. Commander in chief Xi’s admonitions to the
military to “fight and win informatized wars” remain aspirational. The PLA
candidly acknowledges that it remains in the process of mechanization, with
72 Scobell
informatization as the next challenge.23 Ongoing organizational restructuring

is necessary but insufficient to realize this goal: more inputs must be incorpo-
rated, and more time needs to elapse. China’s military has embraced a “sys-
tem of systems approach”24 as it plans for a future of conducting “integrated
joint operations,” whereby the PLA will master “very complex combinations
of systems and subsystems to [be able to] kinetically or non-kinetically de-
feat or paralyze key point nodes in enemy operational systems all within the
enemy’s decision cycle.”25 Hence, the PLA would prefer to postpone military
action against Taiwan at least until the 2030s. Of course, circumstances could
change; if Beijing assesses that its situation has become bleak, then CCP and
PLA leaders could become more risk acceptant.
Beijing’s Grand Strategy and Alternative China Futures

PRC political and military leaders are best characterized as ambitious
alarmists, focused on the medium and long term.26 While conventional
scholarly wisdom defines Beijing’s paramount goal as regime survival, this
term is rather misleading in ordinary circumstances.27 The word survival
implies that the mindset of China’s Communist rulers is one of despera-
tion—that they are fearful of near-term collapse or being overthrown. This
could be so in a crisis or conflict situation as noted above. But in ordinary
circumstances, CCP leaders are less worried about the end coming next
week, next month, or next year than they are about being able to meet the
challenges of the medium and long term. While day-to-day vigilance is es-
sential, CCP leaders are consumed with regime perpetuation, which means
paying considerable attention to planning. If CCP leaders were consumed
with immediate threats, why would they put so much effort into formulat-
ing and implementing multiyear over-the-horizon planning in areas rang-
ing from economics and technology to national defense?
The PRC possesses a grand strategy, defined as “the process by which a
state relates long-term ends to means under the rubric of an overarching and
enduring vision to advance the national interest.”28 Nevertheless, adoption of
this long-term view does not imply that there is no near-term possibility of
military action against Taiwan. Indeed, the dynamics and factors discussed
in this chapter will also be in play in the coming few years. Yet, as long as its
calculus of coercion regarding Taiwan remains in the domain of gains, Beijing
is unlikely to decide to use armed force against the island—and the near-term
outlook seems relatively positive.
In thinking about China’s long-term future out to 2050, it is useful to consid-
er a range of scenarios depending on the degree of success Beijing might have
in executing its grand strategy. China’s grand strategy since 2004 can be labeled
national rejuvenation.29 Beijing has four strategic priorities that have been con-
sistent across the decades: maintaining political control and social stability, sus-
taining economic growth, advancing science and technology, and modernizing
the national defense establishment.30 Broad targets have been identified in each
of these areas to be attained in the coming decades.31 In national defense, the
target is the PLA becoming a “world-class military” by midcentury. As M. Taylor
Fravel notes, this does not mean “being the single best” but rather “to be among
the best.”32 In Beijing’s eyes, the gold standard for a world-class military is the
U.S. Armed Forces. Being a true peer or near-peer competitor of the U.S. nation-
al defense establishment is therefore the overarching goal.
Recent RAND research has sketched out four alternative futures depend-
ing on how successful CCP leaders would be in achieving their grand stra-
tegic goals in the coming decades.33 In a triumphant China future, Beijing is
remarkably successful in realizing its grand strategy. In an ascendant China
future, Beijing is successful in achieving many, but not all, of the goals of its
grand strategy. In a stagnant China future, Beijing fails to achieve its long-
term goals. In an imploding China future, Beijing is besieged by a multitude
of problems that threaten the existence of the Communist regime. Currently,
Beijing appears to be on an ascending China trajectory, although the specter
of a stagnant China may be looming. Whatever the future holds for China, cen-
tral to Beijing’s calculus of coercion toward Taiwan will be the level of risk it is
prepared to tolerate and the costs it is willing to accept versus the perceived
benefit. Risk tolerance and cost acceptance will likely fluctuate according to
the degree of success that China achieves in realizing its grand strategic goals.
Targeting Taiwan? Alternative Cross-Strait Scenarios

Unification with Taiwan is implicitly part and parcel of the PRC fully attaining
its grand strategy of national rejuvenation, although no explicit deadline or
timeline has been identified for realizing this outcome.34 In the meantime,
maintaining the status quo in the Taiwan Strait, which entails deterring any
74 Scobell
perceived steps by Taiwan toward de jure independence, is a high priority.

Beijing thus has little motivation to resort to a major use of armed force. Sta-
tus quo, however, is defined differently by each of the major actors in this
drama—China, Taiwan, and the United States. But, objectively speaking,
each actor has been responsible for some related change. In the 1990s and
the 2000s, change was driven by developments on the island: democratiza-
tion and efforts by political leaders to expand Taiwan’s international space.
In the 2010s, particularly the latter part of that decade, the change came from
the United States, as Washington gradually sought to enhance its relationship
with Taipei in official and quasi-official ways. Will it be the PRC’s turn to drive
change in the 2020s and beyond?
Unsurprisingly, the PRC has never been a completely passive actor across
the decades. Yet, from Beijing’s perspective, it has been quite consistent and
unwavering in its approach to the island. Beijing believes that change has
been instigated by Taiwan and the United States, while “change” on its part
has been only in reaction to actions by Taipei or Washington. Nevertheless,
the PRC itself has changed, if only by growing economically stronger and
more militarily powerful. As a result, the China-Taiwan balance of power has
become ever more skewed in favor of the PRC. If significant change in the
cross-strait status quo occurs during the 2020s or in subsequent decades, it
would likely be triggered by Beijing.
To explore Beijing’s calculus on the launch of a large-scale military cam-
paign against Taiwan in a more concrete manner, it is useful to examine five
specific scenarios, considering for each the levels of benefit and cost, Beijing’s
risk propensity in conjunction with alternative Chinese future, and possible
outcomes (see table 1). The five notional scenarios—each framed in terms of
relative cost and benefit accruing to Beijing—are:
■ low cost/high benefit
■ high cost/high benefit
■ low cost/no benefit
■ very high cost/low benefit
■ ultimate cost/no benefit.
Beijing’s priorities and goals vis-à-vis Taiwan are likely to vary accord-
ing to the alternative future China follows. Thus, the level of risk PRC rulers
are prepared to entertain (see table 2) and the cost-benefit assessment

they make (see table 1) will likely depend on the future scenario in which
they find themselves.
Scenario 1: Low Cost/High Benefit

This scenario would most likely play out in a future in which the CCP achieves
stunning success in attaining its grand strategic objectives. A triumphant Chi-
na would view unrealized unification with Taiwan as especially frustrating.35
However, in this scenario, cross-strait unification could occur peacefully if
Taipei concludes that further stalling or resistance is futile in the face of an
overwhelming and growing imbalance of hard power in favor of Beijing. PRC
assurances, if credible, could make this undesirable outcome more accept-
able to the people of Taiwan.36 In a triumphant future, achieving complete na-
tional unification would be a top CCP priority, although Beijing would tend to
Table 1. Unification by Force: Cost/Benefit, Futures, Scenarios, and Military

Campaigns
COST
BENEFIT LOW HIGH
(unification)
TRIUMPHANT FUTURE ASCENDANT FUTURE

ACHIEVED Taiwan succumbs to coer- Scenario 1
cion without a major use of INVASION
force
STAGNANT FUTURE IMPLODING FUTURE

FAILURE Scenario 2 Scenario 3 and Scenario 4
BLOCKADE FIRESTRIKE/FIRESTRIKE
Table 2. Beijing’s Calculus of Coercion Against Taiwan: Priorities, Goals, and Risks
FUTURE PRIORITY GOAL RISK PROPENSITY
Triumphant Top Solve Risk averse
Ascendant High Compel/Solve Risk tolerant
Stagnant Medium Deter/Manage Risk tolerant
Imploding Low Distract Risk acceptant

76 Scobell
be risk averse. Hence, if Taipei did not readily accept outright peaceful reuni-
fication, then PRC leaders would intensify an array of measures, including us-
ing the military, paramilitary, and nonmilitary means to coerce (or persuade)
Taiwan into accepting unification. These measures would not involve large-
scale use of armed force. Rather, this effort would constitute a whole-of-gov-
ernment and whole-of-society COA conducted entirely below the threshold
of actual military conflict. From Beijing’s perspective, this would be a low
cost/maximum benefit COA (see table 1). Beijing might also consider this
COA low risk because it would conclude that the United States, Japan, and
other countries would be hesitant to confront an extremely powerful and tri-
umphant China. Moreover, Taipei might harbor grave doubts over whether
third countries would continue to back the island and thus would be more
likely to succumb to Beijing’s coercion.
Scenario 2: High Cost/High Benefit

This scenario would most likely unfold if Beijing were able to achieve many,
but not all, of its grand strategic goals. For an ascendant China future, unre-
alized unification with Taiwan would almost certainly be near the top of the
agenda (see table 2). Taiwan would be “a significant source of frustration”
across the decades as the PRC approached midcentury.37 CCP leaders would
feel considerable self-imposed pressure to complete national unification, es-
pecially as high-profile commemorations approached, notably the centenary
of the PLA and the PRC in 2027 and 2049, respectively. This latter date would
carry special psychological weight because of Xi’s designation of midcentu-
ry as the deadline for realizing national rejuvenation. While popular expec-
tations could likely be managed, top CCP leaders could feel psychologically
burdened by their own failure to deliver on a prominent and publicly an-
nounced commitment. Hence, there could be a sense of urgency to compel
Taipei to accept unification, and Beijing might be risk tolerant (see table 2)
and prepared to bear considerable costs (see table 1) to achieve the goal.
Chinese leaders might conclude that the prospects for unification were
promising enough to seek final resolution via invasion. Under such circum-
stances, Beijing could be ready to pay a high cost, and PRC civilian and mil-
itary leaders might be more prepared to solve the Taiwan issue once and for
all. In other words, Beijing would aim to seize control of the island via armed
force. As a top priority, PRC and PLA leaders would be willing to accept a high
price for attaining the goal—including significant military losses, consider-
able damage to the Chinese economy, and diplomatic ostracism.
However, while significant costs in blood and treasure would be accept-
able in the event of success, Beijing would be wary of risking a high-profile
military catastrophe because top leaders would worry that this could call into
question their judgment within a key constituency—the PLA. This uncertain-
ty could mean that all campaign options would be on the table and that Chi-
nese leaders would be prepared to engage in a protracted military effort to
achieve unification. Yet Beijing could begin with less risky military operations
and gradually increase the costs of resistance to Taipei.38 This method could
include a military operation to seize one of Taiwan’s offshore islands (as de-
scribed in Mathieu Duchâtel’s chapter in this volume). Beijing could then
ratchet up military operations to a blockade and then a fire strike campaign.
Scenario 3: Low Cost/No Benefit

This scenario would likely take place in a stagnant China future. In such
circumstances, unification with Taiwan would be less of a priority (see ta-
ble 2) since Beijing would confront a considerable number of other serious
challenges. Nevertheless, the island’s continued de facto independent status
would remain a matter of “frustration.”39 Beijing would likely be inclined to
manage cross-strait relations while staying alert to a Taipei tempted to op-
portunistically exploit the CCP’s difficulties to move closer to independence.
This situation could prompt Beijing to be risk tolerant (see table 2) while un-
dertaking low-cost coercive actions (see table 1). The goal would be to deter
Taipei from moving toward independence and work to manage cross-strait
relations (see table 2). Under such circumstances, the CCP would be most
likely to launch coercive activities below the threshold of war, including step-
ping up military exercises and missile tests in the vicinity of Taiwan, increas-
ing incursions into the island’s waters and airspace, and conducting multiple
barrages of cyber attacks against the island.
These PRC provocations would likely generate alarm and anger in Tai-
wan and heighten concern in Washington that Beijing might gear up for
large-scale military action against the island. In response, the United States
would issue stern public and private warnings to Beijing and ramp up its air
78 Scobell
and naval presence in the vicinity while urging restraint to Taipei. In the face
of this U.S. response, if Taipei refrained from high-profile pro-independence
actions and inflammatory pro-independence rhetoric, the PRC would be un-
likely to escalate. Indeed, Beijing would likely wind down its provocations
and declare victory. The PRC would claim that it had successfully deterred
separatists in Taipei from achieving independence, similar to how Beijing de-
clared victory following the 1995–1996 Taiwan Strait Crisis.40 Yet in reality, the
benefits achieved and costs incurred would be low (see table 1): no tangible
progress on unification but no major costs in military hardware or casual-
ties, along with a likely modest but discernible hit to China’s already stagnant
economy after weeks of elevated tensions in the Taiwan Strait.
Scenario 4: Very High Cost/Low Benefit

This scenario would likely play out in a future beset by daunting multiple cri-
ses at home and abroad. In an imploding China future, Taiwan would be a
low priority for Beijing.41
Emboldened by a mainland roiled by chronic chaos, Taipei could take
steps that amount to a unilateral declaration of independence. Under
these circumstances, Beijing’s only alternative might be to respond with
a large-scale use of armed force. PRC leaders would realize that doing so
would be a high-risk (see table 2) and high-cost operation (see table 1).
Beijing would perceive that the very survival of the regime was at stake and
hence prepare to roll the dice. Launching a large-scale military operation
against Taiwan would invite U.S. intervention. Given the level of chaos and
turmoil within the borders of the PRC, the PLA would experience consider-
able challenges as it prepared to mount fire strikes and/or an amphibious
invasion of Taiwan. These difficulties would delay preparations, and indi-
cators of mobilization would probably be readily discernible to Taipei and
Washington. As such, the armed forces of Taiwan and the United States
would likely have a week or more of warning, giving them time to prepare
for a Chinese attack.
Thus, the potential for the PRC to be decisively defeated by the com-
bined military responses of Taiwan and the United States would be high.
The upshot could easily be regime collapse or the ouster of one or more
top CCP leaders, who would become the scapegoats of a colossal and
humiliating military failure in the Taiwan Strait. The costs would be high in
terms of military losses and domestic political fallout without any discern-
ible benefit—save the regime just barely staving off collapse. Indeed, the
scope and array of crises in an imploding future might overwhelm the re-
gime and call into question the assumption of Beijing as a unitary actor. The
pressures could fracture the Party and the armed forces. This future would
generate considerable volatility in the outcomes and implications, which
would be difficult to predict. In an imploding China with fractured political
elites but a relatively unified PLA, the specter of a military coup could loom.
A cohesive military could proclaim it was acting on behalf of the CCP and
scapegoat the ousted political leadership for the cross-strait fiasco and po-
litical-economic morass.
A more likely variant of this scenario would be deep fissures in both the
CCP and the PLA, which would increase the potential for risk-prone behavior
by one or more Chinese actors. Such a situation raises the real prospect of
multiple armed factions deciding to launch missile strikes against Taiwan.
This possibility is frighteningly plausible if Taipei decided to take advantage
of a mainland in complete chaos to formally declare itself a separate and
independent state, with heightened expectations that some third countries
might be brave enough, in the face of a PRC in total disarray, to officially
recognize Taiwan as a sovereign state. In this variant, regime survival would
be far more tenuous, and interventions by third countries would be highly
plausible. These interventions could be prompted by the desire to secure
loose nuclear warheads and ballistic missiles, stabilize conditions and con-
tain refugee outflows, seize territory, and/or carve out spheres of influence.
Third-country interventions might be executed unilaterally, with little or no
coordination between states, or they might be conducted multilaterally with
close cooperation or coordination. Nevertheless, third-country interventions
would not necessarily preclude the survival of a rump PRC.42
Scenario 5: Ultimate Cost/No Benefit

This scenario would also likely happen in an imploding China future beset
by daunting multiple crises at home and abroad. These circumstances would
make unification with Taiwan a low priority for Beijing.43 Nevertheless, faced
with specific developments in the Taiwan Strait, Beijing could feel pressure to
80 Scobell
use armed force. A plausible scenario would be a Beijing desperate to distract

the Chinese people from upheaval at home. Rather than top leaders purpose-
ly launching a diversionary war, Beijing could initiate heightened provoca-
tions in the Taiwan Strait with the intention of keeping these acts below the
threshold of war and avoiding the use of large-scale military operations.44
PRC leaders would be risk acceptant in terms of the potential for unintended
escalation (see table 2) because they would perceive themselves as operating
in the domain of losses, with the survival of CCP rule on the line. The goal be-
hind instigating provocations against Taiwan would be a desperate attempt
to rally support for a regime in crisis and build a semblance of unity among
disparate factions. Under these circumstances, however, PRC leaders would
be reluctant to accept a high cost, especially in terms of military losses since
the armed forces would be needed to deal with internal unrest.
In the end, Beijing could pay the ultimate cost without accruing any
benefit (see table 1). Beijing would be playing an intricate two-level game:
a provocation in the Taiwan Strait would not only aim to rally domestic con-
stituencies around the flag but also seek to signal to external audiences in
Taipei, Washington, and elsewhere not to trifle with a PRC in distress.45 At the
same time, with multiple major crises, Beijing would seek a low-cost action
to preserve its forces and capabilities for other contingencies, and thus aim to
avoid large-scale use of armed force.
Despite Beijing’s desire to keep actions in the Taiwan Strait at the level of a
“diversionary spectacle,”46 a series of miscalculations and misperceptions could
trigger a set of action-reaction spirals that would escalate to a massive conven-
tional conflict and perhaps even a nuclear exchange with the United States.47
The result would almost certainly be the complete collapse of CCP rule.
Conclusion
At the start of the third decade of the 21st century, three centenaries loomed
for Beijing: those of the CCP in mid-2021, of the PLA in 2027, and of the PRC
in 2049. Each of these commemorations serves not only as a celebration of
regime accomplishments but also as a reminder of unfinished business. The
issue of Taiwan was certainly the most significant piece of unfinished busi-
ness in July 2021, and this sentiment will likely remain in August 2027, and
perhaps in October 2049.
A—if not the—key determinant in Taiwan’s future will be the status of the
PRC because Beijing’s readiness to employ armed force against the island is
likely to correlate with the CCP’s perceived degree of success in achieving its
grand strategic goals in the coming decades. The higher the level of overall
success, the more willing Beijing will be to accept higher costs, but at the
same time less willing to accept risk, to realize unification. Meanwhile, the
greater the degree of failure in achieving its grand strategic goals, the less
willing Beijing will be to accept higher costs but the more willing it will be to
tolerate risk. Fortunately, the most ominous alternative Chinese futures for
Taiwan are also the least likely: a triumphant China or an imploding China.
In the former, Beijing could be prepared to use force no matter the cost, al-
though PRC leadership is likely to be risk averse. In the latter, Beijing could
be prepared to use force against the island and willing to take considerable
risks to do so. Nevertheless, the most likely futures—an ascending China or
a stagnant China—while less ominous for Taiwan, also hold significant peril
for the island. In the former, Beijing could experience considerable pressure
to “do something” about Taiwan and be risk tolerant. In the latter, Beijing
would be risk tolerant and cost averse.
Taiwan will certainly persist as a long-term regime priority, but Beijing’s
specific short-term goals vis-à-vis Taiwan will inevitably fluctuate according
to changing conditions. The PRC’s calculus of coercion against the island will
be determined by how Beijing weighs costs, benefits, and risks against spe-
cific short-term goals. These assessments will change in the coming decades
depending on the future trajectory of the PRC.
Notes
1
See, for example, Bonnie S. Glaser, “The PLA Role in China’s Taiwan Policymaking,” in
PLA Influence on China’s National Security Policymaking, ed. Phillip C. Saunders and Andrew
Scobell (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2015), 166.
2
Arguably, an operation to unify Taiwan would be unprecedented in the People’s
Republic of China’s (PRC’s) military history. Yet the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) has engaged
in operations to seize islands before. Far and away the most significant and challenging of these
was the 2-month-long campaign to capture Hainan Island in the spring of 1950.
82 Scobell
3
Xi Jinping told PLA delegates to the National People’s Congress in March 2014 that
“national sovereignty, security, and development interests” constitute the PRC’s core interests.
See Feng Yahui and Duan Xinyi, “Xi Jinping Attends PLA Delegation Plenary Meeting” [习近
平出席解放军代表团全体会议], People’s Daily [人民网], March 12, 2014, available at <http://
lianghui.people.com.cn/2014npc/n/2014/0312/c376707-24609511.html>.
4
State Council Information Office of the People’s Republic of China, “Section II:
China’s Defensive National Defense Policy in the New Era,” in China’s National Defense in the
New Era (Beijing: Foreign Languages Press, 2019), available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com/
english/2019-07/24/c_138253389.htm>.
5
Herbert A. Simon, Models of Man: Social and Rational (New York: John Wiley & Sons,
1957).
6
Martie G. Haselton, Daniel Nettle, and Paul W. Andrews, “The Evolution of Cognitive
Bias,” in Handbook of Evolutionary Psychology, ed. David M. Buss (New York: John Wiley & Sons,
2005), 724–746.
7
For the ways in which military leaders provide input or consultation, see Saunders and
Scobell, PLA Influence on China’s National Security Policymaking.
8
Glaser, “The PLA Role in China’s Taiwan Policymaking,” 167.
9
Andrew Scobell, China’s Use of Military Force: Beyond the Great Wall and the Long
March (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2003), chapters 4, 6.
10
Ibid., chapters 5, 7.
11
This draws on Andrew Scobell, “Reassessing China’s Use of Military Force,” in The PLA
Beyond Borders: Chinese Military Operations in Regional and Global Context, ed. Joel Wuthnow
et al. (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2021), 183–197.
12
Scobell, China’s Use of Military Force, 10.
13
This definition is a revised version of the one that appears in Scobell, China’s Use of
Military Force, 9–10. The original version omitted reference to paramilitary forces and included
the phrase “in a border area.”
14
See, for example, Thomas E. Stolper, China, Taiwan, and the Offshore Islands (Armonk,
NY: M.E. Sharpe, 1985); and James R. Lilley and Chuck Downs, eds., Crisis in the Taiwan Strait
(Washington, DC: NDU Press, 1997).
15
See, for example, Scobell, “Reassessing China’s Use of Military Force”; and Allen S.
Whiting, “China’s Use of Force, 1950–96, and Taiwan,” International Security 26, no. 2 (Fall 2001),
103–131.
16
Daniel Kahneman and Amos Tversky, “Prospect Theory: An Analysis of Decision Under
Risk,” Econometrica 47, no. 2 (March 1979), 263–292.
17
Timothy R. Heath, “The ‘Holistic Security Concept’: The Securitization of Policy and
Increasing Risk of Militarized Crisis,” RAND Blog, June 27, 2015, available at <https://www.rand.
org/blog/2015/06/the-holistic-security-concept-the-securitization.html>.
18
See, for example, Kai He, China’s Crisis Behavior: Political Survival and Foreign Policy
After the Cold War (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2016).
19
Ibid., 43. These two propositions, which are focused on the use of force, are modified
versions of four hypotheses formulated by Kai He to analyze Chinese crisis behavior.
20
There is, for example, a small but nontrivial possibility that a Democratic Progressive
Party president after Tsai Ing-wen could press more vigorously toward the goal of de jure
independence for Taiwan.
21
See, for example, Tim Willasey-Wilsey, “The Question: Why Would China Not Invade
Taiwan Now?” Military Review 100, no. 5 (September–October 2020), 6–9. The essay originally
appeared June 4, 2020, in the Cipher Brief, available at <https://www.thecipherbrief.com/the-
question-why-would-china-not-invade-taiwan-now>. For a more plausible analysis, see Dan
Blumenthal, “Is China Getting Ready to Start a War over Taiwan?” The National Interest, October
29, 2020, available at <https://nationalinterest.org/blog/reboot/china-getting-ready-start-war-
over-taiwan-171611>.
22
Andrew Scobell et al., China’s Grand Strategy: Trends, Trajectories, and Long-Term
Competition (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2020), 96.
23
See, for example, Michael S. Chase et al., China’s Incomplete Military Transformation:
Assessing the Weaknesses of the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015).
See also Andrew Scobell, “China’s Post-Pandemic Future: Wuhan Wobbly?” War on the Rocks,
February 3, 2021, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2021/02/chinas-post-covid-future-
wuhan-wobbly/>.
24
See, for example, Jeffrey Engstrom, Systems Confrontation and System Destruction
Warfare: How the Chinese People’s Liberation Army Seeks to Wage Modern Warfare (Santa
Monica, CA: RAND, 2018).
25
Scobell et al., China’s Grand Strategy, 85.
26
Ibid., 25–26.
27
See, for example, John W. Garver, China’s Quest: The History of the Foreign Relations of
the People’s Republic of China (New York: Oxford University Press, 2016).
28
29
Ibid., 17–18.
30
Ibid., 18–19.
31
For details, see ibid., chapters 3, 4, 5.
32
M. Taylor Fravel, “China’s ‘World-Class Military’ Ambitions: Origins and Implications,”
The Washington Quarterly 43, no. 1 (2020), 85–99, quotes on 85.
33
Scobell et al., China’s Grand Strategy, 102–111.
34
Xi has implied that national rejuvenation will be achieved by 2050. See Xi Jinping,
“Chinese Communist Party 19th National Congress Report” [中国共产党第十九次全国代表
大会报告], October 28, 2017, available at <http://www.mofcom.gov.cn/article/zt_topic19/
zywj/201710/20171002661169.shtml>.
35
The notional triumphant China scenario is described in Scobell et al., China’s Grand
Strategy, 105. In this scenario, by 2050, the Taiwan issue has been resolved, although the
resolution process is unspecified.
36
See, for example, Phillip C. Saunders and Scott L. Kastner, “Bridge over Troubled
Water? Envisioning a China-Taiwan Peace Agreement,” International Security 33, no. 4 (Spring
2009), 87–114.
37
Ibid., 107.
38
Statement of Lonnie Henley, PLA Operational Concepts and Centers of Gravity in a
Taiwan Conflict, Testimony Before the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission
Hearing on Cross-Strait Deterrence, February 18, 2021, available at <https://www.uscc.gov/
sites/default/files/2021-02/Lonnie_Henley_Testimony.pdf>.
39
40
Andrew Scobell, “Show of Force: Chinese Soldiers, Statesmen, and the 1995–1996
Taiwan Strait Crisis,” Political Science Quarterly 115, no. 2 (June 2000), 227–246.
84 Scobell
41
Taiwan’s status and Beijing’s disposition vis-à-vis Taipei is not addressed in this future.
See Scobell et al., China’s Grand Strategy, 109–111.
42
Indeed, the continued existence of some form of a weakened Chinese government—
although not necessarily a communist one—could be extremely useful to these third countries,
which would be unlikely to want to occupy China indefinitely. A weak and pliant Chinese
government could permit third countries to shape a postintervention domestic political solution
deemed conducive to establishing a more stable future China. Such a Chinese government could
be one with redrawn borders and/or reconfigured political institutions.
43
Scobell et al., China’s Grand Strategy, 109–111.
44
Diversionary wars are far less frequent than is widely believed. See Amy Oakes,
Diversionary War: Domestic Unrest and International Conflict (Stanford: Stanford University
Press, 2012).
45
Robert D. Putnam, “Diplomacy and Domestic Politics: The Logic of Two-Level Games,”
International Organization 42, no. 3 (Summer 1988), 427–460.
46
Oakes, Diversionary War.
47
Inadvertent escalation between the United States and China is more likely than is
widely assumed for two reasons. First, Beijing believes it is skilled at escalation control and
crisis management. Second, dyadic interactive cognitive dynamics increase the impact of
misperceptions in U.S.-China relations in times of crisis or confrontation. On the former, see
Lonnie D. Henley, “War Control: Chinese Concepts of Escalation Management,” in Shaping
China’s Security Environment: The Role of the People’s Liberation Army, ed. Andrew Scobell and
Larry M. Wortzel (Carlisle Barracks, PA: Strategic Studies Institute, 2006), 81–104. On the latter,
see Andrew Scobell, “Perception and Misperception in U.S.-China Relations,” Political Science
Quarterly 135, no. 4 (September 2020), 637–664.
II
PLA Operations and Concepts for Taiwan
CHAPTER 3
An Assessment of China’s Options for

Military Coercion of Taiwan
Mathieu Duchâtel
P
resident Tsai Ing-wen has described People’s Liberation Army (PLA)
Air Force (PLAAF) operations inside Taiwan’s Air Defense Identifica-
tion Zone (ADIZ) and approaching the Taiwan Strait’s median line
that was established in 2019 as “Chinese Communist aircraft harassing Tai-
wan.”1 The use of coercive military power is not new in China’s Taiwan policy:
the 1995–1996 crisis is a textbook case.2 Military coercion is the use or threat of
using military power to “seek changes in the behavior” of a state “by making
the choice preferred by the coercer appear more attractive than the alterna-
tive, which the coercer wishes to avoid.”3 Military coercion differs from gray
zone operations, which are defined as “an operational space between peace
and war, involving coercive actions to change the status quo below a thresh-
old that, in most cases, would prompt a conventional military response, often
by blurring the line between military and nonmilitary actions and the attri-
bution for events.”4 Coercion does not exploit ambiguity around attribution
between military and nonmilitary means, even though in some Taiwan Strait
scenarios nonmilitary assets or cyber attacks that raise an attribution chal-
lenge could be used to enhance coercion. This chapter defines military co-
ercion in the context of the Taiwan Strait as hostile operations that involve
87
88 Duchâtel
the limited use of military assets and aim to lay the foundations for Taiwan’s
future capitulation. This definition excludes high-end combat scenarios such
as a missile strike campaign, a blockade, or a large-scale invasion of Taiwan.
What factors might convince Beijing that military coercion is an attrac-
tive option? This chapter examines five possible motives for China to carry
out further military coercion against Taiwan:
■ employing deterrence
■ gradually establishing a position of military superiority
■ expanding China’s administrative control inside Taiwan’s ADIZ and
possibly over some of Taiwan’s outlying islands
■ securing domestic political gains
■ testing U.S. resolve.
China has real options, a record of calculated risk under Xi Jinping, and
concerns regarding the future course of the U.S.-China-Taiwan security trian-
gle. China also lacks realistic soft alternatives to “seduce” the Taiwan popula-
tion given the rejection of China’s preferred framework for “one country, two
systems” in Taiwan and the lack of attractiveness of China’s governance model
under Xi. This unique combination of factors makes the use of military coer-
cion likely, but not certain. China’s future decisions will reflect a cost-bene-
fit analysis regarding the outcomes and consequences of coercive actions for
Taiwan’s international position and domestic morale. Actions that erode the
position of Taiwan and the resolve of the Taiwan public to resist might be un-
dertaken, but not without a larger assessment of their possible costs.
The chapter is divided into four main sections. The first section propos-
es an analytical framework based on available sources and the record of
the use of military power in territorial disputes under Xi to assess Chinese
thinking on military coercion and understand how Beijing evaluates gains
and costs. The second section analyzes the benefits China seeks from its
current campaign of military coercion against Taiwan, which consists of air
force operations in Taiwan’s ADIZ and approaching the median line of the
strait. The third section explores how this framework may apply to three
future scenarios of military coercion against Taiwan: PLA operations in Tai-
wan’s territorial waters and airspace, PLA seizure of an offshore island held
by Taiwan, and a PLA cyber campaign. The conclusion details implications
China’s Options for Military Coercion of Taiwan 89
for maintaining the status quo in the Taiwan Strait, which is understood as
the survival in Taiwan of a democratic system of separation of powers that
protects a free and open society.
Possible Gains of Military Coercion

An analytical framework to evaluate how Beijing assesses the benefits and
costs of coercion in the Taiwan Strait should combine two elements: patterns
in China’s use of coercive power under Xi and patterns in China’s Taiwan pol-
icy. During Xi’s tenure, nonpeaceful means have been increasingly used as
a tool to advance Chinese interests in territorial disputes. In addition to Tai-
wan, this assertiveness has been on display in the East and South China seas
and in the 2020 Himalayan border clashes with India during the COVID-19
pandemic. Since 2012, China has effectively seized control of Scarborough
Shoal and between 300 and 1,000 square kilometers of Indian territory across
the Line of Actual Control (LAC), established a dominant military presence
in the Spratly Islands vis-à-vis other claimants, and established a permanent
coast guard presence in the territorial sea of the Diaoyu/Senkaku Islands, al-
lowing China to argue that the effective administration of the islands is de
facto shared. These actions exhibit a common pattern of offensive behavior
to transform the territorial status quo. They constitute a change of scale com-
pared with what some analysts described as Chinese assertiveness in mari-
time disputes under the leadership of Hu Jintao, which mainly materialized
in an intensification of China’s law enforcement and naval presence in the
East and South China seas in 2007–2008.5
China’s Taiwan Strait dispute differs in many ways from its territorial
disputes with Japan, Vietnam, the Philippines, Malaysia, Brunei, and India.
Key differences include the Chinese Communist Party (CCP)’s definition of
cross-strait relations as the continuation of the Chinese Civil War, the oper-
ational challenge of defeating an island of 24 million people supported by
the United States, the degree of cross-strait economic integration, and the
importance for many Chinese interest groups to access Taiwan capital and
technology. Integrating Taiwan into the People’s Republic of China is without
question the highest strategic priority, enshrined in the Chinese constitution
and central to the strategic rivalry between China and the United States. A
cost-benefit analytical framework should not only consider the specifics of
90 Duchâtel
the cross-strait security equation but also incorporate the more general views
on the use of military power in China’s current strategic environment and Xi’s
appetite for risk in managing territorial disputes. This section combines these
two elements to describe five possible motivations for coercion against Tai-
wan: competitive military advantage gains, expanding administrative con-
trol, punishment/deterrence, testing U.S. resolve, and catering to domestic
political gains. It then examines the factors Beijing may consider in assessing
the risks of a coercive campaign.
Competitive Military Advantage Gains

An essential component of Chinese policy under Xi is building a position of
superiority in terms of intelligence, readiness, and force deployment. The
PLA and law enforcement agencies have enhanced their presence to affect
the balance of power in territorial disputes. This strategy is a pattern in the
East and South China seas and in border disputes with India. The regular
presence of the China coast guard in the territorial sea and contiguous zone
in the Diaoyu/Senkaku Islands, for instance, has constituted a change of the
status quo, justified in the Chinese narrative as a response to the public pur-
chase of three of the islands by the Japanese government in 2012. The regular
paramilitary presence aims to create a shared administration.6
The construction of militarized artificial islands in the Spratlys is anoth-
er example of how China employs its military to shift the balance of power.
China has constructed port facilities and fighter jet hangars on Fiery Cross,
Mischief, and Subi reefs, and it has deployed YJ-12B and YJ-62 antiship cruise
missiles, HQ-9 surface-to-air missiles, radars, and sensor arrays on those is-
lands.7 This mix of force deployment and military infrastructure construction
as an effort to support possible further deployment complicates the calculus
of other claimants in the South China Sea. Despite their vulnerability to cruise
missiles and other weapons, these structures have the potential to raise the
costs for the United States of operating in the South China Sea in times of
U.S.-China conflict before they are successfully neutralized.8
This pattern of enhancing presence to affect the military balance under
Xi’s leadership can also be observed in China’s border conflict with India in
the Himalayas. In 2017, the PLA’s construction of a road in disputed Doklam,
which would allow easier deployment of Chinese ground forces, led to a
military standoff with India.9 In the 2020–2021 Sino-Indian clashes along the
LAC, China’s perception that Indian construction activity to improve logistics
support for military deployments and thus reduce the gap with China’s more
advanced network of roads and facilities was a key determinant of China’s
initiation of simultaneous incidents at several spots.10
In the Taiwan Strait, China’s military deployments and force posture aim
to gain comparative advantages over the Taiwan military and create options
to impose costs on the United States. This goal has been the key determinant
of China’s military modernization and of many specific equipment choices,
such as the programs of short- and medium-range ballistic missiles targeting
Taiwan and the operational deployment of an antiship ballistic missile to de-
ter U.S. aircraft carrier battle groups from approaching the area.
Expanding Administrative Control

Another of China’s motivations is expanding de facto control over territory
claimed by Beijing. This approach, in the context of the South China Sea,
has been described as “salami slicing” or “the slow accumulation of small
actions, none of which is a casus belli, but which add up over time to a major
strategic change.”11 In the context of the East China Sea, the preferred term
has been gray zone coercion to emphasize the difficulty for others to respond
to Chinese law enforcement deployments.12 The unifying theme between sa-
lami slicing and gray zone coercion is the outcome of such actions: expan-
sion of China’s control.
In unusually candid remarks in 2014, Rear Admiral Zhang Zhaoying,
deputy commander of the South Sea Fleet, described China’s strategy in
the South China Sea as aimed at “continuously expanding the strength of
Chinese administrative control” in order to achieve “effective administrative
control” over the territories and waters claimed by China.13 This approach
has materialized in China’s land reclamation work in the Spratlys and in the
construction of military facilities to support the deployment of air and na-
val assets, as well as law enforcement operations. The PLA and the China
coast guard have increased their maritime domain awareness through this
infrastructure effort. The last step consistent with this approach of exerting
effective administrative control is the adoption of the Coast Guard Law,
which allows the China coast guard to open fire against foreign ships and to
92 Duchâtel
dismantle foreign structures built on islands and reefs in waters considered

to be under Chinese jurisdiction.14
The East China Sea has witnessed a gradual increase in the pattern of
China coast guard presence, playing on not only the frequency but also the
duration of the navigation inside the 12-nautical-mile territorial sea and the
contiguous zone and the number of ships being deployed. For example, Japa-
nese figures show a jump in intrusions from 819 in 2013 to 1,097 in 2019, and
in 2020, for the first time, China coast guard ships were deployed for more
than 100 consecutive days.15
Expanding effective administrative control is less clear-cut in the border
disputes with India. Some reports claim that India lost 300 square kilometers
of land during the period of clashes with the Chinese military in 2020. How-
ever, there has been no official confirmation on either side, given the am-
biguity both countries maintain regarding the delimitation of the LAC.16 (In
Doklam, however, the 2017 standoff in India was caused by road construction
in an area unequivocally controlled by Bhutan.)
Under Xi, apart from the ongoing PLAAF campaign against Taiwan,
this pattern of expanding China’s effective administrative control over areas
previously under the control of Taipei has never surfaced. On the contrary,
during the 1958 Taiwan Strait Crisis, Mao Zedong opted not to seize Jinmen,
despite the PLA’s capability to complete the operation. Mao’s thinking was
that Jinmen and Matsu were Taiwan’s link to the mainland and that cutting
the link would diminish the prospects for cross-strait unification.
Punishment/Deterrence
A third motive is signaling China’s dissatisfaction with those opposing its
agenda and deterring others from taking contrary positions in territorial dis-
putes. In the East and South China seas disputes, this approach has been de-
scribed as “reactive assertiveness,” by which the Chinese leadership frames
actions taken by rival claimants as unilateral violations of the status quo to
justify force deployments that tilt the balance in favor of China.17 While the
outcome is expansion of administrative control, elements of deterrence and
punishment remain essential in Beijing’s calculation. Of all the factors that
explain Chinese military coercion under Xi, this is the only one stressed in
the Chinese narrative of the various crises or moments of tension. In their
analysis of the 2020–2021 clashes with India, for example, Chinese analysts
place particular emphasis on the moves undertaken by the Narendra Modi
government that signaled an Indian intention to gain the upper hand in the
disputes.18 The intention to stop a trend in the behavior of a rival claimant
thus seems to be a strong determinant of China’s behavior.
The punishment/deterrence element is particularly strong in China’s Tai-
wan policy. It was a key determinant of Zhu Rongji’s threats before the 2000
presidential elections in Taiwan and has been codified in article 8 of Chi-
na’s 2005 Anti-Secession Law on the employment of “non-peaceful means”
against Taiwan. Moreover, the 1995–1996 Taiwan Strait Crisis provides a clear
illustration of the use of coercive force to express Beijing’s views of long-term
trends in Taiwan’s domestic politics and in U.S.-Taiwan relations.19
Testing U.S. Resolve

China has a strategic interest to obtain accurate intelligence on how the U.S.
military would react to PLA moves in the Taiwan Strait, as well as to gradually
erode the resolve of the United States to support China’s rival claimants in
all territorial disputes. Testing U.S. resolve affects the strategic calculus of all
states in the region because deterrence relies on expected punishment, which
considers “the perceived costs of the punishments the actor can inflict, and
the perceived probability that he will inflict them.”20 For example, the Barack
Obama administration’s failure to stop China from seizing Scarborough
Shoal in 2012 undermined many countries’ confidence in U.S. determination
to defend the status quo in East Asia. Conversely, clear statements by U.S.
officials that the Senkaku Islands fall under the U.S.-Japan Mutual Defense
Treaty, or the deployment of U.S. air assets over Scarborough Shoal in 2016,
likely deterred China from further action toward Japan and from conducting
land reclamation in Scarborough Shoal.
Testing U.S. resolve is especially valuable for China during the transition of
U.S. Presidential administrations. For example, there seems to have been a mo-
ment of optimism in Beijing during the transition from the Donald Trump ad-
ministration to the Joseph Biden administration in 2020–2021. Chinese media
commentaries suggested that Biden would leave much less space to the Dem-
ocratic Progressive Party (DPP) administration for “playing the U.S. against
China.”21 The Trump administration was particularly supportive of Taiwan
94 Duchâtel
with strong and consequential measures, such as the change of the process for
arms sales and allowing requests from Taiwan to be examined by Congress on
a case-by-case basis.22 Toward the end of Trump’s term, the State Department
lifted restrictions on political contacts between U.S. and Taiwan officials after
a considerable easing on such restrictions led to visits of the U.S. Secretary of
Health and Human Services and an Under Secretary of State.23 Evaluating the
continuity of such policies on arms exports and political contacts is an incen-
tive for China to test a new U.S. administration. Beyond policies, China also
needs to evaluate whether the discussion regarding Taiwan Strait security will
continue moving in the direction of “strategic clarity,” a concept initially advo-
cated by U.S. defense experts such as Joseph Bosco that began to be adopted by
foreign policy generalists toward the end of the Trump administration.24
Catering to Domestic Political Gains

China may also have domestic political incentives to expand military coercion
against its rivals. The construction of artificial islands in the Spratlys figured
prominently in the work report presented by Xi to the 19th Party Congress; it
was mentioned on the second page, as part of the “major achievements in
economic development” secured by the 18th Central Committee of the CCP.25
Demonstrating the capacity to change the status quo to an internal audience
is a logical incentive for the Party, albeit one that is difficult to measure given
the nature of the Chinese political system. While public opinion matters, so
does that of constituencies, including the PLA.
Risk Assessment
This section has analyzed China’s possible perception of gains in military co-
ercion of Taiwan. However, any Chinese decision to engage in coercion will
also result from a careful assessment of the possible risks and costs. This as-
sessment will likely involve several elements. First is the perceived impact
on Taiwan’s domestic politics. China is more likely to coerce if the outcome
would be the weakening of the DPP, particularly the pro-independence “deep
green” elements. Any action assessed to result in strengthening Taiwan’s in-
dependence movement is likely to be rejected in Beijing—similar to the policy
implemented by the Taiwan Affairs Office to “distribute benefits” [rang li, 让
利] to segments of Taiwan’s economy, which was pronounced a failure when
Tsai and the DPP won the January 2016 presidential and legislative elections.
Second is the impact on U.S.-Taiwan relations. A crisis that is expected to

end in a deepened U.S. commitment to Taiwan’s security, through increased
arms sales, greater strategic clarity, greater troop deployments in East Asia, or
even a military presence in Taiwan through various forms (for example, port
calls), is likely to be considered a failure in Beijing.
Third, the risk of escalation is a particularly important element in a deci-
sion that essentially rests on ensuring that no escalation occurs. A coercion
strategy must include a realistic exit plan. China’s assessment of the level
of resistance of the people of Taiwan, the risk of targeted retaliation against
Chinese military assets, the possibility of U.S. military intervention, and im-
position of costs are all decisive factors in determining whether to initiate
coercion. The calculation of possible human losses may also restrain a Chi-
nese decision to launch an operation. In sum, the absence of confidence that
escalation risks could be managed would make coercive options much less
appealing to the Chinese leadership.
China’s Air Campaign Against Taiwan

Since 2019, and more intensely since Tsai’s January 2020 reelection, Chinese
military pressure has taken center stage in the Taiwan Strait. In March 2019,
two fighter jets from the PLAAF intruded into Taiwan’s side of the median
line. This was a major development because the PLAAF had not crossed the
midline since 1999. In September 2020, a Chinese Foreign Ministry spokes-
man stated, “There is no so-called median line in the Strait,” repeating the
point made earlier by a PLAAF fighter pilot.26 As a journal of the Central Com-
mittee of Fujian Province made clear, once the Foreign Ministry clarified Chi-
na’s official position, “the presence of the PLAAF’s fighter jets is normalized,
and they can come and go unconstrained inside the airspace of Taiwan.”27
The PLAAF campaign against Taiwan may be a new normal [xin changtai,
新常态], to use one of Xi’s signature terms. This section outlines the key facts
and analyzes the political and operational aims of the air campaign. The ongo-
ing operations against Taiwan demonstrate a clear search for military advan-
tage gains, an attempt to expand Chinese military control over part of Taiwan’s
ADIZ, and an intention to deter Taiwan’s pro-independence forces based on
the assumption that they are encouraged by deepening U.S.-Taiwan ties. Given
the timing, these activities might also be considered an effort to test the resolve
96 Duchâtel
of the new U.S. administration. However, aside from the intensification of the
PLAAF presence in Taiwan’s ADIZ itself, there is no strong open-source evi-
dence to back that claim. Similarly, the search for domestic gains as part of the
nationalistic mobilization of the Chinese population and intraparty politics is
likely but appears to be a less solid explanation than the first three factors.
PLAAF Operations Against Taiwan Since 2019

Within an 18-month span, PLAAF operations against Taiwan reached such a
threat level as to force the Taiwan Defense Ministry to change its public com-
munication and choose transparency over its initial approach of selectively
releasing information. Until September 2020, information released by the
Defense Ministry indicated that the PLAAF had crossed the median line of
the Taiwan Strait four times. The crossings occurred in February and August
2020, in operations designed to coincide with U.S. Health and Human Ser-
vices Secretary Alex Azar’s visit to Taiwan28 and U.S. Under Secretary of State
Keith Krach’s visit in September 2020.29
This, however, was only the tip of the iceberg. This selective communi-
cation on specific operations was abandoned in September 2020 when the
ministry began releasing daily updates on PLAAF activities inside Taiwan’s
ADIZ, including details regarding aircraft formations and itineraries.30 The
new information unveiled PLAAF operations in the southwestern corner of
Taiwan’s ADIZ, close to the Bashi Channel. The PLAAF has exerted pres-
sure on Taiwan’s air defense system by conducting circumnavigation flights
around the island since Tsai’s election in 2016.31 Deployments of H-6K
bomber formations escorted by fighter planes and KJ-500 early-warning or
Y-8 electronic warfare aircraft aim to acquire the capacity to open an east-
ern front in a Taiwan scenario, as many Taiwan air and sea assets are based
on the east coast of the island.
However, the PLA presence in Taiwan’s southwestern ADIZ is a new and
enduring reality for Taiwan’s defense authorities. During the first months of
2021, PLAAF assets were continuously deployed in Taiwan’s ADIZ, breaking
new records. For example, the number of deployed aircraft reached a new
height in April 2021 when 25 warplanes—including 14 Shenyang J-16 fight-
er jets, 4 Chengdu J-10 fighters, 4 Xian H-6 bombers, 2 Shaanxi Y-8 antisub-
marine warfare planes, and 1 Shaanxi KJ-500 airborne early warning and
control aircraft—were simultaneously present in Taiwan’s ADIZ.32 PLA pres-

ence is now so regular that the Taiwan Defense Ministry announced in March
2021 that it would no longer systematically send fighter jets on interception
missions and would instead rely on monitoring the incoming flights with
land-based missile forces.33 This practice is similar to that of the Japan Air
Self-Defense Force, which since March 2021 has mostly monitored Chinese
intrusions with ground-based missile systems and radar planes.34
Altogether, the Defense Ministry announced that the Taiwan Air Force
had scrambled 217 times for PLA aircraft intruding into the southwestern
corner of Taiwan’s ADIZ and 76 times against incoming aircraft crossing the
median line of the strait. Taiwan’s defense minister counted 49 cases of ac-
tual crossing of the line by the PLAAF between January and early October
2020.35 For 2020, the consolidated number was 380 intrusions inside Taiwan’s
ADIZ.36 In 2021, as of mid-April, the PLAAF had intruded on 92 days.37
Political and Military Goals of PLAAF Operations

From a military perspective, PLAAF operations test the reaction time of Tai-
wan’s air defense. When the Taiwan air force scrambles and intercepts—
which has been less the case since the March 2021 decision—it creates a risk
of collision. Retired Air Force Lieutenant General Chang Yen-ting outlines
two additional military motives for China: a short-term goal of collecting
data on Taiwan’s air defense and a longer term strategic goal of engaging the
Taiwan air force “in a war of attrition by putting its frontline personnel under
enough pressure to force military planners to divert attention and resources
from other areas.”38 This dimension of gaining an advantage over Taiwan’s air
defense is illustrated by some specific operations of the PLAAF. For example,
to test Taiwan’s radar response, in April 2021, a Y-8 tactical reconnaissance
aircraft entered Taiwan’s ADIZ flying at an altitude as low as 30 meters.39
Such operations represent a marked shift from the 1990s, when the Tai-
wan air force enjoyed overwhelming superiority and was patrolling deep into
the strait (there was no unofficial boundary in the median line of the Taiwan
Strait until the 1995–1996 missile crisis). Building air superiority over Taiwan is
a long-term PLA goal that requires investment in equipment as well as training
exercises.40 The military balance perspective is important for both sides and
is reflected in the actual geographic operational space of the two air forces,
98 Duchâtel
which has changed continuously over time. Some Chinese military analysts,
when arguing that there is no “stable median line,” explain that there is only
a changing balance of airpower between the two sides of the Taiwan Strait.41
Taiwan’s Defense Ministry assesses that over the long term, the PLAAF
intends to gradually establish a permanent presence in the strait because it
allows access into the First Island Chain and is used by U.S. planes to conduct
surveillance operations of Chinese maritime activities.42 The regular pres-
ence of antisubmarine warfare (ASW) aircraft in Chinese formations strongly
suggests a motive to exercise ASW capabilities in an area where U.S. and, in
the future, Taiwan submarines could operate in wartime. Therefore, the sec-
ond type of gain described in the analytical framework (expanding China’s
administrative control) cannot literally apply to the PLAAF’s presence inside
Taiwan’s ADIZ, which is not territorial space under international law, but it
still provides a useful explanation because one of its key elements is regular
presence—as exemplified in the East and South China seas.
Punishment and deterrence are other factors. This was especially the
case in 2020, when the Trump administration was still in office. Since 2020,
China has conducted its Taiwan policy in an environment that has consid-
erably deteriorated by the standards of its own unification goal. The Tsai ad-
ministration enjoys a relatively high satisfaction rate in comparison with most
Western democracies.43 The Trump administration broke with past restraint
in conducting military exchanges with Taiwan and pushing back in the South
China Sea.44 The 2018 Taiwan Travel Act has enabled high-level visits by se-
nior U.S. administration officials to Taiwan. In the West, the COVID-19 pan-
demic has greatly enhanced Taiwan’s image and seriously damaged China’s.
A recent article in the China Reunification Forum captures this sense of
vulnerability. The author lists the following negative trends facing China: Tai-
wan independence is now ideologically mainstream in Taiwan, pro-indepen-
dence forces are now structurally stronger than pro-unification forces, and the
door to cross-strait political consultations has been shut by the DPP. However,
the main risk the author sees is U.S. behavior: “We should not rule out the
possibility that the U.S. under certain circumstances might encourage Taiwan
independence forces to go to the extreme, nor should we rule out the pos-
sibility that the U.S. could take the risk to initiate dangerous military opera-
tions against China.”45 In a reverse analysis of the lessons of the Korean War,
the author concludes that the DPP government should learn from history and
avoid the grave misperception regarding Chinese determination to defeat Tai-
wan independence, which would inadvertently lead to war.46
Such views suggest that military pressure constitutes an attempt to re-
gain the initiative in the Taiwan Strait against trends that are highly unfavor-
able to China, at least in the short term. Indeed, retired Senior Colonel Wang
Xiangsui, a professor at Beihang University and co-author of Unrestricted
Warfare, describes the PLA’s summer 2020 actions as “very clearly aimed at
signaling to the United States that they should not take military risks.”47 He
argues that this “kind of prevention is necessary” given Beijing’s assessments
that the U.S. election would lead to a period of confusion, which increases the
risk of hostile U.S. action against China.
The PLAAF air campaign can also be explained as a form of signaling fo-
cused on Taiwan and the United States. Ma Xiaoguang, spokesperson of Chi-
na’s Taiwan Affairs Office, describes these patrols as a response to the Taiwan
government’s attempts to “use force to reject unification” [yi wu ju tong, 以武
拒统].48 The PLA’s Eastern Theater Command communicates on operations
aimed at defeating “Taiwan independence separatist activities.”49
This resumption of PLAAF activity appears to result from greater U.S.
military presence in the area and in the South China Sea in the later days of
the Trump administration—a practice that was maintained early in the Biden
administration. The U.S. factor also explains China’s current focus on south-
west Taiwan. Several exercises, including the PLAAF’s first nighttime training
mission, have taken place in that zone.50 An air presence in the Bashi Chan-
nel, between Taiwan and the Philippines, sends political messages not only
across the strait but also toward the South China Sea. Moreover, as Taiwan’s
military power is relatively concentrated in the north of the island, China’s
intention seems to be to stretch Taiwan’s defense resources, which led to
Taiwan’s decision to abandon systematic interception in favor of monitoring
with ground-based air defense missiles.
Air force patrols and other exercises are part of China’s “cognitive do-
main warfare” [renzhi yu zuozhan, 认知域作战].51 This message is captured
by an editorial in the Global Times: “The paradox is that the more Taiwan au-
thorities obtain from the United States, the closer they are to an unbearable
turning point.”52 By saturating Taiwan’s information space with the idea of
100 Duchâtel
a risk of war, these operations seek maximal psychological gains. Frequent

PLAAF operations across the Taiwan Strait midline effectively convey that
China does not fear the consequences of an accidental collision or a decision
to take down an aircraft. Thus, the pressure to avoid escalation is on Taiwan,
the defensive side. Indeed, during the February intrusion, one of the Chinese
J-11 fighters locked its fire control radar on a Taiwan F-16 jet.53
Explaining China’s political motives, Shen Ming-shih of Taiwan’s National
Defense University argues that PLAAF operations focus on “paralyzing Tai-
wan’s psychology. Having the Taiwanese getting used to regular air operations
by the Communist military would be equivalent to inviting the PLA fighters
to cross the line and invade.”54 Lee Kuan-cheng, from the Institute of National
Defense and Security Research, similarly concludes that China follows a two-
pronged strategy: PLA exercises first create an environment of fear, and then
the responsibility of causing tension is blamed on “Taiwan’s ambitious politi-
cians.”55 This strategy creates the impression that Taiwan faces a binary choice
between being China-friendly and peaceful, or dangerously anti-China.
Several exercises conducted by the PLA in late 2020 are an effective re-
minder that psychological effects sometimes matter more than the actual
demonstration of capabilities. First, in August, the Eastern Theater Command
announced that live-fire exercises would be conducted simultaneously in the
north and the south of Taiwan; however, in reality, only small-scale maneuvers
took place, and very close to the coastline of the Chinese mainland.56 Second,
at the end of the month, the PLA Rocket Force test-fired DF-26B (intermedi-
ate-range) and DF-21D (medium-range) antiship ballistic missiles in the South
China Sea.57 The test generated confusion regarding the actual number of mis-
siles tested and whether they had correctly reached their target. This, in turn,
raised legitimate questions about the reliability of the guidance system of a ca-
pability that is still under development and needs high maneuverability to hit
moving targets at sea. Third, in September, the Eastern Theater Command con-
ducted missile drills and released a video titled “If War Broke Out Today.” How-
ever, Taiwan military analysts were quick to question the video’s authenticity
and the actual location of the exercises, and they noted that the most important
dimension of the PLA’s action was taking place on its social media accounts.58
The line between deterring the deepening of U.S.-Taiwan ties and test-
ing U.S. resolve to defend Taiwan is thin in practice and difficult to define
because it depends on the extent to which air operations are conceived in

Beijing as defensive or offensive—a question that cannot be satisfactorily
answered based on any open-source material. However, China’s decision to
intensify its presence in Taiwan’s ADIZ after Washington’s change of admin-
istration is certainly aimed to assess the U.S. response at a moment when the
new national security and East Asia teams were not entirely in place.
In sum, the ongoing air campaign against Taiwan, spanning two U.S.
administrations, has clear operational and psychological objectives. The de-
cisive factor appears to be the PLA’s attempt to impose its superiority over
a new geographic area of specific strategic value, especially for submarine
operations. The intention to deter Taiwan’s independence forces from being
encouraged by favorable U.S. policies is another likely driver of Chinese ac-
tions, which also have a clear offensive component.
Looking Ahead: Three Scenarios of Military Coercion

At present, there is a contrast between the permanent presence established
by the PLAAF inside Taiwan’s ADIZ and the absence of a clear political signal
to further turn the screws on Taiwan. The January 2021 Taiwan work confer-
ence of the CCP mentioned “turning our growing comprehensive strength
and significant systemic advantages into greater efficiency in our Taiwan
work.”59 The work report of the Chinese government to the National People’s
Congress restated “peaceful development of Cross-Strait relations” and Chi-
na’s “vigilance against” and intention to “resolutely deter any separatist ac-
tivity seeking ‘Taiwan Independence.’”60 There is no sign in policy statements
that China is warning of further coercive action in the short term.
Indeed, a full-scale invasion of Taiwan is not realistic in the coming
years: China would risk losing, and a Tsai administration could seize the
opportunity to formally declare independence. However, at the time of this
writing—a year before the 20th Party Congress, a few months after the U.S.
Presidential election, and the year of the centennial of the CCP’s foundation
in Shanghai—limited coercive actions to reach some of the gains described
herein are not unrealistic. The next sections explore how the motives de-
scribed thus far could play into three types of coercive campaigns against
Taiwan: further incursions into Taiwan’s territorial airspace and waters, sei-
zure of an outlying island, or a major cyber offensive.
102 Duchâtel
Military Operations Inside Taiwan’s Airspace and/or Territorial Waters

Taiwan defense analysts must consider scenarios in which the PLAAF
penetrates Taiwan airspace or a PLA Navy ship enters Taiwan’s territorial
seas.61 Such actions would be highly escalatory. Recent operations have tak-
en place in Taiwan’s ADIZ, which under international law is international
airspace and not above Taiwan’s territory or within its territorial seas. Al-
though Taiwan’s rules of engagement are not public, it is likely that such
Chinese provocations would result in Taiwan forces opening fire, leading to
major risks of escalation. In April 2021, after Chinese drones were identified
circling the island, the Taiwan coast guard commented on the possibility
that a Chinese drone would enter Taiwan airspace over the Pratas Islands,
stating, “After it enters it will be handled under the rules. If we need to open
fire, we open fire.”62 The statement was intentionally vague about the con-
ditions under which the Taiwan side would open fire, but it made clear that
the rules of engagement listed specific circumstances under which intrud-
ers would be shot down.
The Global Times has suggested that the deepening of U.S.-Taiwan po-
litical and defense ties might lead to such an outcome: “The PLA is still re-
strained. Every time a high-ranking U.S. official visits Taiwan, the fighter jets
of the PLA should be one step closer to the island. If the U.S. secretary of
state or secretary of defense comes to Taiwan, the PLA should fly its aircraft
over the island and conduct exercises above it.”63 In October 2020, Global
Times editor Hu Xijin argued that the PLA should “prepare a series of plans
that would punish the Taiwan authorities, including sending PLA jets on
missions over the island.”64
A decision by China to enter Taiwan’s airspace or territorial seas would
not simply be to signal or seek operational and political outcomes; it would
suggest that China does not fear the risks of escalation. Indeed, there would
be no administrative control gains in such a move, which could be a one-off
or the prelude to a war. If the escalation risks were managed, the deterrence/
punishment and the resolve-testing factors would be the most salient ele-
ments of such behavior. Domestic political gains would be uncertain; how-
ever, given the highly escalatory potential of such an action, CCP leadership
may gamble on its political value in terms of emotional mobilization in the
PLA or for the politicized segments of the Chinese population.
Seizing Dongsha Island or Other Outlying Islands

Rumors of a PLA operation to seize Dongsha Island made headlines in East
Asia during the summer of 2020.65 The “Four Sea exercises” carried out by
the PLA in August triggered discussions in Taiwan regarding such a scenar-
io.66 These rumors were strengthened by an interview given by retired Major
General Li Daguang in which he presented Dongsha as a possible “fortress”
for the PLA Navy to facilitate access from Hainan to the Pacific Ocean and as
a location that the PLA should avoid seeing leased by the Taiwan government
to the United States.67 Retired Lieutenant General Wang Hongguang, former
deputy commander of the Nanjing Military Region, argued in December
2019 that occupying Dongsha and the Penghu Islands could suppress Taiwan
strategically.68 Asked about that opinion, the spokesperson of the Chinese
Defense Ministry answered that the ministry did not comment on the per-
sonal views of experts and scholars.69
Aside from the above, there are very few Chinese sources on possible
Dongsha operations—other than Internet and social media commentaries,
which have limited value in assessing top-level policy debates. A Chinese
commentator notes, for example, that seizing Dongsha is not a matter of Chi-
na’s capability but one of political choice: operationally, it is an easy task, but
“just taking Dongsha Island has little significance.” The only scenario in which
seizing Dongsha would have perceived strategic value is as retaliation against
actions undertaken by the Taiwan government; this thinking applies to all
of Taiwan’s outlying islands.70 Similarly, author Alexander Cheung argues in
a mainland Chinese publication that a single operation to capture Dongsha
independent of a larger unification war is not a reasonable strategic choice.71
A capture of Dongsha Island could include gray zone elements, such as
the use of coast guard and maritime militia assets. If successful, the maneuver
would have some military value in expanding China’s sea control and mari-
time domain awareness in the South China Sea and in supporting antisubma-
rine warfare operations. The seizure of Dongsha would be the quintessential
scenario of expanding China’s administrative control over an area under ef-
fective Taiwan jurisdiction. It could lead to an intense campaign of emotional
mobilization in China, especially if Taiwan resists and China suffers casualties.
There are, however, two major risks for China. First is the risk that the
Taiwan government does not respond and abandons Dongsha as part of a
104 Duchâtel
pro-independence project to revise the Taiwan constitution. After all, if Tai-

wan authorities lose control over territories that are historically theirs, this
strengthens the argument to get rid of Taiwan’s constitutional framework and
to recenter the constitution on Taiwan island. Second is the risk of escala-
tion, including through U.S. intervention. Taiwan and the United States are
silent regarding their likely response to such an operation. Allowing Chinese
decisionmakers to assess the possible costs based on almost no substantial
information on likely responses is the current approach in Taipei and Wash-
ington. Some political figures in Taiwan’s deep green camp argue that the loss
of Dongsha may represent a major boost for the Taiwan independence move-
ment but only a minor strategic cost for Taiwan—an outcome that would be a
strong deterrent for Chinese actions. China may, however, calculate that forc-
ing the status quo to change by using force in Dongsha could be represented
as a major victorious development.
Cyber Attacks
Taiwan routinely faces cyber attacks from China. In 2018, Taiwan’s Depart-
ment of Cyber Security counted between 20 million and 40 million cyber
attacks per month against targets on the island.72 The Taiwan Foreign Min-
istry suffered an average of 2,100 cyber attacks per day in 2020.73 The Taiwan
government releases some information on infiltration operations. In August
2020, the Taiwan Investigation Bureau’s Cyber Security Investigation Office
accused China of a sustained infiltration campaign that over 2 years targeted
10 government agencies and succeeded in stealing data from 6,000 officials.74
In addition to such intrusions, which seem most likely to be motivated
by intelligence-collection aims, Taiwan critical infrastructure companies
have been targeted by cyber attacks. Taiwan’s national companies China
Petroleum Corporation and Formosa Petrochemical Group were hit during
the spring of 2020.75 National Taiwan University Hospital was also targeted
around the same time. The sequence of operations led some analysts to spec-
ulate that these attacks were a test of Taiwan’s cyber defenses in the lead-up
to Tsai’s second inauguration.76 As is typical in such events—given that the
attribution, the nature of the attack, and the extent of the damage are sen-
sitive—not all information has been released. However, the PLA should be
expected to train for cyber attacks resulting in physical damage to Taiwan’s
infrastructure on the model of reported Israeli and Russian cyber operations

against Iran and Ukraine, respectively.
Cyber attacks could be standalone coercive operations, although they are
sometimes described as initial steps in a larger Taiwan campaign. For exam-
ple, retired Lieutenant General Wang Hongguang sees cyber attacks, in com-
bination with electromagnetic pulse weapons, as a “necessary pre-battle step”
to disrupt Taiwan’s military command systems, Internet, and various local
and transmission networks. He adds, “There are also more effective technical
methods that can temporarily turn Taiwan into a state of mental disorder and
the Taiwan military into [a] quadriplegic vegetative state. For reasons of confi-
dentiality, these methods will not be discussed for the time being.”77
A cyber attack damaging Taiwan’s physical infrastructure would demon-
strate Chinese capabilities and help China collect new intelligence regarding the
level of Taiwan’s defense, although China would run the risk of Taiwan’s retali-
ation. The cross-strait offense-defense balance in cyberspace is one of the least
understood elements of the military balance in the Taiwan Strait. States do not
communicate about the level of their offensive and defensive capabilities, and
crises reveal only some elements. Both sides would be able to use some plausi-
ble deniability, but if cyber attacks expand into physical infrastructure, analysis
of attribution would point to the obvious source. Such an operation could be
carried out with a goal of punishment/deterrence, although testing U.S. resolve
could be another driver of the operation. It is not entirely out of the question that
U.S. defensive capabilities could have a role in fending off an attack or that the
United States could retaliate with an element of plausible deniability to reassert
the credibility of its deterrence posture vis-à-vis China in the Taiwan Strait.
Conclusion
This chapter has constructed an analytical framework to assess the likelihood
of further Chinese military coercion of Taiwan. It has highlighted the gains
that China might seek from coercive operations: comparative military advan-
tages, expanding China’s administrative control, punishment/deterrence,
testing U.S. resolve, and catering to domestic gains, especially the politicized
public and groups/individuals within the CCP and the PLA.
The ongoing PLAAF campaign inside Taiwan’s ADIZ and toward the
median line in the Taiwan Strait is a case of coercion of Taiwan. China seeks
106 Duchâtel
to tilt the airpower balance with Taiwan further in its favor by collecting in-
telligence on Taiwan’s air defenses and wearing down the Taiwan air force.
These activities practically expand China’s ability to operate and maintain a
regular air presence within Taiwan’s southwestern ADIZ and seek to nullify
the concept of the median line in the Taiwan Strait as an air border. The ac-
tivities also seek punishment and deterrence based on China’s sense of vul-
nerability regarding public opinion trends in Taiwan and the deepening of
U.S.-Taiwan relations. After the inauguration of Joe Biden, the deterrence goal
has morphed to some extent into an attempt to test the resolve of the new
U.S. leadership. Domestic gains are hard to measure and appear secondary to
the other factors, but there is an element of emotional mobilization spurring
cross-strait tensions during an intense U.S.-China strategic competition. The
risks identified in the analytical framework—including risks of counterpro-
ductive effects on trends in Taiwan’s domestic politics and on the deepening
of U.S.-Taiwan ties, as well as risks of escalation not well planned or man-
aged—appear under control from a Chinese perspective.
Is further coercion likely? The chapter has discussed three possible op-
tions, as summarized in the table. All options seek to achieve goals in terms of
comparative military advantages, punishment/deterrence, and the testing of
U.S. resolve. Only by seizing Dongsha would China’s effective territorial con-
trol expand and generate a successful emotional mobilization of the Chinese
population. All three scenarios carry high risks of escalation not being prop-
erly planned or managed, including through U.S. intervention. The seizing of
Dongsha Island carries the highest political risk, as Taiwan’s independence
forces within and outside the DPP could advocate refraining from defending
the island and announce that the Taiwan constitution is no longer valid since
its territory has been altered. This scenario could have a powerful nonmilitary
deterrent effect on Chinese thinking, but it could also be part of a long-term
strategy in which seizing an outlying island of Taiwan pushes the two sides
to confrontation—giving the PLA a pretext to launch a war. A cyber attack on
physical infrastructure in Taiwan is also potentially highly escalatory given
that Taiwan likely has credible offensive cyber capabilities that enable it to
retaliate with some degree of plausible deniability.
Chinese sources tend to present the three operations described above ei-
ther as punishment or part of a larger campaign against Taiwan. This chapter
Table. Possible Gains of Military Coercion

Military Operations Seizing Cyber
Inside Taiwan’s Airspace Dongsha Attacks
or Territorial Sea Island
Comparative Military X X X
Advantage Gains
Expanding Administrative X
Control
Punishment/Deterrence X X X
Testing U.S. Resolve X X X
Catering to Domestic Secondary X Secondary

Political Gains
has analyzed the specific merits and risks of such operations by isolating them;
however, it could be argued that coercive operations could contribute to achiev-
ing larger Chinese strategic goals over a longer time frame by sequencing hostil-
ities against Taiwan in a series of crises that demonstrate China’s determination
to take risks. Therefore, the notion of possible gains is critical in planning poli-
cies that reduce the likelihood of coercive Chinese actions, a goal that could be
achieved only by affecting China’s perception of possible risks and costs.
Notes
1
“Taiwan President Visits Air Defense Battery as China Tensions Rise,” Reuters,
September 11, 2020, available at <https://www.reuters.com/article/us-taiwan-china-security/
taiwan-president-visits-air-defence-battery-as-china-tensions-rise-idUSKBN2620Y0>.
2
See, for example, Suisheng Zhao, “Military Coercion and Peaceful Offence: Beijing’s
Strategy of National Reunification with Taiwan,” Pacific Affairs 72, no. 4 (1999–2000), 495–512;
Robert S. Ross, “The 1995–96 Taiwan Strait Confrontation: Coercion, Credibility, and the Use of
Force,” International Security 25, no. 2 (Fall 2000), 87–123.
3
David E. Johnson, Karl P. Mueller, and William H. Taft, Conventional Coercion Across the
Spectrum of Operations: The Utility of U.S. Military Forces in the Emerging Security Environment
(Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2003).
4
Lyle J. Morris et al., Gaining Competitive Advantage in the Gray Zone: Response Options
for Coercive Aggression Below the Threshold of Major War (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2019).
108 Duchâtel
5
Michael D. Swaine and M. Taylor Fravel, “China’s Assertive Behavior Part II: The
Maritime Periphery,” China Leadership Monitor, no. 35 (2011), available at <https://taylorfravel.
com/documents/research/fravel.2011.CLM.maritime.periphery.pdf>.
6
Lyle J. Morris, “Blunt Defenders of Sovereignty—The Rise of Coast Guards in East and
Southeast Asia,” Naval War College Review 70, no. 2 (2017), 75–112.
7
Derek Grossman, “Military Build-Up in the South China Sea,” in The South China Sea:
From a Regional Maritime Dispute to a Geo-Strategic Competition, ed. Leszek Buszynski and Do
Thanh Hai (New York: Routledge, 2020).
8
Gregory B. Poling, “The Conventional Wisdom on China’s Island Bases Is Dangerously
Wrong,” War on the Rocks, January 10, 2020, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2020/01/
the-conventional-wisdom-on-chinas-island-bases-is-dangerously-wrong/>.
9
Harsh V. Pant, “China and India Pull Back on Doklam,” Yale Global Online, September
14, 2017, available at <https://archive-yaleglobal.yale.edu/content/china-and-india-pull-back-
doklam>.
10
Ashley J. Tellis, “Hustling in the Himalayas: The Sino-Indian Border Confrontation,”
Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, June 2020, available at <https://
carnegieendowment.org/files/Tellis_Himalayan_Border_Standoffs1.pdf>.
11
Robert Haddick, “Salami Slicing in the South China Sea,” Foreign Policy, August 3, 2012,
available at <https://foreignpolicy.com/2012/08/03/salami-slicing-in-the-south-china-sea/>.
12
Tetsuo Kotani, “The East China Sea: Chinese Efforts to Establish a ‘New Normal’ and
Prospects for Peaceful Management,” Maritime Issues, July 8, 2017, available at <http://www.
maritimeissues.com/politics/the-east-china-sea-chinese-efforts-to-establish-a-new-normal-
and-prospects-for-peaceful-management.html>.
13
Ryan D. Martinson, “Panning for Gold: Assessing Chinese Maritime Strategy from
Primary Sources,” Naval War College Review 69, no. 3 (2016), 22–44.
14
“China Set to Authorize Coast Guard to Remove Foreign Structures,” The Japanese
News, November 8, 2020.
15
Alessio Patalano, “A Gathering Storm? The Chinese ‘Attrition’ Strategy for the Senkaku/
Diaoyu Islands,” RUSI Newsbrief 40, no. 7 (August 21, 2020), available at <https://rusi.org/
explore-our-research/publications/rusi-newsbrief/gathering-storm-chinese-attrition-strategy-
senkakudiaoyu-islands>.
16
“China Gained Ground on India During Bloody Summer in Himalayas,” Bloomberg,
November 1, 2020, available at <https://www.bloomberg.com/news/features/2020-11-01/
china-gained-ground-on-india-during-bloody-summer-in-himalayas>.
17
Reactive assertiveness has been developed by the International Crisis Group’s team in
Beijing to analyze China’s behavior in maritime disputes. See, for example, Stephanie Kleine-
Ahlbrandt, “China: New Leaders, Same Assertive Foreign Policy,” CNN, March 8, 2013, available
at <https://www.crisisgroup.org/asia/north-east-asia/china/china-new-leaders-same-assertive-
foreign-policy>.
18
Mathieu Duchâtel, “The Border Clashes with India: In the Shadow of the U.S.,” in Military
Options for Xi’s Strategic Ambitions, China Trends #8 (Paris: Institut Montaigne, February 2021),
available at <https://www.institutmontaigne.org/en/publications/china-trends-8-military-
options-xis-strategic-ambitions>.
19
Thomas J. Christensen, “Windows and War: Trend Analysis and Beijing’s Use of Force,”
in New Directions in the Study of China’s Foreign Policy, ed. Alastair Iain Johnston and Robert S.
Ross (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2006).
20
Robert Jervis, “Deterrence and Perception,” International Security 7, no. 3 (1982–1983),
3–30.
21
“The U.S. Election as a Turning Point? Will the DPP Be Able to Continue Following the
Path of ‘Playing the U.S. Against China’?” [美国大选是转机? 民进党是否会检讨“联美抗中”路线],
Cross Strait Commentary [两岸快评], November 10, 2020, available at <http://www.taiwan.cn/
plzhx/plyzl/202011/t20201110_12305977.htm>.
22
“Trump’s Ten Arms Sales to Taiwan, Military Rebalance in the Taiwan Strait,” Institute
for National Policy Research (Taiwan), n.d., available at <http://inpr.org.tw/m/405-1728-
8533,c111.php?Lang=en>.
23
“U.S. Lifts ‘Self-Imposed Restrictions’ on Taiwan Relationship: Pompeo,” Nikkei Asia,
January 10, 2021, available at <https://asia.nikkei.com/Politics/International-relations/US-lifts-
self-imposed-restrictions-on-Taiwan-relationship-Pompeo>.
24
Richard Haass and David Sacks, “American Support for Taiwan Must Be Unambiguous,”
Foreign Affairs, September 2, 2020, available at <https://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/
united-states/american-support-taiwan-must-be-unambiguous>.
25
Xi Jinping, “Secure a Decisive Victory in Building a Moderately Prosperous Society in
All Respects and Strive for the Great Success of Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New
Era,” speech delivered at the 19th National Congress of the Communist Party of China, Beijing,
October 18, 2017, available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com/english/download/Xi_Jinping’s_
report_at_19th_CPC_National_Congress.pdf>.
26
Kelvin Chen, “China Denies Existence of Median Line in Taiwan Strait,” Taiwan News,
September 22, 2020, available at <https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/news/4014231>.
27
Cai Guoyan [蔡国烟], “There Is No ‘Median Line’ in the Strait” [海峡无“中线”], Haixia
Tongxun [海峡通讯] 12 (2020), 60–61.
28
“Chinese Military Planes Cross Median Line of Taiwan Strait,” CNA, February 10,
2020, available at <https://focustaiwan.tw/politics/202002100016>; Keoni Everington, “Over 20
Chinese Fighter Jets Menaced Taiwan Strait’s Median Line Monday,” Taiwan News, August 14,
2020, available at <https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/news/3987348>.
29
Chang Yan-ting, “Military Needs Reform to Counter PLA Threat,” Taipei Times,
September 27, 2020, available at <https://www.taipeitimes.com/News/editorials/
archives/2020/09/27/2003744140>.
30
See Taiwan’s Ministry of National Defense Web site, available at <https://www.mnd.
gov.tw>.
31
Nathan Beauchamp-Mustafaga, Derek Grossman, and Logan Ma, “Chinese Bomber
Flights Around Taiwan, For What Purpose?” War on the Rocks, September 13, 2017, available
at <https://warontherocks.com/2017/09/chinese-bomber-flights-around-taiwan-for-what-
purpose/>.
32
Eric Chang, “25 Chinese Military Aircraft Intrude into Taiwan’s ADIZ,” Taiwan News,
April 13, 2021, available at <https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/news/4175573>.
33
“Taiwan Says Tracks Intruding Chinese Aircraft with Missiles, Not Always Scrambling,”
Reuters, March 29, 2021, available at <https://www.reuters.com/article/us-taiwan-security-
idUSKBN2BL0JS>.
34
“Japan Scrambling Jets Less Against China as More F-35 Deployment Eyed,” Kyodo
News, March 3, 2021, available at <https://english.kyodonews.net/news/2021/03/ef1d2ba18bec-
japan-scrambling-jets-less-against-china-as-more-f-35-deployment-eyed.html>.
110 Duchâtel
35
Yu Kaixiang, “Yen De-fa: 49 Cases of Communist Aircraft Crossing the Median Line
in the Taiwan Strait, the Largest Number in 30 Years” [嚴德發: 49架次共機逾越台海中線 30年
來最多], Central News Agency, October 7, 2020, available at <https://www.cna.com.tw/news/
firstnews/202010070130.aspx>.
36
“Taiwan: 380 Communist Planes Harass Taiwan in 2020” [台灣: 共軍軍機2020年擾台逾
380次], Lienhebao [聯合報], January 1, 2021.
37
“The PLA Air Force Intruded in Our Southwestern Air Space Almost Every Day in April”
[解放軍4月幾乎天天侵我西南空域], Apple Daily [蘋果日報], April 19, 2021, available at <https://
tw.appledaily.com/politics/20210419/DHRRFQ674ZBPBE4OXDQLUBYOOM/>.
38
Chang Yan-ting, “Outfoxing China’s War of Attrition,” Taipei Times, September 9, 2020,
available at <https://www.taipeitimes.com/News/editorials/archives/2020/09/09/2003743059>.
39
Keoni Everington, “Taiwan Catches PLA Plane Trying to Sneak Below Radar at Only
30 Meters,” Taiwan News, April 27, 2021, available at <https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/
news/4188046>.
40
According to the figures of the U.S. Department of Defense, the People’s Liberation
Army Air Force (PLAAF) had 1,500 fighter jets in 2020, including 600 in its Eastern and Southern
theaters, versus 400 for Taiwan. The PLAAF also operates 250 bombers in its Eastern and Southern
theaters (450 in total), while the Taiwan air force does not operate bombers. See Military and
Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2020: Annual Report to Congress
(Washington, DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2020), available at <https://media.defense.
gov/2020/sep/01/2002488689/-1/-1/1/2020-dod-china-military-power-report-final.pdf>.
41
Wu Peihuan, “The ‘Median Line in the Taiwan Strait,’ History of Taiwan Security’s Most
Sensitive Neurological Line” [“台海中线,”台湾安全最敏感的神经器史话], Tanks and Armored
Vehicles [坦克装甲车辆] 5 (2019), 53–57.
42
Author’s interview with a senior Defense Ministry official, September 2020.
43
“New Peak for Tsai Ing-wen’s Satisfaction Rate” [蔡英文滿意度新高], Tianxia [天下],
January 13, 2021, available at <https://news.cts.com.tw/cts/politics/202101/202101132027665.
html>.
44
Mathieu Duchâtel, Generally Stable? Facing U.S. Pushback in the South China Sea,
China Trends #6 (Paris: Institut Montaigne, August 6, 2020), available at <https://www.
institutmontaigne.org/en/blog/china-trends-6-generally-stable-facing-us-pushback-south-
china-sea>.
45
Pan Jiatang [潘佳瑭], “A Brief Assessment of the Security Situation in the Taiwan Strait,
Part I” [略论台海安全局势及战略研判], China Reunification Forum [统一论谈], August 26, 2020,
available at <http://www.zhongguotongcuhui.org.cn/tylt/202003/202008/t20200826_12292359.
html>.
46
Pan Jiatang [潘佳瑭], “A Brief Assessment of the Security Situation in the Taiwan
Strait, Part II” [略论台海安全局势及战略研判II], China Reunification Forum [统一论谈],
August 27, 2020, available at <http://www.zhongguotongcuhui.org.cn/tylt/202004/202008/
t20200827_12292539.html>.
47
Wang Xiangsui [王湘穗], “An In-Depth Analysis of U.S.-China Relations and Their
Future” [深度解析中美关系及未来走向], speech delivered at the Moganshan Meeting,
November 11, 2020, available at <http://www.aisixiang.com/data/123490.html>.
48
“PLA Conducts Training in Taiwan’s Southwestern ADIZ for Two Consecutive Days,
DPP Authorities Hold a Press Conference” [解放军连续2天在台西南空域演训民进党当局紧急
开记者会], Taiwan.cn [中国台湾网], September 11, 2020, available at <http://www.taiwan.cn/
taiwan/jsxw/202009/t20200911_12295186.htm>.
49
“China’s Eastern Theater Command Says Recent Naval and Air Exercises in Taiwan Strait
Are Necessary Measures to Deal with the Current Situation in the Taiwan Strait” [中国东部战区称
近日海空兵力在台海演练是应对当前台海局势必要举措], Reuters, September 18, 2020, available
at <https://www.reuters.com/article/china-mod-pla-tw-exercise-0918-idcnkbs2690bu>.
50
“Chinese Warplanes Fly First Nighttime Mission Near Taiwan: MND,” Central News
Agency, March 17, 2020, available at <https://focustaiwan.tw/politics/202003170009>.
51
Elsa B. Kania, “Minds at War: China’s Pursuit of Military Dominance Through the
Cognitive Sciences and Biotechnology,” PRISM 8, no. 3 (2019), 86–87.
52
“PLA Fighter Jets Send a Clear Signal to Taiwan and the United States” [解放军战机向
台美发出明确信息], Global Times, August 11, 2020, available at <https://opinion.huanqiu.com/
article/3zPlOiskJKq>.
53
Lu Li-shih, “Changing the Rules of Engagement,” Taipei Times, February 28, 2020,
available at <http://taipeitimes.com/News/editorials/archives/2020/02/28/2003731740>.
54
Shen Ming-shih [沈明室], “The Intent and Implication of PLA Air Force and Navy
Circling Taiwan and Taiwan’s Responses” [共軍機艦編隊繞臺意圖,影響及臺灣因應作為],
Prospect & Exploration [展望與探索] 16, no. 7 (2018), 21–27.
55
Kuan-Chen Lee [李冠成], “The CCP’s Dual Strategies of Military Intimidation Against
Taiwan and Calling for Restraint” [中共對台軍事恫嚇與呼籲克制的兩手策略], National Defense
Security Biweekly [國防安全雙週報] 11 (2020), 19–25.
56
“The Location of China’s Taiwan Strait Exercises Is Revealed! Wang Ding-yu Highlights
Three Characteristics” [中國台海軍演位置圖曝光! 王定宇曝3項特色], Liberty Times [自由時報],
August 17, 2020, available at <https://news.ltn.com.tw/news/politics/breakingnews/3263115>.
57
Joseph Trevithick, “China Tests Long-Range Anti-Ship Ballistic Missiles as U.S. Spy
Plane Watches It All,” The Drive, August 26, 2020, available at <https://www.thedrive.com/the-
war-zone/36004/china-tests-long-range-anti-ship-ballistic-missiles-as-u-s-spy-plane-watches-
it-all>.
58
Kuan-Chen Lee [李冠成], “The Logic of PLA’s Muscle-Flexing on Social Media:
Observations on the Official Sina Weibo Account of the PLA Eastern Theater Command” [解放
軍於社群媒體秀肌肉的邏輯: 以東部戰區微博為例], National Defense Security Biweekly [國防安
全雙週報] 13 (2020), 13–18.
59
“The Communist Party Holds Its 2021 Taiwan Work Conference, Wang Yang Mentions
‘Four Musts’” [中共召開2021年對台工作會議汪洋提出 “四要”], Central News Agency, January
18, 2021, available at <https://www.cna.com.tw/news/acn/202101180254.aspx>.
60
Li Keqiang, “Report on the Work of the Government: Delivered at the Fourth Session of
the 13th National People’s Congress of the People’s Republic of China on March 5, 2021,” Xinhua,
March 12, 2021, available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com/english/2021-03/12/c_139806315.
htm>.
61
Author’s interviews at the Institute for National Defense and Security Research, Taipei,
September 2020.
62
Yimou Lee, “Taiwan Says It May Shoot Down Chinese Drones in the South China Sea,”
Reuters, April 7, 2021, available at <https://www.businessinsider.com/taiwan-may-shoot-down-
chinese-drones-in-south-china-sea-2021-4?IR=T>.
63
“PLA Friday Drills Not Warning, but Rehearsal for Taiwan Takeover,” Global Times,
September 18, 2020, available at <https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/1201338.shtml>.
64
Hu Xijin, “PLA Could Send Jets over Taiwan to Defend Sovereignty if U.S. Military Jets
Fly over Island,” Global Times, October 24, 2020, available at <https://www.globaltimes.cn/
content/1204487.shtml>.
112 Duchâtel
65
“‘Shock in Taiwan’ as the PLA Exercise to Take Control over Dongsha Island” [解放
军拟演练夺东沙 “震动台岛”], Ta Kung Pao [大公报], May 14, 2020, available at <http://www.
takungpao.com/news/232110/2020/0514/448392.html>.
66
See, for example, Luo Tianbin, “Communist Military Confirms the August Island Seizing
Exercise” [共軍證實8月模擬奪島演習], Liberty Times [自由時報], August 4, 2020, available at
<https://news.ltn.com.tw/news/politics/breakingnews/3249054>.
67
Guo Yuandan and Sun Xiuping, “The PLA’s ‘Island Taking Exercises’ in Dongsha Waters
in August? Taiwanese Media Again Play a War Scenario” [解放军8月将在东沙岛海域进行“夺岛
演习”? 台媒幻想的战争戏码又编好了], Huanqiu Shibao [环球时报], August 4, 2020, available at
<https://www.sohu.com/a/411313221_162522>.
68
Leng Shumei and Liu Xin, “Forum Debates Taiwan Options,” Global Times, December
22, 2019, available at <https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/1174433.shtml>.
69
“Why the Views of Wang Hongguang and Li Yi Are Not Advisable” [为啥李毅王洪光的
这个观点均不可取], Voice of Xia Dynasty [夏朝之音], May 14, 2020, available at <https://user.
guancha.cn/main/content?id=307334>.
70
“Should We Take Taiwan’s Outlying Islands? Of Course!” [要不要拿下台湾外岛?
当然!], Wang Yi [网易], November 2, 2020, available at <https://3g.163.com/dy/article/
FQEF2BO40534NARR.html>.
71
Alexander Cheung, “Simulation of a PLA Attack to Seize Control of Dongsha Island and
Analysis” [解放军东沙岛夺岛作战兵棋推演及其分析], Zhihu [知乎], August 4, 2020, available at
<https://zhuanlan.zhihu.com/p/163521290>.
72
Crystal D. Pryor, “Taiwan’s Cybersecurity Landscape and Opportunities for Regional
Partnership,” in Perspectives on Taiwan: Insights from the 2018 Taiwan-U.S. Policy Program,
ed. Bonnie S. Glaser and Matthew P. Funaiole (Washington, DC: Center for Strategic and
International Studies, 2019), 10–15.
73
Matthew Strong, “Cyberattacks on Taiwan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs Increased 40-
Fold in 2020,” Taiwan News, March 30, 2021, available at <https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/
news/4164261>.
74
Yimou Lee, “Taiwan Says China Behind Cyberattacks on Government Agencies,
Emails,” Reuters, August 19, 2020, available at <https://www.reuters.com/article/us-taiwan-
cyber-china-idUSKCN25F0JK>.
75
“Taiwan Sees China as Likely Source of Coordinated Cyberattacks on Three Major
Companies,” Industrial Cyber, May 12, 2020, available at <https://industrialcyber.co/
threats-attacks/industrial-cyber-attacks/taiwan-sees-china-as-likely-source-of-coordinated-
cyberattacks-on-three-major-companies/>.
76
“Public Companies in Taiwan Target by Hackers, Officials Suggest This May Be Related
to Tsai Ing-wen’s Inauguration Ceremony” [台湾公营企业网络受黑客攻击, 官员声称是针对蔡
英文就职典礼], Haixia Daobao She [海峡导报社], May 5, 2020, available at <https://www.sohu.
com/a/393156049_120135071>.
77
Wang Hongguang [王洪光], “‘Reunification by Force,’ How to Do It? PLA Major General:
Six Types of Operations for a Victory in Three Days” [“武统”台湾到底怎么打? 解放军中将: 六种
战法, 三天拿下], Huanqiu Wang [环球网], March 27, 2018, available at <https://taiwan.huanqiu.
com/article/9CaKrnK7519>.
CHAPTER 4
Firepower Strike, Blockade, Landing:

PLA Campaigns for a Cross-Strait Conflict
By Michael Casey
S
ince the 1990s, the primary aim of China’s defense modernization has
been to provide Chinese leaders with credible options to deter Taiwan
independence or compel unification by force. Indeed, military force has
been a central component of Beijing’s larger strategy to steer Taiwan toward
unification—a goal Chinese President Xi Jinping explicitly linked in 2019 to his
vision of realizing the “great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation” by midcentu-
ry.1 The need to bolster the combat capabilities of the People’s Liberation Army
(PLA) was apparent after confrontations in the Taiwan Strait in 1995 and 1996,
when Beijing’s threats and PLA missile launches into the waters off Taiwan’s
coast prompted U.S. intervention. Taipei’s defiance of Beijing’s intimidation
tactics and the deployment of the U.S. 7th Fleet revealed significant weakness-
es in the PLA’s ability to deter Taiwan independence. Chinese leaders subse-
quently pursued reforms to PLA doctrine, training, and force structure, placing
priority on developing modern air, missile, and electronic warfare forces inte-
gral to deterring or defeating an advanced adversary such as the United States.2
The shift in China’s national military strategy to a focus on Taiwan also
prompted PLA planners to develop military campaigns for Taiwan-relat-
ed contingencies, such as a firepower strike campaign intended to punish
113
114 Casey
Figure. Notional PLA Wartime C2 Structure for the Joint Island Landing Campaign
Supreme Command
CMC Joint Operations Command Center
Strategic Reserves Strategic IO Forces Nuclear Deterrence and Counterstrike
Eastern Theater Command

ETC Joint Operations Command Center
Air Operations Group Maritime Operations Group
Land Operations Group Missile Assault Operations Group
Airborne Operations Group Information Operations Group
Special Operations Group
Sources: Adapted from Zhang Peigao, Lectures on Joint Campaign Command [联合作战指挥教程]
(Beijing: Military Sciences Press, 2001), 12; Jiang Fanrang, ed., Joint Operations Headquarters Work
[联合作战司令部工作] (Beijing: Military Sciences Press, 2004), 386.
Taiwan or support a blockade or invasion, a blockade campaign to coerce

Taipei or lay the groundwork for an invasion, and an island-landing cam-
paign meant to achieve unification.3 Should Taipei declare independence,
Chinese leaders may call on the PLA to threaten or apply violence to press
Taiwan to reverse course and restore the status quo ante. Beijing may resort
to force to compel Taiwan’s leaders to the negotiating table in the event China
no longer views peaceful unification as realistic. Chinese leaders may forgo
limited military means, such as punitive missile strikes or a naval blockade,
in favor of decisive military action—an amphibious invasion to seize control
of the island—to accomplish their policy objectives.
Beijing’s perception of the PLA’s joint operational capabilities and its
view of the risk of intervention by the United States and its allies and partners
would be key factors in Beijing’s decisionmaking calculus and the course of
PLA Campaigns for a Cross-Strait Conflict 115
action Chinese leaders choose to take. Concern over the PLA’s ability to en-
gage in high-intensity combat could lead Chinese leaders to opt for less de-
manding missile or blockade campaigns and forgo an amphibious assault.
Alternately, fear of foreign military intervention may motivate Beijing to risk
an invasion of Taiwan rather than undertake a prolonged blockade, with the
aim of securing China’s objectives as quickly as possible and presenting its
control of the island as a fait accompli to the international community.
This chapter provides an overview of three possible Chinese military
campaigns for a cross-strait conflict outlined in PLA doctrinal writings over
the past 20 years: a joint firepower strike campaign, joint blockade campaign,
and joint island landing campaign. The chapter begins by summarizing PLA
campaign planning and operational art, followed by reviewing the three ma-
jor campaigns. Each overview includes a discussion of campaign phasing, the
general military requirements to successfully execute them, and factors that
would shape the campaign’s ability to achieve China’s strategic objectives.
These include the campaign’s expected duration and the threat of U.S. inter-
vention on its outcome. The chapter concludes with a brief discussion of how
new PLA capabilities could shape future campaign development.
PLA Campaign Planning and Operational Art

The PLA’s approach to warfare at the operational level has been to develop
a series of “campaigns” [zhanyi, 战役] that outline the types of activities re-
quired by “campaign large formations” [zhanyi juntuan, 战役军团] to achieve
Beijing’s strategic objectives across likely conflict scenarios. Falling between
wars [zhanzheng, 战争] and battles [zhandou, 战斗], a campaign is defined
as “combat operations consisting of a series of battles conducted by army
corps-level units under a unified command to achieve a local or overall ob-
jective in a war.”4 Campaign scenarios span the spectrum of conflict, from
border skirmishes to large-scale multinational wars.
Each PLA service has its own service campaigns [junzhong zhanyi, 军
种战役] reflecting its capabilities, roles, and missions. PLA Navy (PLAN)
campaigns, for example, include the sea blockade campaign and sea line of
communications attack campaign,5 while the PLA Air Force (PLAAF) must
be able to execute air offensive, air defensive, and airborne campaigns.6
The PLA has also developed joint campaigns [lianhe zhanyi, 联合战役] to
116 Casey
harness the collective strength of multiple services for synergistic effects.

These campaigns include the joint blockade, joint island landing, joint anti–
air raid, and joint firepower strike campaigns.7 In practice, the campaign
commander adjusts, combines, and layers these service and joint cam-
paigns to develop a war plan.8 A summary of the PLA’s doctrinal campaigns
is included in the table.
In Chinese military science, PLA “war zone” [zhanqu, 战区] commanders
develop joint operational plans or campaign plans consisting of a base order
and supporting documents detailing the execution of the campaign’s opera-
tional concept. Available PLA texts describe campaign plans as documents born
of the PLA’s tradition of top-down, detailed planning and operations research.9
Historically, the size and scope of the war zone were shaped by the contingency
at hand and China’s wartime objectives. The PLA established an ad hoc joint
war zone command in the lead-up to war—a potentially slow and cumbersome
process driven by the PLA’s ground force–centric military regions’ lack of opera-
tional control over naval, air, and missile forces.10 The creation of standing joint
theater commands to replace the military regions in 2016 demonstrated a need
to position the PLA to more rapidly respond to crises and conflicts, as well as
more effectively train and plan as a joint force for specific missions.11
For a Taiwan conflict, the Eastern Theater commander and his staff in the
theater joint operations command center (JOCC) would develop a campaign
plan consisting of an activity plan [xingdong jiahua, 行动计划] and support
plan [baozhang jihua, 保障计划]. According to the 2004 PLA book Joint Oper-
ations Headquarters Work, the activity plan includes the campaign’s concept
of operations, a situation assessment, the higher headquarters’ intent, oper-
ational missions, the campaign’s phasing and timelines, the organization of
the commander’s forces, and the missions of the campaign large formation’s
operations groups. During wartime, the PLA plans to organize its forces into
functional and domain-specific “operations groups” [jituan, 集团], subor-
dinate to the theater command, to lead forces in their areas or domains of
responsibility. The activity plan also includes branch plans that, unlike U.S.
military branch plans that detail operations for potential contingencies, lay out
key campaign activities such as air, naval, and firepower operations. The sec-
ond component of the campaign plan, the support plan, covers activities (for
example, reconnaissance, communication support, transportation, logistics,
meteorology and hydrology support, political work) needed for the campaign
large formation to execute the actions described in the activity plan.12
The Eastern Theater Command and the Chinese high command will
develop the Taiwan war plan—whether it is a missile, blockade, or invasion
campaign—around the PLA’s view of “informationized” [xinxihua, 信息化]
warfare and systems theory. According to PLA strategists, the demands of
modern warfare require Chinese forces to “fuse” the operational strengths
of “all services and branches” by conducting “integrated joint operations”
[zonghe lianhe xingdong, 综合联合行动].13 The 2013 Academy of Military Sci-
ence (AMS) textbook Science of Strategy defines integrated joint operations as
multiservice operations that “rely on a networked military information sys-
tem, employ digitized weapons and equipment, and employ corresponding
operational methods in land, sea, air, outer space, and cyber space.”14 While
Chinese forces will attempt to seize air, maritime, and information superiori-
ty—or what the PLA describes as the “three dominances” [san quan, 三权]—
during a campaign against Taiwan, the volume’s authors view information
superiority as central to victory in modern wars.15 The PLA considers mod-
ern warfare to be a confrontation between adversary “operational systems”
[zuozhan tixi, 作战体系] and has developed an approach to warfare that PLA
strategists term “system destruction warfare” [tixi po ji zhan, 体系破击战], in
which one achieves victory by targeting the critical linkages and nodes that
hold an adversary’s operational system together.16 As such, any PLA war plan
would revolve around the need to successfully conduct joint operations,
achieve information superiority—particularly at the outset of a campaign—
and execute precision strikes against key strategic and operational targets
such as command and control (C2) and logistics nodes. Additional character-
istics of PLA operational art that would inform the Taiwan war plan include a
heavy emphasis on deception, surprise, and seizing the initiative.17
Finally, one of the most important—if not the most important—plan-
ning considerations for the PLA would be the risk of U.S. military interven-
tion. PLA strategists anticipate some form of intervention by the United
States, or what PLA texts call a “strong” or “powerful enemy” [qiang di, 强
敌], across most major contingencies. The PLA would dedicate much of its
resources attempting to deter, degrade, or defeat U.S. military intervention
should Washington decide to enter a Taiwan conflict.18 Chinese leaders
118 Casey
remain skeptical of the PLA’s current ability to succeed in a major conflict

against the United States, having set long-term modernization goals of de-
veloping the PLA into an informationized force by 2035 and a “world-class”
military by 2049.19 As a result, any PLA campaign against Taiwan would be
accompanied by aggressive diplomatic, informational, and economic ef-
forts to isolate Taiwan from the international community, justify Beijing’s
actions, erode support for the Taiwan government, and dissuade the United
States from challenging China’s use of force.
Should Chinese leaders come to view U.S. intervention as imminent,
they may seek to balance the need to bolster China’s deterrence efforts with
a desire to avoid undue escalation into a wider war. The intensity of PLA ac-
tivities directed at the United States would depend on what likely effects U.S.
military operations were seen as having on the Taiwan campaign. That is not
to say that Beijing intends to wait for strikes against its own forces before au-
thorizing a response. PLA texts such as the 2013 AMS Science of Strategy and
the 2015 National Defense University (NDU) Science of Strategy recommend
aggressive, asymmetric attacks, particularly in the cyber and space domains,
as a means to exploit a powerful adversary’s weaknesses and compensate
for PLA shortfalls.20 The PLA principle of “active defense” [jiji fangyu, 积极
防御] also allows for offensive action at the operational and tactical levels
in response to an adversary’s perceived first strike, suggesting the PLA may
conduct attacks against U.S. forces or territory early in a crisis or conflict to
both demonstrate Beijing’s resolve and achieve operational effects.21
Joint Firepower Strike Campaign

The first campaign under consideration is the joint firepower strike cam-
paign (JFSC). PLA sources describe joint firepower strikes as offensive
operations with multiple services coordinating the planning, timing, and
spacing of long-range precision strikes. According to the PLA textbook
Science of Joint Operations, the purpose of the JFSC is to intimidate an ad-
versary’s leadership and population, break its will to resist, and force it to
abandon or reverse its strategic intentions.22 In a Taiwan contingency, the
scale and scope of the JFSC would depend on China’s strategic objectives.
A limited strike against symbolic targets, for instance, could be used to
demonstrate Beijing’s disapproval of Taipei’s actions, while more extensive
strikes might be used to paralyze Taiwan’s political, military, and economic

systems. The PLA can execute the JFSC in isolation or in combination with
other campaigns. As part of a joint blockade campaign, for example, the
JFSC would attempt to annihilate antiblockade operations; in a joint island
landing campaign, the JFSC would target Taiwan’s defenses to prepare the
way for amphibious forces to cross the Taiwan Strait. This section largely
treats the JFSC in isolation, with the joint blockade and joint island landing
campaigns addressed in the following sections.
Military Calculus
Chinese leaders may choose to execute a JFSC against Taiwan for two reasons.
First, the flexibility of the JFSC affords Beijing opportunities to shape how the
conflict unfolds. The PLA possesses a sizable and growing military advantage
over the Taiwan military after decades of modernization efforts. In the event
of conflict, Beijing would likely retain escalation dominance over Taipei, al-
lowing the Chinese high command to calibrate the use of force for desired
effects. Firepower strikes accompanied by operational pauses would allow
room for political negotiations and for Taiwan’s continued intransigence to
be met with additional attacks. The JFSC can transition to a blockade or an
amphibious invasion if necessary. Alternatively, such as in the face of immi-
nent foreign military intervention, Chinese leaders can cease operations and
pursue an end to the war with relatively few costs.
Second, Beijing is confident that it can accurately forecast the result of a
JFSC. This confidence is based on extensive preconflict efforts to surveil Tai-
wan political, military, and economic targets, as well as reconnoiter Taiwan
computer networks, which would support mission planning for the JFSC.23
The military balance in the Taiwan Strait and the JFSC’s relative chance of
success compared with a blockade or invasion mean that, in many scenarios,
the JFSC carries significantly less risk than do other courses of action.
Nevertheless, the JFSC may be insufficient to fulfill Beijing’s objectives.
PLA texts on joint firepower strike operations stress the need to tailor attacks
to degrade an enemy’s will; however, the history of modern airpower cam-
paigns—from Vietnam to Afghanistan—is replete with examples of missile
strikes proving unable to achieve desired effects on the battlefield. Bombing
campaigns can spur local populations to rally around adversary leadership,
120 Casey
while targeted governments, economies, and militaries find means to re-

structure and survive in new, more resilient forms.24 Therefore, the PLA’s abil-
ity to dismantle Taiwan’s “operational system” may not translate to strategic
success if the government in Taipei is left intact.25 Images of Taiwan holding
out against PLA attacks could also rally global public support around Taipei,
leaving China susceptible to international sanctions or a military coalition
coming to Taiwan’s defense.
Campaign Phasing
The timing and phasing of the JFSC depends on its size and scope and whether
the PLA conducts it in isolation or as part of a larger joint campaign, as well as on
the terrain, disposition of forces, weather, and level of risk acceptable to the high
command. An independent JFSC would likely be limited in scale and timed in
relation to the reaction of Taiwan and the international community to PLA op-
erations. Available PLA texts generally describe joint firepower strike operations
as beginning with a preliminary phase characterized by mobilization activities;
initial deployment of strike systems; and intelligence, surveillance, and recon-
naissance (ISR) operations.26 The campaign then moves to a primary phase fea-
turing waves of kinetic and nonkinetic attacks sequenced according to target
and munition type, and it concludes with ISR units conducting post-strike battle
damage assessment.27 A JFSC may feature only ballistic missiles employed by
the PLA Rocket Force (PLARF) or a combination of ballistic and cruise missiles,
artillery, electronic warfare systems, and offensive cyber activities.
Preliminary mobilization and ISR activities could take place days to
weeks before the initiation of hostilities against Taiwan.28 The PLA is likely
to increase the readiness of its forces in the Eastern Theater, which would
include recalling personnel, conducting equipment maintenance, stockpil-
ing munitions, and organizing last-minute training, among other activities.
Depending on the size of the JFSC, the PLAAF may forward-deploy special
mission aircraft and unmanned aerial vehicles, as well as fighter and bomb-
er aircraft, to airfields along the Taiwan Strait, while the PLAN may supple-
ment the Eastern Theater’s naval operations group with surface combatants,
submarines, and support ships from the Northern and Southern theater
navies, if needed. PLARF launch units would depart from garrison and, de-
pending on the campaign’s time requirements, deploy to hide sites or move
Table. Canonical PLA Campaigns

Army Maneuver warfare campaign, mountain offensive campaign,
positional offensive campaign, anti-terrorism maintaining stabil-
ity operations campaign
Navy Sea force–group campaign to eliminate the enemy, sealine

of interdicting campaign, offensive campaign against coral
island reefs, sea line guarding campaign, naval base defense
campaign
Air Force Air offensive campaign, air defensive campaign, airborne

campaign
Rocket Force Nuclear counterattack campaign, conventional missile assault

campaign
Joint Firepower strike campaign, blockade campaign, anti–air raid

campaign, island-landing campaign
Source: Zhang Yuliang, ed., Science of Campaigns [战役学] (Beijing: National Defense University
Press, 2006), vii–xii.
directly to launch locations.29 Finally, ISR units would provide updates on

enemy disposition and readiness and on environmental conditions relevant
to the movement of PLA forces. The 2004 PLA textbook Science of Second Ar-
tillery Campaigns notes that conventional missile forces are most effective
when Chinese forces can achieve surprise and the enemy is unprepared for
the attack. This suggests that the PLA will mask its activities and quickly con-
clude preliminary operations.30
The main attack phase of the JFSC features waves of kinetic and nonki-
netic attacks. PLA texts such as the Science of Second Artillery Campaigns
and the 2006 Science of Campaigns identify adversary air bases, C2 centers,
and logistics bases as key targets.31 If the goal is to degrade Taiwan’s warfight-
ing ability, the PLA would likely target transportation infrastructure such as
highways, bridges, and tunnels; energy infrastructure such as power stations
and petroleum, oil, and lubricant (POL) storage sites; and intelligence collec-
tion facilities. Taiwan’s air defenses and long-range strike systems, including
coastal defense cruise missile launchers, fighter aircraft, and artillery, are also
high-priority targets. Science of Joint Operations describes the sequencing of
joint firepower operations as beginning with electronic attacks, followed by
“preliminary-round strikes, follow-up strikes, and supplemental strikes.”32
122 Casey
Electronic attack operations would be used to degrade adversary C2 and

early warning systems, such as air defense radars, to facilitate subsequent
missile strikes and ensure freedom of maneuver for manned aircraft. Prelim-
inary-round kinetic strikes would then hit C2 nodes and communications
infrastructure, with follow-up strikes targeting enemy surface-to-air missile
systems, air defense artillery, and other strike systems that could be used to
counterattack PLA forces. During an invasion, the PLA may also destroy tacti-
cal assets such as armored vehicles, fixed-gun emplacements, and artillery sys-
tems. Having eliminated Taiwan’s immediate defensive capabilities, the JFSC
would then move to destroy Taipei’s war potential and ability to reconstitute its
forces, including strikes on food, water, POL, and other economic targets.
Military Requirements
The JFSC’s military requirements vary greatly depending on the size and
complexity of the campaign. PLA texts, such as Science of Campaigns and
Joint Operations Headquarters Work, emphasize the careful selection of tar-
gets, unified planning and command, concealment and surprise, coordi-
nation across services and combat arms, and sufficient logistics to sustain
high-intensity combat operations. Accurate and timely ISR would be essen-
tial for target analysis and the efficient allocation of firepower, particularly for
dynamic targets such as ships, aircraft, and armored vehicles. Each PLA ser-
vice possesses its own organic ISR assets, while the Strategic Support Force,
created in 2016, manages national platforms such as China’s intelligence
satellites.33 More demanding joint firepower operations likely would require
the PLA to quickly collect information from a wide number of ISR platforms,
fuse that data into actionable intelligence, and disseminate it across services
and command echelons. It remains unclear how effectively the theater com-
mands would be able to task national assets normally subordinate to the
Central Military Commission (CMC) joint operations command center, or
whether interoperability between information systems used by different ser-
vices would be adequate to support a common operating picture between
strike platforms and command posts.
Similarly, to deconflict operations and synchronize attacks, the JFSC
requires close coordination between PLA services and operations groups.
PLA texts describe the PLAAF and Second Artillery Forces (now the PLARF)
as taking the lead role in JSFC planning. Science of Campaigns identifies a

firepower center within the campaign main command as responsible for
planning and coordinating firepower strike operations. Following the 2016
reforms, this presumably means that there is a joint firepower center with-
in the theater JOCC or that one would be established as part of the prima-
ry command post in the lead-up to war.34 However, the proficiency of joint
commanders and planners in the JOCC remains unclear, as do the command
relationships and division of responsibility between the JOCC, its firepower
center, and the various operations groups.
Finally, as with the joint blockade and joint island landing campaigns,
preparation for third-party intervention is a key JFSC requirement. The PLA
is likely to allocate some ISR resources to monitoring foreign military activ-
ities for indications of intervention, which could strain the bandwidth of its
intelligence-collection and processing systems. A portion of the PLA’s air,
naval, and missile forces would probably remain postured to confront for-
eign military intervention if necessary. Limited C2 and ISR resources and
the need to reserve key weapons systems for a war against a major adversary
like the United States or Japan may also factor into JFSC planning during
larger conflict scenarios.
Joint Blockade Campaign

The second doctrinal joint PLA campaign for cross-strait operations is the
joint blockade campaign (JBC). PLA sources define the JBC as a “protracted
campaign” that “aims to sever enemy economic conditions” to “compel the
enemy to submit to campaign goals.”35 Science of Campaigns describes the
JBC’s primary mission as isolating the enemy island from the outside world
and undermining the enemy’s will and war potential.36 The size and scope
of the JBC depend on Beijing’s strategic objectives. A scenario in which Chi-
na aims to punish Taiwan could feature establishing a limited blockade with
cyber operations used to degrade Taiwan’s access to the global Internet or
deploying the PLAN or China coast guard to inspect or detain commercial
maritime traffic to and from the island. A goal to compel Taiwan’s unifica-
tion with the mainland would likely entail a larger campaign coupled with
firepower strikes against Taiwan ports, airfields, and other military targets to
seize air, maritime, and information superiority.
124 Casey
As with the JFSC, the PLA could execute the JBC in isolation or as part
of a broader campaign, such as an amphibious invasion. The JBC could set
the conditions for the joint island landing campaign by degrading Taiwan’s
defenses and war potential for subsequent amphibious operations. The
Chinese high command may also wait to see the effects of the JBC, allow-
ing time for negotiations and intensifying blockade operations or transi-
tioning to an invasion should Taipei refuse to relent to Beijing’s demands.
Conversely, Chinese leadership could call off the JBC if foreign intervention
threatened the blockade.
Military Calculus
Factors that could drive Beijing to order the JBC against Taiwan include po-
litical or military provocations by Taipei, a calculation that international cir-
cumstances are favorable to military operations, and a positive evaluation of
the PLA’s capability to execute the campaign. The 2015 NDU Science of Strate-
gy states that a main characteristic of a strategic blockade is its “strong politi-
cal quality, policy quality, and legal principle quality.”37 Science of Campaigns
also notes that blockades by their very nature involve the interests of multiple
countries, requiring commanders to pay heed to the “overall situation” and
relevant international laws and norms that may restrict blockade activities.38
Before and during the JBC, China would conduct aggressive, whole-of-gov-
ernment public opinion, psychological, and legal efforts—or what PLA
strategists describe as the “Three Warfares”—to justify its actions and limit in-
ternational pushback. While Beijing almost certainly would hope for a quick
resolution to the war, PLA texts acknowledge that the armed forces must be
prepared for a protracted campaign, heightening the risk of an external en-
emy’s military intervention.39 The PLA’s ability to simultaneously execute the
blockade against Taiwan while deterring and defeating foreign intervention
would prove central to Beijing’s decisionmaking calculus. The broad scope of
the battlefield, number of forces and combat methods involved, and ferocity
of Taiwan resistance may tax PLA capabilities.
Doubts about PLA capabilities could drive the Chinese high command
to choose a less risky course of action. The significant mobilization and
sustainment requirements of the JBC, compared with the JFSC, mean that
Chinese leaders have less political and military flexibility when committing
to blockade. Those same requirements increase the risk that Taiwan or the
international community identifies indicators of impending PLA action and
organizes a response. Moreover, the allocation of sizable PLA air and naval
forces to enforce the blockade and the need to prepare for foreign military
intervention inherently obligate Beijing to assume risk in other regions, such
as along the Sino-Indian border and South China Sea. PLA strategists are
concerned with “chain reaction” warfare in which regional countries, do-
mestic enemies, or the United States exploit a crisis, such as over Taiwan, to
instigate conflicts around China’s periphery while Chinese forces are preoc-
cupied in the main theater of operations.40
Campaign Phasing
Science of Campaigns outlines a blockade campaign with four phases: an
initial deployment phase, an offensive operations phase, a blockade sustain-
ment phase, and a concluding phase.41 Mobilization activities would presum-
ably occur prior to the initial deployment phase, with military, government,
and civilian sectors transitioning to a wartime footing. Under China’s na-
tional defense system, mobilization could include requisitioning civilian ve-
hicles to transport military equipment or civilian ships to support blockade
enforcement. The initial deployment phase of the JBC would feature air and
naval forces of the campaign large formation moving toward the operational
area, which could include the discreet movement of aircraft to airfields along
the Taiwan Strait, ships to at-sea staging areas, and missile units to concealed
locations. Covert minelaying by air and naval units, particularly submarines,
would also occur during this phase, as would the intensification of ISR activi-
ty to support blockade enforcement and firepower strike operations.
The offensive operations phase would begin with a public declaration
that a blockade has been established, quickly followed by efforts to achieve
information superiority over the adversary.42 Science of Campaigns and other
texts describe information dominance as a necessary precursor to establish-
ing air and naval control for a blockade, recommending that the PLA con-
duct missile and electronic attacks against enemy observation, early warning,
electronic warfare, and long-range precision strike systems.43 With informa-
tion dominance in hand, the PLA then would move to achieve air dominance,
targeting air defenses, C2 facilities, airfields, and combat aircraft—preferably
126 Casey
while they are on the ground.44 The offensive operations phase would con-
clude with the PLAN establishing sea dominance around Taiwan and its out-
er islands. Primary targets would be enemy antisubmarine forces, surface
combatants, mine clearing ships, and submarines.45
The blockade sustainment phase would involve the continuous disrup-
tion of Taiwan’s air and sea lines of communication. Key activities would
include blockading ports, inspecting maritime traffic, intercepting and
expelling aircraft, and attacking adversary military forces as necessary.46
Ground forces may occupy Taiwan’s outer islands to eliminate threats to
blockade enforcement operations. Because blockades normally cover a wide
geographic area, the authors of Joint Operations Headquarters Work recom-
mend that the campaign command identify main and secondary blockade
directions, with stricter blockade enforcement occurring along the main
direction. Taiwan’s largest ports are Kaohsiung and Taichung, suggesting a
main direction to the south and a secondary direction to the north.47 For co-
ordination and deconfliction purposes, Science of Campaigns and Science of
Second Artillery Campaigns further divide the blockade area into blockade
zones, air and maritime intercept zones, and firepower blockade zones.48
The China coast guard, supported by maritime militia, would likely take the
lead in conducting visit, board, search, and seizure operations, allowing the
PLAN to focus on military forces attempting to break the blockade. Once the
JBC achieves its objectives, the concluding phase would begin. In this phase,
the PLA would withdraw participating forces; replenish air, naval, and mis-
sile systems; and prepare units for follow-on deployments.
Defensive operations occur across all phases of the JBC. Relevant ser-
vice campaigns include the PLAN’s naval base defense campaign and the
PLAAF’s air defensive campaign, which would entail deployment of coastal
defense cruise missile and surface-to-air missile systems, as well as patrol
craft, to key facilities and along the Taiwan Strait. As described in Science of
Campaigns, the joint anti–air raid campaign provides the PLA with a tem-
plate for how to conduct counterintervention operations during the JBC.49
These activities would aim to deter Washington and its allies and partners
from entering the conflict, as well as help sustain the blockade against air
and missile attacks. If the United States did intervene, China’s response
would involve kinetic and nonkinetic attacks that would increase in intensity
as the campaign progresses to signal Beijing’s resolve. If the Chinese high

command viewed the blockade as beginning to fail, it would likely expand
the scope and scale of attacks against U.S. forces. Plausible offensive activ-
ities include antiship ballistic missile strikes against U.S. aircraft carriers or
joint firepower strikes against U.S. bases in Japan and Guam. A significant
escalation of the conflict could compel Chinese leaders to abandon the
blockade and shift the PLA’s primary effort to the joint anti–air raid cam-
paign and major combat against the United States.
The military requirements of the JBC depend on the campaign’s objectives.
Joint Operations Headquarters Work defines a blockade according to its in-
tensity (closed, general, or relaxed) and level of isolation (complete, basic,
or partial). A closed blockade or complete isolation requires that 80 percent
of ships and aircraft be unable to pass through the blockade zone.50 Sustain-
ment is likely to be a primary requirement to meet those objectives during
a protracted conflict. Ships and aircraft enforcement of the blockade would
remain on station until they could be relieved and return to their home
ports and airfields for resupply and maintenance (the PLAN’s ability to re-
load weapons at sea remains unclear). Attrition would tax the PLA’s ability
to maintain the blockade around Taiwan, likely forcing difficult tradeoffs
on where and how to allocate forces. Similar issues are likely to arise in
the PLA’s management of potential third-party intervention: some portion
of the PLA, particularly long-range strike systems supported by ISR units,
would be postured to deter or defeat U.S. forces instead of participating in
the blockade. Given the PLAN’s current logistics capabilities, sustaining a
naval presence outside the First Island Chain as part of counterintervention
operations would be challenging. Questions remain about the PLAN’s ability
to conduct antisubmarine and air defense operations far from the Chinese
mainland and against the United States.
Additional JBC requirements highlighted in Science of Campaigns include
preconflict preparations, seizing the initiative, unified command, and close
coordination.51 A JBC would probably feature significantly greater mobiliza-
tion activities than would a JFSC in anticipation of a long-term blockade. Se-
crecy would also be of utmost importance for mobilization activities to ensure
128 Casey
surprise and minimize the risk of foreign intervention. China’s National Defense
Mobilization Law stipulates that the State Council and CMC jointly lead mobi-
lization through the National Defense Mobilization Committee (NDMC). Pro-
vincial governments also have their own NDMCs, and the effective sustainment
of the JBC would likely require them to work closely with the Eastern Theater
Command and Joint Logistic Support Force (JLSF). However, the post-reform
command relationships between the theaters, JLSF, and NDMCs at various lev-
els and their subordinate offices are unclear. Like the JFSC, the JBC is likely to re-
quire effective joint planning and close coordination between the services and
other entities, such as the China coast guard. The need to intercept foreign civil-
ian and military aircraft and ships while reducing the risk of inadvertent escala-
tion would require strict adherence to approved rules of engagement, as well as
devolving decisionmaking responsibilities to frontline units, which could prove
troublesome for the PLA’s centralized command structure.
Joint Island Landing Campaign

The third major joint campaign is the joint island landing campaign (JILC).
According to PLA sources, the JILC is a large-scale joint offensive campaign
to “break through the enemy’s seacoast, and to seize and occupy landing
fields or coastal airfields and harbors, so as to create favorable conditions for
subsequent operational activities.”52 The JILC could be executed against the
main island of Taiwan or against smaller islands, such as Jinmen or Matsu,
held by Taiwan. The JILC, like the JFSC and JBC, would incorporate other
campaigns, such as the joint anti–air raid campaign, as embedded or subor-
dinate campaign activities.
The primary aim of the JILC is likely to secure the quick capitulation of
Taiwan’s political and military leadership and to ensure unification under
Beijing’s terms while deterring or, if necessary, defeating foreign military in-
tervention. To accomplish these war aims, the PLA would likely attempt to
occupy Taipei and isolate Taiwan politically, economically, and militarily;
neutralize Taiwan’s military capacity to resist; and prevent U.S. forces from
interfering with PLA operations.53 Beijing is also likely to try to minimize
the conflict’s effects on China’s other national objectives, such as econom-
ic modernization and continued Chinese Communist Party rule, through
continued access to international markets and increased domestic security
measures. With Taipei under its control, the PLA would then move to se-
cure the rest of the island, establish a new civilian government, eliminate
any remaining resistance, and prepare for potential counter-landings by the
United States and its allies and partners.54
Military Calculus
Key considerations for a decision to execute the JILC would likely include
Chinese leaders’ evaluation of the need for decisive military action, the
strength of the PLA’s joint operational capabilities, and the perceived risk of
campaign failure. While both the JFSC and JBC would aim for a quick res-
olution to the fighting, both campaigns carry the risk of Taiwan refusing to
accede to Beijing’s demands, which would allow time for international re-
sistance to coalesce. As a result, Beijing may view the JILC as the only viable
means to achieve unification. Like the JFSC and JBC, the JILC would be ac-
companied by aggressive diplomatic, economic, and information efforts to
isolate Taiwan, deter foreign intervention, and legitimize China’s actions.
Chinese leaders would probably be wary of undertaking an invasion
unless they were confident the PLA could successfully execute a campaign
against Taiwan while fighting the United States. The political and military
costs of a failed invasion would be high—possibly prohibitively so. Succes-
sive generations of Chinese leaders have defined unification with Taiwan as
a key condition for national rejuvenation and thus as central to the Party’s
legitimacy.55 However, high-intensity combat against Taiwan, and potential-
ly the United States, could result in high attrition of PLA forces and set Chi-
na’s military modernization back decades. Consequently, Chinese leaders
may view a failed invasion campaign as an existential threat to the regime.
Chinese and Western scholars alike have raised the possibility that Beijing
may consider using nuclear weapons under such conditions despite China’s
no-first-use nuclear pledge.56 Regardless, the perceived costs of failure would
probably motivate Beijing to conduct aggressive conventional deterrence ac-
tivities against the United States, including offensive cyber and counterspace
operations, across all phases of the conflict.57
Campaign Phasing
PLA texts describe the JILC as consisting of four phases: a preliminary stage
featuring efforts to achieve air, maritime, and information superiority; a
130 Casey
sea-crossing phase; a landing phase; and a concluding phase characterized

by the expansion of landing sites and an initial push inland.58 Similar to the
JBC, mobilization activities would likely take place for several months before
the onset of hostilities, based on the high logistics requirements and num-
ber of forces involved. Key mobilization efforts would likely include elevating
units to higher states of readiness; forward-deploying air, missile, and ground
forces; and positioning naval forces around Taiwan (and possibly deploying
them to the western Pacific and South China Sea to counter U.S. interven-
tion).59 Covert mining of Taiwan’s ports by aircraft and submarines and ISR
activity directed against Taiwan, the United States, and regional powers such
as Japan, would also occur prior to the conflict.
Once mobilization is complete, the JILC would move to a preliminary
phase. According to Science of Campaigns, the goals of this phase include
paralyzing the enemy’s operational system and seizing the initiative to enable
the amphibious assault. Here, the PLA would execute the JFSC as part of the
invasion campaign, targeting air and naval bases, C2 nodes, and long-range
strike systems, as well as the joint anti–air raid campaign to defend against
Taiwan counterattacks and foreign military intervention.
The sea-crossing and landing phases of the JILC would feature the de-
ployment of amphibious, air assault, and airborne forces across the Taiwan
Strait in what the PLA describes as a “three-dimensional landing” [liti den-
glu, 立体登陆]. The Eastern Theater’s amphibious combined-arms brigades
would depart garrison to their embarkation points, load onto PLAN amphib-
ious ships, maneuver to assembly areas off the Taiwan coast, disembark,
and begin assault operations.60 The amphibious force would be defended
by naval screening groups and preceded by minesweeping vessels tasked
with clearing assault lanes. PLA amphibious doctrine emphasizes landing at
multiple sites and conducting flanking attacks with mobile units.61 While the
bulk of the invasion force would be delivered by sea, the standing up of army
air assault units and fielding of new transport helicopters and the Y-20 heavy
transport aircraft in recent years suggest that the PLA would also rely heavily
on air delivery of forces for an invasion.62 The key targets for these troops are
likely to include Taiwan’s major ports and airfields to facilitate the flow of
second- and third-echelon forces and logistics supplies.63 (For more on the
airborne corps, see the chapter by Roderick Lee in this volume.)
The concluding phase of the JILC is the expansion and consolidation of

established beachheads and initial push inland. How the PLA intends to con-
solidate its control over the rest of Taiwan is not readily apparent from avail-
able PLA texts, though, as Sale Lilly’s chapter in this volume demonstrates, the
PLA has increased urban warfare training that may be relevant to cross-strait
operations. Science of Campaigns abruptly ends its discussion of the JILC’s
phases after PLA forces complete their landings. The PLA Army’s maneuver
warfare and mountain offensive campaigns would likely serve as templates
for operations on Taiwan. Given the PLA’s aim for speed and a quick victory,
ground forces are likely to advance inland on Taipei, employing three-dimen-
sional maneuvers to flank or bypass the remaining Taiwan defenders. Special
operations forces would be the first into Taipei to neutralize Taiwan civilian
and government leaders and seize key sites. People’s Armed Police and other
security forces would presumably backfill the PLA as conventional maneuver
units advance across the rest of the island.64
A major amphibious invasion is one of the most complex and difficult mili-
tary operations. The Department of Defense publication Military and Secu-
rity Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2020 notes that
success “depends upon air and maritime superiority, the rapid buildup and
sustainment of supplies onshore, and uninterrupted support.”65 Prior to the
onset of the conflict, national defense mobilization would require preparing
the Chinese economy and society for a protracted conflict, probably limiting
China’s ability to transition to a wartime footing without alerting Taiwan or
the United States to its intentions. Nevertheless, the PLA may aim to achieve
operational surprise through denial and deception efforts and through the
normalization of PLA operations, such as through routine deployments and
exercises around Taiwan, in the lead-up to war.
The campaign’s logistics requirements would be immense. Execu-
tion of the JILC carries significant risk because of the PLAN’s limited in-
ventory of amphibious ships. Barring a major amphibious ship buildup,
lift constraints may compel the PLA to focus its assault on a single region
of Taiwan, such as the north, to quickly seize Taipei rather than conduct
a multipronged invasion. Such a scenario would almost certainly impose
132 Casey
additional requirements to seize or destroy key lines of communication,

such as major highways connecting the north and south of the island, to
limit Taiwan’s ability to reinforce its defenses in the north. The question
also remains of whether the PLA has been building amphibious lift opti-
mized for a Taiwan scenario: Military and Security Developments Involving
the People’s Republic of China 2020 points out that much of the PLAN’s re-
cent amphibious construction has focused on large multipurpose vessels
such as helicopter landing docks, which would become high-value targets
for enemy missiles and thus are more suited to expeditionary operations in
places like the South China Sea.66 (For further analysis of these issues, see
the chapters by Conor Kennedy and Chieh Chung in this volume.)
Force preservation would also be a priority for PLA landing forces. Tai-
wan’s ability to destroy or degrade elements of the initial invasion force
would require second-echelon units to quickly land and secure critical in-
frastructure, particularly major ports, to ensure the timely flow of follow-on
forces and supplies while defending against Taiwan counterattacks. Closely
associated with this goal would be optimizing the campaign’s joint firepower
strikes for self-preservation: failure could expose landing forces to adversary
air or missile strikes, thus jeopardizing the success of the entire campaign.
Joint Operations Headquarters Work highlights securing the “three domi-
nances” as critical to the campaign’s success because of the vulnerability of
amphibious forces to enemy long-range precision strikes.67
A final key campaign requirement would be to deter, degrade, or defeat
foreign military intervention. According to the 2001 AMS Science of Military
Strategy, key capabilities enabling success in the anti–air raid campaign in-
clude ISR and early warning, air and missile defenses, and long-range pre-
cision strikes.68 Joint Operations Headquarters Work also describes effective
C2 and campaign planning as essential requirements, given the number of
forces involved and the size of the potential operating area.69 These require-
ments would tax PLA capabilities even under the most ideal conditions. The
worst-case scenario for PLA planners would be conducting high-intensity
operations against Taiwan, the United States, Japan, and other U.S. allies and
partners simultaneously. This type of fighting would require close coordina-
tion between all PLA services and multiple theaters, as well as overall cam-
paign supervision by the PLA high command.70
Conclusion
This chapter has focused on the main doctrinal campaigns the PLA would
use to build operational plans for wartime contingencies involving Taiwan:
the JFSC, JBC, and JILC. The chapter outlined the political and military fac-
tors Chinese leaders would likely consider before deciding to undertake each
campaign; how the overall campaign would unfold based on available PLA
texts, operational constraints, and geographic realities; and the military re-
quirements the PLA describes as necessary for their successful execution.
Across all campaigns, the PLA highlights the need for logistics preparations
and campaign planning, effective C2 and joint coordination across the ser-
vices, situational awareness of the battlespace, and information operations.
While this chapter has not assessed the PLA’s current capabilities to
execute the above campaigns, it has identified certain limitations and vul-
nerabilities, such as immature command institutions and insufficient am-
phibious lift. A primary variable in each scenario is potential intervention by
foreign military forces—specifically, those of the United States. Much of the
PLA’s campaign planning and resources would be spent preparing to deter
intervention and limit escalation given this variable. Information operations
in the form of cyber, electronic warfare, and counterspace activities appear to
be key to deterring and defeating the “powerful adversary.”71
New capabilities and missions almost certainly will drive the PLA to
complete new doctrinal campaigns. Military and Security Developments In-
volving the People’s Republic of China 2020 notes in a special topic on emerg-
ing campaign concepts:
The People’s Liberation Army . . . will likely need to update its existing doc-
trine, concepts, and campaigns to adapt to the long-term trends in global
military affairs, meet the [People’s Republic of China] evolving national
security needs, and account for significant changes in the PLA’s structural
capabilities. Evolving campaign concepts will aim to advance the PLA’s
goal to become a fully modern and “informatized” force by 2035.72
The report states that future campaigns will seek to integrate capabilities
across all domains, particularly counterspace capabilities brought to bear
by the Strategic Support Force, as well as potential forces stationed over-
seas. The PLA’s long-term goal of increasing its long-range precision strike
134 Casey
capabilities and air and naval presence outside the First Island Chain could
lead to campaigns that emphasize control over distant-sea operational areas
in support of the anti–air raid campaign. Any new campaigns or updates to
existing campaigns would likely be in the form of a new generation of “opera-
tional regulations” [zuozhan tiaoling, 作战条令]. The regulations are roughly
the equivalent to Western military doctrine, comprising “combat regulations”
[zhandou tiaoling, 战斗条令] and “campaign outlines” [zhanyi gangyao, 战役
纲要]. It appears the PLA delayed releasing its fifth generation of regulations
(the fourth generation was published in 1999), perhaps due to bureaucratic
infighting or because the PLA hoped to first complete the 2015 military re-
forms.73 With the latest round of reforms completed or near completion, as
well as the CMC’s approval of a trial “Outline of Joint Operations for the Peo-
ple’s Liberation Army” in November 2020, new regulations and associated
campaigns likely should be expected within the next several years.74
Finally, future analysis must consider the range of available PLA sources
given that much of the publicly available PLA literature is increasingly dat-
ed. Texts such as Science of Campaigns and Joint Operations Headquarters
Work are now a decade and a half old. The most recent AMS versions of Sci-
ence of Strategy is 8 years old.75 That these latter sources mention campaigns
discussed in older texts helps confirm that the broad contours of these cam-
paigns continue to be relevant to contemporary PLA campaign planning.
PLA writings on topics such as informationization and systems confrontation
warfare are somewhat more recent. Future analysis on PLA doctrine must at-
tempt to leverage texts researched and published by institutions such as AMS
and NDU following PLA reforms launched in 2015. Translating these texts so
they are accessible to a wider audience must also be prioritized.
Notes
1
“Highlights of Xi’s Speech at Gathering Marking 40th Anniversary of Message to
Compatriots in Taiwan,” Xinhua, January 2, 2019, available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com/
english/2019-01/02/c_137715300.htm>.
2
John Wilson Lewis and Xue Litai, Imagined Enemies: China Prepares for Uncertain War
(Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2006), 10.
3
M. Taylor Fravel, Active Defense: China’s Military Strategy Since 1949 (Princeton:
Princeton University Press, 2019), 209–210.
4
Zhang Yuliang, ed., Science of Campaigns [战役学] (Beijing: National Defense University
Press, 2006), 19.
5
Ibid., 500–522.
6
Ibid., 557–574.
7
Ibid., 271–291.
8
Ibid., 217.
9
Jiang Fanrang, ed., Joint Operations Headquarters Work [联合作战司令部工作] (Beijing:
Military Sciences Press, 2004), 189–191; Dang Chongmin and Zhang Yu, eds., Science of Joint
Operations [联合作战学] (Beijing: PLA Press, 2009), 205–312.
10
Phillip C. Saunders et al., eds., Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA: Assessing Chinese
Military Reforms (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2019), 1–9.
11
Ibid.
12
Jiang, Joint Operations Headquarters Work, 189–191.
13
Edmund J. Burke et al., People’s Liberation Army Operational Concepts (Santa Monica,
CA: RAND, 2020), 6.
14
Shou Xiaosong, ed., Science of Strategy [战略学] (Beijing: Military Sciences Press, 2013),
124.
15
Ibid., 130.
16
Jeffrey Engstrom, Systems Confrontation and System Destruction Warfare: How the
Chinese People’s Liberation Army Seeks to Wage Modern Warfare (Santa Monica, CA: RAND,
2018), 1–3.
17
Burke et al., People’s Liberation Army Operational Concepts, 3.
18
Shou, Science of Strategy, 100.
19
Dennis J. Blasko, “The Chinese Military Speaks to Itself, Revealing Doubts,” War on
the Rocks, February 18, 2019, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2019/02/the-chinese-
military-speaks-to-itself-revealing-doubts/>; Military and Security Developments Involving
the People’s Republic of China 2020: Annual Report to Congress (Washington, DC: Office of the
Secretary of Defense, 2020), i–ii.
20
Shou, Science of Strategy, 134–140; Xiao Tianliang, ed., Science of Strategy [战略学]
(Beijing: National Defense University Press, 2015), 121–123.
21
Alison A. Kaufman and Daniel M. Hartnett, Managing Conflict: Examining Recent
PLA Writings on Escalation Control (Arlington, VA: CNA, 2016), 63–64; Military and Security
Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2020, 24.
22
Dang and Zhang, Science of Joint Operations, 173–174.
23
Peter Mattis, “A Guide to Chinese Intelligence Operations,” War on the Rocks, August
18, 2015, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2015/08/a-guide-to-chinese-intelligence-
operations/>.
24
Robert A. Pape, “The True Worth of Air Power,” Foreign Affairs (April–March 2004),
available at <https://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/2004-03-01/true-worth-air-power>.
25
Engstrom, Systems Confrontation and System Destruction Warfare, 121; Matthew Adam
Kocher, Thomas B. Pepinsky, and Stathis N. Kalyvas, “Aerial Bombing and Counterinsurgency in
the Vietnam War,” American Journal of Political Science 55, no. 2 (April 2011), 201–218.
26
Jiang, Joint Operations Headquarters Work, 331–341.
27
Zhang, Science of Campaigns, 84.
28
Ian Easton, The Chinese Invasion Threat: Taiwan’s Defense and American Strategy in
Asia (Arlington, VA: Project 2049 Institute, 2017), 71–84.
136 Casey
29
Yu Jixun, ed., Science of Second Artillery Campaigns [第二炮兵战役学] (Beijing: PLA
Press, 2004), 336–338; Zhang, Science of Campaigns, 184.
30
Yu, Science of Second Artillery Campaigns, 319–320.
31
Ibid., 314; Zhang, Science of Campaigns, 361.
32
Dang and Zhang, Science of Joint Operations, 218–219.
33
Mark Stokes, Yang Kuang-shun, and Eric Lee, Preparing for the Nightmare: Readiness
and Ad Hoc Coalition Operations in the Taiwan Strait (Arlington, VA: Project 2049 Institute,
2020), 7.
34
35
Ibid., 292.
36
Ibid.
37
Xiao, Science of Strategy, 204.
38
39
Jiang, Joint Operations Headquarters Work, 17.
40
Joel Wuthnow, System Overload: Can China’s Military Be Distracted in a War over
Taiwan? China Strategic Perspectives No. 15 (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2020), 10.
41
42
43
44
Ibid., 340.
45
Ibid., 342.
46
Ibid., 304.
47
48
Zhang, Science of Campaigns, 249, 349; Yu, Science of Second Artillery Campaigns, 140.
49
Zhang, Science of Campaigns, 331–348.
50
51
52
Dang and Zhang, Science of Joint Operations, 226.
53
Easton, The Chinese Invasion Threat, 93–113.
54
Ibid., 110–113.
55
Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, “Full Text of Jiang Zemin’s
Report at the 16th Party Congress on Nov. 8, 2002,” November 18, 2002, available at < http://
www.china.org.cn/english/2002/Nov/49107.htm>; “Full Text of Hu’s Report at the 18th Party
Congress,” China Daily, November 18, 2012, available at <https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/
china/19thcpcnationalcongress/2012-11/18/content_29578562.htm>.
56
Fiona S. Cunningham and M. Taylor Fravel, “Dangerous Confidence? Chinese Views on
Nuclear Escalation,” International Security 44, no. 2 (2019), 79.
57
Fiona S. Cunningham, “Maximizing Leverage: Explaining Strategic Force Postures in
Limited Wars” (Ph.D. diss., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2018), 1–10.
58
Zhang, Science of Campaigns, 316–330.
59
Roderick Lee, “The PLA Navy’s ZHANLAN Training Series: Supporting Offensive Strike
on the High Seas,” China Brief, April 13, 2020, available at <https://jamestown.org/program/the-
pla-navys-zhanlan-training-series-supporting-offensive-strike-on-the-high-seas/>.
60
The PLAN Marine Corps recently established two combined arms brigades in the
Eastern Theater, but its role in a Taiwan invasion is uncertain. For the next several years, it likely
will not be part of the main assault force, as the People’s Liberation Army’s Navy continues to
outfit and train the new units. See Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s
Republic of China 2020, 48.
61
Ying-Yu Lin, “New Wine into New Wineskins: The Evolving Role of the PLA Navy Marine
Corps in Amphibious Warfare and Other Mission Areas,” China Brief 20, no. 2 (January 29, 2020),
available at <https://jamestown.org/program/new-wine-into-new-wineskins-the-evolving-
role-of-the-pla-navy-marine-corps-in-amphibious-warfare-and-other-mission-areas/>.
62
63
64
Easton, The Chinese Invasion Threat, 134–141.
65
66
Ibid., 47.
67
68
Peng Guangqian and Yao Youzhi, eds., Science of Military Strategy [战略学] (Beijing:
Military Science Publishing House, 2005 [English translation of 2001 publication]), 167.
69
70
The Central Military Committee’s joint operations command center would likely
function as the command element representative of China’s highest wartime authority—the
Supreme Command consisting of senior-most political and military leaders.
71
Dennis J. Blasko, “China’s Evolving Approach to Strategic Deterrence,” in China’s
Evolving Military Strategy, ed. Joe McReynolds (Washington, DC: The Jamestown Foundation,
2016), 335–355.
72
73
Elsa Kania, “The PLA’s Forthcoming Fifth-Generation Operational Regulations—
The Latest ‘Revolution in Doctrinal Affairs’?” China Brief 16, no. 7 (April 21, 2016), available
at <https://jamestown.org/program/the-plas-forthcoming-fifth-generation-operational-
regulations-the-latest-revolution-in-doctrinal-affairs/>.
74
Ministry of National Defense of the People’s Republic of China, “Approved by Xi
Jinping, Chairman of the Central Military Commission, the Central Military Commission Issued
the ‘Outline of Joint Operations for the Chinese People’s Liberation Army (Trial),’” November 13,
2020, available at <http://www.mod.gov.cn/topnews/2020-11/13/content_4874081.htm>.
75
However, in 2020, the National Defense University issued a new, slightly updated
version of this book. The last major overhaul of the NDU version came in 2015.
CHAPTER 5
“Killing Rats in a Porcelain Shop”: PLA

Urban Warfare in a Taiwan Campaign
By Sale Lilly
I
f China intends to complete a historic mission of recovering Taiwan,
which Beijing regards as a renegade province, the People’s Liberation
Army (PLA) must cross the Taiwan Strait, land on hostile shores, and
seize Taipei—the island’s capital and political center. To date, military and
academic scholarship on Taiwan contingency scenarios has emphasized PLA
capabilities to gain superiority in the air, sea, and subsurface approaches in
and around Taiwan before embarking on an amphibious assault force of the
island’s beaches.1 However, Western scholarship, simulations, and wargames
tend not to consider what happens next: how urban warfare and other types
of post-landing operations might unfold.
Nevertheless, PLA views on operations following the initial assault may
be highly influential in the decision to use force and in the outcome of an
island landing. A PLA that believes successful decapitation strikes are suffi-
cient to prevail in a Taiwan scenario may significantly overestimate its pros-
pects for victory while underestimating the costs. U.S. leaders in 2003 and
Russian leadership in 1996 both seriously misjudged the will of urban popu-
lations to resist external governance established by military force in Iraq and
Chechnya, respectively. U.S. and Russian leaders also underestimated the
139
140 Lilly
long timelines that accompanied stability operations in urban areas. If the

past three decades of global combat operations on urban terrain are indica-
tive of the kinds of wars the PLA could face in the future, combat operations
could progress over months and years, not days and weeks.
It is telling that urban warfare is largely absent from the PLA literature,
including even longer doctrinal writings that cover campaigns aimed at the
conquest of Taiwan. While PLA sources acknowledge seizing cities as cen-
tral to eventual victory in a Taiwan contingency, the same sources often dis-
miss the task of subduing a modern military and the 24 million people the
PLA would have to govern or suppress in an urban occupation.2 One PLA
source blithely advises troops, following a successful amphibious landing,
to “organize some force to thoroughly mop up the remnants of the enemy,
particularly those in the hidden areas inside the buildings and the under-
ground engineering facilities.”3 This may be easier said than done. If “some
force” is an afterthought, then one would expect PLA thought, guidance,
and training on urban warfare to be relatively limited. However, if “some
force” is a more developed concept, then there should be evidence of PLA
thought and training on the matter.
This chapter finds that the PLA has been strongly developing its urban war-
fare capabilities since at least 2009, but it may have reached some wrong conclu-
sions about the prospects for a rapid victory in an urban conflict with Taiwan.
PLA writings suggest a focus on foreign cases of rapid tactical success, especially
U.S. experiences in Iraq and Syria. These writings also downplay the protracted
insurgencies that followed those initial victories and ignore cases in which the
offensive side suffered setbacks. And while the PLA has conducted extensive
training and even oriented two of its three urban warfare training bases toward
Taiwan scenarios, it has still focused on decapitation strikes rather than coun-
terinsurgency. The evidence also suggests that the People’s Armed Police (PAP),
which has gained counterinsurgency experience in Xinjiang, would likely be
employed in Taiwan only after a permissive environment was established.
This chapter is divided into four main parts. The first section provides an
overview of PLA concepts of urban warfare and analyzes periods of height-
ened PLA interest in this topic over the past two decades. The second section
utilizes official PLA publications to identify the foreign urban warfare exam-
ples the PLA has focused on, and the lessons drawn by PLA authors from those
PLA Urban Warfare in a Taiwan Campaign 141
experiences. The third section reviews publicly disclosed PLA training events
that have featured urban warfare components and considers the extent to
which these scenarios have resembled the conditions the PLA might face in
a cross-strait operation. This section also examines how PLA urban warfare
exercises have matured since the establishment of a dedicated urban warfare
exercise site in 2009. The final section summarizes the key findings and de-
rives implications for PLA operations, U.S. policy, and further research.
PLA History and Definitions of Urban Warfare

When explaining the development of the PLA’s recently built Military Oper-
ations on Urban Terrain (MOUT) facility and urban warfare doctrine review,
Division Commander Wang Bin characterized the difficulties of contesting
control of a city by reciting the idiom of “killing rats in a porcelain shop”
[ciqidian li da laoshu, 瓷器店里打老鼠].4 This expression captures both the
brutality of urban warfare and the caution the “rat killer” should exercise in
preserving the “porcelain.” The phrase was reportedly coined by PLA 3rd Field
Army Commander Chen Yi during the campaign to take Shanghai from the
Nationalist Army in the spring of 1949.5 In the 2-week battle, the PLA cap-
tured Shanghai while preventing the destruction of the city, effectively killing
rats while not breaking too much porcelain in the process. Urban warfare, in
short, is not a new concept for the PLA; similar caution would be warranted
in trying to wrest control of Taiwan from urban defenders.
PLA publications use nuanced but somewhat inconsistent language
when addressing urban warfare. A review of articles and news releases
from 2000 to 2020 generated by the Ministry of National Defense, PLA Dai-
ly, the PLA’s public-facing Web site 81.cn, and PLA authors publishing in
journals indexed in the China National Knowledge Infrastructure database
indicates that the PLA utilizes four terms as synonyms of urban warfare
or city warfare [chengshi zuozhan, 城市作战]. PLA authors also include
several subordinate but not mutually exclusive terms (for example, under-
ground warfare in urban locations such as shopping centers and parking
facilities). Some PLA discussions also include the terms drone warfare,
electro-magnetic warfare, and sniper warfare in an urban warfare context.
Figure 1 identifies the major terms that accompany PLA urban warfare
texts, and table 1 provides brief definitions.
142 Lilly
The frequency of PLA publications on urban warfare over time also offers
clues as to when the Chinese military has paid special attention to this topic.
Figure 2 illustrates the annual number of PLA mentions of four urban warfare
terms between 2000 and 2020: urban warfare, street fighting, urban offensive,
and city offense-defense. Two apparent spikes in attention occur in 2004–2005
and 2016–2019. It is tempting, given the timing, to attribute these spikes to
negative trends in Taiwan; after all, the independence-leaning Democratic
Progressive Party of Taiwan won major presidential victories in both periods.
However, analysis of primary source documents indicates that both
spikes reflected increased PLA attention to U.S. operations in the Middle
East and had little to do with developments across the Taiwan Strait. The first
spike, in 2004–2005, can be attributed to PLA case studies of U.S. urban war-
fare experiences in the early stages of the Iraq War, in particular the battle of
Baghdad and the first and second battles of Fallujah. The second spike, in
2016–2019, reflects a combination of Chinese observations of U.S. urban war-
fare during the multiyear battle of Aleppo in Syria and the battle of Mosul in
Iraq. Moreover, a simple content review suggests a maturation of PLA thought
on urban warfare, shifting from topical reporting to greater introspection on
how PLA soldiers fight in urban spaces.
Figure 1. Select PLA Urban Warfare Terms and Hierarchy of Use
Urban Warfare Street Fighting Urban Offense City Offense-Defense

[城市作战] [巷战] [城市进攻] [城镇攻防]
Underground Warfare [地下战]
Megacity Warfare [超大城市战]
Night Warfare [夜战]
Tunnel Warfare [地道战]
Barricade Combat [街垒战斗]
Sources: 81.cn, mod.gov.cn, PLA Daily, and China National Knowledge Infrastructure publications
sponsored by affiliated People’s Liberation Army entities.
Table 1. PLA Urban Warfare Terms and Subordinate Concepts Defined

Terms
Urban warfare [chengshi zuozhan, 城市作战]. A doctrinal term, and the most
generic term employed in PLA use, formally defined as combat operations in urban
areas, and divided into urban offensive and urban defensive operations.* The term
encompasses PLA foreign military experiences or study as well as counterterror-
ism scenarios on urban terrain.
Street fighting [xiangzhan, 巷战]. Not a doctrinal term but formally acknowledged
in some PLA publications as depicting “tenacious resistance.”†In the context of
PLA and pro-PLA military blogs, the term helps cue the audience toward the bru-
tality required to achieve capture of an urban target, often in describing Russian,
Israeli, or American experiences in urban warfare.‡
Urban offense [chengshi jingong,城市进攻]. A doctrinal term, formally defined
as “an offensive campaign against enemies who rely on the defense of the city
and its periphery.”§ Often used in lieu of the term urban warfare (even though the
general term includes a category of defensive operations), when PLA publications
are describing a PLA training evolution or study emphasis. Does not cover foreign
military experiences in urban warfare, and the term most likely to be employed in
discussing the capture of Taipei or other Taiwan cities.
City offense-defense [chengzhen gongfang, 城镇攻防]. Not a doctrinal term, al-
though often used interchangeably with urban offense. Nuanced use includes pub-
lications on PLA training evolutions where a dedicated opposition force provides
a defensive opposition to the PLA unit practicing Military Operations on Urban
Terrain, presumably because both units benefit from training on urban terrain. Not
employed to describe foreign militaries or counterterrorism on urban terrain.
Subordinate Concepts
Underground warfare [dixia zhan, 地下战]. Distinct from tunnel warfare and
military constructed underground facilities (UGF), this term encompasses
commercial, civilian, and local government facilities, such as subway lines and
underground shopping centers.¶
Megacity warfare [chaoda chengshi zhan, 超大城市战]. Urban warfare that takes
place in sprawling city metropolises that include populations of 10 million or more. PLA
authors often cite U.S. Army publications in attempting to define this term and treat
megacity warfare as a special case of urban warfare and as a general global trend.**
Night warfare [ye zhan, 夜战]. Combat in darkness and highlighted by use of night-vi-
sion equipment, infrared, and lasers.†† PLA urban warfare publications also identify
the city as an artificial cause of darkness, including the interior of powerless buildings,
underground shopping facilities, and so forth, and as perhaps a necessary but undesir-
able consequence of having launched “paralyzing” attacks against an enemy.‡‡
144 Lilly
Tunnel warfare [didao zhan, 地道战]. Used in conjunction with more traditional
concepts of military bunkers, tunnels, and UGF. Term also used to describe urban
combat environments such as Stalingrad and Aleppo where combatants excavate
tunnels to facilitate combat resupply.
Barricade combat [jielei zhandou, 街垒战斗]. Combat through and on obstacles

in urban pathways to “create conditions for the development of offensives along
the streets.”§§
Notes:
*
Academy of Military Sciences [军事科学院] (AMS), PLA Dictionary of Military Terminology [中国
人民解放军军语] (Beijing: Military Sciences Press, 2011), 73.
†
Ibid., 135.
‡
Ren Ruijuan [任瑞娟], “The Chinese Army Must Attach Great Importance to the Study of Urban
Warfare” [中国军队须高度重视城市战研究], PLA Daily [解放军报], January 15, 2008, available at
<http://military.china.com.cn/txt/2008-01/15/content_9534439.htm>.
§
AMS, PLA Dictionary of Military Terminology, 110.
¶
Shi Chunmin [石纯民] and Dong Jianmin [董建敏], “Underground Space: A Key Battlefield for
Future Wars” [地下空间:未来战争的关键战场], China National Defense News [中国国防报],
October 18, 2018, available at <http://www.mod.gov.cn/jmsd/2018-10/18/content_4826976.htm>.
**
Huang Anwei [皇安伟], Xiao Huixin [肖慧鑫], and Xin Juntao [辛军涛], “Megacity Subway System
Defense” [超大城市地铁系统防护研究], National Defense [国防], No. 9 (2019), 77.
††
‡‡
Wang Wang [王王] and Wang Hangdong [王航东], “A Preliminary Study on Physical and Mental
Adaptability Training in Urban Underground Space Combat Environment” [城市地下空间作战环境
身心适应性训练初探 ], Journal of Military Physical Education and Sports [军事体育学报] 36, no. 3
(2017), 8.
§§
The PLA’s (Misguided) Lessons from Iraq

What has the PLA learned from the U.S. urban warfare experience? While
Western scholars widely acknowledge that U.S. conduct in the 1991 Gulf War
heavily influenced PLA strategic thinking on joint and systems warfare, less
well known is the impact of the 2003 battle of Baghdad and the 2004 sec-
ond battle of Fallujah on PLA strategic thought.6 Nevertheless, as discussed
already, PLA authors have been preoccupied with these two battles.7 Evi-
dence suggests that PLA urban warfare analysts believe the battle of Bagh-
dad demonstrated that a mechanized force can quickly seize an opponent’s
capital with relatively few casualties. There is also evidence that the PLA in-
terpreted the outcome of the second battle of Fallujah, which occurred only
1 year after the fall of Baghdad, as proof that an active urban insurgency can
be quickly isolated and crushed.8 Chinese authors describe that battle as “the
Figure 2. Open-Source PLA Citations of Urban Warfare Themes
30
25
20
15
10
0
0 0 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 06 0 07 0 08 0 09 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019
20 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Urban warfare (offensive), street fight from 81.cn

PLA Daily articles on urban warfare, urban offensive ops and street fighting
CNKI articles on urban warfare per year
Sources: 81.cn, mod.gov.cn, PLA Daily, and China National Knowledge Infrastructure publications
sponsored by affiliated People’s Liberation Army entities.
largest, shortest, and most effective urban combat operation carried out by
the U.S. military after the Vietnam War.”9
PLA authors correctly observed the near-term tactical success of these U.S.
operations; however, they failed to grasp their aftermath. The second battle of
Fallujah points to success for the offensive side, but only in contrast to the first
battle of Fallujah, in which U.S. forces attempted and failed to secure the city
with an economy of force operation. PLA interpretations of the battle of Bagh-
dad are also rose-colored, in that various authors assess the collapse of the
sitting government as a mechanized game of “capture the flag,” with campaign
victory conditions equivalent to reaching a destination. These interpretations
ignore that the U.S. war experience in Iraq from 2003 to 2011 was without a
clear victory, with resistance intensifying over time, increasing casualties
in occupation to stabilization forces, and a worrying tactical trend wherein
mechanized armor was exposed to asymmetric threats such as improvised ex-
plosive devices.10 PLA authors similarly describe Saddam Hussein’s rapid fall
in 2003 as an example of “beheading” via special forces, allowing an aggressor
to “cut off the head of a snake” [qieduan shetou, 切断蛇头].11 That the 2003
fall of Baghdad ended only one brief phase of the war and opened an almost
decade-long second phase seems to be of negligible interest to PLA authors.
146 Lilly
Read differently, PLA writers’ perceptions of successful U.S. urban war-

fare experiences in Iraq could represent the style of campaign the PLA hopes
to execute following an amphibious landing on Taiwan. If the PLA leadership
has absorbed similar lessons from recent U.S. urban contests, then they al-
most certainly know that these conflicts can last months, if not years. Based
on the available PLA literature, one can conclude that the only urban warfare
the PLA intends to fight is the kind that lasts a few days. Perhaps that is why
one author urges the PLA to view the second battle of Fallujah, a battle fought
in the span of 2 weeks, as an urban warfare archetype.12 PLA scholars, by con-
trast, focus much less on the lessons from less successful, protracted conflicts
in places such as Mogadishu, Grozny, and Vietnam—signaling that they do
not believe the PLA intends to face such situations.
Yet the PLA’s preoccupation with the “quick victory” cases of Baghdad
and Fallujah ignores realities that could make a battle for Taipei more compli-
cated. Both the battle of Baghdad and the second battle of Fallujah occurred
in relatively permissive environments where the U.S. military used time to
its favor to build friendly forces, execute information operations to gain the
support of local civilians, and, in the case of Fallujah, conduct blocking move-
ments to halt defender resupply.13 There is no reason to believe that, in a sce-
nario in which time is of the essence—either to counter U.S. intervention or to
minimize the window during which the international community might rally
to the cause of the defender—the PLA would have the same time advantages
credited to the U.S. military in Baghdad and Fallujah.
The differences in campaign scale between Taipei and the two coalition
urban warfare battles in Iraq are also significant. The larger Taipei urban re-
gion encompasses Taipei, New Taipei City, and Taoyuan, including a popu-
lation of around 10 million as of 2021. This region meets one of the common
thresholds for the term megacity and is approximately twice the size of Bagh-
dad’s population in 2003 and perhaps 20 times the size of Fallujah’s popula-
tion in 2004. Problems such as refugee flows and insurgencies may intensify
as the base population increases.
Taiwan’s manmade vertical expanses above and below sea level place
even more demands on those planning for urban warfare. For the Syrian
and Iraqi urban battlefields, the multilevel buildings that dominated the
cities could still be characterized as “low-rise.”14 As average building height
increases, a range of urban combat considerations may become relevant,

such as tank barrel azimuth suitability and helicopter vulnerability. In ad-
dition to the height of Taipei’s skyscrapers, subterranean commercial struc-
tures, including parking garages, underground shopping centers, and metros,
greatly expand the combat areas for urban warfare, posing unique challenges
to an invader and providing substantial space for a defender to resist aggres-
sion.15 In sum, a review of PLA writings indicates that the Chinese military has
closely observed urban conflicts across the globe but may have drawn incom-
plete findings or the wrong lessons for an urban conflict specific to Taiwan.
PLA Urban Warfare Training: An Incipient Focus on Taiwan

While there are relatively few explicit mentions of a Taiwan urban warfare
scenario in PLA sources, evidence suggests this scenario has influenced
recent Military Operations on Urban Terrain training. Analysis of PLA ur-
ban warfare publications provides details on urban warfare exercise tempo
and sometimes on specific MOUT facility locations. Since at least 2009, the
PLA has used dedicated MOUT spaces in at least three locations: the main
MOUT facility within the greater Zhurihe Training Base [zhurihe xunlian
jidi, 朱日和训练基地] in Inner Mongolia, which has been used since 2009;
a potential pilot or legacy facility at Yanshan [yanshan, 燕山] that may still
be available for smaller scale MOUT exercises in mountainous terrains;
and, perhaps most relevant for a Taiwan scenario, a mock city complete
with “a library, coffee shop, and power plant” located at a “certain training
field in Northern Jiangsu” mentioned in a PLA video distributed on JS7TV
and Zhihu.com in 2020.16
The MOUT training calendar seems to have annual exercises incorpo-
rated into the larger Stride series of exercises located at Zhurihe. Outside of
these exercises, which receive annual pro forma reporting, typically during
the summer months, there are mentions of urban warfare–focused training
exercises, sometimes directly associated with “urban offense.” MOUT exer-
cises are sometimes carried out during multinational training events focused
on counterterrorism, such as the Shanghai Cooperation Organization Peace
Mission exercises.17 Based on the exercises the PLA chose to publicize, there
is a clear evolution in terms of size, as well as a geographic expansion of mil-
itary units that receive priority training beyond the Beijing-based brigades
147
148 Lilly
that seemed to receive early emphasis from 2008 to 2015. A summary of these
exercises is provided in table 2.
It is unclear if the 2020 exercise at the Jiangsu MOUT facility represents
a to-be-determined exercise slate and whether any additional facilities
were developed. A possible motive is that Jiangsu is better situated by mili-
tary region, climate, and unit needs to support MOUT operations in Taiwan
compared with the MOUT facilities at Zhurihe. (Inner Mongolia sits in the
Central Asia Plateau, is mainly grassland and desert, and is subject to at least
3 months of snow and freezing temperatures.18 The location is thus ideal for
artillery drills but cannot simulate Taiwan’s subtropical climate and moun-
tainous geography.) The Jiangsu MOUT facility also reflects a focus on real-
istic training for a Taiwan scenario. Limited reporting indicates that the PLA
Table 2. Select PLA Urban Warfare Training Exercises, 2008–2020

Training Participating Units Location Urban Warfare
Evolution* (Theater Command) Term(s)
Employed
2008: Urban Mountain Warfare Brigade– Yanshan Urban warfare,
Warfare Study Tongbai Mountain Guerrillas‡ street fighting,
Group, Pilot† urban offense
2009: Zhurihe Unnamed Beijing motorized Zhurihe Urban warfare,

MOUT infantry brigade, with PLAAF, Training Base urban offense
Inauguration PLARF, and PAP units of
unmentioned sizes
Peace Mission Multinational-Shanghai Zhurihe Urban warfare,

2014 Cooperation Organization Training Base street fighting
partners, SOF detachment
Stride 2015-B, Unnamed Beijing motorized Zhurihe Urban warfare,

C§ infantry brigade with Training Base street fighting
subordinate army aviation
and SOF detachment
Stride 2017¶ 80th Army Group–“Storm Zhurihe Urban offense

Group” (Northern); 81st Training Base
Army Group-“Prairie
Wolves” (Central); both
motorized infantry brigades
Training Participating Units Location Urban Warfare

Evolution* (Theater Command) Term(s)
Employed
2018: 79th Army Group (Northern) Liaoning Urban warfare
Unnamed** Aviation Brigade Province
Stride 2018†† 81st Army Group (Central) Zhurihe Urban offense

Training Base
Stride 2019-A‡‡ Unnamed brigade-size unit Zhurihe Urban offense

Training Base
2020: Unnamed 73rd Army Group (Eastern) Jiangsu City offense-

Province defense
MOUT Facility
Key: MOUT: Military Operations on Urban Terrain; PAP: People’s Armed Police; PLAAF: PLA Air Force;
PLARF: PLA Rocket Force; SOF: special operations forces.
Notes:
*
Only some evolutions were mentioned by exercise iteration in a calendar year: 2019-A, 2015-C,
and so forth.
†
“The Beijing Military Region Group Army Organized Modern Urban Offensive Combat Exercises”
[北京军区集团军组织现代城市进攻作战演练], PLA Daily [解放军报], August 23, 2009, available at
<http://mil.news.sina.com.cn/2009-08-23/0627563459.html>.
‡
Division Commander Wang Bin stated that he had repurposed a mountain warfare unit to fulfill
a March 2008 request by the Beijing Military Region to simulate realistic urban warfare scenarios.
The unit was identified as the Tongbai Mountain Guerrillas [tongbaishan youji dui, 桐柏山游击队].
The location Yanshan may have been intentional or incidental to the exercise based on the units’
parent command.
§
Wu Yuanjin [武元晋], “Urban Combat, New Combat Forces Are Emerging: Review of the Exercise
‘Stride-2015 Zhurihe C’ by a Motorized Infantry Brigade of the Beijing Military Region” [城市作战, 新
型作战力量初露锋芒-北京军区某摩步旅“跨越-2015·朱日和C”演习复盘见闻], PLA Daily [解放军
报], July 21, 2015, available at <http://news.mod.gov.cn/action/2015-07/21/content_4601789.htm>.
¶
Li Tianpeng [李天鹏], “‘Stride–2017 Zhurihe’: A Thousand-Word Summary of the ‘Storm
Force’ Battalion Commander” [“跨越—2017·朱日和”-“暴风雨部队” 营长的千字总结], China
Military Online [中国军网], September 21, 2017, available at <http://www.81.cn/syjdt/2017-09/21/
content_7765024.htm>.
**
Hao Hailong [郝海龙], “The Iron Wings Whirl, the ‘Battlefield’ Goes from the Wilderness to the
City” [铁翼飞旋 “战场” 由荒原到城区], PLA Daily [解放军报], February 25, 2018, available at <http://
www.81.cn/jfjbmap/content/2018-02/25/content_200236.htm>.
††
“‘Stride–2018 Zhurihe’ Exercise Begins” [“跨越-2018·朱日和”演习拉开战幕], PLA Daily [解放
军], July 23, 2018, available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com/mil/2018-07/23/c_129918673.htm>.
‡‡
“‘Stride-2019 Zhurihe A’ A Certain Army Brigade Accepts Battlefield Inspection for the First Time
as a Red and Blue Dual Identity” [“跨越-2019·朱日和A” 陆军某旅首次以红蓝双重身份接受战场检
验], PLA Daily [解放军报], July 12, 2019, available at <http://www.81.cn/jmywyl/2019-07/12>.
150 Lilly
has adopted more realistic urban warfare features, using many of the urban
battlefield debris training aids initially employed by the U.S. Army’s Zussman
Urban Combat Training Center at Fort Knox, Kentucky.19
Despite its dissimilarities with Taiwan, Zhurihe remains valuable due
to the presence of mock-ups of key Taipei sites, including Taiwan’s Presi-
dential Office Building and possibly the Legislative Yuan.20 These buildings
will likely have special relevance for practicing the decapitation strikes the
PLA believes are critical in replicating the initial U.S. successes in Bagh-
dad.21 If strategic signaling were Beijing’s only goal, it would seem un-
necessary for the PLA to upgrade what already appears to be a credible
reproduction of the “head of the snake,” though some have cast these de-
velopments as potential evidence of an entrepreneurial service (the PLA)
proving its relevance amid competition for funds and significance.22 PLA
leadership, which has often been urged by Xi Jinping to make military
training more combat-realistic, may have been moved to make further ur-
ban warfare investments.23 In total, the Taipei urban replicas can be viewed
as one element of a multipart urban warfare training capability that is re-
quired to authentically develop urban warfare capabilities.
China’s PAP has also prepared for urban warfare scenarios, but its role in
a Taiwan contingency is less clear than that of the PLA. The PAP has gained
experience in urban operations in Xinjiang and Hong Kong.24 These opera-
tions have similarities in mission profiles that could include counterterror-
ism operations, special operations forces or SWAT-like police capabilities,
riot or crowd control, and other broadly defined force protection measures.25
At a March 2021 inspection of the 2nd Mobile Contingent Headquarters—a
unit that might have support responsibilities for a PLA invasion of Taiwan26—
in Fuzhou City, Fujian Province, Xi and Central Military Commission Vice
Chairman Xu Qiliang observed a demonstration of the PAP performing many
tactical pieces of urban combat.27
While Xi’s visit emphasizes the importance placed on the PAP in support-
ing the PLA, it is the latter’s job to fight and win wars. Notably, in the 200 PLA
sources reviewed for this chapter, the PAP was not mentioned once as a con-
tributing force. Additionally, analogous reasoning from the PLA’s preferred
case studies—Baghdad and Fallujah—does not mention the U.S. military’s
use of National Guard units. The National Guard’s role is not identical to that
of the PAP within China’s armed forces. However, the concept of relief in place
for urban operations, which has been explored extensively in the U.S. experi-
ences in Iraq and Afghanistan, goes unmentioned in existing PLA coverage of
the battles.28 If the PAP is to be relevant in Taiwan, its utility and experience,
drawn from places such as Xinjiang and Tibet, would seem to be most useful
after the PLA has secured a victory and is anticipating a long occupation. The
PAP appears less relevant during, and immediately after, the initial assault on
Taiwan. The PLA reckoning on the likelihood of either of those scenarios may
be driving this relative silence on the PAP and urban warfare.
Conclusion
This chapter has identified three key findings from a review of the PLA’s
scholarly reflection on urban combat and its public record of urban warfare
exercises. First, PLA scholarship suggests a preoccupation with conflicts that
were relatively short and successful for the attacker. Yet drawing lessons from
cases such as Baghdad and Fallujah does not accurately represent the vast
majority of urban warfare experiences in the 20th and 21st centuries. The expe-
rience of offensive armies in multiple urban warfare conflicts, such as the first
and second battles of Grozny, Hue City, and Aleppo, suggests that battles oc-
cur over weeks, if not months. In addition, the PLA’s emphasis on U.S. tactical
success in these cases ignores that U.S. and coalition forces fought for years
afterward to secure these cities despite material and technological advantag-
es. In one conflict (Baghdad), successful decapitation strikes seemed to play
little or no role in preventing a multiyear conflict.
Second, the PLA is building a dedicated urban warfare capability. De-
veloping training facilities specifically for this purpose began with a pilot or
test capability MOUT facility and expanded to include a designated space
at the PLA’s Inner Mongolia training facility and an urban warfare mock-up
in Jiangsu Province. PLA urban combat capabilities are nurtured by at least
annual training exercises that include elements of decapitation strikes and
block-to-block fighting with armored and dismounted infantry forces.
Third, the PLA’s urban warfare capability appears increasingly directed
at Taiwan. At least two of the PLA’s three MOUT facilities could be associ-
ated with simulating conditions on Taiwan. The Zhurihe facility possesses
credible replicas of Taipei’s key political sites (reflecting the focus on quick
152 Lilly
decapitation strikes), and the Northern Jiangsu facility is situated in the PLA’s
Eastern Theater Command and bears resemblance to the island in terms of
topology and climate. While the PLA might need to conduct additional urban
warfare scenarios, including noncombatant evacuation operations in a far-
flung location, stability operations in a possible Korean Peninsula crisis, and
urban operations in locations such as Xinjiang, evidence indicates that PLA
urban combat training is increasingly oriented toward Taiwan.
These findings have implications for wargaming, policy, PLA studies,
and Taiwan’s military readiness. First, Taiwan scenario wargaming should
take urban conflict settings into account. Many publicly available wargame
discussions include multiphase Taiwan contingencies that model conflict in
the land, sea, and air domains. However, these studies usually treat the land
as synonymous with Taiwan’s beaches. As the PLA builds a credible urban
warfare combat capability, it will be increasingly important to examine how
defenders can repulse an aggressor force attempting to transition through
warfare disciplines (for example, amphibious to urban, jungle to urban) to
test assumptions about PLA actions and defender responses. Modeling ur-
ban combat for unclassified discussions may be difficult, but commercially
available systems have already been used by the U.S. military to introduce
urban warfare mechanics as a part of professional military education.29 These
games could also examine the propensity for Taiwan’s population to resist an
occupying force and include sensitivity analysis for comprehensive, partial,
or scant support for starting and sustaining armed resistance.
Second, PLA attempts to modernize its urban warfare capabilities have
implications for U.S. scientific and technological cooperation with China.
As one example, this chapter’s literature review found mention of PLA ur-
ban warfare requirements for a tactical method to employ radar “that can
penetrate brick walls, wooden doors, rubble and other non-metal obstacles
to detect human life characteristics” to better identify and defeat embedded
defenders.30 In that light, discussions on China’s efforts to acquire foreign
technologies might be viewed differently. China’s military research insti-
tutes have participated in four iterations of the International Radar Con-
ference, which has been held in China and to which Western and Japanese
academics have been invited to present research findings on such topics
as “Radars for Non-Contact Vital Sign Detection,” a call for papers that
included an interest in “Thru-Wall Detection Radar,” and a demonstration

night titled “Human Activity Classification with Radar.”31 There are certainly
nonmilitary uses for wall-penetrating radar in humanitarian and disaster
relief. However, considering a stated PLA military need and the PLA’s par-
ticipation at these types of events, increased professional caution should be
exercised when sharing findings that could provide a technological solution
to kill a Taiwanese defender.32
Third, future research should address several questions about the
PLA’s ability to integrate urban warfare into larger plans for cross-strait op-
erations. For instance, what force and unit structure could the PLA employ
to conduct urban warfare operations in Taiwan? Identifying these forces
is important for two reasons. First, the identified unit and echelon could
illuminate the equipment, firepower, and doctrine these soldiers bring to
the fight. Second, there is an opportunity to compare PLA depictions of
an amphibious landing package with the units the PLA intends to use to
seize Taiwan’s cities. Do the force compositions match? If not, what could
explain the lack of urban warfare forces in the amphibious group? The an-
swers have implications for predicting whether protracted on-island op-
erations may unfold in ways that are not beneficial for a force hoping to
achieve a fait accompli or quick recognition of the People’s Republic of
China’s sovereignty over Taiwan.
Another set of questions concerns the fungibility of PLA forces. If Bei-
jing has identified battalion-size landing units as optimal for Taiwan inva-
sion scenarios, with “three infantry companies, three amphibious assault
vehicle/tank companies, one air defense company, and one anti-tank com-
pany,”33 then a key question for the PLA is how effectively these units could
be reconstituted into ones capable of conducting urban operations. Due to
the weight and size restrictions for amphibious vehicles moving on sand and
gravel, there are inherent limitations in the mobile protected firepower assets
identified as “necessary” to win modern urban warfare battles.34 Given recent
evidence from Syria and eastern Ukraine, standoff infantry weapons and light
armored vehicles—the exact type mentioned in a potential PLA amphibious
landing package—are insufficient to succeed in modern urban warfare.35 Will
these lessons be something the PLA learns only in defeat, or can it adapt to
this feature of urban warfare prior to the onset of hostilities? This is only one
154 Lilly
issue that will determine whether the PLA can realize its vision of rapid urban
operations to subdue the enemy.
Fourth, those responsible for ensuring Taiwan’s military readiness
could take PLA urban warfare preparations as an opportunity to rethink
the capacity in which the island’s military and civilian populations are
prepared for national defense. Conformal military design—the concept of
integrating sensor and weapons functionality into the natural contours of
military ships and aircraft—could be extended to urban landscape design.
Much the same way that modern or aesthetically designed heavy-base ce-
ment pots or planters have become standard antiterrorism force protection
barriers in the U.S. Capitol region and other sensitive areas, Taiwan’s urban
design could (or may already) contain design features that complicate an
invading force’s mobility. For example, the 2018 unnamed PLA urban avia-
tion exercise near Liaoning specifically mentioned attempts to land rotary
aircraft on high-rise buildings, suggesting that hazards to rotors, perhaps
conformal to urban needs, could represent an approach to making urban
warfare more hazardous to an invader.
Another consideration for Taiwan’s military readiness is the extent to
which the population could readily adopt conventional munitions and com-
mercial technology to resist an invader. As coalition forces in Iraq experienced
from 2004 to 2011, conventional military ordnance, dispersed in the early days
of conflict, combined with modern retail electronics and ingenuity, helped
create a lethal and effective improvised explosive device campaign to harass,
ambush, and assault coalition vehicle movements. The hundreds of motorcy-
cle and scooter repair shops that abound on the streets of Taipei today serve a
relevant commercial function. But the same metal crimpers, spooled copper
wire, batteries, and multitools that serve repair work today are not all that dif-
ferent from the materials used in the improvised explosive device workshops
of Fallujah or Kandahar. Providing Taiwan’s military or military reservists with
basic insurgency techniques and training may also be a way to signal the is-
land’s resolve to complicate and extend any invasion time frame well beyond
a few days of conflict. In a test of wills, the Chinese Communist Party may need
to ask itself if the PLA is able and willing to begin such a fight in which the en-
emy may be willing to destroy the “porcelain shop.”
Notes
1
David A. Shlapak, David T. Orletsky, and Barry A. Wilson, Dire Strait? Military Aspects
of the China-Taiwan Confrontation and Options for U.S. Policy (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2000),
12; Steve Tsang, If China Attacks Taiwan: Military Strategy, Politics, and Economics (London:
Routledge, 2006); Timothy R. Heath, Chinese Political and Military Thinking Regarding Taiwan
and the East and South China Seas (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017), available at <https://www.
rand.org/pubs/testimonies/CT470.html>.
2
Sun Longhai [孙龙海], Cao Zhengrong [曹正荣], and Yang Ying [杨颖], Informatized
Army Operations [信息化陆军作战] (Beijing: National Defense University Press, 2014), 173, 179,
191.
3
Ibid., 205, 206.
4
“The Beijing Military Region Group Army Organized Modern Urban Offensive Combat
Exercises” [北京军区集团军组织现代城市进攻作战演练], PLA Daily [解放军报], August 23,
2009, available at <http://mil.news.sina.com.cn/2009-08-23/0627563459.html>.
5
“Chen Yi: Liberation of Shanghai Was Like ‘Killing Rats in a Porcelain Shop’” [陈毅: 解放
上海就像 ‘瓷器店里打老鼠’], People’s Daily, May 27, 2009, available at <http://cpc.people.com.
cn/GB/64162/64172/85037/85039/5991763.html>.
6
Dean Cheng, “Chinese Lessons from the Gulf Wars,” in Chinese Lessons from Other
Peoples’ Wars, ed. Andrew Scobell, David Lai, and Roy Kamphausen (Carlisle, PA: Strategic
Studies Institute, 2011), 153, 168–170.
7
See Li Jiufeng [李久峰], “A Classic of City-Siege Warfare: A Perspective on Fallujah’s
Operation ‘Phantom Fury’” [城市攻坚战的不老经典—费卢杰 “幻影愤怒” 行动透视], Military
Digest [军事文摘] (2019), 55.
8
See Liu Peng [刘鹏], “Stones of Other Mountains—Fierce Battle of Fallujah: Classic
Cases of U.S. Army Urban Warfare” [他山之石- 激战费卢杰: 美军城市作战经典战例], Sina
Military Affairs, May 28, 2018, available at <http://mil.news.sina.com.cn/2018-05-28/doc-
ihcaquev4225234.shtml>.
9
Li, “A Classic of City-Siege Warfare,” 55.
10
Andrew J. Bacevich, The Limits of Power: The End of American Exceptionalism (New
York: Henry Holt and Company, 2008), 157.
11
Ren Ruijuan [任瑞娟], “The Chinese Army Must Attach Great Importance to the Study
of Urban Warfare” [中国军队须高度重视城市战研究], PLA Daily [解放军报], January 15, 2008,
available at <http://military.china.com.cn/txt/2008-01/15/content_9534439.htm>.
12
Xia Wei [夏维] et al., “Using the Second Battle of Fallujah as a Blueprint to Promote
Modern Urban Warfare Research” [以第二次费卢杰战役为蓝本推动现代城市作战研究],
Conmilit [现代军事], November 5, 2016, 86.
13
Gian Gentile et al., Reimagining the Character of Urban Operations for the U.S. Army
(Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017), 65–67.
14
Haider J.E. Al-Saaidy and Dhirgham Alobaydi, “Studying Street Centrality and Human
Density in Different Urban Forms in Baghdad, Iraq,” Ain Shams Engineering Journal 12, no. 1
(March 2021), 1111, 1113.
15
Public polling in Taiwan over the past 20 years has indicated a range of assessments on
its citizens’ will to fight in the event of an invasion by the People’s Republic of China. See Russell
Hsiao, “What Would Taiwan Do If China Invaded?” National Interest, April 24, 2018, available at
<https://nationalinterest.org/feature/what-would-taiwan-do-if-china-invaded-25542>.
156 Lilly
16
Video from a September 2020 posting used the phrase certain training field in Northern
Jiangsu [苏北某训练] 地基. “Red and Blue Confrontation Tests the Offensive and Defensive
Capabilities of the Combined Forces in Cities and Towns” [陆军第73集团军某合成旅: 红蓝对
抗检验合成部队城镇攻防能力], PLA TV Web [中国军视网], video, 3:36, September 24, 2020,
available at <http://www.js7tv.cn/video/202009_230306.html>.
17
“Chinese Special Operation Members in Urban Anti-Terrorism Training,” China
Military Online, August 26, 2014, available at <http://www.ecns.cn/visual/2014/08-26/131543.
shtml>.
18
Yongfei Bai et al., “Primary Production and Rain Use Efficiency Across a Precipitation
Gradient on the Mongolia Plateau,” Ecology 89, no. 8 (August 2008), 2140–2153.
19
Feng Fei [冯非] et al., “A Combined Brigade of the 73rd Army Group”; Michael
Behlin, 3rd Sustainment Command (Expeditionary) Public Affairs, “19th Engineers Conduct
Platoon Certification Exercise,” Army.mil, June 14, 2011, available at <https://www.army.mil/
article/59574/19th_engineers_conduct_platoon_certification_exercise>.
20
Victor Robert Lee, “Satellite Imagery: China Staging Mock Invasion of Taiwan?” The
Diplomat, August 9, 2015, available at <https://thediplomat.com/2015/08/satellite-imagery-
from-china-suggests-mock-invasion-of-taiwan/>. Comparisons of Zhurihe public overhead
imagery between August 9, 2015, when The Diplomat reported on the mock attack on the
presidential office, and 2020 indicate a possible expansion of fabrications that might include a
building representing the size and general orientation of the Legislative Yuan.
21
Ren, “The Chinese Army Must Attach Great Importance to the Study of Urban Warfare.”
22
Greg Austin, “China’s Military Trains for Taiwan Invasion with Mock-Ups,” The
Diplomat, August 11, 2015, available at <https://thediplomat.com/2015/08/chinas-military-
trains-for-taiwan-invasion-with-mock-ups/>.
23
Dennis J. Blasko, “The Chinese Military Speaks to Itself, Revealing Doubts,” War on
the Rocks, February 18, 2019, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2019/02/the-chinese-
military-speaks-to-itself-revealing-doubts/>.
24
Greg Torode, “Exclusive: China’s Internal Security Force on Frontlines of Hong Kong
Protests,” Reuters, March 18, 2020, available at <https://www.reuters.com/article/us-hongkong-
protests-military-exclusive/exclusive-chinas-internal-security-force-on-frontlines-of-hong-
kong-protests-idUSKBN2150JZ>.
25
Joel Wuthnow, China’s Other Army: The People’s Armed Police in an Era of Reform,
China Strategic Perspectives No. 14 (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2019), 21.
26
Ibid., 13.
27
China Global Television Network, “Xi Instructs Armed Police to Enhance Military
Training, Combat Readiness,” CCTV, March 26, 2021, available at <https://www.cctvplus.com/
news/20210326/8183713.shtml>.
28
Larry Minear, “The U.S. Citizen-Soldier and the Global War on Terror: The National
Guard Experience” (master’s thesis, Tufts University, 2007), 13–15.
29
James Lacey, “How Does the Next Great Power Conflict Play Out? Lessons from a
Wargame,” War on the Rocks, April 22, 2019, available at <https://warontherocks.com/2019/04/
how-does-the-next-great-power-conflict-play-out-lessons-from-a-wargame/>.
30
Han Qinggui, “Adapt to the Characteristics of Urban Operations and Continuously
Improve the Level of Weaponry and Equipment” [适应城市作战特点不断提升武器装备能力建
设水平], National Defense [国防], no. 1 (2018), 78.
31
See Institute of Engineering and Technology International Radar Conference 2020
“Call for Papers,” available at <http://www.ietradar.org/down/CFP.pdf>.
32
The 2015 International Radar Conference held in Hangzhou, China, supported nine
papers on wall-penetrating radar, four of which included authors affiliated with the People’s
Liberation Army. All are available at <https://digital-library.theiet.org/content/conferences/
cp677>.
33
Ian Easton, The Chinese Invasion Threat: Taiwan’s Defense and American Strategy in
Asia (Manchester: Eastbridge Books, 2019), 337.
34
Gentile et al., Reimagining the Character of Urban Operations for the U.S. Army, xi.
35
Ibid., 60–62.
III
Chinese Forces and the Impact of Reform
CHAPTER 6
PLA Army and Marine Corps Amphibious

Brigades in a Post-Reform Military
Joshua Arostegui
T
here is much speculation about a potential Chinese invasion of Tai-
wan, but whether the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) can achieve
victory will ultimately depend on the quantity and quality of its am-
phibious forces. The difference between PLA Army (PLAA) and PLA Navy
Marine Corps (PLANMC) amphibious units has become increasingly clear
following the 2017 reforms to PLA organizations at the corps level and be-
low. While much analytic attention has been paid to the expanded and more
expeditionary-focused PLANMC, the transition of two PLAA amphibious
mechanized infantry divisions and a single amphibious armor brigade into
six amphibious combined arms brigades demonstrates renewed emphasis
on Taiwan and lays the foundation for actual warfighting capabilities. Al-
though each service now maintains six amphibious-capable brigades, the
differences in organization, command structure, equipment, and training
represent the varying directions the PLAA and PLA Navy (PLAN) are taking
in preparing for future landing operations.
According to the U.S. Department of Defense report Military and Se-
curity Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2020, the
PLA has 12 brigades available to conduct amphibious operations in a joint
161
162 Arostegui
island landing campaign against Taiwan.1 The PLANMC, however, has far
fewer amphibious heavy combined arms battalions than those within the
PLAA’s six amphibious brigades. This disparity does not represent a lack of
PLANMC combat power but exemplifies a force designed and equipped for
securing Chinese overseas interests in a wide range of environments be-
yond the Taiwan Strait. To enable such planned operations, the PLANMC
added lighter and more mobile battalions as part of a transition from am-
phibious to multidimensional brigades.2
In contrast, the PLAA remains focused on cross-strait operations. The
2017 reforms pushed enough combat power down to the 24 PLAA amphibious
combined arms battalions so that each battalion now has nearly as much com-
bat support capacity as its mechanized infantry regiment predecessor. The six
PLAA amphibious brigades are fully standardized and similarly equipped and
designed to execute opposed landings using previous division-regiment doc-
trine at smaller scales. Thus, the transformation from the division-regiment
to the brigade-battalion construct does not signify changes at the strategic
campaign level as much as at the operational and tactical levels. According
to the PLA, the flattened chain of command enables lower echelon leaders to
execute landing operations with more initiative and independence.3 However,
the PLAA amphibious brigades’ size and heavy equipment require adequate
naval transport that currently exists in limited numbers and a robust logistics
capability that remains untested. Without sufficient PLAN medium and heavy
lift, the PLAA amphibious brigades are at best a tool for deterrence, enabling
China to influence the outlook of Taiwan and regional competitors with in-
creased publicity of amphibious brigades’ training operations tempo.
This chapter develops these arguments in four main sections. The first
discusses the restructure of PLAA and PLANMC amphibious units following
the 2017 force-wide reform. The second section outlines the possible roles
of the PLA’s amphibious units in a Taiwan island-landing campaign. The
third details how PLA amphibious unit exercises and training have become
more extensive and complex following the 2017 reform. The fourth section
provides insight into the potential challenges that PLA amphibious units face
in carrying out landing operations because of the restructure. Each section
is based on a foundation of official PLA media sources, military texts, and
journal articles, while materials from the U.S. Government and professional
PLA Amphibious Brigades in a Post-Reform Military 163
corporations such as Jane’s Information Group (Janes) assist with in-depth

understanding of system and force capabilities.
PLAA and PLANMC Brigade Reorganization

Following decades of both successful and unsuccessful island landings, the
PLA has long recognized the need to maintain capable amphibious forces. Suc-
cessful near-shore island-landing operations in 1955, along with the seizure of
the Vietnam-occupied Paracel Islands in 1974, demonstrated the PLA’s willing-
ness to execute joint landing operations under relatively favorable conditions.
However, the PLA’s inability to cross the Taiwan Strait to defeat Chiang Kai-
shek’s Nationalists in and after 1949 remains the ultimate reminder that Beijing
requires a competent and sizable amphibious capability to achieve reunifica-
tion by force.4 This mission resulted in the establishment of permanent PLA
amphibious forces that have been restructured multiple times. This section
details the latest reforms to both the PLAA and PLANMC amphibious units.
The New PLAA Amphibious Brigade

The PLA’s first fully amphibious unit was a short-lived marine division estab-
lished in 1954. After its disbanding in 1957, the PLA lacked dedicated amphib-
ious units until 1980, when the PLAN’s 1st Marine Brigade was established.5
Nearly 20 years later, the PLAN created the 164th Marine Brigade from an army
division, while around the same time the PLAA transitioned the historic 1st
Motorized Infantry Division, 1st Group Army,6 Nanjing Military Region, into
the 1st Amphibious Mechanized Infantry Division (hereafter referred to as am-
phibious division). The 124th Amphibious Division, 42nd Group Army, Guang-
zhou Military Region, appeared not long after. These two divisions, along with
the existing 14th Armor Brigade, 31st Group Army, Nanjing Military Region,
constituted the only mechanized amphibious forces in the PLAA.7 Figure 1
provides an organizational overview of the former PLAA amphibious division.
Following the 2017 PLA “below the neck” reforms, the two amphibious divi-
sions split into four amphibious combined arms brigades, while the amphibious
armor brigade and elements from motorized infantry units transitioned into an-
other two amphibious combined arms brigades. Each of the new brigades, like
its division predecessors, fell under group armies within the PLA Eastern The-
ater Command (located across from Taiwan) and the adjacent Southern Theater
164 Arostegui
Figure 1. Former PLAA Amphibious Mechanized Infantry Division

Engineer &
Chemical Defense
Battalion
Signal Battalion
Reconnaissance
Battalion
Air Defense
Regiment
Amphibious
Mechanized Surface-to-Air
AAA Battalion AAA Battalion
Infantry Division Missile Battalion
Artillery
Regiment
155mm Howitzer 122mm Howitzer 122mm Howitzer 122mm Rocket Anti-Tank
Battalion Battalion Battalion Artillery Battalion Battalion
Amphibious
Armor Regiment
Amphibious
Amphibious Amphibious Amphibious Artillery
Mechanized
Armor Battalion Armor Battalion Armor Battalion Battalion
Infantry Battalion
Amphibious
Mechanized
Infantry Regiment Amphibious Amphibious Amphibious
Artillery
Mechanized Mechanized Mechanized
Battalion
Infantry Battalion Infantry Battalion Infantry Battalion
Amphibious
Mechanized
Infantry Regiment Amphibious Amphibious Amphibious
Artillery
Mechanized Mechanized Mechanized
Battalion
Infantry Battalion Infantry Battalion Infantry Battalion
Command.8 The new amphibious brigades pushed most of the same capabili-
ties that existed in the earlier construct down to the battalion level, allowing the
PLAA to retain its amphibious doctrine and tactics, techniques, and procedures
(TTPs).9 Table 1 and figure 2 outline the theater command and group army or-
ganization of the amphibious brigades according to Janes.10
The new PLAA amphibious brigade, made up of approximately 5,000 sol-
diers, is a variant of the new heavy combined arms brigade modeled after the
U.S. Army’s Armored Brigade Combat Team.11 Table 2 and figure 3 detail the
organization, equipment, and elements of the new amphibious brigade.12
The new PLAA combined arms brigade is a modular formation that provides
the commander interchangeable combat and functional support battalions and
companies to build mission-specific operational units. The amphibious bri-
gade’s battalions also mirror the group army’s organization, improving its ability
to call on corps-level fires, intelligence and reconnaissance, and other capa-

bilities. The plug-and-play modularity of the PLAA amphibious brigade- and
corps-level force structure is also reflected in its four amphibious combined
arms battalions, which improves tactical combat power generation.13
Table 1. Post-2017 PLAA Amphibious Brigades

Theater Command Group Army Amphibious Brigade Garrison
5th Combined Arms
72nd
Hangzhou
124th Combined Arms
Eastern
14th Combined Arms
73rd Zhangzhou
91st Combined Arms
1st Combined Arms

Southern 74th Guangzhou
125th Combined Arms
Figure 2. Post-2017 PLAA Group Army Structure
72nd Group Army 73rd Group Army 74th Group Army
5th Amphibious 72nd Artillery 3rd Light 73rd Artillery 1st Amphibious 74th Artillery
CA BDE BDE CA BDE BDE CA BDE BDE
10th Heavy 72nd Air Defense 14th Amphibious 73rd Air Defense 16th Heavy 74th Air Defense
CA BDE BDE CA BDE BDE CA BDE BDE
34th Medium 72nd Army 86th Heavy 73rd Army 125th Amphibious 74th Army
CA BDE Aviation BDE CA BDE Aviation BDE CA BDE Aviation BDE
85th Medium 72nd Special 91st Amphibious 73rd Special 132nd Light 74th Special
CA BDE Operations BDE CA BDE Operations BDE CA BDE Operations BDE
73rd Engineer &

90th Light 72nd Service 92nd Light 154th Light 74th Service
Chemical Defense
CA BDE Support BDE CA BDE CA BDE Support BDE
BDE
124th Amphibious 72nd Engineer 145th Medium 73rd Service 164rd Light 74th Engineer
CA BDE BDE CA BDE Support BDE CA BDE BDE
72nd Chemical Key: 74th Chemical

Defense BDE BDE = Brigade Defense BDE
CA = Combined arms
166 Arostegui
Table 2. PLAA Amphibious Brigade Equipment/Elements

Battalion Equipment/Elements
Amphibious 105mm assault guns
Amphibious IFVs
Amphibious APCs
Combined Arms BN x 4 Amphibious engineering vehicles
Heavy mortar elements
Air defense elements with MANPADS
Reconnaissance elements
Amphibious reconnaissance vehicles with UAVs

Reconnaissance BN
Technical reconnaissance troops
Amphibious 122mm howitzers

Artillery BN Tracked 122mm rocket artillery
Tracked anti-tank guided missile systems
Tracked AAA systems

Air Defense BN Tracked short-range SAM systems
MANPADS
Command and control systems

Electronic warfare systems
Operational Support BN Engineering platforms
Chemical defense platforms
Security elements
Logistics elements
Service Support BN Medical support elements
Equipment repair and maintenance elements
Key: APC: armored personnel carrier; BN: battalion; IFV: infantry fighting vehicle; MANPADS:
man-portable air-defense system; SAM: surface-to-air missile: UAV: unmanned aerial vehicle.
In PLAA island-landing operations, the brigade is responsible for a land-

ing section [denglu diduan, 登陆地段] with multiple battalion landing points
[denglu dian, 登陆点].14 The new amphibious combined arms battalion is
better equipped and organized to execute the mission against a landing point
compared with its single service arm battalion predecessor, which required the
Figure 3. PLAA Amphibious Combined Arms Battalion Organization
Amphibious 105mm Assault Gun Company
Amphibious 105mm Assault Gun Company
Amphibious Mechanized Infantry Company
Amphibious Mechanized Infantry Company
Firepower Company
Service Support Company
creation of temporary combined arms formations. Table 3 contrasts the new

amphibious combined arms battalion with its pre-restructure equivalents.15
The New PLANMC Brigade

At the same time as the new PLAA structure became clear, the PLANMC ex-
panded from two to six marine brigades, in addition to a new special opera-
tions forces (SOF) brigade and an aviation brigade. Along with establishing
a PLANMC headquarters and removing the first two brigades from the com-
mand of the PLAN South Sea Fleet, the four new brigades were construct-
ed from PLAA coastal defense units and an infantry brigade, providing the
PLAN’s naval infantry with troops trained in littoral combat, while the SOF
and aviation brigades were built from standing PLAN units.16
Table 3. Pre- and Post-Reform Amphibious Battalion Structure

Amphibious Amphibious Organic
Amphibious Organic Artillery Organic
Maneuver Assault Reconnais-
IFVs and Air Defense Engineering
Battalion Type Vehicles sance
Pre-reform
Amphibious Task- 31 IFVs 6 100mm mortars
Mechanized assigned (3 companies) (2 platoons)
Infantry Battalion Task-assigned from regiment
Pre-reform 31 assault
Task-
Amphibious guns Task-assigned
assigned
Armor Battalion (3 companies)
Current 6 100mm mortars

28 assault (2 platoons);
Amphibious 28 IFVs
guns 1 platoon 1 platoon
Combined Arms (2 companies) 4 MANPADS
(2 companies)
Battalion (1 platoon)
Key: IFV: infantry fighting vehicle; MANPADS: man-portable air-defense system.

168 Arostegui
Before 2017, the two original PLANMC brigades shared the same struc-
ture and were both primarily focused on South China Sea and conventional
amphibious operations.17 Each PLANMC brigade included four light infantry
battalions and combat support battalions, as well as an organic amphibious
armor regiment that included an amphibious tank battalion, two amphibious
armored infantry battalions, and a self-propelled howitzer battalion.18 After
the restructure, all PLANMC brigades took on organizations similar to their
PLAA combined arms brigade counterparts.
The PLANMC chain of command, nevertheless, is different from a PLAA
group army. The PLANMC headquarters, a corps-level command located
in Guangdong Province, falls directly under the PLAN headquarters rather
than a theater command. The PLANMC’s unique chain of command, with
garrisons along the entire Chinese coast, indicates that it is a national-level
strategic asset like the PLA Air Force (PLAAF) Airborne Corps. Based on this
command structure, it is unlikely that the PLANMC or PLAAF Airborne Corps
will ever be deployed as a complete unit like a PLAA group army, but rather in
reinforced brigades or smaller elements.19
Following the 2017 expansion and the deployment of PLANMC units to
the PLA’s base in Djibouti, the PLAN’s naval infantry component appears to
be Beijing’s choice for joint expeditionary operations abroad, while main-
taining some capability for small reef and island operations in the South
China Sea and expanding its training to additional regions and climates. The
PLANMC is moving toward a lighter force structure that would also optimize
its capacity for nonwar military activities, especially those that protect Chi-
na’s overseas interests, but would limit its use to small island operations or
auxiliary roles in a large-scale campaign against Taiwan.20
Unlike the PLAA amphibious brigades, the six new PLANMC brigades
are neither standardized nor designed to fit into a group army–centric is-
land-landing group. Little is known about some of the newest PLANMC
brigades, particularly those that transitioned from PLAA coastal defense
units. Although the 1st and 2nd brigades remain fully equipped with the
Type-05 tracked amphibious series of vehicles and smaller numbers of
wheeled mechanized chassis, three of the four new brigades appear to be
equipped differently.21 Table 4 details the known equipment holdings for
each PLANMC brigade.22
Table 4. PLANMC Equipment

Brigade Known Equipment
Type-05 heavy amphibious tracked chassis;
1st
Type-09 8x8 wheeled chassis*
Type-05 heavy amphibious tracked chassis;

2nd
Type-09 8x8 wheeled chassis†
3rd Type-09 8x8 wheeled chassis‡
4th Type-09 8x8 wheeled chassis§
5th Type-09 8x8 wheeled chassis¶
Type-05 amphibious tracked chassis;

6th
Type-09 8x8 wheeled chassis;
Lynx 8x8 all-terrain vehicle
Notes:
*
“Under the Guidance of Xi Jinping’s Thoughts on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics—
New Era, New Methods, New Chapter—Forging a Powerful Force that Can Quickly Respond to All
Areas” [在习近平新时代中国特色社会主义思想指引下一新时代新作为新篇章锻造合成多
能快速反应全域运用的精兵劲旅], CCTV [央视网], October 14, 2020, available at <https://tv.cctv.
com/2020/10/14/VIDEJa9VkX29qsf5U1agxiHG201014.shtml>. The video shows elements of a PLA
Navy Marine Corps Tiger Brigade, an honorific for the 1st PLANMC Brigade. The brigade in Djibouti
operates Type-09 wheeled vehicles. It is unclear if those vehicles are also found in the brigade’s
table of equipment in China.
†
Song Xin [宋歆], “‘Blade Warriors’: Always Following Orders and Waiting for Peace”
[“刀锋战士”: 时刻听从号令, 为和平而守候], China Military Online [中国军网], September 9, 2019,
available at <http://www.81.cn/tzjy/2019-09/09/content_9615797.htm>. The 2nd PLANMC Brigade showed
a mechanized infantry company with Type-09 platforms participating in peacekeeping training.
‡
“A Certain PLANMC Brigade: Implement the Spirit of the Plenary Session and Strive to be a Pioneer
in Transformation” [海军陆战队某旅: 贯彻全会精神争做转型先锋], China Military TV Online [中国
军视网], November 23, 2020, available at <http://www.js7tv.cn/video/202011_234913.html>.
§
“Direct Fire Training Range—The Marine Corps Kicked off with a ‘Good Start’ with Live Firing and
New Equipment” [直击演训场海军陆战队实弹射击新装备打响 “开门红”], CCTV [央视网], July 12,
2020, available at <https://tv.cctv.com/2020/07/12/VIDEw5Cg3mFAHPCKwmcvRCoi200712.shtml>.
¶
People’s Navy Official WeChat Microblog [人民海军官方微信], “Marine Corps, You’re So
Handsome!” [海军陆战队, 你真帅!], WeChat [微信], October 17, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.
qq.com/s/vSJZCcNaZcjkp2iisvwaEQ>.
170 Arostegui
The 6th PLANMC Brigade appears to have at least three different types of
battalions: heavy amphibious, medium wheeled, and light air assault. If the
6th Brigade is a model for the other brigades, the PLANMC would be able to
field a future force package equipped for both amphibious operations and
nonwar military activities. However, based on existing amphibious opera-
tions doctrine, the brigade’s limited number of heavy armored amphibious
platforms would make a PLANMC brigade unsuitable as a first echelon main
landing force during an opposed Taiwan landing.
The PLAA and PLANMC’s primary amphibious armored vehicle, the
Type-05 series, has no parallel in foreign military forces. The Type-05 vehicle
series, which was developed solely for amphibious landing operations, pro-
vides a PLA landing force with a universal armored combat platform able to
swim long distances. The Type-05 series consists of three primary maneuver
and fires platforms, detailed in table 5.23
According to Janes, the following variants of the Type-05 are also field-
ed in the PLAA and PLANMC: armored personnel carrier, armored recovery
vehicle, command and control vehicle, artillery command vehicle, commu-
nications vehicle, armored breaching vehicle, and reconnaissance vehicle.24
Although the Type-05 series has been fielded to most of the PLAA amphibious
brigades, some units are still equipped with first-generation equipment, such
as the Type-63A light amphibious tank.25 The Type-09 8x8 wheeled vehicles—
including the ZBL-09 infantry fighting vehicle and the ZTL-11 105-millimeter
Table 5. PLAA and PLANMC Vehicles

Platform Type Weapons Crew Capacity
ZBD-05 IFV 30mm cannon; 3 crew + 8 infantry
7.62mm MG;
HJ-73 ATGM
ZLT-05 Assault 105mm gun; 4

(also called ZTD-05) gun 12.7mm MG;
7.62mm MG
PLZ-07B Howitzer 122mm gun; 5

12.7mm MG
Key: ATGM: anti-tank guided missile; IFV: infantry fighting vehicle; MG: machine gun.
assault gun, found in nonamphibious PLAA brigades and in each PLANMC

brigade—are designed to be capable of amphibious operations, though their
afloat speed is significantly slower than that of the Type-05.26 With the unique
capabilities each type of amphibious vehicle brings to the force, the post-re-
structure PLAA and PLANMC amphibious brigades are equipped to carry out
a wide range of similar missions differing in scale and force projection.
PLA Amphibious Unit Role in Joint Blockade and

Island Landing Campaigns
The PLA’s 2013 Science of Military Strategy lists participation in large-scale op-
erations to preserve national unity in the “main strategic direction” [zhuyao
zhanlüe fangxiang, 主要战略方向], a reference to the Taiwan Strait, as the first
of several strategic missions for the PLAA.27 As the primary ground component
in a large-scale joint operation, the text specifies that the PLAA would need to
participate in blockade and control operations, firepower strikes, island-land-
ing operations, and defensive operations (for a description of the primary
cross-strait campaigns, see Michael Casey’s chapter in this volume). Most im-
portant, the document clarifies that the PLAA will assault beaches, conduct
on-island assaults, assault fortified positions in urban areas, and participate in
postconflict stabilization operations in joint island-landing operations.
Various pre-reform PLAA operational art texts assessed that the PLANMC
brigades would play roles in opening up sea lines and securing landing points
for the PLAA amphibious division breakthrough as an initial landing force.28
While the original two PLANMC brigades were adequately outfitted with heavy
amphibious platforms to perform these roles, the structure of the new PLANMC
brigades indicates that the PLAN does not intend to use its naval infantry as an
initial landing force in a joint island landing campaign against Taiwan. The new
brigades, however, do provide the PLAN with some capabilities to participate in
island-blockade operations and small-scale actions that support a landing cam-
paign. The following sections describe how PLAA and PLANMC units would
participate in both a joint island blockade and joint island landing campaign.
Joint Island Blockade Campaign

The PLA’s 2009 Science of Army Operations describes island blockade and
control operations implicitly targeting Taiwan as a high-priority mission for
172 Arostegui
the PLAA.29 PLAA contributions to an island blockade include not only ki-
netic and nonkinetic fires to assist the PLAN and PLAAF but also maneuver
forces to land on key offshore islands. The army’s role in a joint island block-
ade campaign is to help cut off Taiwan’s economic and military ties with the
outside world, thereby isolating and intimidating the government into sub-
mission and creating favorable conditions for follow-on landing operations.30
The new PLAA amphibious brigades and the more established PLANMC
brigades are well suited for island blockade operations. Science of Army Oper-
ations notes that ground forces participate in four phases of island blockade
operations: deploying forces and posturing for combat, paralyzing the ene-
my and seizing control over the blockaded area, implementing a sustainable
blockade to gradually weaken and exhaust the enemy, and combining strikes
and defensive actions to defeat the enemy’s counterblockade offensives.31
In the deployment phase, PLAA amphibious brigades in the 72nd and 73rd
group armies are already garrisoned in locations that enable rapid maneuver
to Chinese coastlines adjacent to the Taiwan Strait.32 While the PLAN, PLAAF,
PLA Rocket Force, and PLA Strategic Support Force focus long-range and
strategic capabilities against Taiwan, the firepower and amphibious landing
assets of the PLAA and PLANMC could deliver landing forces to Taiwan’s
offshore islands such as Jinmen and Matsu. The PLAA amphibious brigades,
once in place, could use their organic reconnaissance and electronic war-
fare systems to maintain situational awareness on these islands, while the air
defense battalion could provide point defense of key command and control
hubs for PLAA units participating in the blockade operations.
In the paralysis phase, the PLAA amphibious brigades are also config-
ured to participate in a joint firepower strike. PLAA amphibious brigades
have a strong advantage over PLANMC brigades in this respect. PLAA am-
phibious brigade howitzers and rocket artillery have the range and accuracy
to suppress tactical defensive targets on Jinmen and much of the Matsu Is-
lands.33 While all PLANMC brigades maintain fire support battalions, not all
are equipped with self-propelled chassis. It is unclear if PLANMC brigades
have rocket artillery, which would limit their organic fires to tube artillery.
The new PLAA amphibious brigades could also play a role in information
dominance in this phase through their new organic electronic warfare com-
pany, a capability the PLANMC apparently lacks.34
The paralysis phase also includes seizure of Taiwan’s smaller offshore is-
lands to disrupt counterblockade operations and confine the movement of
enemy ships and planes.35 The PLAA views near-shore island offensive oper-
ations as “three-dimensional” missions to capture a portion of large islands
or entire smaller islands. These operations would likely be PLAA-centric and
require minimal participation of the other services. Near-shore operations
would allow PLAA amphibious brigades to land without the need for trans-
port vessels because PLAA amphibious brigade assets, such as the Type-05
series vehicles, are able to swim from coast to island in suitable weather and
sea states. PLAA small island-landing doctrine also calls for air assault units to
secure key positions.36 Because PLAA SOF brigades and light combined arms
brigades train for air mobility operations with army aviation brigades, units
from the same group army could be used for rear area landings and close air
support. The PLANMC would almost certainly rely on joint support for similar
operations despite some brigades maintaining organic air assault assets.
Joint Island Landing Campaign

If given the order to reunify Taiwan through military means, the PLAA would
take the lead in breaking through the enemy’s coastal defenses, establishing
a beachhead, destroying and repelling entrenched defenders, and creating
favorable conditions for second-echelon forces. Science of Army Operations
notes that this large-scale campaign would occur only after political and dip-
lomatic efforts were exhausted and would be used to devastate separatist forc-
es while attempting to limit unnecessary civilian casualties and preserving
civilian infrastructure. According to the text, based on the Taiwan Strait’s mon-
soon and typhoon seasons, a period between late March and late April or late
September to mid-October would be most suitable for a landing operation.37
Science of Campaigns notes that a landing campaign could normally be divid-
ed into three major phases: advance operations, embarkation and sea-cross-
ing, and assault onto land to establish a landing site; however, passages from
the PLA’s Army Combined Arms Tactics Under Informationized Conditions
provide more specific details about the sea-crossing and landing phases.38
Advance Operations. A joint firepower strike, as part of the advance
operations phase of the landing campaign, is carried out concurrently
with attempts to gain information, sea, and air dominance.39 Neither PLAA
174 Arostegui
amphibious brigades nor PLANMC brigades are designed and equipped for
participation in this phase of operations, except for providing limited point
air defense capabilities. Both brigade types lack long-range firepower and
electronic warfare systems capable of reaching Taiwan’s shores, and they are
not designed to carry out antiship fires.
Embarkation and Sea-Crossing. The PLAA’s capability to participate
in the embarkation and sea-crossing phase of the island-landing campaign
was greatly improved with the conversion of amphibious divisions into am-
phibious brigades. Following the 2017 restructure, the amphibious brigades
centralized all their subordinate battalions into one location, allowing for im-
proved mobilization timelines. The PLAA amphibious brigades are now stra-
tegically garrisoned near ports of embarkation to facilitate rapid movement
to their assembly areas and loading onto amphibious-capable vessels. This
positioning limits their exposure to enemy fires during the pivotal loading
and transport phases, especially if executed during nighttime.40
The PLAA amphibious brigade is equipped to provide its own point air
defense system at loading zones. The amphibious brigade’s air defense bat-
talion and combined arms battalion assets could provide short-range protec-
tion for the embarkation area and at sea, complementing PLAN, PLAAF, and
PLAA medium- to long-range air defense systems.41
PLANMC brigades are also located near major ports of embarkation,
which ensures minimal difficulty in moving the units to their loading zones.
Although PLANMC brigades have air defense battalions, they appear to be
primarily equipped with older towed anti-aircraft artillery guns. These weap-
ons could serve as close-range point air defense but lack the range, accuracy,
and mobility of equipment currently fielded in PLAA amphibious brigades.
This deficiency would leave these PLANMC brigades reliant on higher eche-
lon PLAN and PLAAF air defense systems.
Selection of Landing Sections and Points. Modern PLAA amphibi-
ous brigades are equipped to assault a wider landing section compared
with their smaller regimental predecessors. An amphibious brigade com-
mander could assign 2 amphibious combined arms battalions (56 amphib-
ious assault guns and 56 amphibious infantry fighting vehicles) to defeat
2 defending companies on a 2- to 4-kilometer (km) front—an objective
previously assigned to a reinforced amphibious infantry regiment (93
amphibious infantry fighting vehicles and at least 1 company of task-as-

signed amphibious assault guns).42
In the pre-reform PLAA, amphibious landing battalions concentrated on
landing points with a width of 0.5 to 1 km.43 Now, an amphibious brigade com-
mander can transfer brigade-echelon elements down to the combined arms
battalions to increase combat power against the main landing point while en-
suring that the secondary landing point and reserve combined arms battal-
ions remain in close enough proximity for mutual support within the landing
section.44 An individual amphibious combined arms battalion now likely has
an expanded landing point width of 1.5 to 2 km, which would make the bri-
gade landing section an approximately 3- to 4-km front. If accurate, two am-
phibious brigades could land in an area roughly the same as a division.
Troop Allocation and Deployment. According to the PLA’s Army Com-
bined Arms Tactics Under Informationized Conditions, the commander of one
of the PLAA’s former amphibious divisions would utilize 10 primary groups in 3
to 5 assault waves.45 The new amphibious brigade’s modular structure enables
the same operational group structure as its division predecessor (see table 6).
New PLANMC brigades lack many of the self-propelled weapons systems and
access to corps-level aviation assets required for a similar organization.
Table 6. PLAA Amphibious Brigade Landing Groups

Group Mission Amphibious Amphibious
Division Unit Brigade
Assigned Equivalent
Advance Get ashore first to seize key Task-assigned: Reconnaissance
Landing points; provide reconnais- one SOF BN or two BN and com-
Group sance to landing units PLANMC BNs bined arms BN
reconnaissance
platoons
Air Seize enemy frontline posi- Task-assigned: one Task-assigned:

Assault tions and key points in-depth; air assault BN one air assault
Group stop enemy combat reserve BN
from counterattacking
176 Arostegui

Assigned Equivalent
Assault Land on main and secondary Two amphibious Two amphibious
Landing directions; seize and control infantry regiments; combined arms
Group landing section; ensure deep task-assigned am- BNs
assault group can enter phibious tank, ar-
combat tillery, air defense,
engineer, and
chemical defense
elements
Deep Attack and occupy defensive Amphibious armor One amphibious

Assault in-depth positions; expand regiment; task- combined arms
Group and consolidate landing assigned amphib- BN
section; ensure follow-up ious infantry, artil-
landing troops get ashore lery, and engineer
elements
Fire- Destroy enemy artillery, C2, Artillery regiment Artillery BN;

power EW, ISR locations; strike (with organic task-assigned
Assault enemy armored targets and anti-tank BN); army aviation
Group fortified defense works; at- task-assigned army platforms
tack enemy helicopters and aviation platforms
assist air assault group
Combat Go ashore immediately after One task-assigned One amphibious

Reserve deep assault group; carry combined arms combined arms
Group out mobile combat tasks BN with anti-tank, BN
to deal with unexpected engineer, and
scenarios chemical defense
elements
Air Go ashore with deep assault Air defense Air defense BN

Defense group or firepower assault regiment
Group group; conduct aerial recon-
naissance, prevent enemy
reconnaissance, defeat
enemy aviation and airborne
weapons over the combat
area

Assigned Equivalent
Elec- Conduct communications EW BN (if organic) Operational
tronic and radar jamming; intercept or group army support BN EW
Warfare enemy radio communica- task-assigned EW company
Group tions and radar signals elements
Obstacle Open passageways at the Engineer and Combined arms

Clearing water’s edge and through chemical defense BN engineer
Group beach barriers to ensure BN elements platoons
assault units get ashore
Combat Construct command posts, Engineer and Operational

Engineer open temporary piers, chemical defense support BN engi-
Reserve enable follow-up troops get BN elements neer company
Group ashore
Key: BN: battalion; C2: command and control; EW: electronic warfare; ISR: intelligence, surveillance,
and reconnaissance; PLANMC: PLA Navy Marine Corps; SOF: special operations forces.
Opening of Landing Pathways. The new amphibious brigade struc-

ture provides each amphibious combined arms battalion with its own re-
connaissance and engineering platoons that could be supplemented with
brigade-level elements to open up landing pathways, a role that previously
required regimental assets.46 The combined arms battalion staff enables co-
ordination with supporting aviation units to provide cover fire for these initial
landing teams. Additionally, evidence suggests that at least one amphibious
brigade could use a new unmanned system to destroy water obstacles near
the shore prior to engineering troops landing.47 PLA media indicate that the
1st and 2nd PLANMC brigades, and likely the 6th Brigade, have similar engi-
neering and reconnaissance capabilities at the brigade and battalion levels;
however, it is unknown whether the new brigades also have their own sup-
port elements at the same echelons.48
Debarkation, Swimming, and Direct Fires. According to PLA doctrine,
amphibious armor typically debarks transport vessels 4 to 8 km from shore to
begin their swim. The initial waves include obstacle removal elements as de-
scribed above, followed by assaulting infantry and armor and finally by artil-
lery and supporting forces.49 While the restructure likely had minimal effect on
178 Arostegui
debarkation TTPs, the inclusion of 28 amphibious assault guns in each com-

bined arms battalion increased the amount of direct fire support for the as-
saulting waves. New units equipped with ZLT-05 105-millimeter assault guns
and Type-05 reconnaissance vehicles improve the commander’s capability, in
optimal conditions, to direct fires against important enemy targets, especially
fortifications, firing points, and armored vehicles up to 2 km from shore.50
In addition, the PLAA combined arms battalion staff often includes an
integrated PLAA aviation officer. Theoretically, this arrangement means that
the participating combined arms battalions could request attack helicopter
support, allowing them to achieve superior effects on landing points com-
pared with their predecessors. However, the proficiency level of PLAA close
air support during the landing phase remains questionable. The PLAN does
not have attack helicopters, which forces the PLANMC brigades to rely on
joint land-based aviation support. This situation could change as the PLAN-
MC Aviation Brigade develops.
Beachhead Landing and Expansion. The PLA expects the landing of
amphibious combined arms battalions on the enemy shore to remain the
most violent operation in a joint island landing campaign, even after the joint
firepower strike. PLA scholars believe that Taiwan military defenders would
concentrate all firepower on landing armored vehicles and that destroyed ve-
hicles could block the number of available pathways onto the beach.51
The 2017 reforms flattened the PLAA’s command structure, enabling the
amphibious brigade’s subordinate combined arms battalion to replace the
amphibious regiment as the basic ground unit in a joint island landing cam-
paign. As a result, the amphibious combined arms battalion could now inde-
pendently react to situations on the shore and request higher echelon PLAA
and joint support when required. This arrangement allows joint commanders
to respond to successes and failures at different landing points and to pass
down orders more quickly through digital communications and a reduced
number of command echelons.52 The arrangement also ensures that PLAA
air assault units and PLAAF Airborne Corps brigades landing farther inland
would be better prepared to connect with troops coming from the beachhead.
The new amphibious brigades and amphibious combined arms battal-
ions also have advantages in combat support compared with their predeces-
sors. Previously, the regiment controlled functions such as material support,
equipment recovery, and medical rescue. The establishment of amphibious

brigade service support battalions and combined arms battalion service
support companies enables lower echelon units to independently execute
these functions.53 For instance, the amphibious combined arms battalion is
equipped with armored recovery and medical vehicles to manage casualties
and is able to request support from nearby amphibious brigades and other
services. New combat information systems also allow combined arms bat-
talion staff members to monitor ammunition and fuel consumption to better
react to logistics requirements.54
After successfully destroying enemy defenses, securing a beachhead,
and establishing on-site command posts, amphibious brigades would be
used to defeat enemy counterattacks and expand the area of control. This
would enable nonamphibious platforms to come ashore via landing craft to
relieve the first echelon landing troops and connect with air assault units
landing 2 to 4 km away from the shoreline. These follow-on units could
also participate in operations to connect with PLAAF Airborne Corps units
dropped farther to the rear (for more on the Airborne Corps, see the chapter
by Roderick Lee in this volume).55
The two original PLANMC brigades could conduct similar assaults,
though their capacity to call on higher echelon ground component and joint
support remains unclear. The level of protection required for assaulting am-
phibious armored vehicles leaves the remaining four PLANMC brigades in-
capable of executing this type of large-scale landing operation. The transfer
of landing point control to follow-on forces would also be more difficult for
a PLANMC brigade than it would be for a PLAA amphibious brigade in the
same group army as its relief.
Training and Exercises

Due to the complex nature of opposed amphibious landings, the PLA has al-
ways placed a premium on amphibious training. Prior to and after the 2017
restructure, PLAA amphibious units maintained regular training cycles fo-
cused on amphibious landing throughout the year, with most exercises occur-
ring between May and September.56 By contrast, even before the reforms, the
two PLANMC brigades had begun to train for operations in a wide spectrum
of environments, including arctic, forest, plateau, and desert conditions.57
180 Arostegui
Despite the expanded focus on operational environments, the PLANMC has

continued to dedicate much of its training to amphibious landings.
PLAA Amphibious Brigade Training: 2017–2020

PLAA amphibious training became gradually more complex after the April
2017 reorganization, with brigades initially focused on training at smaller
echelons. Although the amphibious brigades were newly established, they
all came from former amphibious divisions or an amphibious-capable armor
brigade, ensuring that training could continue without a major disruption and
that doctrine would remain roughly consistent. Thus, during the remainder
of 2017 and all of 2018, PLAA amphibious brigade training events appeared
to concentrate on improving the capabilities of the new amphibious com-
bined arms battalions and their staffs.58 Beginning in 2019, more emphasis
was placed on multibattalion amphibious exercises, while also ramping up
training on complex TTPs such as loading and unloading at sea and conduct-
ing nighttime operations.59 By 2020, PLAA amphibious brigades were more
confident in publicizing brigade-level exercises and the capabilities of their
new operational support and reconnaissance battalions.60
An amphibious brigade of the 73rd Group Army became a focal point in
2020 as the PLA published videos and articles throughout the May to Sep-
tember training cycle demonstrating the unit’s capabilities. In October 2020,
official PLA media sources posted a series of videos detailing the final bri-
gade-level multibattalion exercise that took place in September. The videos
described the landing operation in full and included footage of the amphibi-
ous brigade loading onto PLAN vessels under the cover of darkness and bri-
gade electronic warfare vehicles setting up for combat. The PLA also used the
exercise to demonstrate the capabilities of new seaborne unmanned obstacle
destruction systems and load-carrying unmanned ground vehicles. This type
of landing exercise, however, serves more than simply training PLAA troops
in amphibious operations.61
As referenced in Military and Security Developments Involving the Peo-
ple’s Republic of China 2020, a large-scale amphibious invasion is one of
the most complicated and difficult military operations and would likely
strain the PLA’s capabilities. The report acknowledges that the PLA is bet-
ter suited for small island-landing operations, such as those against Matsu
or Jinmen; however, even those missions include significant political risk.62

Despite the recognized challenges in executing large-scale landing opera-
tions, PLA media frequently display the amphibious brigades landing in
opposed force exercises. The existence and high-profile training of these
units serve a purpose in Chinese deterrence: to intimidate Taiwan and
demonstrate to other regional powers the PLA’s resolve to execute com-
plex amphibious operations against Taiwan if ordered. According to a 2019
RAND study, China uses large-scale military exercises as a form of gray
zone operations, with military intimidation used to threaten potential mil-
itary attack or military escalation.63
During periods of strained relations between China and Taiwan, such as
during a U.S. Cabinet member’s visit to Taiwan for Lee Teng-hui’s memorial
service in September 2020, a heavy focus is placed on publicizing detailed
landing operations to signal both to Taiwan and to U.S. audiences. Chinese
media services such as Global Times, considered a propaganda outlet by the
U.S. Government, often describe those exercises as warnings against Taiwan
independence and demonstrations to the United States that the PLA has the
capability to execute a reunification-by-force operation.64 This is an example
of how normal PLA amphibious training events could be repurposed for stra-
tegic effect as part of China’s “Three Warfares” [san zhan, 三战]. Along with
Beijing’s use of legal warfare, PLA media outlets use videos and images of the
amphibious training events as forms of media warfare to shape global opin-
ion and psychological warfare to influence foreign decisionmakers.65
PLANMC Brigade Training: 2017–2020

Because the first two PLANMC brigades remained mostly intact, a clear re-
duction in training events did not occur after the 2017 restructure. Several
small-scale exercises during 2017 continued to demonstrate the capability of
the 1st and 2nd brigades to execute small island and reef seizures.66 The four
new PLANMC brigades, as they transitioned from PLAA light infantry forces
to naval infantry, were understandably absent from known training events
throughout 2017. However, the 6th Brigade became a regular fixture in PLA
media beginning in 2018, and by 2020, the 1st, 2nd, and 6th brigades were ob-
served executing larger landing exercises with an emphasis on the inclusion
of multiple service arms. However, the events appeared mostly in line with
182 Arostegui
the traditional PLANMC South China Sea mission set.67 In addition, the 4th
and 5th brigades appeared in PLA videos and articles with new wheeled Type-
09 vehicles, although their training was limited to driving and firing events,
such as those the PLANMC publicizes about its forces in Djibouti, where
complex amphibious landings are not required.68
The PLANMC, unlike PLAA amphibious brigades, uses its naval infan-
try to engage with international partners abroad and at home. Although
most training events appeared to use PLANMC SOF brigade elements, the
PLANMC’s conventional forces were also playing larger roles in international
exercises. During the May 2019 Sino-Thai joint naval exercise Blue Comman-
do–2019, elements of a PLANMC heavy combined arms battalion executed
a landing in southern Guangdong Province.69 In January 2020, PLANMC el-
ements participated in joint landing drills with Pakistan’s marine forces.70
PLANMC armored vehicle elements also continuously participated in Rus-
sia’s International Army Games “Seaborne Assault” event from 2015 to 2019,
even hosting the program in 2018.71 The PLA likely uses these exercises to
demonstrate its prowess to regional competitors and the capabilities of its
amphibious vehicles to potential buyers of Chinese weaponry and systems.
Post-Reform Disadvantages and Challenges

Although the 2017 restructure improved the ability of PLAA amphibious bri-
gades to carry out amphibious landings against Taiwan, the large number of
changes to structure, staffs, and equipment types resulted in new challenges
for commanders. Similarly, PLANMC brigade commanders lack a full table
of equipment and adequate training in amphibious operations. Most import-
ant, lack of adequate amphibious transport limits the ability of units from
both services to participate in a joint island landing campaign.
The establishment of PLAA amphibious brigades to replace the former
amphibious divisions improved the independence of action and speed of
information flow. However, the increase in combat power at the amphibious
brigade and amphibious combined arms battalion levels included a new
set of problems for tactical commanders. The overall size of combined arms
battalions increased with the move from a single service arm to more than
10 in each battalion. Amphibious combined arms battalion commanders
no longer command only infantry companies but gained responsibility for
armor, artillery, air defense, reconnaissance, signal, engineering, chemical

defense, and other service arms that were formerly found only at the bri-
gade and division levels. According to PLA Daily, a new amphibious com-
bined arms battalion staff enables the commander to lead more than twice
the number of amphibious platforms compared with before the restructure.
It also enables the commander to use real-time battalion reconnaissance
capabilities to adjust operations before landing the troops.72 Even with a
small combined arms battalion staff, however, tactical commanders would
be faced with vulnerabilities resulting from networked command and in-
formation systems; competing requirements from subordinate, lateral, and
higher units; and operations in a complex electromagnetic environment.
These new requirements could lead to accidents and poor combat deci-
sions during a landing operation.73
The small number of large-scale amphibious landing exercises may also
reduce the effectiveness of the amphibious brigades. Because brigade-size
landing events became common only in 2020, the PLA will likely need sev-
eral more years before it is comfortable executing larger training events with
multiple amphibious brigades landing simultaneously. Although recent
smaller scale exercises utilized joint capabilities, with PLAN vessels deliver-
ing PLAA landing forces and PLAAF aircraft providing fire support, the lim-
ited scale is not representative of the realistic requirements expected during
a joint island landing campaign.74
Limited opposing force training also reduces the combat potential of the
amphibious units. The army’s amphibious brigades, unlike other PLAA com-
bined arms brigades, have not made the cross-theater trip to the PLA’s Joint
Training Base at Zhurihe in Inner Mongolia, which plays a role like that of the
U.S. Army’s National Training Center. As a result, the amphibious brigades have
not had the opportunity to train against that base’s dedicated limited opposing
force unit in large exercises such as Stride. Without such experience, the PLAA
amphibious brigades likely train against themselves or theoretical opponents.
Because much of the amphibious force, like most other army units, is filled
with 2-year conscripts, the lack of realistic training leaves it unprepared for
the high-intensity confrontation expected during a Taiwan landing. This fac-
tor, compounded by the need for troops to operate modern digitized systems,
could lead to failure up and down the chain of command during the landing.75
184 Arostegui
Logistics support is another challenge for PLAA amphibious brigades.

The PLAA established group army service support brigades, combined arms
brigade service support battalions, and combined arms battalion service sup-
port companies to form a continuous campaign- to tactical-level supply chain
during wartime. However, the PLAA’s service support brigades are primarily re-
sponsible for supporting group army command posts. This arrangement leaves
the amphibious brigades and battalions reliant on their own logistics capacity
and on support from the PLA Joint Logistic Support Force.76 The PLA expects
the rapid consumption of fuel, ammunition, and other materials to challenge
landing forces because they can carry only their own loadouts during the initial
assault.77 Although tactical support forces within the amphibious brigades par-
ticipate in landing exercises, it remains unclear how closely, if at all, the Joint Lo-
gistic Support Force participates in these events. Without a robust relationship
with the Joint Logistic Support Force prior to a landing campaign, the amphib-
ious brigades could struggle to remain ready for combat after the battle begins.
The primary disadvantage facing the new PLANMC brigades is the slow
pace of equipment fielding.78 Although the 1st and 2nd brigades maintain their
pre-reform equipment holdings, three of the four new brigades lack suffi-
cient mechanized forces to enable the full spectrum of overseas operations
for which they must prepare, such as humanitarian assistance and disaster
relief, and other nonwar military activities. The new 6th Brigade, transitioned
from the former PLAA 77th Motorized Infantry Brigade, appears to be the
only other combat-ready unit based on equipment fielding and training op-
erations tempo.79 The 4th and 5th brigades both field at least one battalion of
medium-wheeled Type-08 chassis, but this leaves them relatively combat-in-
effective for any kind of amphibious landing or overseas deployment except
supplying troops to the PLAN base in Djibouti.
The new PLANMC brigades, like the PLAA amphibious brigades, also suf-
fer from a lack of realistic training and exercises. Although the 1st and 2nd bri-
gades have trained for operations in different environments, and the 6th Brigade
is seemingly testing a new organizational construct, the remaining brigades
appear only to train on the use of newly fielded systems. While the PLA often
portrays the PLANMC as operationally ready for unique reconnaissance and
shipboard operations, many of these media reports and videos focus on PLAN-
MC SOF brigade capabilities rather than those of the amphibious brigades.
Finally, the most serious challenge facing PLA amphibious brigades is the
lack of available PLAN amphibious transport (for further detail, see the chap-
ter by Conor Kennedy in this volume). In island-landing training, both ser-
vices rely on the limited number of modern PLAN vessels, such as the Yuzhao
Type-071 dock landing ship allocated to the PLAN South and East sea fleets
and smaller vessels such as the Type-072 tank landing ships.80 Although the
PLAN continues to build new amphibious vessels, notably the two new Yush-
en Type-075 helicopter assault ships, the numbers remain modest.81 PLAA
coastal defense brigades also maintain small transport squadrons with old
Type-271 landing craft that could be used in near-island operations, but they
rarely participate in large-scale amphibious training.82 According to the U.S.
Department of Defense, the limited increase in large oceangoing amphibious
ships indicates a near-term focus on regional and eventually global expedi-
tionary missions rather than preparation for a beach assault on Taiwan.83
Although the PLA has trained to transport forces using civilian ship-
ping such as ferries and roll-on/roll-off vessels, use of those unprotect-
ed ships would be unsuitable for a Taiwan beach landing (although they
could deliver forces if a port or harbor were captured).84 Without adequate
PLAN medium and heavy lift for the PLAA amphibious brigades, PLA over-
all effectiveness in a joint island landing campaign would be questionable.
Moreover, if PLANMC brigades were tasked with smaller independent op-
erations during the campaign, uncertainties might arise over which ser-
vice’s amphibious units would get transport priority. Because the joint
island landing campaign relies so heavily on the PLAA’s amphibious beach
landing to shape conditions for victory, the PLAA would likely win that
competition.85 However, whether the PLAN is willing to place its expensive
new amphibious transport vessels near a landing zone and potential Tai-
wan antiship fires is another question that remains unanswered.
Conclusion
The 2017 PLA force-wide restructure expanded the size of the PLANMC’s
amphibious force while concurrently turning the PLAA’s existing amphibi-
ous divisions into more modular combined arms brigades. As a result, both
PLA services improved their capabilities to execute different future missions.
The PLANMC amphibious brigades appear to be turning into potential “first
186 Arostegui
responders” for a wide range of contingencies throughout Asia, while PLAA

amphibious brigades have become increasingly focused on the sole mission
of a Taiwan landing campaign. Indeed, holding onto this mission was critical
for a PLAA that otherwise faced steep cuts under the recent reforms.86
However, that heavy PLAA force may not adequately represent the fu-
ture of Chinese amphibious operations. According to an October 2018 PLA
Daily article, the future of amphibious operations is changing from one of
“large-scale amphibious landings” to “small-scale special operations.”87
These changes would adjust combat requirements from using amphibious
armored vehicles to “seize a beachhead and establish a zone” to “attacking
a point to control an area” using a full-spectrum approach that includes all
the operational domains. The article also mentions amphibious equipment
requirements changing from the capability to “break through beach defens-
es” to “ensuring ships reach targets.” There is also a specific focus in the arti-
cle on adjusting from “last-minute urgent deployment” to “routine forward
deployment” and adjusting combat support from the “beachhead on land”
to the “floating base at sea.” Each factor indicates that some thinkers in the
PLA believe the future of amphibious operations lies in the PLANMC and its
potential ability to carry out full-spectrum operations abroad.
The PLA Daily article also details how future amphibious operations
could require dynamic and precise command as well as a transition from
large numbers and scale to “streamlined and highly capable.” The new PLAA
amphibious brigades have already started implementing these concepts.
The authors conclude that future amphibious operations could change from
“manned and informationized” to “unmanned and intelligentized.”88 There is
already evidence that the PLAA amphibious brigades are in the initial stages
of incorporating new unmanned technologies for obstacle destruction and
load-carrying equipment.89 These developments indicate that the amphibi-
ous brigades are at the forefront of technological advancement in the service,
signaling that their level of importance to the PLAA remains high despite fu-
ture amphibious goals better suited to their PLANMC counterparts.
The article does not, however, address the future of amphibious opera-
tions in a joint island landing campaign against Taiwan. The PLA’s campaign
requirements for timely mobilization, rapid transport, and complex landings
to establish beachheads in a heavily opposed assault demand more than
small-scale special operations to attack key points and gain support from
floating bases. The campaign would require well-trained heavy amphibious
mechanized units that could land in multiple locations to overrun Taiwan’s
defenders on shore.90 The PLA’s most powerful amphibious landing units re-
main in the hands of the PLAA, whose brigades regularly demonstrate their
proficiency in island-landing operations. Yet, without a dedicated approach
to building sufficient naval lift, these forces remain heavily deterrent in nature.
The author thanks Dennis Blasko for his review of the draft.
Notes
1
Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2020:
Annual Report to Congress (Washington, DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2020), 118.
2
Chen Guoquan [陈国全] and Wu Haoyu [吴浩宇], “The Marine Corps Builds a Multi-
Dimensional Integrated New-Type Combat Force” [海军陆战队打造多维一体新型作战力量],
Xinhua, May 5, 2020, available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com/2020-05/05/c_1210604164.htm>.
3
Zhang Xuhang [张旭航], Wang Weiqing [王伟庆], and Qiu Ruiqing [邱瑞清], “From
Establishing Combined Arms to Combat Power Integration—The Combined Arms Battalion
‘Asks for Directions’ to the Beachhead” [从编制合成到战斗力合成营 “问路” 水际滩头], China
Military Online [中国军网], December 18, 2019, available at <http://www.chinamil.com.cn/
lj/2019-12/18/content_9699027.htm>.
4
Kevin McCauley, “Amphibious Operations: Lessons of Past Campaigns for Today’s
PLA,” China Brief 18, no. 3 (February 26, 2018), available at <https://jamestown.org/program/
amphibious-operations-lessons-past-campaigns-todays-pla/>; David Simpler, “Saigon Says
Chinese Control Islands, But Refuses to Admit Complete Defeat,” New York Times, January
21, 1974, available at <https://www.nytimes.com/1974/01/21/archives/saigon-says-chinese-
control-islands-but-refuses-to-admit-complete.html>.
5
Li Faxin [李发新], The Chinese PLA Navy Marine Corps [中国人民解放军海军陆战队]
(Beijing: Wuzhou Communications, 2013), 1–5.
6
The PLA Army (PLAA) group army is roughly equivalent to a U.S. Army corps.
7
Dennis J. Blasko, “PLA Amphibious Capabilities: Structured for Deterrence,” China Brief
10, no. 17 (August 19, 2010), available at <https://jamestown.org/program/pla-amphibious-
capabilities-structured-for-deterrence/>.
8
Jane’s Sentinel Security Assessment—China and Northeast Asia: China—Army,
September 22, 2020, available at <https://customer.janes.com/Janes/Display/JWARA133-CNA>;
Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2019: Annual Report
to Congress (Washington, DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2019), 86–89.
188 Arostegui
9
Dennis J. Blasko, “The PLA Army After ‘Below the Neck’ Reforms: Contributing to
China’s Joint Warfighting, Deterrence, and MOOTW Posture,” Journal of Strategic Studies 44, no. 2
(2021), 14–16; Ping Zhiwei [平志伟] and Wang Lijie [王立杰], Army Combined Arms Tactics Under
Informationized Conditions [信息化条件下陆军合同战术] (Beijing: PLA Press, 2009), 133–134;
Xu Ping [徐平], “What Is the Combined Arms Battalion? Do You Understand the Organization of
the Battalion in the Service?” [什么是合成营? 你了解军队中营的编制吗], China Military Online
[中国军网], March 23, 2020, available at <http://www.chinamil.com.cn/theory/2020-03/23/
content_9775313.htm>. The article does not specifically reference amphibious combined arms
battalions, but it discusses how the PLAA combined arms battalion replaced the regiment as the
basic combat unit.
10
Jane’s Sentinel Security Assessment: China—Army. The 72nd and 74th Group Armies either
split their Engineer and Chemical Defense Brigade into two separate brigades. See “A 72nd Group
Army Engineer Brigade Took the Initiative to Solve Grassroots Problems” [第72集团军某工兵旅
主动为基层排忧解难], China Military Online [中国军网], January 16, 2019, available at <http://
www.81.cn/jfjbmap/content/2019-01/16/content_225391.htm>; Zhao Shuoyang [臧朔阳] and
Yang Huihuang [杨辉煌], “A 72nd Group Army Chemical Defense Brigade Conducts Actual Realistic
Combat Training” [陆军第72集团军某防化旅开展实战化训练], China Military Online [中国
军网], February 26, 2019, available at <http://www.81.cn/jwgz/2019-02/26/content_9434416.
htm>; Peng Xi [彭希], “China’s 18th Batch of Peacekeeping Construction Engineer Elements Set
Off to Lebanon” [中国第十八批赴黎巴嫩维和建筑工兵分队出征] ], China Military Online [中国
军网], May 19, 2019, available at <http://www.81.cn/jwgz/2019-05/19/content_9507014.htm>;
Zhang Shishui [张石水], “Energetic Barracks: Our New Way of Doing Things Between Classes”
[活力军营我们的课间新花样], China Military Online [中国军网], March 17, 2019, available at
<http://www.81.cn/jfjbmap/content/2019-03/17/content_229430.htm>.
11
Blasko, “The PLA Army After ‘Below the Neck’ Reforms,” 16.
12
All the equipment and elements listed here have been viewed or referenced in multiple
PLA videos and articles. Nonamphibious variants of each system are also common to the PLAA’s
conventional heavy combined arms battalions.
13
Liu Xuanzun, “Combined Arms Battalion Becomes Basic Combat Unit of PLA,” Global
Times, March 22, 2020, available at <https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/1183390.shtml>;
Liu Jianwei [刘建伟] and Zhang Ning [张宁], “Pay Attention to the Construction of the Army
Combined Arms Battalion: 1 + 1 > 2, Combat Power Integration Is the Ultimate Goal!” [关注陆
军合成营建设: 1+1>2, 战斗力合成才是最终目标!], China Youth Daily Online [中国青年网], May
11, 2020, available at <http://military.china.com.cn/2020-05/11/content_76029419.htm>.
14
Ping and Wang, Army Combined Arms Tactics Under Informationized Conditions, 152.
15
“In Depth: China Built the World’s Strongest Amphibious Assault Units with over
1,000 Combat Vehicles,” Sina Military [新浪军事], September 2, 2016, available at <https://mil.
sina.cn/sd/2016-09-02/detail-ifxvqcts9244954.d.html>; “112 Tanks + 112 IFVs, the PLA’s Heavy
Combined Arms Brigade Crushes Similar Elements in the U.S. and Russia” [112辆坦克+112辆
步战车, 我军重型合成旅碾压美俄同级别], Sohu [搜狐], July 18, 2019, available at <https://new.
qq.com/omn/20190718/20190718A0MBHH00.html>.
16
Dennis J. Blasko and Roderick Lee, “The Chinese Navy’s Marine Corps, Part 1: Expansion
and Reorganization,” China Brief 19, no. 3 (February 1, 2019), available at <https://jamestown.
org/program/the-chinese-navys-marine-corps-part-1-expansion-and-reorganization/>.
17
18
Dennis J. Blasko, The Chinese Army Today, 2nd ed. (New York: Routledge, 2012), 103.
19
Dennis J. Blasko and Roderick Lee, “The Chinese Navy’s Marine Corps, Part 2: Chain-
of-Command Reforms and Evolving Training,” China Brief 19, no. 4 (February 15, 2019),
available at <https://jamestown.org/program/the-chinese-navys-marine-corps-part-2-chain-
of-command-reforms-and-evolving-training/>.
20
21
Blasko and Lee, “The Chinese Navy’s Marine Corps, Part 1.”
22
Jane’s Sentinel Security Assessment—China and Northeast Asia: China—Navy, October
19, 2020, available at <https://customer.janes.com/Janes/Display/JWNA0034-CNA>.
23
Jane’s Land Warfare Platforms: Armoured Fighting Vehicles—Type 05, ZBD-05, ZTD-05,
PLZ-07B, October 8, 2020, available at <https://customer.janes.com/Janes/Display/JAA_A071-
JAFV>.
24
Ibid.
25
Jane’s Land Warfare Platforms: Armoured Fighting Vehicles—Type 63, Type 77, August
26, 2020, available at <https://customer.janes.com/Janes/Display/JAA_1272-JAFV>.
26
Jane’s Land Warfare Platforms: Armoured Fighting Vehicles—Type 09; ZBL-09, VN1,
October 20, 2020, available at <https://customer.janes.com/Janes/Display/JAA_A095-JAFV>.
27
Shou Xiaosong [寿晓松], ed., Science of Military Strategy [战略学] (Beijing: Military
Science Press, 2013), 199.
28
29
Cui Yafeng [崔亚峰], Science of Army Operations [陆军作战学] (Beijing: PLA Press,
2009), 186.
30
Ibid., 186–187; Zhang Yuliang [张玉良], ed., Science of Campaigns [战役学] (Beijing:
National Defense University Press, 2006), 292.
31
Cui, Science of Army Operations, 188–190.
32
Jane’s Sentinel Security Assessment: China—Army.
33
Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2019, 81;
Jane’s Land Warfare Platforms: Artillery and Air Defence—Type 89 (40 Round) 122mm, September
7, 2020, available at <https://customer.janes.com/Janes/Display/JAA_0588-JAAD>.
34
“Multiple Combat Arms Held a Joint Three-Dimensional Cross-Sea Landing on China’s
Southeastern Coast” [中国东南沿海多兵种举行联合立体渡海登陆], CCTV [央视网], October
11, 2020, available at <https://tv.cctv.com/2020/10/11/VIDEmdsVKMslVAmB4dmBdDfk201011.
shtml>.
35
Cui, Science of Army Operations, 188–189.
36
37
Cui, Science of Army Operations, 190.
38
Zhang, Science of Campaigns, 316; Ping and Wang, Army Combined Arms Tactics Under
Informationized Conditions, 167.
39
40
41
“The Amphibious Armored Vehicle Carries a MANPADS Operator for Mobile Surface-
to-Air Firing” [两栖装甲输送车搭载单兵便携式防空导弹操作手进行机动对空射击], Sina News,
September 20, 2019.
42
43
Ibid., 152.
44
Ibid., 145–146.
45
Ibid., 154–156.
190 Arostegui
46
“Amphibious Armored Unit” [两栖装甲部队], CCTV [央视网], November 23, 2019,
available at <http://tv.cctv.com/2019/11/23/VIDEdRpPB5An13Wx2GN2EECM191123.shtml>;
Ping and Wang, Army Combined Arms Tactics Under Informationized Conditions, 174–175.
47
Southeastern Coast.”
48
Jane’s Land Warfare Platforms: Armoured Fighting Vehicles—Type 05, ZBD-05, ZTD-05,
PLZ-07B.
49
Ping and Wang, Army Combined Arms Tactics Under Informationized Conditions, 171–
172.
50
Ibid., 177; Lin Wei [林炜], Qu Yang [屈洋], and Liu Hongkun [刘洪坤], “The Analysis of
the Amphibious Tank Company’s Aquatic Thermodynamic Power Support Action on the System
Dynamics” [基于SD的两栖坦克连水上火力支援行动分析], Fire Control and Command Control
[火力与指挥控制] 37, no. 2 (2012), 6; Zhu Yinggui [朱英贵], Li Su [李苏], and Zhao Jianjiang [赵
建江], “Application of Fire to the Amphibious Tank Elements in the Phase of Assault Landing”
[水陆坦克分队突击上陆阶段火力运用], Fire Control and Command Control [火力与指挥控制]
33, no. 2 (2008), 57–58.
51
Weng Hui [翁辉], Liu Jun [柳俊], and Jiang Guanghe [姜广贺], “Research on Landing
Operations Amphibious Armored Equipment Combat Damage” [登陆作战两栖装甲装备战损
研究], Journal of Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报] 21, no. 10 (2019), 45.
52
Zhu Feng [朱峰], Guan Qunsheng [管群生], and Chen Zijian [陈子建], “Research on
the Construction of Army Force Projection Capability” [陆军兵力投送能力建设研究], Journal of
Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报] 20, no. 5 (2018), 4; Zhang, Wang, and
Qiu, “From Establishing Combined Arms to Combat Power Integration.”
53
Zhong Chongling [仲崇岭], “More than 800 Days After Birth: The Growth of the Service
Support Battalion” [诞生800余天: 勤务保障营成长记], China Military Online [中国军网],
November 7, 2019, available at <http://www.81.cn/lj/2019-11/07/content_9670563.htm>.
54
Huang Qian [黄谦] and Wang Hongqi [王红旗], “Amphibious Heavy Combined Arms
Brigade Landing Operations Logistics Support” [两栖重型合成旅登陆作战后勤保障], National
Defense Technology [国防科技], 40, no. 3 (2019), 91–92.
55
Ping and Wang, Army Combined Arms Tactics Under Informationized Conditions, 177–
181.
56
Blasko, The Chinese Army Today, 188.
57
Blasko and Lee, “The Chinese Navy’s Marine Corps, Part 2.”
58
“A Certain Brigade of the 73rd GA: Amphibious Armored Forces Landed on the
Beach” [第73集团军某旅: 两栖装甲部队抢滩登陆], CCTV [央视网], August 16, 2017, available
at <http://tv.cctv.com/2017/08/16/VIDEvueFwKEGYsl7XPqQXrwN170816.shtml>; “How Is
the Amphibious Steel Powerhouse Forged? It’s Blown from a Trumpet” [两栖钢铁劲旅如何
锻造? 从一把小号说起], PLA Daily [解放军报], September 26, 2017, available at <http://81.
cn/lj/2017-09/26/content_7769137_2.htm>; “A Certain Brigade of the 74th GA: Amphibious
Combat Vehicles Float and Fire on the Waves” [第74集团军某合成旅: 泛水编波两栖战车海
上浮渡射击], CCTV [央视网], April 20, 2018, available at <http://tv.cctv.com/2018/04/20/
VIDE3EEV6vHkzlUPU2O1X8zI180420.shtml>.
59
Eastern Theater Command Official WeChat Microblog [人民前线], “Day and Night:
External Training, the Smell of Soldiers!” [昼夜不停: 外训, 最有 “兵味”!], WeChat [微信], July 9,
2019; Zhang, Wang, and Qiu, “From Establishing Combined Arms to Combat Power Integration.”
60
Peng Zhuowu [彭卓武], Sheng Yangdi [盛洋迪], and Li Huaikun [李怀坤], “Integrated
into the System, Open Up the Channels, This Operational Support Battalion Makes a Fist” [融
入体系, 打通 “经脉”, 这个作战支援营做到攥指成拳], PLA Daily [解放军报], August 16, 2020,
available at <http://www.81.cn/jmywyl/2020-08/16/content_9882860.htm>; “Amphibious
Reconnaissance Vehicle Launches First Drone at Sea” [两栖侦察车首次海上发射无人机], China
Military TV Online [中国军网八一电视], September 18, 2020, available at <http://tv.81.cn/
jbmdm/2020-09/18/content_9875313.htm>; “Service Arms Coordinate a Three-Dimensional
Offense and Defense to Forge an Amphibious Combat Force” [兵种协同立体攻防锻造两栖作战
劲旅], China Military TV Online [中国军视网], August 8, 2020.
61
“A Certain Heavy Amphibious Combined Arms Brigade of the 73rd Group Army
Organized a Live Fire Test at Sea” [陆军第73集团军某两栖重型合成旅组织海上实弹考核],
China Military TV Online [中国军视网], June 2, 2020, available at <http://www.js7tv.cn/
video/202006_218933.html>; “Multiple Combat Arms Held a Joint Three-Dimensional Cross-Sea
Landing on China’s Southeastern Coast.” The artillery battalion rocket artillery may have been
simulating a joint firepower strike.
62
63
Lyle J. Morris et al., Gaining Competitive Advantage in the Gray Zone (Santa Monica,
CA: RAND, 2019), 8, 30–31. According to this study, the gray zone is defined as an “operational
space between peace and war, involving coercive actions to change the status quo below a
threshold that, in most cases, would prompt a conventional military response, often by blurring
the line between military and nonmilitary actions and the attribution for events.”
64
Liu Xuanzun, “PLA Holds Amphibious Landing Drills to ‘Show Firm Will Against
Taiwan Secessionists,’” Global Times, October 12, 2020, available at <https://www.globaltimes.
cn/content/1203126.shtml>; Mark Magnier, “U.S. Sending State Department Official Keith
Krach to Taiwan for Lee Teng-hui Memorial Service,” South China Morning Post, September 17,
2020, available at <https://www.scmp.com/news/world/united-states-canada/article/3101848/
senior-us-state-department-official-keith-krach>; David Brunnstrom and Humeyra Pamuk,
“U.S. Designates Four Major Chinese Media Outlets as Foreign Missions,” Reuters, June 22,
2020, available at <https://www.reuters.com/article/us-usa-china-media-restrictions/u-s-
designates-four-major-chinese-media-outlets-as-foreign-missions-idUSKBN23T2Y8>.
65
66
Huang Panyue, “Marines Rush Enemy Positions in Amphibious Raid Rehearsal,” China
Military Online, August 29, 2017.
67
Zhang Yan [张彦], Shang Wenbin [尚文斌], and Pan Ruichen [潘瑞晨], “Transformation:
How Did a Certain Marine Brigade Start This Must-Win Battle Without Gunpowder?” [转型:
海军陆战某旅如何打响这场没有硝烟的必赢战], China Military Online [中国军网], June 7,
2018, available at <http://www.81.cn/syjdt/2018-06/07/content_8055360.htm>; PLAN Official
Weibo Microblog [中国人民解放军海军官方微博], “Amphibious Elite South China Sea Three-
Dimensional Assault” [两栖精锐南海滩涂立体突击], Sina Weibo [新浪微博], October 14, 2020,
available at <https://m.weibo.cn/detail/4559944038222402>; “Amphibious Armored Equipment
Is Full of Firepower—A Live Fire Drill Afloat at Sea” [两栖装甲装备火力十足直击海上浮渡实弹
射击演练], China Military TV Online [中国军视网], August 29, 2020, available at <http://www.
js7tv.cn/video/202008_227937.html>.
192 Arostegui
68
Zhao Lei and Zhou Jin, “Live-Fire Exercises Conducted by PLA Base in Djibouti,” China
Daily, November 25, 2017, available at <https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/china/2017-11/25/
content_34966883.htm>; “Direct Fire Training Range—The Marine Corps Kicked Off with a
‘Good Start’ with Live Firing and New Equipment” [直击演训场海军陆战队实弹射击新装备
打响 “开门红”], CCTV [央视网], July 12, 2020, available at <https://tv.cctv.com/2020/07/12/
VIDEw5Cg3mFAHPCKwmcvRCoi200712.shtml>; “Marine Corps, You’re So Handsome!” [海军
陆战队, 你真帅!], WeChat [微信], October 17, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/
vSJZCcNaZcjkp2iisvwaEQ>.
69
Huang Panyue, “Chinese-Thai Marines Conduct Joint Beach-Landing Operation,”
China Military Online, May 13, 2019, available at <http://eng.chinamil.com.cn/view/2019-
05/13/content_9502155.htm>.
70
“China-Pakistan ‘Sea Guardian-2020’ Maritime Exercise: Fighting Side-by-Side,
Chinese and Pakistani Marines Train Together” [中巴 “海洋卫士-2020” 海上联合演习并
肩战斗中巴海军陆战队员混编同训], CCTV, January 8, 2020, available at <http://tv.cctv.
com/2020/01/08/VIDEZ6xPH4OgIs3phJHWIqqJ200108.shtml>.
71
Xu Yi, “PLA Teams Complete Preparations for IAG 2019,” China Military Online, July 25,
2019, available at <http://eng.chinamil.com.cn/view/2019-07/25/content_9567870.htm>; Liang
Yu, “‘Seaborne Assault’ Concluded in China,” Xinhua, August 11, 2018, available at <http://www.
xinhuanet.com/english/2018-08/11/c_137383614.htm>.
72
Zhang, Wang, and Qiu, “From Establishing Combined Arms to Combat Power
Integration.”
73
Weng, Liu, and Jiang, “Research on Landing Operations Amphibious Armored
Equipment Combat Damage,” 44; Wang Delin [王德林], Fan Xu [范旭], and Zhao Junye [赵俊
业], “Army Combined Arms Battalion Staff Officer Training” [陆军合成营参谋训练], National
Defense Technology [国防科技] 40, no. 2 (2019), 104.
74
Weng, Liu, and Jiang, “Research on Landing Operations Amphibious Armored
Equipment Combat Damage,” 44–45.
75
Ibid., 45.
76
Li Zihao [李子豪], “Research on Problems with Army Combined Arms Brigade
Logistics Support” [陆军合成旅后勤保障问题研究], National Defense Technology [国防科技] 40,
no. 1 (2019), 115–117.
77
Huang and Wang, “Amphibious Heavy Combined Arms Brigade Landing Operations
Logistics Support,” 90.
78
79
Blasko, “The PLA Army After ‘Below the Neck’ Reforms,” 22.
80
Jane’s Sentinel Security Assessment—China and Northeast Asia: China—Navy,
September 22, 2020, available at <https://customer.janes.com/Janes/Display/JWNA0034-CNA>.
81
Rick Joe, “The Future of China’s Amphibious Assault Fleet,” The Diplomat, July 17, 2019,
available at <https://thediplomat.com/2019/07/the-future-of-chinas-amphibious-assault-
fleet/>.
82
Wang Shichun [王世纯], “The Maritime Transport Squadron of an Eastern Theater Army
Coastal Defense Brigade Recently Launched a Landing Training Event with the Army” [东部战
区陆军海防旅船艇大队近日联合陆军开展了海上登陆训练], The Observer Online [观察者网],
August 18, 2018, available at <https://www.guancha.cn/military-affairs/2018_08_18_468639.
shtml?web>.
83
84
Zhao Jiaqing [赵佳庆], Zhang Xu [张旭], and Zhang Shaokai [张劭锴], “‘Raptors’ Cross
the Sea—A Record of the Shenyang Joint Logistic Support Center’s Cross-Sea Projection Exercise
Jointly Held with a Shipping Company” [“猛龙” 过海一沈阳联勤保障中心联合航运船企开展跨
海投送演练纪实], PLA Pictorial [解放军画报], no. 8 (2019), 84–87.
85
86
For more information on cuts the PLAA faced during the reform, see John Chen,
“Choosing the ‘Least Bad Option’: Organizational Interests and Change in the PLA Ground
Forces,” in Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA: Assessing Chinese Military Reforms, ed. Phillip C.
Saunders et al. (Washington, DC: National Defense University Press), 85–124.
87
“Amphibious Operations, No Longer the Way You Think” [两栖作战, 早已不是你
以为的那种打法], PLA Daily [解放军报], October 2, 2018, available at <http://www.81.cn/
jmywyl/2018-10/02/content_9302793.htm>.
88
Ibid.
89
Southeastern Coast.”
90
CHAPTER 7
The PLA Airborne Corps in a

Taiwan Scenario
Roderick Lee
A
ir-delivered People’s Liberation Army (PLA) forces will be a cru-
cial component of a joint island landing campaign (JILC) directed
toward Taiwan, yet Western scholars have paid limited attention
to these forces. A nested airborne campaign is critical to the larger JILC, as
airborne forces are expected to land in conjunction with amphibious forces
and improve the overall chance of success during the landing phase. This
chapter provides a detailed understanding of the PLA Air Force (PLAAF)
Airborne Corps and associated forces needed to execute an airborne cam-
paign vis-à-vis Taiwan.
This chapter finds that the PLAAF Airborne Corps has evolved into a
capable and modern combined arms force and that the PLA has gradually
improved its ability to load and deliver these forces to landing areas in Tai-
wan. However, four major limitations could complicate the PLA’s ability to
execute an airborne campaign as part of a JILC: insufficient transport capac-
ity to support airborne operations, insufficient capacity for aerial ports of
embarkation, lack of combined arms and joint training (specifically in con-
ducting formation escort and joint fires), and limited options for offensive
and defensive ground operations.
195
196 Lee
The chapter first discusses the PLAAF Airborne Corps’ organization,

equipment, and training. It then identifies airlift capabilities that could sup-
port an airborne campaign. The next section discusses the aerial ports of
embarkation (APOEs) that could be used to load airborne forces. Next, the
limiting factors that would hamper PLA airborne operations are identified.
The chapter concludes with a discussion of how the PLA is attempting to
overcome some of these weaknesses, along with further complicating factors
that Taiwan could introduce through its own defensive operations.
Structure, Organization, and Training

To understand the potential unfolding of an airborne campaign and the ca-
pability limitations that might frustrate those operations, one must first un-
derstand the basic characteristics of the PLAAF Airborne Corps. This section
discusses the structure, organization, and training of the corps and other PLA
airborne and air assault forces.
Basic Structure
The PLAAF Airborne Corps constitutes the bulk of the PLA’s air-deliverable
ground forces and is the most likely force to be used in an airborne cam-
paign. The People’s Republic of China (PRC)’s 2019 Defense White Paper
suggests that the PLAAF Airborne Corps is administratively and operation-
ally subordinate to PLAAF Headquarters. A limited body of PLA command
and control literature suggests that, in wartime, a theater ground operations
group command [lu shang zuozhan jituan zhihui bu, 陆上作战集团指挥部]
may have an operational control relationship [jizhong zhikong guanxi, 集
中指控关系] with airborne units.1 However, besides PLAAF-specific media
outlets, the Central Theater Command appears to be the primary outlet for
peacetime reports on PLAAF Airborne Corps training. This line of reporting
makes sense geographically, as all PLAAF Airborne Corps units are based
within the Central Theater Command area of responsibility. However, this
arrangement may pose challenges in a Taiwan scenario, where the Eastern
Theater Command is likely the primary command.
Prior to 2017, the PLAAF Airborne Corps was called the 15th Airborne
Corps.2 The 15th Airborne Corps oversaw the 43rd, 44th, and 45th Airborne di-
visions, which in turn oversaw subordinate regiments and battalions that,
The PLA Airborne Corps in a Taiwan Scenario 197
for administrative purposes, were typically organized around troop type.3

Although this arrangement worked from a management perspective, it was
not ideal from an operational perspective. This division-regiment structure
meant that only a full division-sized formation could execute combined arms
operations. This arrangement lacked operational flexibility and was further
hampered by the PLA’s inability to deliver a full division using its convention-
al fixed-wing transport aircraft fleet.
During the 2017 “below the neck” reform, the PLA rearranged the struc-
ture of its airborne force by renaming the 15th Airborne Corps the PLAAF
Airborne Corps and breaking up the airborne divisions into more flexible
and easier-to-deploy brigades. This corps-level command now oversees six
identified combined arms brigades, a special operations brigade, an opera-
tional support brigade, an aviation transport brigade, a training base, and a
new training brigade (see figure 1).4 However, the tables of organization and
equipment for these six combined arms brigades vary greatly, which in turn
defines the types of operations each unit can conduct.
Figure 1. General Organizational Structure of the PLAAF Airborne Corps

PLAAF Airborne
Corps
Training Base
127th 128th 130th 131st 133rd 134th Special Aviation

Training
Airborne Airborne Airborne Airborne Airborne Airborne Operations Transport
Brigade
Brigade Brigade Brigade Brigade Brigade Brigade Brigade Brigade
In general, a PLAAF Airborne Corps combined arms brigade consists of

four combined arms battalions (see figure 2).5 The PLAAF may designate an
airborne combined arms battalion as a mechanized battalion, motorized bat-
talion, or assault battalion depending on the battalion’s table of organization
and equipment.6 Each combined arms brigade also has an artillery battalion,
reconnaissance and pathfinder battalion, operations support battalion, ser-
vice support battalion, and possibly a transportation battalion.7
Some, if not all, PLAAF Airborne Corps brigades also maintain reserve
personnel to supplement active-duty personnel in wartime. Both the 128th
198 Lee
Figure 2. Standard PLAAF Airborne Corps Combined Arms Brigade Structure
Combined Arms
Brigade [合成旅]
Combined Arms Operations

Artillery Battalion Reconnaissance Support Battalion Transportation
Battalion Support Battalion
[炮兵营] Battalion [侦察营] [保障营] Battalion [运输营]
[合成营] (x 4) [作战支援营]
and 131st Combined Arms brigades have at least 100 reserve personnel.8
Assuming that all units have such reserve elements and that the observed
batches of reserve personnel conducting training represent only a fraction
of the total, each brigade likely has anywhere between one company to one
battalion’s worth of additional reserve personnel available.
The combined arms battalion is the basic maneuver unit for the PLAAF
Airborne Corps, just as it is for other parts of the PLA, including the ground
force amphibious units (see the chapter by Joshua Arostegui in this volume
for details). Although the size of a combined arms battalion varies across
brigades, most battalions consist of roughly 500 soldiers and officers.9 Each
combined arms battalion typically has three infantry companies, which may
be designated as mechanized, motorized, or assault (based on the battalion
type); a weapons company; and likely a command company (see figure 3).10
Figure 3. Standard PLAAF Airborne Corps Combined Arms Battalion Structure

Combined Arms
Battalion [合成营]
Command Company
[指挥连]
Infantry Company Weapons Company

[机步/摩步/突击连] x 3 [机炮连]
The artillery battalion provides most of a combined arms brigade’s indi-

rect fire support. For nonmechanized units, these battalions could also pro-
vide direct fire options if howitzers and anti-aircraft artillery are used in a
direct fire role. Although available information is insufficient to provide a full
table of organization and equipment breakdown, each battalion likely oper-
ates the following elements (see figure 4):
Figure 4. Assessed PLAAF Airborne Corps Artillery Battalion Structure

Artillery Battalion
[炮兵营]
Command Company
[指挥连]
Multiple Rocket Anti-Air Missile Anti-Air Artillery Anti-Tank

Howitzer Company Mortar Company
Launcher Company Company Company Company
[榴炮连] (assessed)
(assessed) [防空导弹连] (assessed) (assessed)
■ at least one howitzer company equipped with roughly five PL-96

122-millimeter (mm) howitzers11
■ a mortar element equipped with an unidentified number of 82mm
mortars12
■ at least one multiple rocket launcher element equipped with roughly
six Type 63 107mm multiple rocket launchers13
■ an anti-air missile company equipped with man-portable air defense
systems14
■ an anti-aircraft artillery element15
■ an anti-tank guided missile element.16
A combined arms brigade’s reconnaissance and pathfinder battalion
provides an advanced echelon unit that marks landing zones, provides trans-
port pilots with navigational aids, assists with securing the landing zone,
and provides organic surveillance systems (including small unmanned ae-
rial vehicles) for the brigade. This battalion consists at least of a pathfinder
company, armed reconnaissance company, and instrument reconnaissance
company (see figure 5).17 Although this unit is lightly equipped and provides
limited firepower, widespread issuance of night-vision devices means that
these units are among the best equipped to conduct night operations.
Operational support, service support, and transportation battalions
provide additional support services to the combined arms brigade. Key
functions include communications; intelligence, surveillance, and recon-
naissance; logistics; engineering; and transportation. These battalions
include a communications company, parachute service company, and lo-
gistics service company.18
200 Lee
Figure 5. Assessed Organization of a PLAAF Airborne Corps Reconnaissance

and Pathfinder Battalion
Reconnaissance and
Pathfinder Battalion
[侦察引导营]
Command Company
[指挥连]
Instrument
Pathfinder Company Armed Reconnaissance
Reconnaissance
[引导连] Company [武装侦察连]
Company [仪器侦察连]
Subordinate Units
Despite their similar organizational structure, the airborne combined arms
brigades differ widely in their weapons and equipment. Half the brigades
are likely light motorized units, which are easiest to deliver via fixed-wing
aircraft but lack heavy vehicles often needed for ground maneuver oper-
ations outside of urban environments. Two brigades are mechanized bri-
gades equipped with light armored combat vehicles, which enables these
units to engage in maneuver operations. The final brigade is an air assault
brigade with its own organic rotary-wing assets to provide vertical lift and
direct fire support. The subsequent sections discuss the six combined arms
brigades in greater detail.
Light Motorized Combined Arms Brigades. The 127th, 128th, and 131st
Combined Arms brigades are the PLAAF Airborne Corps’ light motorized
units. Based on PRC press and video reporting, these units appear to be
equipped with a mix of Mengshi 4x4 vehicles and Bobcat 8x8 all-terrain vehi-
cles.19 Given their garrison size, it is unlikely that these brigades are fully mo-
torized. Instead, they operate a mix of motorized and light infantry battalions.
These brigades are likely the fastest and most deployable within the
PLAAF Airborne Corps. Given their lack of heavy equipment, they can be
easily loaded and deployed by a wide range of aircraft, as well as from a range
of airfields. These brigades thus provide the PLAAF with a flexible force to be
used against lower end threat targets, including assaulting fortifications, seiz-
ing targets in restrictive terrain, and defending areas against light and mech-
anized forces. However, the lack of heavy equipment and mobility means
these units are ill-suited for offensive operations in open terrain.
Air Assault Brigade. The 130th Combined Arms Brigade is the PLAAF’s only
known dedicated air assault unit. The unit can execute both airborne (troops
delivered to the battlefield via parachute) and air assault (troops delivered di-
rectly to the battlefield by rotary-wing aircraft) operations.20 The 130th Brigade’s
distinguishing feature is its subordinate helicopter regiment, which operates
three flight groups.21 Based on identified helicopter tail numbers, one flight
group operates roughly 12 Z-9WZ utility helicopters, another operates rough-
ly 12 Z-8KA transport helicopters, and a third operates at least 17 Z-10 attack
helicopters. This regiment provides the brigade with a wide array of transport,
reconnaissance, and fire support options. However, capability is limited to the
helicopters’ on-station time. If the rotary-wing component is unavailable, the
130th essentially becomes an understrength light combined arms brigade.
Compared with other combined arms brigades, the 130th Brigade likely
consists of a much smaller ground combat element. Like other brigades, the
unit’s major ground combat element resides within its four assault battal-
ions.22 The probable first battalion is likely a roughly full-size assault battalion
consisting of more than 400 soldiers and officers. However, the brigade’s sec-
ond, third, and fourth assault battalions appear to be understrength “half bat-
talions” consisting of roughly 260 personnel each.23 The PLAAF may intend to
deliver these smaller half battalions using the brigade’s transport helicopters,
while the larger 400-person battalion is delivered by fixed-wing aircraft.
This brigade is partially motorized, with each platoon equipped with at
least 14 CS/VP11 4x4 small all-terrain vehicles.24 Roughly two vehicles per
platoon have 12.7mm heavy machine guns affixed to the roof, with another
two fitted with an unidentified crew-served weapon (possibly QLZ04 35mm
grenade launchers or Type 88 general purpose machine guns). Although
the vehicles are designed to accommodate four soldiers—two seated in the
front and two in the rear—they can carry at least seven soldiers over short
distances.25 These vehicles provide a limited amount of tactical mobility and
firepower to air assault platoons. Beginning in 2020, the PLAAF began issu-
ing night-vision devices to select assault companies.26 This makes the 130th
Brigade the only known PLAAF Airborne Corps combined arms brigade with
relatively widespread availability of personal night-vision devices.
Mechanized Brigades. The 133rd Combined Arms Brigade is one of two
mechanized combined arms brigades in the PLAAF Airborne Corps.27 In the
202 Lee
spring of 2020, this unit began receiving a Norinco-produced 4x4 light tactical
armored vehicle.28 A standard mechanized infantry company under this bri-
gade likely includes 10 to 14 standard vehicles equipped with 12.7mm heavy
machine guns and 5 vehicles fitted with a 30mm cannon.29 With 3 such com-
panies per battalion, a full combined arms battalion under the 133rd Brigade
operates at least 56 vehicles. The artillery battalion likely operates several ad-
ditional vehicles as prime movers.
The other mechanized brigade is the 134th.30 As of 2020, it is likely the
only PLAAF Airborne Corps brigade that operates the air-droppable ZBD-03
infantry fighting vehicle and PCP001 82mm rapid fire mortar system. Based
on observed vehicle numbers, handheld photography of these systems, and
available vehicle storage at the 134th Brigade’s garrison, each battalion likely
operates between 40 and 50 ZBD-03s allocated across 3 mechanized infantry
companies, along with 6 PCP001s in a firepower company.31 This brigade may
also operate an unknown number of multiple rocket launch systems mount-
ed to a Mengshi chassis.32
Il-76s and Y-20s are the only aircraft capable of delivering the ZBD-03
infantry fighting vehicle. Although a ZBD-03 might fit into the cargo hold of a
Y-9, the need to deploy extensive cushioning to prevent the vehicle from be-
ing damaged on landing and the lack of reporting on Y-9s paradropping ZBD-
03s suggest that the PLA is currently unable to paradrop a ZBD-03 from a Y-9.
The PLAAF has demonstrated the ability to airdrop three ZBD-03s, although
most training typically involves dropping only one or two.33 Thus, delivering a
full mechanized infantry battalion would require between 13 and 16 Y-20s or
Il-76s along with at least 12 Y-8s or Y-9s.
Airborne Training
PLAAF Airborne Corps brigades have trained to execute all four major air-
borne campaign ground operations activities: capturing landing sites, es-
tablishing a landing base, conducting ground offensives, and transitioning
into defensive operations.34 Most training appears to have been held at the
battalion level, with only a few events consisting of a brigade-size element.35
Airborne training often occurs at night, although most units lack night-vision
devices.36 Units also train to drop into a variety of environments, including
regions with possible water hazards.37 The maximum acceptable wind speed
for training is 8 meters per second with gusts of 10 meters per second.38 Per-
sonnel train to drop in roughly 1-second intervals per column and use both
the ramp and side doors to egress the aircraft.39
A typical PLAAF Airborne Corps training event involves pathfinder and re-
connaissance elements to guide aircraft to drop zones, an initial assault echelon
that secures the immediate area, subsequent assault once firepower and other
support elements are available, and a transition to defensive operations.40 No-
tional blue—that is, enemy—targets in these training events include airports,
fortified positions, and other unidentified strategic points.41 Although PLA
press typically does not identify the size of the blue force, on at least one occa-
sion a 76th Group Army 12th Heavy Armor Combined Arms Brigade combined
arms battalion acted as the blue force against a PLAAF Airborne battalion-size
element acting as the red force.42 This example suggests that PLAAF Airborne
units do train to operate against mechanized and armored formations.
PLAAF Airborne Corps units train regularly with select PLAAF transport
units as well as local civilian elements involved in transportation. However,
no observed training event in 2019 or 2020 involved cooperative joint training
with PLAAF fixed-wing combat aircraft or any other PLA service.
PLA Army and Navy Units

In addition to the PLAAF Airborne Corps, several other PLA units train to be
delivered by air. Although most of these units will likely be allocated to spe-
cial operations missions for other campaigns during a Taiwan scenario and
therefore would be unavailable to support an airborne campaign, they train
to conduct airborne or air assault operations and thus provide nonconven-
tional options to supplement the PLAAF Airborne Corps.
The PLA Army maintains two air assault brigades that could support an
airborne campaign. Both of their home garrisons are out of range of Taiwan,
and thus both units would have to redeploy to prepared or ad hoc airfields
closer to Taiwan before conducting island operations.43 However, these units
are likely allocated to support other island-landing campaign groups and not
an airborne campaign that is part of the main invasion effort. Some, if not
all, PLA Army special operations force brigades, PLA Army combined arms
brigade reconnaissance battalions, and PLAN Marine Corps elements also
train to jump from fixed-wing or rotary-wing aircraft.44 However, much like
204 Lee
the PLA Army air assault units, these units would likely be assigned to other
missions rather than an airborne campaign.
Air Transport
The PLA maintains a growing fleet of transport aircraft to deliver its array of
PLA airborne and air assault units. This section summarizes the PLA’s avail-
able airlift that can support an airborne campaign directed toward Taiwan.
Although any PLA unit equipped with transport aircraft can participate in
an airborne campaign, only certain PLAAF transport units train regularly to
conduct such operations. Thus, this section does not discuss theater air force
transport and rescue brigades, training units, or any other PLA aviation units
that may operate transport aircraft but that have no training experience in
airborne operations. Although the PLA would also have access to many ci-
vilian aircraft mobilized for wartime operations, the PLA could not use these
aircraft during the initial airborne campaign, as they are not designed to sup-
port static line jumps.
The PLAAF’s 4th and 13th Transport divisions as well as the Airborne
Corps’ aviation transport brigade provide the bulk of the PLA’s fixed-wing air-
lift capability. PLA press has widely recognized these three units for providing
airlift in support of the COVID-19 pandemic relief efforts in Wuhan in early
2020. This suggests that these units are the preferred means of air transport.45
Reporting on PLAAF Airborne Corps training also suggests that these three
units are the primary providers of airlift.46
The 4th Transport Division, which is subordinate to the Western Theater
Command Air Force, oversees three transport regiments.47 Based on handheld
photography of known airframes associated with the 4th Transport Division
and high-count values for active probable Y-20s and Y-8s or Y-9s at known 4th
Transport Division operating areas, this unit actively operates approximately 13
Y-20s and 24 Y-9s.48 There are several older Y-8s and Y-7s at probable 4th Trans-
port Division facilities, but the lack of activity from 2019 to 2020 suggests these
are inactive airframes. Although this unit is nearly 1,000 kilometers (km) away
from most PLAAF Airborne Corps units, its relative proximity to the airborne
training area near Golmud means it regularly trains with the Airborne Corps.49
The 13th Transport Division, which is subordinate to the Central Theater
Command Air Force, also oversees three transport regiments.50 Based on
handheld photography of known airframes associated with the 13th Trans-

port Division and high-count values for active probable aircraft at known 13th
Division operating areas, this unit likely operates approximately 10 Y-20s, 22
Il-76s, and 20 Y-8s or Y-9s.51
The Airborne Corps also operates its own organic aviation transport bri-
gade.52 This unit is equipped with a mix of Y-8s, Y-12s, and An-2s. Although
the Airborne Corps frequently uses this unit to conduct jump training, it
operates only roughly six Y-8s.53 In an airborne campaign, Y-12s and An-2s
could be pressed into service, but the limited passenger and cargo capacity
of these aircraft means that they could deliver only sabotage detachments
or pathfinders. Furthermore, the limited range of these aircraft would force
them to operate from airfields relatively close to Taiwan. Therefore, only Y-8s
under this brigade are considered when tallying the PLA’s total fixed-wing lift
capacity in the discussion below.
In addition to the 130th Brigade’s helicopter regiment, the PLA has several
rotary-wing units that could be used in either an air assault or airdrop role
during an airborne campaign. The PLA Army operates a total of 15 aviation or
air assault brigades, while the PLAN Marine Corps operates an additional avi-
ation brigade.54 Although these brigades vary in composition, each brigade
can transport between two and four companies, depending on the number
and types of transport helicopters available. As such, the PLA rotary-wing
fleet can transport roughly two to five light infantry brigade equivalents.
Aerial Ports of Embarkation

The 2006 Science of Campaigns states that the concentration and assembly
of the airborne force must be conducted in secret and that the commander
must select unexposed areas in the rear, while also carrying out deceptive
activities. Since the PLA emphasizes denial and deception to obfuscate the
early stages of an airborne campaign, this section identifies the viable APOEs
that the PLA can use in a Taiwan invasion scenario. These include current
transport unit bases and any other PLA or civilian airfield capable of accom-
modating Y-8 or larger transport aircraft.55
The PLA maintains 59 airfields capable of accommodating and loading a
Shaanxi Y-8 or Y-9 transport aircraft on an apron (see table 1). Thirty-six of those
airfields are also capable of accommodating a Xi’an Y-20 transport aircraft. Only
206 Lee
33 can accommodate 15 or more Y-8 or Y-9 transport aircraft. At least 13 of these

33 airfields host another unit, and thus the resident unit would have to vacate
the airfield for it to be used by transports. Qionglai Air Base is the only airfield
that has two runways to allow for a higher volume of takeoffs and landings.
Given China’s military-civil fusion strategy’s emphasis on increasing
resource-sharing between the military and civilian sectors, the PLA can
expect greater access to civilian airfields in the coming years.56 There are
approximately 89 civilian airfields in the PRC with an International Civil
Aviation Organization (ICAO) aerodrome reference code of 4D or higher
(referring to airfields with the longest runways and capable of handling
Table 1. PLA Airfields Capable of Accommodating Y-8/Y-9 Transport Aircraft

Name on Wikipedia Y-8/9 Max Y-20 Max
Qionglai Air Base 82 63
Beijing Nanjiao Air Base 67 52
Changzhou Benniu Air Base 38 29
Kaifeng Air Base 34 26
Leizhuang Airfield 30 23
Yangluo Airfield 30 23
Nanning Wuxu Air Base 43 22
Lhasa Gonggar Airport 48 20
Guiping Mengshu Air Base 24 16
Dangyang Air Base 20 15
Mahuiling Air Base 19 14
Tuchengzi Air Base 18 13
Laiyang Air Base 16 12
Lalin Air Base 37 11
Yantai Southwest Air Base 15 11
Leiyang Air Base 30 10
Golmud Air Base 26 9

Name on Wikipedia Y-8/9 Max Y-20 Max

Qihe Air Base 19 9
Shanhaiguan Air Base 17 8
Qingyang Air Base 22 7
Dehong Mangshi Airport 23 6
Shadi Air Base 18 6
Yinchuan/Xincheng Air Base 20 6
Lintong Air Base 26 5
Liancheng/Lianfeng Air Base 18 3
Taihe Air Base 20 3
Luzhou Airfield 16 2
Anqing Airport 32 0
Beijing Shahezhen Air Base 18 0
Nanjing Luhe Airport 44 0
Shanghai Dachang Air Base 15 0
Shaoyang Wugang Airport 20 0
Shenyang Yu Hung Tun Air Base 16 0
planes with relatively long wingspans).57 However, airfields rated as 4D of-

ten have very limited apron space and thus would be able to accommodate
fewer than five large military transport aircraft. Airfields rated 4E or 4F are
more likely to accommodate more than five Y-8 or Y-9s and thus are the
minimum threshold used in this section. The PRC has roughly 55 civilian
airfields with an ICAO aerodrome reference code of 4E or 4F. Although this
chapter does not provide a breakdown of apron space for these airfields, 20
of the 55 4E or 4F airfields have 2 or more runways. These 20 airfields can
accommodate a higher volume of air traffic relative to military airfields that
are predominantly single-runway facilities. Figure 6 provides a map with
applicable military and civilian airfields.
208 Lee
Figure 6. Airfields Capable of Supporting Large-Scale Airborne Operations
Legend: Icons in yellow are civilian airfields capable of supporting large-scale airborne operations.
Icons in red are military airfields capable of supporting large-scale airborne operations.
The PLA maintains only two dedicated rotary-wing airfields within 400
km of Taiwan: Hui’an Air Base and an unidentified site in Zhangpu County,
both located in Fujian Province. Hui’an is the home garrison of the 73rd Group
Army’s aviation brigade.58 The PLA began construction on the unidentified
Zhangpu site in 2020. PLA rotary-wing assets could also utilize seven other
PLA airfield stations within 400 km of Taiwan; however, using these facilities
for rotary-wing lift across the strait would mean temporarily halting fixed-wing
operations. As of 2020, there are an additional seven civilian airports (with
two more under construction) within 400 km of Taiwan that could be used
for cross-strait operations. PLA Army aviation units also occasionally train to
operate from prepared forward-operating bases along the coast.59 These sites
consist of a large clearing and several small concrete pads for takeoff and land-
ing. The PLA may have several such sites within 400 km of Taiwan already pre-
pared and could easily establish more with a few weeks’ notice.
Limiting Factors
Despite the PLA’s efforts to reform and modernize its airborne and fixed-wing
transport forces and their supporting infrastructure, several potential chal-
lenges could limit the size of an airborne campaign or reduce its chances of
success. Given the current size and equipment of the PLAAF Airborne Corps,
available airlift, and infrastructure, this section identifies four limitations in
an airborne campaign: available airlift, available ports of embarkation, joint
training, and deployable ground forces. These factors are based predom-
inantly on the constraints posed by available physical assets and observed
standard tactics, techniques, and procedures.
Limited Airlift
The first challenge in any airborne campaign concerns available airlift. Al-
though the PLA has more than 100 medium-size transport aircraft in its in-
ventory, only some units train to support airborne operations. Specifically,
only 3 division-level units, with 47 heavy and 63 medium-sized transports at
their disposal, train to conduct airborne operations. Assuming a 90 percent
readiness level, this number would be further reduced to roughly 40 heavy
and 57 medium-sized transports. A related issue is aircraft load capacity.
Some Western and Chinese sources state that a Y-9 can carry upward of 100
paratroopers, and an Il-76 or Y-20 can carry more than 125 paratroopers.60
However, footage of PLAAF Airborne Corps training indicates that those fig-
ures are actually only 65 and 90, respectively.61 There are also clear constraints
on the vehicles that can be transported by fixed-wing aircraft: for example,
an officer assigned to a brigade’s support department, likely referencing the
Y-20s and Il-76s, stated that “two types of our large transport aircraft can drop
three of these vehicles [referring to tactical 4x4 vehicles] at a time.”62
Based on these lower figures, table 2 shows three lift configurations if the
entire available transport fleet is used. The table reveals that the PLA could
deliver either 1 mechanized brigade combat element consisting of 2,300
combat personnel and 120 ZBD-03 armored fighting vehicles or 2 light bri-
gade combat elements consisting of 5,240 combat personnel and limited fire
support. These numbers indicate the PLA would need to double the size of
its current airlift fleet to transport the majority of the PLAAF Airborne Corps
in two trips. The PLA would likely also require even more aircraft to sustain
210 Lee
Table 2. Notional Lift Configurations

Heavy Mechanized Deployment (134th Brigade)
Payload Personnel ZBD-03 Tactical 4x4 Mengshi Bobcat Howitzers MLRs
IL-76/Y-20 120
Y-8/Y-9 2,300 30 10 6
Mechanized Deployment (133rd Brigade)

IL-76/Y-20 104 10 12
Y-8/Y-9 3,700
Light Infantry Deployment (127th, 128th, 131st, or 130th Brigades)

IL-76/Y-20 1,540 28 22 10 12
Y-8/Y-9 3,700
airborne forces beyond the initial 24 to 48 hours of combat operations. Given

that the PLA is continuing production of Y-20s and Y-9s, and assuming the
PLA will acquire sufficient airframes to deliver a full brigade combat element,
one could expect the PLA’s airlift inventory to grow by at least 50 percent to
address this challenge.
Rotary-wing transport can supplement the PLAAF’s fixed-wing fleet;
however, there will likely be competing requirements for these units. As such,
an airborne campaign commander may not be able to rely on such forces to
move troops across the Taiwan Strait.
Limited Aerial Ports of Embarkation

The second constraint is limited availability of APOE hubs able to support
large-scale air transport operations. Wuhan and Kaifeng/Zhengzhou are the
most convenient hubs because they are near PLAAF Airborne Corps garri-
sons (see table 3). However, both hubs are suboptimal for loading the entire
fleet of Y-20s or Il-76s with heavy equipment because the combined apron
Table 3. Likely Aerial Port of Embarkation Hubs for Airborne Operations

APOE Hub Constituent APOEs Number of Runways
Wuhan Yangluo Airfield, ZHHH 3
Kaifeng/Zhengzhou Kaifeng Air Base, ZHCC 3
Beijing Beijing Nanjiao Air Base, Beijing

9
Shahezhen Air Base, ZBAA, ZBAD
Chengdu Qionglai Air Base, ZUUU, ZUTF 6
space at these hubs is insufficient to land and load the entire airlift fleet and
would require the PLA to split its loading phase across two or more hubs.
Furthermore, each hub features only three runways (one at a military APOE
and two at a civilian APOE). The PLAAF would thus take roughly an hour to
get an entire aviation transport group of 110 aircraft into the air given a very
generous 1.5-minute takeoff interval at each APOE.63
Chengdu and Beijing provide much better options as APOE hubs given
the large number of airfields in proximity, which would cut the total time to get
an entire aviation transport group of 110 aircraft into the air to under 30 min-
utes. However, these facilities are relatively far from PLAAF Airborne Corps
garrisons and would require units to first transport equipment by rail, likely
adding at least a day of transit time.64 Table 4 shows a notional transit break-
down for the 134th Brigade to travel from Wuhan to Beijing using Department
of Defense Standardization of Work Measurement times as guidelines.
Inadequate Combined Arms and Joint Training

Despite the growing importance of joint operations in PLA operational
thought, PLA airborne forces only have limited experience with them. This
limitation becomes apparent when examining how the PLA envisions orga-
nizing an airborne operation. An airborne campaign has clear groupings that
in turn reveal locations for joint training requirements.65 As table 5 shows,
many of the campaign groupings involve other PLAAF forces or forces from
other PLA services. However, the PLA appears to be deficient in training to
execute the expected missions for some of these groupings.
Although the Airborne Corps regularly trains with fixed-wing transport
aircraft, other elements needed to execute the airborne component of a JILC
212 Lee
Table 4. Notional Travel Times from PLAAF Garrison (Wuhan) to Aerial Port of
Embarkation Hub (Beijing)
Wuhan to Beijing Rail Transit
Load and Secure Vehicles on Flatbed Trucks 30 min
Transit from 134th Garrison to Wuhan Station 50 min
Unload Vehicles from Flatbed Trucks 15 min
Load Vehicles onto Rail Flatbed Cars 60 min
Rail Transit from Wuhan to Beijing 270 min
Unload Vehicles from Rail Flatbed Cars 30 min
Load Vehicles onto Flatbed Trucks 30 min
Transit to Beijing Daxing 60 min
Flatbed Truck Unload at Beijing Daxing 15 min
Total Time 9 hr 20 min
have not been incorporated into these exercises. Specifically, based on ob-
servations from 2019 and 2020, the PLA lacks training in three areas relevant
to airborne campaigns. First, no observed training events involved PLAAF
fixed-wing combat aircraft providing cover for fixed-wing transport aircraft.
The only known instances of such coordination involved a few cases of fight-
ers providing ceremonial escorts for PLAAF transport aircraft returning the
remains of PLA soldiers found in North Korea. Second, the PLA did not pub-
licize any training events involving fixed-wing aircraft providing fire support
for PLAAF Airborne Corps units on the ground. Third, no known training in-
volved supporting fires from PLA Army, Navy, or Rocket Force units. Given
the importance of escorts in ensuring the survivability of transport aircraft
while transiting the air corridor and joint fires to support PLAAF airborne
units on the ground, the lack of training in these areas may prove to be major
challenges during an airborne campaign.
There may be several reasons behind this lack of combined arms or joint
training. The current PLA training schedule might not allow for such train-
ing due to a prioritization of other training subjects. Another possibility is
that the PLA no longer envisions the need to provide significant joint fires in
Table 5. Airborne Campaign Groupings

Campaign Grouping Eligible Units
Air Assault Group PLAAF brigades equipped with 4.5-generation
[空中突击集团] fighters or JH-7 fighter bombers
Air Cover Group [空中掩护集团] Most PLAAF fighter brigades
Missile Assault Group PLARF SRBM and LACM-equipped brigades,

[导弹突击集团] some PLA Army artillery elements if within
range
Reconnaissance Group Ground-based meteorology support elements,

[侦察编队] PLAAF or PLAN special mission aircraft
divisions
Jamming Group [干扰编队] PLAAF special mission aircraft divisions, other

PLAAF aviation brigades fitted with ECM pods
Suppression Formation Most PLAAF fighter brigades

[压制编队]
Air Transport Group 4th and 13th Transport divisions, Airborne Avia-
[空中运输集团] tion Transport Brigade, rotary wing units
Sabotage Detachment Special operations force units

[破袭分队]
Advanced Echelon [先遣梯队] Airborne pathfinder and reconnaissance

battalions, combined arms battalions
Assault Echelon [突击梯队] Airborne combined arms battalions, operation-

al support engineering elements
Rear Echelon [后方梯队] Airborne combined arms battalions, artillery

battalions, and support elements
Follow-On Echelon [后续梯队] Additional airborne elements as needed
Key: ECM: electronic countermeasures; LACM: land attack cruise missiles; PLAAF: PLA Air Force;
PLAN: PLA Navy; PLARF: PLA Rocket Force; SRBM: short range ballistic missiles.
support of an airborne campaign once forces have landed due to improve-

ments in an airborne brigade’s organic fire support. The PLA might also
believe that it will not have to provide significant fighter cover because of
having greater confidence in achieving air superiority prior to an airborne
campaign. A final possibility is that the PLA simply does not perceive the
214 Lee
need to spend training resources preparing today’s warfighters for a mission

they do not envision executing soon.
Limited Ground Operations

Although the current PLAAF combined arms brigades are much more capa-
ble than airborne formations a decade ago, current constraints on deliverable
forces limit operations on the ground. Using the notional lift configurations
of a single-wave heavy mechanized, light mechanized, and light infantry de-
ployment depicted in table 2, one can establish the upper bounds of what
types of ground operations might be possible in an airborne campaign. The
PLA, in short, would have to make key tradeoffs in each of these scenarios.
A heavy mechanized brigade-level formation consisting of three mech-
anized combined arms battalions, one light combined arms battalion, and
an augmented artillery battalion likely represents the high end of an air-de-
livered force intended to conduct maneuver warfare against a mechanized,
armored, or heavily entrenched adversary. This configuration, however, does
not allow for more than one primary brigade-level objective because the sin-
gle light combined arms battalion is the only element capable of acting as the
advanced echelon. For example, if the Republic of China (ROC) Army de-
fended Taoyuan Airport and air base with a battalion-size element, this PLA
airborne mechanized brigade formation is likely suited to seize the airport
and air base.66 However, should additional ROC Army elements counterat-
tack, the formation may be unable to secure its own base of operations during
the ground offensive phase. In this scenario, the single light combined arms
battalion that initially seized the landing area would be the sole defending
PLA unit. Also, the PLA formation would be unable to simultaneously seize
another objective due to all available forces being committed to the Taoyu-
an Airport offensive. The PLA would likely deploy several additional airborne
battalion-sized elements to better secure the initial base of operations in the
area, as well as to seize secondary objectives of interest.
A light mechanized formation of two light mechanized combined arms
battalions, four light combined arms battalions, and two artillery battalions
provides a campaign commander greater flexibility to assault or defend mul-
tiple points. This configuration can be divided into two brigade-level forma-
tions capable of conducting independent operations, each including one
mechanized combined arms battalion, two light combined arms battalions,

and an artillery battalion. Such a configuration would be adequate to seize
two lightly defended points, such as communications stations, radar sites,
or even air defense sites, so long as they are defended by a company-size or
smaller ROC Army element. However, such lightly defended points are un-
likely to be of significant campaign value unless ROC forces failed to recog-
nize a target’s importance.
Should an airborne campaign commander focus on seizing undefend-
ed or lightly defended points and holding them against counterattacks, the
commander could opt to deploy a light infantry configuration consisting
of eight light combined arms battalions, two artillery battalions, and only
enough prime movers to support the artillery battalions. This option allows
for essentially two nearly full-size brigade formations that could defend two
separate sectors with four combined arms battalions and an artillery battal-
ion assigned to each sector. The commander may, alternatively, opt to defend
four to eight smaller points with one to two battalions each while assigning
the artillery battalions as the situation evolves. This configuration requires
landing in a lightly defended or undefended area to allow the initially dis-
persed forces to consolidate into a defensible position. The central areas of
Taiwan between Taichung and Chiayi would be ideal for such a deployment.
However, deploying to this area has little campaign value besides blocking
ROC Army forces in southern Taiwan from deploying north to defend Taipei.
Conclusion
The PLA’s ability to successfully execute an airborne campaign has im-
proved dramatically since 2010. The reorganization of the PLAAF Airborne
Corps into a brigade-centric force has made it a more flexible, maneuver-
able, and lethal force. Introduction of the new 4x4 tactical vehicle also im-
proves the mobility and lethality of those units equipped with it. Not only
have these airborne units been reorganized and better equipped, but they
also are continuously improving their training quality. The extensive im-
provements to China’s military and civilian airfields have simplified the
logistics of loading airborne forces into fixed- and rotary-wing aircraft. Fi-
nally, the introduction of large airlift assets such as the Y-20 and Y-9 has
improved the PLA’s overall airlift capacity.
216 Lee
These reforms and modernization achievements have led to a PLAAF

Airborne Corps with a reasonable chance of seizing a key target defended
by up to a battalion-size ROC Army element or seizing an undefended area
and subsequently defending it against one or more ROC Army brigade-size
elements. However, the PLA’s ability to execute more extensive operations is
hampered by several limitations, most of which it is actively trying to over-
come. The lack of sufficient airlift is the most important limitation for an air-
borne campaign, but it is not the only challenge. The relatively small size of
the PLA’s current transport aircraft fleet is one of the easiest limitations to
resolve given additional Y-20 and Y-9 production. Although it is hard to deter-
mine the exact production rates for either aircraft, the PLA could likely dou-
ble its current airlift capacity by 2030, should it choose to do so.
Harder to address are other limitations, such as the challenge of loading
brigade-size airborne elements onto aircraft. Although the PLAAF Airborne
Corps occasionally trains to conduct up to a brigade-sized drop, it does not ap-
pear to train to execute a multibrigade deployment. Moving two brigade-size
airborne elements, transport forces, and support units to the right location
under wartime conditions with little to no training would almost certainly
be a tall order. Similarly, while the PLA emphasizes joint training overall, the
PLAAF Airborne Corps does not appear to be following suit. Escorting large
transport formations and conducting joint fires are unique and challenging
mission sets that the PLA has not yet developed for airborne operations. The
PLA must allocate training time to the pertinent units, despite what is almost
certainly a busy training schedule.
Two crucial factors not addressed in this chapter merit additional evalua-
tion. First, this chapter has focused entirely on a “first wave” and did not explore
follow-on personnel and materiel requirements for airborne forces deployed on
the ground. This subject demands an entirely separate study, given the complex-
ities associated with projecting force-on-force engagements and the materiel
consumption associated with those engagements. However, the foundational
data on airlift and APOEs presented here may be of use for such research.
Second, the adversary always has a say. This chapter did not account for
the ROC military’s and greater Taiwan’s response to an airborne campaign.
For instance, the air transport group is inevitably a slow and vulnerable
target, while air and ground force echelons are highly reliant on continued
supplies and joint fire support. ROC military forces have a geographic and
comparative advantage when contesting these capabilities. Current capabili-
ties that Taipei is acquiring under the Overall Defense Concept are very much
in line with contesting an airborne landing (for details, see the chapters by
Drew Thompson and Alexander Chieh-cheng Huang in this volume). Short-
range air defense systems, whether vehicle-mounted or man-portable, are
extremely effective against slow aircraft such as Y-20s and Y-9s. They would
also be extremely resilient in the face of PLA suppression of enemy air de-
fense missions due to their small physical and emissions signature. Further
exploration of what exactly would be needed to neutralize PLAAF Airborne
units once on the ground is another topic that deserves additional study.
Notes
1
Liu Wei [刘伟], Theater Joint Operations Command [战区联合作战指挥] (Beijing:
National Defense University Press, 2016).
2
Kevin Pollpeter and Kenneth W. Allen, eds., The PLA as Organization v2.0 (Vienna, VA:
Defense Group, Inc., 2015), 368.
3
Ibid.
4
Guo Qing [郭庆] and Jiang Long [蒋龙], “Airborne Troops Accelerate Their
Transformation into a Synthetic ‘Flying Army’” [空降兵加速转型成为合成 “飞行军”], China
Youth Daily [中国青年报], May 7, 2020, available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com/politics/2020-
05/07/c_1125950453.htm>; Xu Xiongshi [徐雄师] and Deng Huiwen [邓惠文], “90 Minutes to
Test 11 Subjects for a Special Operations Brigade of Airborne Troops for Integrated Assessment”
[90分钟考11个科目空降兵某特种作战旅进行融合式考核], CCTV Military Channel [央广军事],
April 8, 2019, available at <http://www.mod.gov.cn/power/2019-04/08/content_4839012.htm>;
“Military Mission: Reappearing ‘The Most Beautiful Retrograde’ in the New Year” [军人使命
新春再现 “最美逆行”], Air Force Reporter [空军记者], February 14, 2018, available at <https://
xw.qq.com/amphtml/20180214A05LSY00>; CCTV-7 Military Report [军事报道], video, 24:59,
July 10, 2019, available at <https://tv.cctv.com/v/v1/VIDExFTHmF57h2YxEBiQvSXN190710.
html>; Chen Xi [陈曦], “A Training Base for Airborne Troops Organizes Comprehensive Drills
Across Regions for Graduates” [空降兵某训练基地组织毕业学员千里跨区综合演练], Xinhua,
July 10, 2018, available at <https://www.xinhuanet.com/mil/2018-07/10/c_129910871.htm>;
CCTV-7 Military Report [军事报道], video, 6:49, January 30, 2019, available at <https://tv.cctv.
com/2019/01/30/VIDEMNEV3O1tZNYt23UAsqbl190130.shtml>.
218 Lee
5
“Hundreds of Paratroopers Are Fully Equipped for Airborne Combat” [实拍数百伞兵
全副武装空降战斗空中绽放密集伞花], CCTV News [央视新闻], August 13, 2018, available at
<http://m.news.cctv.com/2018/08/13/ARTI3u9o4Rfc7oJnIf33GHkA180813.shtml>; Liu Kang
[刘康] and Li Dongdong [李冬冬], “An Interview with Li Xiangdong, the Commander of the 3rd
Mechanized Infantry Battalion of an Airborne Corps Brigade,” Air Force News [空军报], April
13, 2018, 1; Xiong Hao [熊浩] and Jiang Long [蒋龙], “Zhou Liwen, Commander of the Fourth
Battalion of a Brigade of Paratroopers: ‘Steel Piles’ on the Dam” [空降兵某旅四营营长周立文:
堤坝上不倒的“钢桩”], PLA Daily [解放军报], August 17, 2020, available at <http://www.81.
cn/tzjy/2020-08/17/content_9883267.htm>.
6
Xiong and Jiang, “Zhou Liwen, Commander of the Fourth Battalion of a Brigade of
Paratroopers”; Liu and Li, “An Interview with Li Xiangdong”; CCTV-7 Military Report, February
27, 2019.
7
Xie Chengyu [谢程宇], “Go to the Next Company to Listen to Class. . . .” [走, 去隔壁连队
听听课], Air Force News [空军新闻], May 14, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/_
BdFMDMyRZfAYanxnrjr_Q>; CCTV-7 Military Report [军事报道], video, 25:29, March 10,
2019, available at <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y7tRqcFUXr0>; Tang Zhiqiang [汤志
强], “Hard Fight ≠ Actual Combat” [苦战化≠实战化], PLA Daily [解放军报], October 19, 2020,
available at <http://m.yunnan.cn/system/2020/10/19/031049310.shtml>; Tang Jiajun [唐家军]
and Jiang Long [蒋龙], “Airborne Support Battalion Improves Military Skills,” Air Force News [空
军报], May 21, 2019, 2; CCTV-7 Military Report, June 12, 2019.
8
Zhang Hongbing [张洪兵] and Xiong Huaming [熊华明], “Veterans Return to
Camp to Restore ‘Muscle Memory’” [退伍老兵回营恢复 “肌肉记忆”], China National
Defense News [中国国防报], November 25, 2018, available at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/
s/6CVSV8PN7SsuD1uVhHJMbg>; Chen Qian [陈倩], “One Hundred Pre-Regimented
Reserve Soldiers of a Certain Brigade of Airborne Troops Stationed in Hubei Obtained
‘Certificates’ on the Battlefield” [驻汉空降兵某旅百名预编预备役士兵取得战场 “合格证”],
Chutian City Daily News [楚天都市报], November 12, 2018, available at <https://k.sina.cn/
article_1720962692_6693ce8402000ji51.html%3Ffrom%3Dmil+&cd=3&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=us>.
9
Liu Kang [刘康], “Join Force as Elite Soldiers and Strike Out” [合力成势精兵出击], Air
Force News [空军报], September 11, 2018, 1.
10
Xiao Yanfei [肖艳飞], “Fighting Fiercely in the Northwest Desert, ‘Post-00’ Recruits Join
the Battle Sequence!” [鏖战西北大漠, “00后” 新兵加入战斗序列!], Air Force News [空军新闻],
June 4, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/Mz8oNNj_z-8NQWI_BdCQLQ>; Xie,
“Go to the Next Company to Listen to Class.”
11
“Directly Attack the Front Line of the Training Exercise” [进驻就打检验部队远程机动
作战能力], CCTV-7 Noon National Defense [正午国防军事], video, 1:36, June 15, 2020, available
at <https://tv.cctv.com/2020/06/15/VIDESJqbFEFhyeO9ezRxSiAi200615.shtml>; CCTV-7
Military Report, April 14, 2019.
12
“Directly Attack the Front Line of the Training Exercise.”
13
Ibid.
14
CCTV-7 Military Report, February 27, 2019.
15
CCTV-7 Military Report, April 14, 2019.
16
CCTV-7 Military Report [军事报道], June 22, 2020, available at <https://v.cctv.
com/2020/06/22/VIDE6Rb3HoW2kCJnIyUrDHuA200622.shtml>.
17
Huang Linying [黄琳颖], “The Battle Begins at 4:30 in the Morning—A Glimpse of the
Tactical Operations of a Certain Brigade of Airborne Troops with Live Ammunition for Seven
Days and Nights” [战斗, 从凌晨四点半开始—空降兵某旅七昼夜实兵实装实弹战术行动一
瞥], Air Force Online [空军在线], February 4, 2019, available at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/
FYIVImKZl5UKEJZ8NfIGDg>; Xiao Yanfei, “Scouts Are Going to Fight” [侦察兵就要拼], China
Youth Daily [中国青年报], March 26, 2020, available at <https://tech.sina.cn/2020-03-26/detail-
iimxyqwa3209103.d.html>; “Directly Attack the Front Line of the Training Exercise.”
18
“The Same Paratrooper, She Fought for the Country, But She Fought for the Nationality,
Which One Is More Beautiful?” [同样是空降兵, 她为国而战, 而她却为国籍而战, 哪个更美],
Military Discipline House [军纪之家], April 13, 2019, available at <https://kknews.cc/military/
eypgmxy.html>; Zeng Yanfeng [曾艳峰] and Tang Jiajun [唐家军], “Newly Formed Airborne
Brigade Emphasizes Safety and Stability Work,” Air Force News [空军报], May 29, 2018, 1; CCTV-7
Military Report, July 19, 2019.
19
CCTV-7 Military Report, October 29, 2020.
20
CCTV-7 Military Report, September 5, 2020.
21
Yang Xuan [杨璇], Zuo Lixiang [左礼响], and Xuan Shihao [宣世豪], “Air Assault, Bravely
Strive for the First! He Is the First Batch of Direct 10K Instructors and Captain Liu Dongliang!!” [空
中突击, 勇争第一! 他就是第一批直-10K教员, 机长刘栋梁!!], Our Sky [我们的天空], April 9, 2020,
available at <https://zhuanlan.zhihu.com/p/128450591>.
22
CCTV-7 Military Report, July 29, 2019.
23
Source available from the CASI Media Archive, May 1, 2019.
24
CCTV-7 Military Report, October 28, 2020.
25
26
27
“The Municipal Bureau of Commerce Launches Party Day Activities on the Theme of
‘July 1st, Do Not Forget the Original Heart, Keep in Mind the Mission’” [市商务局开展迎 “七一
不忘初心, 牢记使命” 主题党日活动], Wuhan Bureau of Commerce [武汉市商务局], July 3, 2019,
available at <http://sw.wuhan.gov.cn/ztzl_26/jgjs/bwcxljsmztjyhd/202001/t20200106_570569.
shtml>; CCTV-7 Military Report, November 2, 2020.
28
Guo Qing [郭庆] et al., “New Equipment Lined Up with Paratroopers! ‘Aerial Combined
Force’ Is Taking Shape” [新装备列装空降兵! “空中合成部队” 正在形成], Air Force News [空军
新闻], May 27, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/-I3DF9A2BKiNwOclX2DQ-w>.
29
CCTV-7 Military Report, November 2, 2020.
30
Zhao Ke [赵克], “The Veteran of the Shangganling Campaign Seeks to Realize the
Dream of the Troops: I Finally Met My Family” [上甘岭战役老兵寻当年部队终圆梦: 我终于见
到家人了], Engineering Machinery Daka [工程机械大咖], October 19, 2020, available at <https://
mp.weixin.qq.com/s/siDhBqZNtJmGNzr7YlXTxQ>.
31
“When Will The ‘One Hero and Three Gangs’ Be Realized as the Only Main Tank of
Our Airborne Troops?” [我军空降兵唯一主力战车,何时实现 “一个好汉三个帮”?], Frame Spot
[帧察], December 15, 2019; Yao Jianing, “Vehicle-Mounted Rapid Fire Mortars in Live-
Fire Test,” China Military Online, June 12, 2016, available at <http://english.chinamil.
com.cn/news-channels/photo-reports/2016-06/12/content_7096660.htm>; CCTV-7
Military Report [军事报道], June 7, 2020, available at <https://v.cctv.com/2020/06/07/
VIDE68n1Yyg2gr33CGSteq7u200607.shtml>; Yao, “Vehicle-Mounted Rapid Fire Mortars In Live-
Fire Test.”
32
220 Lee
33
CCTV-7 Military Report, September 25, 2020; Volga Dnepr Airlines, “Volga Dnepr
Airlines Il-76TD-90VD,” available at <https://www.volga-dnepr.com/files/booklet/il-76e_final.
pdf>.
34
Zhang Yuliang [张玉良], ed., Science of Campaigns [战役学] (Beijing: NDU Press, 2006),
589–599.
35
Liu, “Join Force as Elite Soldiers and Strike Out,” 1; Zhang Xiangfeng [张祥锋], “Airborne
Troops on Central Media: Cross-Regional Assault, Airborne Troops Will Be Delivered in an
Integrated System!” [央媒上的空降兵: 跨区域突击, 空降兵整建制投送!], Our Sky [我们的天空],
September 25, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/EoDKOnLMoc8vFqkMvCwL8w>.
36
Zhang Pengbei [张朋倍] and Zhang Zhe [张哲], “Airborne Troops on the Central Media:
Shocked, Let’s Watch the Parachuting Training of Airborne Troops on the Water!” [央媒上的空降
兵: 震撼, 一起来看空降兵水上集群伞降训练!], Our Sky [我们的天空], August 6, 2020, available
at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/GSM1djw_M8GrNT2X3Q-XMA>.
37
Ibid.
38
Liu Kang [刘康], “Paratroopers” [空降神兵], China Armed Forces [中国军队], August 1,
2018, 103.
39
CCTV-7 Military Report, June 30, 2019.
40
Fang Chao [方超], He Yonghui [贺勇辉], and Xia Peng [夏澎], “The Central Part of the
Sword, Fierce Soldiers Tempering the ‘Iron Fist’ in the Desert” [中部论剑, 鏖兵大漠淬炼 “铁
拳”], Central Theater Trumpet [中部战区号角], June 11, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.
qq.com/s/KRWDquLaE-C7WqRjBQuC4A>; Xiao, “Fighting Fiercely in the Northwest Desert”;
Zhang, “Airborne Troops Will Be Delivered in an Integrated System!”
41
Huang, “The Battle Begins at 4:30 in the Morning”; CASI, “3ndTCEd,” CASI Periodical
Archive, November 25, 2019; Fang et al., “The Central Part of the Sword.”
42
Li Zhongyuan [李忠元] and Sun Yufei [孙玉飞], “Synthetic Battalion vs. Paratroopers,
Land and Air Rivals Each Other!” [合成营VS空降兵, 陆空互为对手!], Western Army Strong Military
[西陆强军号], August 17, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/fp49lxK6ZU7P-
0oTvTJziw>.
43
Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2020:
Annual Report to Congress (Washington, DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2020), 77.
44
Mao Shichuan [毛世川], Zhang Di [张迪], and Xiang Jialiang [向家良], “The First Big
Plane Jump, Parachute Blossoms in Snowy Plateau” [首次大飞机实跳, 伞花绽放雪域高原],
Western Army Strong Military [西陆强军号], September 24, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.
qq.com/s/eESSbXTc-Ik9nV1k2eMIUg>; CCTV-7 Military Report, October 30, 2020; CCTV-7
Military Express, October 14, 2020, available at <http://www.js7tv.cn/video/202010_231825.
html>.
45
Zhao Wenhan [赵文涵], “Urgent Air Freight! The High-Definition Big Picture Is Here!”
[紧急大空运! 高清大图来了!], Our Sky [我们的天空], February 14, 2020, available at <http://
www.xinhuanet.com/politics/2020-02/14/c_1125573788.htm>.
46
CCTV-7 Military Express, September 28, 2020; CCTV-7 Military Report, October 23,
2020; CCTV-7 Military Report, July 25, 2020.
47
“China: Air Force,” Janes World Air Forces, October 5, 2020.
48
European Space Agency (ESA), Sentinel Hub EO, January 1, 2020, available at <https://
apps.sentinel-hub.com/eo-browser/>.
49
CCTV-7 Military Express, September 28, 2020.
50
Janes, “China: Air Force.”
51
ESA, Sentinel Hub EO.
52
Janes, “China: Air Force.”
53
ESA, Sentinel Hub EO.
54
55
The estimates for fixed-wing airfields below are based on the following requirements:
■ minimum ICAO aerodrome reference code equivalent of 4D or better
■ a 5-meter (m) buffer at each end of each apron
■ apron depth of at least 70 m to accommodate and load a Shaanxi Y-8 or Y-9 transport
aircraft
■ apron width of at least 50 m per Y-8 or Y-9 to accommodate the wingspan of the air-
craft as well as space between an adjacent aircraft’s wingtip
■ apron depth of at least 100 m to accommodate and load a Xi’an Y-20 transport air-
craft
■ apron width of at least 65 m per Y-20 to accommodate the wingspan of the aircraft as
well as space between an adjacent aircraft’s wingtip
■ within roughly 2,000 km of Taiwan.
56
Alex Stone and Peter Wood, China’s Military-Civil Fusion Strategy (Montgomery, AL:
China Aerospace Studies Institute, 2020), 57.
57
An International Civil Aviation Organization aerodrome reference code is a two-part
designation that indicates an airfield’s overall length and width. This in turn informs users
whether a particular aircraft can land at a particular airfield.
58
59
CCTV-7 Military Report [军事报道], April 27, 2020, available at <http://www.js7tv.cn/
video/202004_214931.html>; CCTV-7 Military Report, November 6, 2020.
60
Andrew Tate, “China Mass Producing Y-9 Surveillance Aircraft,” Janes, December
9, 2019, available at <https://www.janes.com/defence-news/news-detail/china-mass-
producing-y-9-surveillance-aircraft>; “Il-76 CANDID: Status and Outlook for the Soviets’
Major Transportation Aircraft Program,” Central Intelligence Agency Directorate of Intelligence
Research Paper, December 1, 1985.
61
Liu, “Join Forces as Elite Soldiers and Strike Out,” 1; CCTV-7 Military
Report [军事报道], October 16, 2018, available at <http://tv.cctv.com/2018/10/16/
VIDEy3WrkiLCbgXPQzdEdoGG181016.shtml>.
62
Liu Kun [刘坤], “My Country’s First Batch of Certain Wheeled Armored Vehicles
Developed and Produced by the Ordnance Industry Group Was Officially Installed” [由兵器工
业集团研制生产的我国首批某型轮式装甲车正式列装], China North Industries Group [中国
兵器工业集团], May 8, 2020, available at <https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/4Hb29CoyTahN_9Co_
YoDkQ>.
63
Federal Aviation Administration, “Federal Aviation Administration Airport Traffic
Control—Terminal Departure Procedures and Separation,” FAA Order JO 7110.65Y, July 16, 2020,
available at <https://www.faa.gov/documentLibrary/media/Order/7110.65Y.pdf>.
64
Standardization of Work Measurement Volume IX: Miscellaneous Occupations
(Washington, DC: Defense Industrial Resources Support Office, January 1977), 345.
65
66
This and all subsequent speculative scenarios assume a 3:1 attacker-to-defender ratio
is needed.
CHAPTER 8
Getting There: Chinese Military and Civilian

Sealift in a Cross-Strait Invasion
Conor M. Kennedy
I
n mid-October 2020, the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) held amphib-
ious exercises off Fujian and Guangdong provinces involving multiple
arms of the 73rd Group Army. Video coverage of the event showed an im-
pressive number of capabilities clearly intended as a message for Taiwan.1
The exercise was also of practical significance: despite advancements in
fixed- and rotary-wing transport aircraft, sealift remains the primary means
for transporting heavy equipment, as well as personnel, fuel, and cargo,
across the Taiwan Strait. This primacy reflects both the proximity of the main-
land to Taiwan and the large capacity of ships.
Due to the hostile combat environment, initial assault waves by the Peo-
ple’s Republic of China (PRC) on Taiwan would be embarked primarily on
PLA Navy (PLAN) and PLA Army (PLAA) amphibious ships. The amphibious
assault would comprise the PLAA’s amphibious combined arms brigades and
units from the PLAN Marine Corps (PLANMC). However, a current weakness
of a cross-strait invasion is the lack of a sufficient number of PLA landing ships.
As this chapter discusses, new and old PLAN and PLAA platforms still make up
the core amphibious lift capabilities for the landing force, but PLAN construc-
tion has largely focused on developing large ocean-going amphibious ships.
223
224 Kennedy
As a potential workaround, a PLA study on reactivating mothballed

PLAN landing ships for entry into PLAA watercraft units raised the possibility
of a short-term surge in amphibious lift capacity.2 Even with this solution,
however, the likely attrition in the amphibious fleet during the opening sal-
vos of the conflict would mean the PLA drawing on China’s civilian merchant
fleet to get follow-on forces ashore. The PRC has the legal authority to assume
control over its large civilian shipping fleets and to mobilize them for military
use. Recent developments—such as implementing national defense require-
ments in merchant fleet construction and modification, organization, and
military training, along with other logistics solutions—indicate that the PLA
is actively working to resolve problems within the merchant fleet to make up
for shortcomings in organic PLA sealift. The PLA is also making efforts to en-
sure successful debarkation operations in a variety of situations, such as ex-
ploring the use of artificial harbors to help establish landing bases. Also, large
numbers of China Coast Guard (CCG) and maritime militia forces are avail-
able to supplement PLA transportation operations in a cross-strait landing.
This chapter explores such problems and developments in amphibious
lift in three main sections. The first assesses PLAN and PLAA organic am-
phibious lift capacity. The second discusses the role of the civilian merchant
fleet in transporting PLA forces across the strait and explains two scenarios
on the debarkation of those forces. The third briefly examines how the CCG
and the maritime militia fleets might support amphibious landing operations
in a Taiwan invasion. Each section draws from Chinese-language and PLA-af-
filiated sources to inform its analysis.
A caveat: this chapter does not attempt to predict which landing sites
PLA planners could select. Rather, it focuses on the PLA’s ability to get forc-
es across the strait and commence landing and debarkation operations. This
discussion omits several critical factors, including phases of bombardment,
the battle for air superiority, the struggle for sea control, mine and obstacle
clearance, U.S. intervention, and countless other variables that could each
influence the outcome of a PLA landing operation.
The PLAN Amphibious Fleet

Although PLAN ships would form the core of the amphibious fleet, they
would be supplemented and supported by PLAA landing vessels. Consisting
Chinese Military and Civilian Sealift in a Cross-Strait Invasion 225
of both new and old classes of ships, this combined fleet would be tasked
with delivering combat troops onto Taiwan’s coastline and sustaining them
until landing zones are built up or a suitable port is secured and made oper-
able. The PLAN fleet is organized into several landing ship zhidui [支队] and
dadui [大队] units in the Southern, Eastern, and Northern theater command
navies.3 Table 1 details the number of ships in each of the theater command
navies and their total capacity in troops and amphibious armored vehicles,
based on the author’s assessment from Chinese open-source reporting. In
the aggregate, the PLAN can generate enough lift for up to 19,080 combat
troops and approximately 666 ZTD-05 amphibious assault vehicles. Table 2
lists the capacities of individual types of PLAN and PLAA landing ships.
Overall, amphibious shipping is limited compared with PLA amphibious
combat forces. In addition to 8 Type-071 amphibious transport docks (also
known as landing platform docks [LPDs]), the landing ship, tank (LST)/landing
ship medium (LSM) fleet stands at about 29 and 32, respectively, assigned un-
evenly to the Northern, Eastern, and Southern theater commands.4 This capaci-
ty is sufficient to land the PLANMC’s 1st and 2nd brigades with their amphibious
armor and possibly some of the newly created marine brigades, provided they
are equipped for the fight.5 However, PLAN landing ships will not exclusively
transport PLANMC forces. Southern Theater navy landing ship units primarily
train with the 1st and 2nd Marine brigades, while the Eastern and Northern theater
navies’ landing ship units frequently train with army units.6 Table 1 demonstrates
that the Eastern and Southern theater commands’ landing ships have the capac-
ity to transport more than a single brigade each. Additionally, the initial landing
units would comprise reconnaissance and obstacle clearance elements and as-
saulting infantry and armor units under naval fire support. Artillery and support
units would come ashore in later waves.7 Capable offshore transfer and lighterage
systems could free up landing ship vehicle decks to maximize the number of am-
phibious assault units from multiple brigades in the initial waves. Nonetheless,
PLAN amphibious ships alone would be insufficient to get all six PLAA amphib-
ious combined arms brigades of the 72nd, 73rd, and 74th group armies across the
strait in the first assault. These brigades likely total somewhere between 30,000 to
36,000 personnel and thousands of vehicles and armor—significantly more than
the PLAN landing ship capacity displayed in table 1.8 Those forces would have to
embark on a mix of PLAN and PLAA watercraft landing ships.
225
226 Kennedy
Table 1. PLAN Landing Ships by Assignment and Total Lift Capacity

Northern Southern Eastern Hong Assignment Total
Theater Theater Theater Kong Unknown
Navy Navy Navy Garrison
Type-071 LPD 0 4 2 0 2 8
Type-072B LST 0 0 6 0 0 6
Type-072A LST 3 5 1 0 0 9
Type-072III LST 0 4 6 0 0 10
Type-072II LST 0 1 3 0 0 4
Type-073A LSM 0 6 4 0 0 10
Type-073III 0 1 0 0 0 1
LSM
Type-074A LSM 3 4 3 0 0 10
Type-074 LSM 8 0 0 3 0 11
Type-958 LCAC 0 2 0 0 3 5
2,960 7,190 6,300 750 1,880 19,080

troops; troops; troops; troops; 9 troops; 63 troops; 666
Total Capacity
66 ZTD- 276 ZTD- 252 ZTD- ZTD-05s ZTD-05s ZTD-05s
05s 05s 05s
Key: LCAC: landing craft air cushion; LPD: amphibious transport dock; LSM: landing ship medium; LST:
landing ship, tank.
Sources: Various People's Liberation Army and People's Republic of China Web sites and news reports.
Notes: These figures use the ZTD-05 amphibious assault vehicle due to its large size (length: 31 feet;
weight: 29 tons) and common assignment to both PLA Navy Marine Corps and PLA Army amphibious
units. ZBD-05 amphibious infantry fighting vehicles are similar in size but weigh slightly lighter. Ship
capacity has been adjusted as many are listed according to their ability to transport 40-ton main
battle tanks, while accounting for well-deck spatial dimensions where possible. Type-958 LCAC, also
known as the Zubr-class, is included due to its size and likely role in shore-to-shore missions. This
craft does not embark on a parent ship, unless carried by a semi-submersible platform. An eighth LPD
is included due to progress on the ship as of fall 2020, which could potentially press it into service
early. This table also assumes the complete retirement of the Type-079 LSM class. Any inaccuracies
in total lift capacity are the author’s own. The eighth LPD Qilianshan (祁连山) was launched in June
2019. See “After the 8th Type-071 Amphibious Dock Landing Ship Is Launched, Hudong Shipyard Will
Fully Build the Type-075 Amphibious Assault Ship” [第8艘071登陆舰下水后沪东船厂将全力建
造075两栖舰], Sina Military [新浪军事], June 11, 2019, available at <https://mil.news.sina.com.cn/
jssd/2019-06-11/doc-ihvhiews8037051.shtml>.
Table 2. Landing Ship Capacity

Capacity
Type-075 LHA 1,200 troops, potentially 50–60 ZTD-05s, 30 helicopters, 3 Type-726 LCACs
Type-071 LPD 730 troops, 24 ZTD-05s, 2–4 helicopters, up to 4 Type-726 LCACs
Type-072B LST 260 troops, 10 ZTD-05s, 1 helipad
Type-072A LST 250 troops, 10 ZTD-05s, 1 helipad
Type-072III LST 250 troops, 10 ZTD-05s, 1 helipad
Type-072II LST 200 troops, 10–11 ZTD-05s
Type-073A LSM 180 troops, 8–10 ZTD-05s
Type-073III LSM 180 troops, 6–7 ZTD-05s
Type-074A LSM 70 troops, 4 ZTD-05s
Type-074 LSM 250 troops or 2–3 ZTD-05s
Type-958 LCAC 360 troops or 3 main battle tanks
Type-271IIIA 200 troops or 3 main battle tanks
Type-271III 200 troops or 3 main battle tanks
Type-271II 200 troops or 2 main battle tanks
Key: LCAC: landing craft air cushion; LHA: landing helicopter assault; LPD: amphibious transport
dock; LSM: landing ship medium; LST: landing ship, tank.
Sources: Xuan Ya [悬崖], “Discussion on China’s Landing Ships” [漫谈中国登陆舰艇], Ordnance
Knowledge [兵器知识], No. 5 (2016), 18; Wu Ge [吴戈] and Che Fude [车福德], “The Type-071
Amphibious Dock Landing Ship is Far from Enough” [071型两栖船坞登陆舰是远远不够的], Modern
Ships [现代舰船], No. 9A, (2013), 11. The numbers used in this assessment are based on a Republic
of China Ministry of National Defense report. See Jian Yijian [簡一建], “Research and Analysis of the
Development of the Communist Army’s ‘Amphibious Combat Capabilities’” [共軍“兩棲作戰能力” 發
展之研析], Army Academic Bimonthly [陸軍學術雙月刊], December 2017, 58. For Type-075: “Type-
075 Amphibious Assault Ship” [075型两栖攻击舰], Shipborne Weapons [舰载武器], March 2020, 15.
The Type-075 is frequently compared to the U.S. Navy’s Wasp-class LHDs, which can carry up to 61
amphibious assault vehicles (AAVs): 40 stowed in the well deck and 21 in the upper vehicle storage
area. While the total vehicle stowage area is unavailable, the AAV occupies slightly less space than
the Type-05, which could impact total vehicle stowage. See “LHD-1 Wasp Class,” Federation of
American Scientists Military Analysis Network, May 9, 2000, available at <https://fas.org/man/dod-
101/sys/ship/lhd-1.htm>. See also Chen Yize [陈弋泽], “The Historic Mission of a Domestically-Built
Amphibious Assault Ship” [国产两栖攻击舰的历史使命], Modern Ships [现代舰船], No. 24 (2019),
30. For Type-071: The PLA Navy—New Capabilities and Missions for the 21st Century (Suitland, MD:
Office of Naval Intelligence, 2015), 18; Liao Zhiyong [廖志勇] and Chen Ran [陈冉], “Move When You
Hear the Order, Move Like the Wind: A Marine Corps Brigade War Vehicle Spits the Waves [闻令而
228 Kennedy
动, 动若风发: 海军陆战队某旅-战车劈开万重浪], People’s Navy [人民海军], January 9, 2018, 2.

Type-072B: Xuan, “Discussion on China’s Landing Ships,” 17; Dennis J. Blasko, “The PLA Navy’s Yin
and Yang: China’s Advancing Amphibious Force and Missile Craft,” in China’s Evolving Surface Fleet,
China Maritime Studies Institute Report No. 14, ed. Peter A. Dutton and Ryan D. Martinson (Newport,
RI: U.S. Naval War College, 2017), 6. For Type-072A, Type-072III, and Type-072II, Type-073A, Type-
073III, Type-074A, and Type-074: Jian, “Research and Analysis of the Development of the Communist
Army’s ‘Amphibious Combat Capabilities,’” 58–61; Blasko, “The PLA Navy’s Yin and Yang,” 6. For
Type-958: “The PLAN Bison Hovercraft Is Defective and Cannot Be Used During the Day” [中国海军
野牛气垫船有缺陷 1年有上白天不能全速使用], Sina Military [新浪军事], May 15, 2019, available
at <https://mil.news.sina.com.cn/jssd/2019-05-15/doc-ihvhiqax8857206.shtml>. For Type-271II, Type-
271III, and Type-271IIIA: “Graphics: 271-Series Landing Craft (Yulian class)” [图文资料: 271系列登陆
艇 (玉连级)], News.ifeng.com [凤凰资讯], January 31, 2008, available at <http://news.ifeng.com/mil/
special/planland/doc/200801/0131_2720_386505.shtml>; Zhao Xing [赵星], “A Half Century’s Journey:
A Record of the Development of PLAN Amphibious Ships” [半个世纪的征程: 记中国海军两栖舰艇
的发展], Shipborne Weapons [舰载武器], No. 5 (2006), 11–12.
Notes: Chinese estimates of the capacity of landing ships can sometimes be exaggerated. For
example, one analyst states that the six Type-072B LSTs in the Eastern Theater Navy can satisfy the
transport requirements of a PLAA brigade at one reinforced battalion of troops and equipment per
ship. This is unlikely even with the stowing of vehicles on the top decks of some LSTs. Other analysts
claim that the Type-071 LPD has a capacity between 500 and 800 troops and 24-35 ZBD-05 vehicles, the
equivalent of a PLAN Marine Corps battalion. This could be true depending on the operation. A leaner
complement of amphibious forces would be embarked in missions to distant areas due to sustainment
and berthing limitations. However, in a cross-strait landing mission, larger numbers of troops can be
loaded since ships would not be required to provide extensive support for the short trip.
Secondary PLA amphibious landing capability would come from the

PLAA coastal defense force’s watercraft units [chuanting budui, 船艇部队].
Recently placed under the PLAA and reorganized into brigade-level units,
coastal defense brigades [haifang lü, 海防旅] reportedly contain a total of 10
watercraft dadui.9 Each dadui has several landing craft assigned to subordi-
nate zhongdui [中队], made up primarily of older Type-271II, Type-271III, and
Type-271IIIA landing craft.10 These more numerous but smaller displacement
craft played a notable role during the major amphibious exercises held in the
Taiwan Strait during the 1995–1996 crisis and remain an essential resource for
PLAA amphibious training and operations.11 Each Type-271 can carry up to 5
ZTD-05 assault vehicles or 200 combat troops.12 Estimates of this fleet range
from 80 Type-271 series up to 200 ships when counting older classes of ves-
sels still potentially in the force.13 Although estimating the total forces that
PLAA watercraft units could transport is difficult, they are widely considered
a sizable supplement to the PLAN’s amphibious fleet. While older, smaller,
and slower than PLAN landing ships, they do have the range to reach landing
zones if weather conditions are not too severe. That said, watercraft units must
modernize to provide more reliable cross-strait lift options to the PLA.
As part of the larger PLA reforms, the PLAA watercraft units are undergo-
ing a shift to better support a “projection-type army” [tousongxing lujun, 投送
型陆军]. This revised focus is intended to enhance watercraft units’ ability to
work jointly with the PLAN, expand operations in the “near seas,” and improve
support for a cross-sea landing.14 To meet these requirements, the PLAA ap-
pears to be developing new landing craft to replace its aging fleet of Type-271s.
A new landing craft developed by the PLAA, revealed in late 2015, displac-
es less than 500 tons, though it is unclear if larger scale production has com-
menced or whether the landing craft is intended as a replacement platform.15
In a significant development, experts from the PLAA’s Military Transpor-
tation University sought to identify and evaluate decommissioned PLAN ships
for reassignment to the PLAA’s coastal defense watercraft force. These experts
state that this effort would rapidly fill the gap in current transportation capac-
ity while the PLAA develops new classes of watercraft vessels. They identify
5,000-ton class LSTs and 2,000-ton class LSMs built between 1960 and 1980
as a considerable resource to utilize while addressing challenges in balancing
suitability, technical issues, costs, and infrastructure. They note that the PLAN’s
strict equipment management practices have left many vessels in good working
condition with many years of service remaining. Furthermore, these decom-
missioned ships should be deployed with the watercraft units of the Eastern
and Southern theater commands and become a main force in large-scale mar-
itime transport of operational forces.16 Although many hurdles must likely be
overcome to bring numerous mothballed PLAN landing ships back into ser-
vice, this plan does raise the possibility of a short-term surge in lift capacity.
Growth in the PLAN amphibious fleet has mainly been concentrated in
large blue water platforms such as LPDs and landing helicopter dock (LHD)
amphibious assault ships, with relatively little change in more tradition-
al amphibious platforms such as LSMs and LSTs.17 The PLAN’s eighth LPD
was launched in June 2019 and close to commissioning in mid-2021; its first
Type-075 LHD was launched in September 2019, followed by a second and
third hull in April 2020 and February 2021, respectively.18 The Type-075 is un-
likely be fully operational for some time. With the first hull commissioned in
April 2021, the Type-075 LHD class would add modest capacity for a Taiwan
230 Kennedy
invasion, but its real strength lies in its aerial delivery capabilities.19 Each ship
has a capacity of about 1,200 troops, 30 helicopters, and a large number of
vehicles.20 One Chinese observer argues that the Type-075 could put an entire
PLANMC infantry battalion ashore in a single trip if equipped with up to 20
Z-18 transport helicopters.21 This arrangement may not be possible if the goal
is also to bring light vehicles and other equipment to bolster maneuverabil-
ity and firepower. Rapid vertical envelopment operations by the PLANMC’s
new “air assault battalions” [kongzhong tuji ying, 空中突击营] from dozens of
miles off Taiwan’s coast would add a useful, but relatively limited near-term
capability for the amphibious assault.22 Together, the Type-071 and Type-075
platforms would eventually provide large-scale multidimensional landing
capabilities, but the Taiwan Strait presents a constrained battlespace that
may reward volume over range.
First-wave amphibious assault units would depend mainly on PLAN and
PLAA landing ships to get to their landing zones. Protected by screens and
supported by naval gunfire, numerous swimming vehicles and assault craft
would depart their ships and head toward Taiwan’s beaches. Once ashore,
they would get to work on establishing and expanding beachheads in their
respective landing sectors. Large numbers of PLAA ground combat forces
would likely be near staging areas or already embarked in numerous trans-
port ships in offshore areas to prevent clutter in the amphibious area of op-
erations. These follow-on forces would most likely contain main battle tanks,
artillery systems, and other heavy equipment that could not join the amphib-
ious assault waves. To be sure, several variables could determine the effec-
tiveness of the joint island landing campaign (for a description, see Michael
Casey’s chapter in this volume). For example, air defense of amphibious task
forces provided by land-based aircraft or by PLAN surface ships would have
to be robust. Although beyond the scope of this chapter, this concern is pres-
ent in PLAN writings.23 The next section addresses China’s merchant fleet and
outcomes when the PLA does and does not secure a usable port.
Civilian Merchant Fleets

Given likely attrition during a landing, PLAN and PLAA landing ships are cur-
rently insufficient to deliver successive assault waves. Absent dedicated PLA or
government-owned squadrons of merchant ships such as those operated by
the U.S. Military Sealift Command, the ship-to-shore movement of the entire
assault force and follow-on echelons must continue using ships drawn from the
civilian merchant fleet. This section first discusses the interaction of merchant
shipping with the PLA before exploring two scenarios: first, when the PLA can
secure and use a port, and second, when it must offload troops across Taiwan’s
beaches. It then considers new shipboard ramp technologies that may enable a
unique amphibious role for some types of merchant shipping.
Merchant Fleet–PLA Integration

As of 2019, China ranked third in ownership, by tonnage, of the world’s
fleet. This includes 3,987 PRC-flagged ships of 1,000 tons or greater, totaling
90,930,376 deadweight tons. These figures more than double when PRC-
owned but foreign-flagged ships are counted.24 When PRC-flagged seagoing
ships over 100 tons, excluding inland waterway and fishing ships, are con-
sidered, this number rises to 6,197 total ships—including 1,515 bulk carriers,
862 general cargo ships, 322 container ships, and 2,530 other types of ships.25
Furthermore, China has the most registered mariners in the world; at the
end of 2017, the total was 1,483,247 personnel, with 52.2 percent working in
inland waters and the rest in coastal and international routes.26 In 2018, the
licensed merchant marine reached 363,281 personnel, including 34,652 cap-
tains, 24,152 first mates, and 32,192 chief engineers.27 Although most of Chi-
na’s merchant fleets have little experience working with the military, some
are involved in supporting PLA transport requirements.
The PRC government has the legal authority to assume control over ci-
vilian shipping carriers and make them available for military purposes. This
power stems from several laws and regulations governing mobilization of
civil transport, including the 1995 Regulation on National Defense Trans-
portation, the 2003 Regulations on National Defense Mobilization of Civ-
il Transport Resources, the 2010 National Defense Mobilization Law, and,
most recently, the 2016 National Defense Transportation Law. These rules
allowed for the creation of National Defense Transportation Support Forces
[guofang jiaotong baozhang duiwu, 国防交通保障队伍] in civilian transpor-
tation enterprises that would carry out a range of supporting functions, in-
cluding transportation support.28 The 2016 law expanded what was largely a
domestic-focused transportation support force, obligating medium and large
232 Kennedy
transport companies operating overseas to support PLA operations. It also

established new “strategic projection support forces” [zhanlüe tousong zhi-
yuan liliang, 战略投送支援力量] focused on providing “rapid, long-distance,
and large-scale national defense transportation support.”29 Although the ex-
act numbers of organized units are difficult to assess, these forces represent a
vast resource pool of domestic and long-range transportation support forces
for a cross-strait landing.
Incorporation of defense requirements into merchant shipping construc-
tion and training would greatly amplify their use in cross-strait transport.
Ship registries and capacity are reported to the military, while governments
support the implementation of defense requirements by ship operators and
in shipbuilding.30 The approval of Technical Standards for New Civilian Ships
to Implement National Defense Requirements provides significant guidance
for ensuring that newly built ships are technically ready for military service,
reducing the time needed for modification.31 Nevertheless, obstacles such
as cost and burdensome oversight appear to have kept many current ships
from implementing these requirements. In 2017, a deputy commander of the
Northern Theater Command Army explained that fewer than 2,000 transport
vessels are suited for “direct mobilization.”32
Organizing transport units and providing relevant training could em-
power civilian shipping to better coordinate with the military. Starting in
2012, the PLA began establishing “strategic projection support ship fleets”
in major shipping companies. These units included roll-on/roll-off (RO-
RO) ships, container vessels, bulk carriers, tankers, auxiliary crane ships,
barges, and semi-submersible ships.33 These civilian support fleets are
organized into transport zongdui, dadui, and zhongdui [haiyun zongdui/
dadui/zhongdui, 海运总队/大队/中队] for unit, fuel, and cargo transport.34
Organization into transport units will help ready vessels and their crews
for future tasking.
Maintaining operationally ready transportation support forces that could
coordinate with the PLAN also requires effective training. In 2015, the Na-
tional Transportation War Readiness Office released the first formal “Outline
for Training and Evaluation of National Defense Transportation Specialized
Support Forces” to guide and standardize instruction of the strategic projec-
tion support ships and other national defense transportation support units.35
Training is conducted at each of the strategic projection support fleet’s three

levels. Zongdui establish annual training plans for the dadui to implement,
while coordinating shipping activities with support for PLA unit–training ac-
tivities. Exercises include formation maneuvers, command and control, com-
munications, and lifesaving with PLAN ships.36
Yet problems in the implementation of training exist. Local Transporta-
tion War Readiness offices monitor only training, leaving regular planning
and implementation up to the enterprises themselves.37 This arrangement
has resulted in mixed outcomes for crew instruction. One 2017 PLA study, for
instance, found that many enterprises neglected training implementation.38
That said, some units have performed well, actively training with the PLA on
numerous occasions.39 Even limited training and PLA involvement in vessel
operations could be enough for effective transportation support.
Offloading from Merchant Ships: Two Scenarios

With enemy forces approaching, Taiwan defenders would likely attempt to
render their own ports inoperable through demolition or channel obstruc-
tion. Repairing these port terminals would require significant manpower and
materials and would take far too long.40 The next two sections focus on when
Taiwan fails to prevent the PLA from accessing its ports and when it succeeds
in forcing alternative means of debarking forces.
Port Secured. China’s extensive merchant shipping capacity could be
utilized only if those ships could effectively offload troops and equipment.
This capability would depend heavily on operable port terminals in Taiwan
and unobstructed channels. Early PLA amphibious operations would thus
prioritize the capture of a port and airfield, while clearance teams and repair
units would rush to bring damaged and degraded ports back online. This sec-
tion examines the role of RO-RO ships, which are widely recognized by the
PLA as essential to the transport of follow-on forces in a cross-strait landing.41
The first ships in port would urgently unload combat reinforcements
and critical munitions for ground operations on Taiwan. With the proper
requirements or modifications, fast RO-RO ships are a key enabler for this
mission, capable of rapidly transporting PLAA Group Army motorized and
mechanized units that can offload under their own power. This transport
mode also allows units to quickly organize for combat after completing
234 Kennedy
transit and debarkation operations. According to PLA experts, 63 civilian

RO-RO ships are currently suitable for use by military units, totaling 140,000
deadweight tons.42 It is unknown if all these ships have the necessary mod-
ifications for carrying heavy equipment, such as high-strength ramps and
deck structures. If so, the RO-RO fleet could carry a significant number of
units, including heavy combat forces sorely needed to reinforce the lightly
armored amphibious forces.
The following list identifies companies with “transport dadui” operating
large RO-RO ships; the number of ships in each company is also given. How-
ever, it is unclear how many of these ships are part of the strategic projection
support ship fleet.
■ Fifth Transport Dadui [海运五大队], CSC RORO Logistics Co., Ltd. [深
圳长航滚装物流有限公司]: 25 car carriers of varying sizes43
■ Eighth Transport Dadui [海运八大队], Bohai Ferry Group [渤海轮渡
股份有限公司]: 17 RO-RO ferries (20,000- to 45,000-ton ships)
■ Ninth Transport Dadui [海运九大队], Hainan Strait Shipping Co., Ltd.
[海南海峡航运股份有限公司]: 18 RO-RO ferries (6,000- to 11,000-ton
ships)44
■ Unidentified Transport Dadui, Zhoushan Strait Ferry Group Co., Ltd.
[舟山海峡轮渡集团有限公司]: 45 various types of small to medium
coastal ferries (passenger, high-speed passenger, passenger-vehicle,
cargo, hazardous materials, etc.).45
The Bohai Ferry Group merits close examination. This company runs
quick routes daily from ports in Shandong Province to Dalian and Lüshun
in Liaoning Province, as well as some regional international routes. Over the
years, the PLA has repeatedly recognized company leadership for its commit-
ment to constructing ships that implement national defense requirements.
The company invested a considerable sum of money on 7 large RO-RO ships
with modifications and reinforced deck structures for PLA transport and reg-
ularly participates in large-scale military exercises and maritime transpor-
tation support, completing more than 40 transport missions for the PLA to
date. This cooperation has proved so successful that the former PLA Logistics
Academy named the company a professional education training base for per-
sonnel majoring in military transportation.46
Overall, the company operates 17 large RO-RO ships, displacing 460,000

tons.47 The company began implementing national defense requirements
when the former Jinan Military Region Military Transportation Department
joined in the design process for the Bohai Cuizhu [渤海翠珠] in 2010. This
35,000-ton RO-RO ship would be the company’s first to include various de-
signs for PLA support, such as improved communications and command
systems, stronger ramps, space reserved for medical facilities, and a helipad.
Its maiden voyage was marked with a PLA embarkation exercise of armored
vehicles, artillery pieces, and transport trucks.48
These requirements were implemented in the company’s following ships,
including three additional 35,000-ton models.49 In September 2020, an im-
proved 45,000-ton class RO-RO passenger ship, Zhonghua Fuxing [中华复
兴], entered operation, with three more of this class planned.50 The compa-
ny also launched two new multipurpose 25,000-ton RO-RO ships in October
2020. These new classes feature improvements such as quarter-stern ramps
in addition to their straight stern and bow ramps, which enable more flexible
options for loading and unloading at terminals not configured for RO-RO.51 It
is also likely that several of the 20,000-ton-class ships built prior to 2012 would
also be available to provide rapid terminal-to-terminal transport support, ei-
ther as part of the strategic projection support fleet or through requisitioning
mechanisms. Chinese media hails a 20,000-ton car carrier built to national de-
fense specifications for a separate company, CSC RORO Logistics Co., Ltd., as
another model example. This ship is reportedly able to transport two mecha-
nized infantry battalions and contains additional supporting spaces for forces
embarked for longer durations.52 Assuming similar capabilities in Bohai Ferry
Group’s seven ferries built after the Bohai Cuizhu, some of which are signifi-
cantly larger, this company alone could easily transport entire brigades.
Securing a port would not directly allow many of these RO-RO ships to de-
bark their forces. Many Chinese RO-RO ships use straight stern and bow ramps
to load and unload at terminals equipped with approach walls, breasting dol-
phins, and adjustable shore ramps to match the height of the ships’ freight
decks and ramps. Such terminals can be found in Yantai, Dalian, and Haikou.
At conventional quay wall terminals, the RO-RO ships would have to execute
a Mediterranean mooring in unfamiliar harbors, a challenging maneuver
complicated by currents and wind. Before the delivery of a large, brand-new
236 Kennedy
RO-RO terminal nearby, the Hainan Strait Shipping Company’s ferries used
this method of mooring regularly in their operations at Hai’an Port. These fer-
ries typically drop a stern anchor and land on sloped steps of varying heights
along the quay wall.53 However, a variety of tugboats and pushing craft would
likely be available to assist due to the importance of their cargoes in a cross-
strait operation. Additionally, the Bohai Ferry Group has conducted this form
of mooring at conventional docks with its 35,000-ton-class ships to comply
with military requirements.54 One advantage of this procedure is that it occu-
pies less quay frontage, allowing multiple RO-RO ships to debark simultane-
ously. Should a terminal be partially damaged, only several meters would be
needed to accommodate ship ramps and an unobstructed approach.55
More challenging than executing a Mediterranean mooring in Taiwan
would be uncontrollable variables at debarkation sites. Apart from currents and
wind, accounting for vessel freight deck height relative to the vertical height of
the dock surface at varying tidal states would determine the window of time for
these ships to successfully unload cargo. If the slope of ramps is too extreme
at low or high tide, many vehicles could have trouble debarking. Tracked and
wheeled armored vehicles may be more flexible, and military trucks often have
high undercarriage clearance to prevent bottoming out. Dealing with the vari-
able slope of ramps and measures to ensure smooth unloading could slow down
operations. Lightening these vessels during unloading could also influence the
operation of ramps. The task becomes even more complex when factoring in the
varying sizes and ramp configurations of the RO-RO fleet. PLA transportation
experts who have carefully examined these operations recognize that RO-RO
unloading operations would have to be carefully timed and have thus construct-
ed models to predict dockside operational windows.56 Should a port terminal
become secure enough to enable RO-RO operations, planners could use the
destination terminal’s quay wall height and available tidal data to predict the
volume of reinforcements and cargo that could be delivered in a given time.
To mitigate these problems, the PLA has highlighted embark-debark op-
erations at conventional docks in recent exercises. Though there is a focus on
supporting the transport of combined arms maneuver units, other services
are also prepared for RO-RO transport. For example, the PLA Air Force trans-
ported air defense units in 2014 by embarking them at general cargo termi-
nals and debarking at container terminals.57 Open sources indicate several
PLA Air Force exercises utilizing RO-RO ships for long-distance transport in
recent years.58 Gaining proficiency in moving units onto RO-RO ships may
be a decisive factor influencing the speed and volume at which the PLA
could use these ships to reinforce combat units already ashore. Additionally,
PLA military transportation personnel may be directly involved in training
RO-RO crews or supervising operations on board vessels.59 The extent of this
direct involvement in large-scale operations, however, is unclear.
PLA scholars recognize that logistic fixed targets and transportation
forces, even at their embarkation sites, would be under pressure from ene-
my attacks.60 RO-RO ships may afford some cover for the massing of force
by allowing PLA forces to embark at ports far away from the expected cross-
ing. Changes to the regular ferry services of the Bohai Ferry Group or Hainan
Strait Shipping Company could potentially serve as an early-warning indica-
tor. At the same time, covert preparations would leave little room for preinva-
sion rehearsals on any significant scale, as doing so would alert adversaries.
Over the Beaches. Without an operating terminal, the PLA would strug-
gle to get its forces ashore quickly and in large numbers, placing the entire
invasion in jeopardy. This challenge requires the PLA to bring the temporary
infrastructure needed to facilitate the offloading and marshaling of follow-on
forces. Once a landing area is secured, PLA sources would advise that a land-
ing base [denglu jidi, 登陆基地] be established that includes piers, medical
stations, depots, and repair sites. Apart from command, logistics, and equip-
ment elements, debarkation components would be set up to assemble the
lightering and transfer equipment, clear obstacles, prepare beach areas for
vehicle movement, and coordinate joint forces going ashore. According
to one estimate, afloat offloading systems would begin assembling at sea 2
hours after forces capture the beach. Shore-based landing bases would begin
assembly no later than 6 hours after.61 Also, landing bases would establish
helicopter landing zones for vertical lift movement.62
PLA experts note that artificial harbors like those used during the Nor-
mandy landings during World War II would be a critical requirement for a
large-scale landing operation. Despite the changes in amphibious warfare
toward sea and air integrated landing operations, these scholars argue that
artificial harbors would play a key role throughout an entire campaign.63
According to PLAN experts, the scale of the battlespace, highly transparent
238 Kennedy
operations, and the threat of long-range precision strikes present major chal-
lenges for support operations at degraded conventional ports. Many PLA
texts urge the development of modern artificial port systems that utilize float-
ing wave attenuators, modular mobile berthing and transfer platforms, trans-
fer platforms for RO-RO ships, assembled trestle wharves, floating causeway
systems for crossing tidal mudflats, amphibious materials transfer platforms,
and mat systems for moving vehicles across beaches.64 Extensive floating sys-
tems would solve the problem of unloading operations with RO-RO and oth-
er ship types, as both ship and platform would ride the tides.
For close to 20 years, the PLA has developed and experimented with
equipment for offloading personnel and supplies without access to port facil-
ities; however, experts note that obstacles remain for RO-RO ship operations,
offshore lightering, amphibious unloading, container handling in coastal
areas and at sea, and general low efficiency across many systems.65 For in-
stance, much of the PLA’s current “pier-less” unloading equipment is in pro-
totype, not in production. These experts argue for limited allocation of core
equipment for training exercises and a concurrent investment in the storage
and maintenance of such equipment.66
Nevertheless, China has demonstrated the engineering capacity to build
and deploy artificial harbor and landing bases. Its major construction and
engineering companies regularly generate news reports around the world
with the scale of their projects, whether large-scale artificial land reclamation
and construction in the Spratly Islands or massive port infrastructure projects
overseas. The PLA would seek to leverage these companies to achieve large-
scale offshore debarkation. These activities include bringing along numerous
commercial platforms, such as deck barges onto which cargo ships would off-
load, semi-submersible barges, floating storage equipment, and even mobile
harbor platforms used in the fishing industry.67 Two PLAN engineers discuss-
ing pier-less unloading noted that some platforms are currently introducing
offshore platform leg stabilization and suction anchor technologies used in
commercial industries to enhance wind and wave resistance of debarkation
structures.68 Stronger mooring systems could help prevent damage from se-
vere weather conditions, such as when the U.S. artificial harbor Mulberry
“A” was destroyed by an unforeseen storm during the Normandy landings.69
Nonetheless, these structures would need to span from deep water to the
surf zones and across exposed areas at low tide—putting them under signif-
icant stress. One 2010 Chinese source stated that most of the PLA’s existing
platforms for heavy equipment can operate in sea state three (1.6- to 4-foot
swells) and survive in sea states four to five (8- to 13-foot swells).70
The PLA is also developing civilian semi-submersible ships to support
amphibious and transfer operations when conventional facilities are un-
available. Part of the strategic projection support fleet, these ships could
carry amphibious forces and various landing craft or serve as a transfer plat-
form from larger cargo or RO-RO ships with the requisite modifications for
transfer operations.71 This ability provides additional offshore capacity to
support the amphibious assault. Some of these vessels are built as dual ci-
vilian and military use platforms, fulfilling intermediate support roles such
as fueling and rearming platforms for helicopter operations. Such tasks were
publicized in an August 2020 Eastern Theater Command exercise involving
the 40,000-ton Zhenhua-28 and an aviation brigade of the 71st Group Army.72
These operations require the civilian vessel to have munitions storage com-
partments, fueling containers, hose connections, and other features to sup-
port multiple types of helicopters.73
Semi-submersible ships could also greatly enhance the construction of
landing bases. Many ships have large open decks and could deliver the key
components for afloat mobile port equipment, including mobile loading equip-
ment, barges, pontoon wharves, ramp systems, and other equipment used in
the debarkation and transfer process.74 Crane barges, deck barges, mooring sys-
tems, concrete structures, and various other equipment could also be delivered
into offshore positions. These systems could be floated off once in position and,
if capable, assembled under their own power or by tugs and other pushing craft
to help form artificial harbors and causeways to reach the beaches.
Significant amounts of equipment could be delivered through the
semi-submersible fleet. The PLAN’s only semi-submersible ship, the mobile
landing platform Donghaidao delivered in July 2015, displaces 20,000 tons.75
However, the largest vessels are found in the commercial sector. Of the 34
large open-deck commercial semi-submersible ships built globally over the
past 25 years, 27 are owned by Chinese companies.76 An unknown number
have already joined the strategic projection support ship fleet and could be
readily mobilized and modified for PLA use.77 These large vessels, many with
240 Kennedy
dynamic positioning systems, could prove valuable in fleet operational ma-

neuvers during a cross-strait landing.
COSCO Shipping Specialized Carriers Company, Ltd., operates eight
vessels, the largest of which was launched in 2016 and is capable of carry-
ing 98,000 metric tons.78 Shanghai Zhenhua Heavy Industries Company, Ltd.,
has seven vessels with capacities from over 30,000 to 50,000 tons.79 Its latest
semi-submersible, the Zhenhua-33, is a 50,000-ton civil-military dual-use
ship launched in 2016 and built with oversight by the PLAN and the Wuxi
Joint Logistic Support Center.80 The Zhenhua-33’s main deck covers 7,700
square meters.81 It was publicly shown sporting four designated helicopter
landing pads and marked areas for fuel and ammunition support. This large
deck could also transport numerous landing craft or dozens of amphibious
vehicles pre-staged for launch.82 The ship would need to simply submerge its
stern to allow vehicles to easily drive off into the sea. Several of these ships
could provide a significant boost for the PLAN’s amphibious fleet.
Augmenting Ship-to-Shore Movement

China’s RO-RO vessels also have a potential role in directly supporting the
ship-to-shore movement of landing forces. In 2016, PLA reports described
a RO-RO ferry equipped with ramps that could launch amphibious armor.83
This new ramp system was demonstrated during PLANMC exercises in July
2020 with a 15,560-ton RO-RO ferry owned and operated by COSCO Shipping
Ferry Co., Ltd.84 During the drill, Type-05 armor embarked aboard the RO-RO
ship at the Southern Theater Navy 6th Landing Ship Zhidui facility and were
launched from its modified stern ramp offshore at the amphibious training
area. The new ramp system was directly driven by large hydraulic rams and
support arms connecting the top of the freight deck to mounting assemblies
installed on an elongated stern ramp. Additional hydraulic rams on the back-
side of the ramp connecting to the ramp flap may also articulate further to
assist vehicle recovery.85 The system keeps the ramp rigid while deployed into
the water, whereas normal ramps with preventer stays could be snapped off
by the dynamic stress caused by currents.
Given the number of RO-RO ships available and their carrying capacity,
this new capability, when combined with PLAN landing ships, could signifi-
cantly increase estimates of China’s total amphibious lift capacity. Surging
construction of the PLA’s landing ships would logically precede a preinva-

sion buildup, taking months or years of preparation and remaining easily vis-
ible to overhead imagery or ship spotters. However, this ramp system may
allow the PLA a faster and cheaper means of surging amphibious lift, raising
the question of how early such ramp conversions could be detected. Large
RO-RO ships also allow units to load well ahead of a planned invasion, sup-
porting personnel with shipboard amenities normally enjoyed by the public.
They could load during optimal periods, such as on low-visibility nights with
cloud cover, easing pressure on assembly and embarkation timelines.
The CCG and Maritime Militia

A cross-strait invasion would also involve the China Coast Guard and mari-
time militia forces, both of which are the world’s largest.86 These paramilitary
forces would be available to PLA commanders during wartime and repre-
sent significant volume in the number of ships China could generate during
a cross-strait landing.
The CCG operates a fleet of more than 130 ships larger than 1,000 tons,
including 2 cutters displacing 12,000 tons—by far a larger force than that of
any other coast guard.87 Using these capabilities, the CCG would mobilize to
provide a variety of support functions to the joint island landing campaign, in-
cluding evacuating casualties, replacing PLAN attrition in manpower and pos-
sibly some platforms, performing escort duties, potentially engaging in some
antisubmarine warfare, and participating in both direct and indirect combat.88
While the cutter fleet lacks significant organic amphibious capabilities, its
sheer size cannot be ignored. With limited armaments, CCG ships are fast and
require fewer sensors and exquisite combat systems, likely leaving ample ship-
board space to support rapid transits of personnel to and from Taiwan.
The maritime militia constitutes another important supplement to a
cross-strait landing.89 These forces, as a subset of a nationwide militia system,
are managed through the provincial military district system. The militias have
a deep history supporting PLA landings against Nationalist-held offshore is-
lands in the 1950s. Between April and May 1950, maritime militias from the
provinces of Zhejiang, Fujian, Guangdong, and Guangxi contributed more
than 16,700 vessels and 48,000 personnel to support the PLA’s capture of
Hainan Island, the Zhoushan Archipelago, the Wanshan Archipelago, and
241
242 Kennedy
other coastal islands.90 Although maritime militia missions have expanded in

recent years with the emphasis on maritime rights protection in peacetime,
their wartime support functions have not changed. Maritime militia transport
units today leverage faster and larger tonnage merchant and fishing fleets as
well as modern technologies to enhance support performance and coordina-
tion.91 These upgrades mean that maritime militias in coastal provinces still
represent a vast pool of manpower and vessels—and a range of capabilities.
Like the strategic projection support ship fleets, maritime militias train
with active-duty forces and are familiar with the types of modifications re-
quired to accelerate their activation and readiness. Militias organized for trans-
port support are formed with PLA units in mind, designating vessels based
on unit requirements. Larger transport ships are allocated for artillery, air de-
fense, and armored units, and smaller vessels for lighter motorized units. PLA
units coordinate their requirements in terms of ships, missions, armaments,
modifications, and support with transport units to generate plans, measures,
and solutions for problems in delivering these capabilities, which are then
submitted to the relevant provincial military and government authorities to
resolve. Maritime militia transport units were previously organized based
on PLA ship transport units into “militia ship transport regiments” [minbing
chuanyuntuan, 民兵船运团], with several subordinate “transport zhongdui”
and “supporting fendui.”92 These units comprised a mix of merchant cargo and
fishing vessels and conducted training with PLA units for cross-strait transport
operations.93 They have likely been reorganized into “maritime militia trans-
port dadui” [haishang minbing yunshu dadui, 海上民兵运输大队].94 For ex-
ample, the militia transport dadui formed in the Nanjing Twin Rivers Shipping
Co., Ltd., operates large bulk carriers forming smaller zhongdui units.95
In a cross-strait landing, maritime militias could be mobilized to provide
numerous supporting missions. These include minelaying, reconnaissance,
deception, logistics support, and various other functions.96 For instance, mari-
time militia units could utilize civilian covers to support a variety of PLA opera-
tions. Under the guise of fishing, they could potentially insert special operations
forces and PLANMC frogmen to begin the critical mine and obstacle clearance
operations for approaching amphibious units. The maritime militia might also
carry PLA personnel to conduct coastal and beach reconnaissance ahead of a
landing, including the use of unmanned aerial and surface vehicles.97
Maritime militia ships may provide additional capacity to transport

troops and equipment across the strait. Nationwide, likely thousands of
vessels could be mobilized for this mission. Coastal provinces would have
at least several dozen units at their disposal, but estimating the number and
type of units, as well as their ships, is difficult.98 Their readiness, capacity, and
coordination are also difficult to assess, though PLA texts stress continued
efforts at leveraging the maritime militia. One 2004 source, for instance, sug-
gests that some maritime militia transport units would deliver combat troops
directly onto beachheads.99 These units would likely contain smaller draft
fishing vessels operating in greater numbers and would probably not be with
the first waves. Larger militia transport ships would remain in rear transport
anchorage areas, transferring their cargoes to vessels going ashore.
Conclusion
The organic PLAN and PLAA amphibious landing ships most relevant to a
cross-strait landing have not increased tremendously but remain a robust
core capability. Although challenges remain in assessing these forces, such
as quantifying the number of landing craft in the PLAA’s watercraft forc-
es and estimating the potential to reactivate decommissioned ships, this
chapter has explored the possibility that commercial ships such as RO-RO,
semi-submersible, and maritime militia ships could fill some of the gaps in
overall sealift. Speed would be crucial, as demonstrated by the development
of a robust RO-RO ship-based transport fleet. In his chapter in this volume,
Chieh Chung notes the importance of faster and more efficient PLA logistics
support, which gives Taiwan less time to transition to a wartime footing and
mobilize its forces. His chapter provides extensive detail on an improving
logistics and mobilization system throughout China that connects all the
critical links in moving PLA forces into operational areas and supporting
them. Such work highlights the importance of examining China’s progress
in the civilian sector in addition to PLA lift capacity. Some activities, such
as changes in regular ferry services across the Bohai Gulf or the Qiongzhou
Strait, could provide early indicators of mobilization efforts. They deserve
close attention. The potential ability of modified RO-RO ships in delivering
landing forces using modified ramp systems also raises new concerns on the
overall estimate of total landing forces crossing the strait.
244 Kennedy
Greater use of civilian ships in an island-landing scenario would also

require the PLA to overcome technical challenges. For instance, one im-
portant problem is the PLA’s approach to using numerous PRC-owned
foreign flag of convenience ships—and whether the PLA could maintain
a registry of these ships and their capabilities. Some experts are confident
that these vessels would be called up if needed.100 How the PLA would or-
ganize shipping for large-scale transport is another problem. One study by
the Naval Research Institute focuses on vessel requisition planning in large-
scale transport operations and seeks to optimize vessel selection and as-
signment when loading forces at numerous embarkation sites. The authors
describe the problem set:
National Transportation War Readiness Departments select and config-
ure the various types of mobilized civilian vessels of shipping companies
according to the scale and types of equipment and materials required of
a maritime strategic projection mission. The number of various types of
ships are determined to minimize the transport time and cost to com-
plete a projection mission.
This study builds a model to simulate various means of disposition that satisfy
overall transport volume, time, and cost requirements and is predicated on the
PLAN’s reliance on a multitude of mobilized civilian ships to increase capacity
in current and future operations, including future island-landing operations.101
Current PLA amphibious lift capacity leaves little room for error or attri-
tion in a joint island landing campaign. Attrition levels may worsen if Taiwan
makes significant progress implementing many of the measures of the Over-
all Defense Concept (for details, see the chapters by Alexander Chieh-cheng
Huang and Drew Thompson in this volume). Losses to the limited PLAN/
PLAA amphibious fleet by Taiwan’s antiship missiles could prove catastroph-
ic to the entire endeavor, halting the movement of numerous PLA follow-on
units onboard civil transports transiting toward the island. That said, the PLA
continues to demonstrate careful study and planning of logistics operations
to deliver essential follow-on heavy forces with or without an intact port ter-
minal—a factor that could determine how long amphibious and airborne
combat units must hold Taiwan’s beaches and key areas and the degree of
attrition those forces could expect to suffer.
Notes
1
For a video of this exercise, see “Projecting Real Combat! People’s Liberation Army
Landing Exercises on the Southeast Coast” [突出实战! 解放军在东南沿海登陆演练], CCTV–Asia
Today [CCTV今日亚洲], video, 24:18, October 17, 2020, available at <https://www.youtube.com/
watch?v=lCDcAg9ItGk>.
2
Gu Yin [顾因] et al., “Research on Improving Shipping Ability Structure with
Decommissioned Vessels” [利用退役舰艇改善船艇部队运力结构研究], Journal of Military
Transportation University [军事交通学院学报], no. 1 (2018), 19–22.
3
The terms zhidui and dadui are often translated as “ship detachment” and “ship group,”
respectively, but they are not consistently translated in various sources. For accuracy, it is often
best to use the original Chinese terms. In this chapter, the terms zongdui [总队], zhidui [支队],
dadui [大队], and zhongdui [中队] are used from highest to lowest levels of unit organization. For a
superior explanation of this translation issue, see Kevin Pollpeter and Kenneth W. Allen, eds., The
PLA as Organization v2.0 (Vienna, VA: Defense Group, Inc., 2015), 50, available at <https://www.
airuniversity.af.edu/CASI/Display/Article/1586201/pla-as-organization-20/>.
4
This chapter’s assessment of landing ships differs from the Department of Defense 2020
China Military Power Report’s count of 21 landing ships medium and 31 landing ships, tank, in
the Northern, Eastern, and Southern theater navies.
5
New PLA Navy Marine Corps brigades in the Northern Theater Command likely
conduct training with landing ships of the Northern Theater Navy. See Pan Ruichen [潘瑞晨]
and Li Jinxing [李金星], “Combined Strike” [合同打击], People’s Navy [人民海军], July 2, 2018, 3.
6
Dennis J. Blasko, “The PLA Navy’s Yin and Yang: China’s Advancing Amphibious Force
and Missile Craft,” in China’s Evolving Surface Fleet, China Maritime Studies Institute (CMSI)
China Maritime Report No. 14, ed. Peter A. Dutton and Ryan D. Martinson (Newport, RI: Naval
War College Press, July 2017), 8.
7
See the chapter by Joshua Arostegui in this volume.
8
Estimates of PLA Army (PLAA) combined arms brigade personnel range from 5,000 to
6,000 but may vary by brigade type. See Dennis J. Blasko, “The PLA Army After ‘Below the Neck’
Reforms: Contributing to China’s Joint Warfighting, Deterrence and MOOTW Posture,” Journal
of Strategic Studies 44, no. 2 (December 2019), 164–165.
9
Coastal defense units were previously the responsibility of the provincial military district
system. Recent reforms have consolidated many coastal defense regiments into brigades. It is
unclear how this consolidation has affected the watercraft units. See “Coastal Defense, Reserve,
and Experimental Troops Transferred to the Army to Aid Ground Force Transformation” [海防,
预备役及实验部队转隶陆军助推陆军转型], The Observer [观察者网], May 17, 2017, available at
<https://www.guancha.cn/military-affairs/2017_05_17_408788.shtml>.
10
Blasko, “The PLA Navy’s Yin and Yang,” 8.
11
Despite their age, these craft are still valued for their versatility in PLAA coastal
operations. See “The Eastern Theater Command Army Coastal Defense Brigade Ship Dadui
Recently Conducted Maritime Landing Training with the Army” [东部战区陆军海防旅船艇大
队近日联合陆军开展了海上登陆训练], The Observer [观察者网], August 18, 2018, available at
<https://www.guancha.cn/military-affairs/2018_08_18_468639.shtml?s=zwyxgtjbt>.
12
“Graphics: 271-Series Landing Craft (Yulian class)” [图文资料: 271系列登陆艇 (玉连
级)], Ifeng.com [凤凰资讯], January 31, 2008, available at <http://news.ifeng.com/mil/special/
planland/doc/200801/0131_2720_386505.shtml>.
246 Kennedy
13
Rick Joe, “The Future of China’s Amphibious Assault Fleet,” The Diplomat, July 17, 2019,
available at <https://thediplomat.com/2019/07/the-future-of-chinas-amphibious-assault-fleet/>;
Blasko, “The PLA Navy’s Yin and Yang,” 8.
14
Other new missions include greater support to forces garrisoned on coastal islands,
protection of underwater cables, patrols in the near seas, and reconnaissance and security
functions at sea. See Chen Zhengfei [陈正飞] et al., “Crises and Opportunity in Construction of
Frontier and Coastal Defense Watercraft Forces in New Period” [新时期边海防船艇部队建设的
危与机], Journal of Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报], no. 9 (2019), 39–40.
15
“High Resolution: Army Special-Use Through Deck Landing Ship Unveiled” [高清: 陆
军专用直通甲板登陆舰亮相], Global Times [环球网], November 11, 2015, available at <http://
military.people.com.cn/n/2015/1111/c1011-27803829.html>; Xuan Ya [悬崖], “Discussion on
China’s Landing Ships” [漫谈中国登陆舰艇], Ordnance Knowledge [兵器知识], no. 5 (2016), 18.
16
Gu et al., “Improving Shipping Ability Structure with Decommissioned Vessels,” 19–22.
17
Annual Report to Congress: Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s
Republic of China 2020 (Washington, DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2020), 117.
18
Wang Shichun [王世纯], “Third 075 Launched and May Have Sea Trial Within the Year”
[075三号舰下水或于年内试航], The Observer [观察者网], January 29, 2021, available at <https://
cj.sina.com.cn/articles/view/1887344341/707e96d5020010r39>.
19
Xavier Vavasseur, “China Commissions a Type-055 DDG, a Type-075 LHD and a Type-
094 SSBN in a Single Day,” Naval News, April 24, 2021, available at <https://www.navalnews.
com/naval-news/2021/04/china-commissions-a-type-055-ddg-a-type-075-lhd-and-a-type-
094-ssbn-in-a-single-day/>.
20
“Type-075 Amphibious Assault Ship” [075型两栖攻击舰], Shipborne Weapons [舰载武
器], March 2020, 15.
21
Ibid., 19.
22
Niu Tao [牛涛] and Fan Xudong [范旭东], “A Certain Marine Corps Brigade Improves
the Quality and Effectiveness of Training and Preparation: Heng Ge Will Soon Write a New
Chapter” [海军陆战队某旅提升练兵备战质效: 横戈马上再写新篇], People’s Navy [人民海军],
July 24, 2018, 3.
23
For an example from the 4th Landing Ship Dadui in Haikou, see Yin Fengmin [尹凤敏],
“Interaction Analysis About Air-Defense Firepower’s Conjunction Use in the Amphibious Ship
Formation” [两栖作战编队防空火力协同的交互性分析], Ship Electronic Engineering [舰船电子
工程] 30, no. 9 (2010), 45.
24
These figures comprise vessels more than 1,000 tons. When compared, the United
States has 822 national flag vessels totaling 9.5 million in deadweight tonnage. Refer to table
2.6 in United Nations Conference on Trade and Development, Geneva, “Review of Maritime
Transport 2019,” January 31, 2020, 37, available at <https://unctad.org/system/files/official-
document/rmt2019_en.pdf>.
25
United Nations Conference on Trade and Development, “Merchant Fleet by Flag of
Registration and by Type of Ship, Annual,” available at <https://unctadstat.unctad.org/wds/
TableViewer/tableView.aspx?ReportId=93>.
26
“2017 China Crew Development Report” [2017年中国船员发展报告], Ministry of
Transport of the People’s Republic of China [中华人民共和国交通运输部新闻办公室], June
2018, 5.
27
Duan Zunlei [段尊雷], Li Ye [李烨], and Liu Jinjing [刘金晶], “Team-Building
Characteristics and Countermeasures of Our Seamen in the New Situation [新形势下中国海员
队伍发展的特点与对策], Maritime Education Research [航海教育研究], no. 4 (2018), 1–2.
28
See chapter 6 in National Defense Transportation Regulations
[国防交通条例], February 24, 1995, available at <https://baike.baidu.com/
item/%E5%9B%BD%E9%98%B2%E4%BA%A4%E9%80%9A%E6%9D%A1%E4%BE%8B>; article 2
of National Defense Mobilization of Civil Transport Resources Regulations [民用运力国防动员条例],
2003, available at <http://en.pkulaw.cn/display.aspx?cgid=f121bea40b0cb4a6bdfb&lib=law>;
chapter 10 of the National Defense Mobilization Law [国防动员法], 2010, available at <http://
www.gov.cn/flfg/2010-02/26/content_1544415.htm>; the PRC National Defense Transportation
Law [中华人民共和国国防交通法], September 3, 2016.
29
See articles 36–38 of the PRC National Defense Transportation Law. For more details
on the organization and national authorities involved in constructing civil transport forces, see
Conor M. Kennedy, Civil Transport in PLA Power Projection, CMSI China Maritime Report No. 4
(Newport, RI: Naval War College Press, December 2019), available at <https://digital-commons.
usnwc.edu/cmsi-maritime-reports/>.
30
Article 31, PRC National Defense Transportation Law.
31
These standards covered five categories of vessels, including container, roll-on/roll-off
(RO-RO), multipurpose, bulk carriers, and break bulk. See Zhao Lei, “New Rules Mean Ships
Can Be Used by Military,” China Daily, June 18, 2015, available at <http://www.chinadaily.com.
cn/china/2015-06/18/content_21036944.htm>; Liu Hang [刘航], “China’s ‘Technical Standards
for New Civilian Ships to Implement National Defense Requirements’ Formally Promulgated”
[我国 “新造民船贯彻国防要求技术标准” 正式颁布实施], China Military Online [中国军网],
June 5, 2015.
32
“Hu Xiubin: ‘Four Insufficients’ Present in the Construction of China’s Maritime
Strategic Projection Reserve Forces” [胡修斌: 我国海上战略投送后备力量建设存在 “四个不足”],
China National Radio [央广网], March 9, 2017, available at <http://news.cnr.cn/zt2017/2017h/
ppzb/lhzkzyt/zkzythxb/zbkx/20170309/t20170309_523647186.shtml>.
33
Cao Wuge [曹吴戈] and Ye Haolong [叶皓龙], “Merchant Ships Join the Military:
Chinese Version of Expeditionary Landing Ship Dock Emerge” [民船参军: 中国版远征船坞登陆
舰浮出水面], Transportation of Guangdong [广东交通], no. 2 (2017), 17; Liu Gang [刘刚] and
Yu Pengcheng [虞鹏程], “Our Reflection on the Quick Organization of Military Sealift Reserve
Forces” [关于组建快速动员海运力量的思考], National Defense Transportation Engineering and
Technology [国防交通工程与技术], no. 3 (2014), 3.
34
Ibid.
35
Zhou Jixiao [周济晓] and Zhang Ge [张歌], “National Defense Transportation
Specialized Support Forces Now Have Their First Training and Evaluation Outline” [国防交通专
业保障队伍有了首部训考大纲], PLA Daily [解放军报], February 7, 2015.
36
He Guoben [何国本] et al., “Current Situation and Countermeasures of Strategic
Projection Support Fleet Training” [战略投送支援船队训练现状及对策], Journal of Military
Transportation University [军事交通学院学报], no. 5 (2017), 2.
37
Ibid., 2.
38
Ibid., 1–4.
39
Several examples can be found in Kennedy, Civil Transport in PLA Power Projection.
40
Jiang Kaihui [蒋凯辉] and Han Shuang [韩爽], “Development in Support Technology
for Sea-Shore Handling Heavy Equipment” [重装备岸海转运保障技术与发展], National Defense
Transportation Engineering and Technology [国防交通工程与技术], no. 1 (2010), 2.
41
Other ships, such as oilers, cargo, and container carriers, merit attention as the primary
movers of PLA war materiel and fuel but are omitted to bring attention to the key capabilities
enabling combat units to get to their operational areas.
248 Kennedy
42
Li Peng [李鹏], Sun Hao [孙浩], and Zhao Xiqing [赵喜庆], “Impact of National
Strategic Delivery Capability Development on Construction of Combined Arms Forces and
Countermeasures” [国家战略投送能力发展对合成部队建设的影响与对策], Journal of Military
Transportation University [军事交通学院学报], no. 8 (2019), 3.
43
CSC RORO Logistics Co., Ltd. [深圳长航滚装物流有限公司], “Red Research Promotes
the Spirit of the Long March: Reviewing History to Strengthen National Defense Awareness” [红
色研学弘扬长征精神: 重温历史增强国防意识].
44
Li Yuanxing [李远星] and Wang Bing [王丙], “Research on Construction and Use of
Strategic Projection Support Forces in the New Era” [新时代战略投送支援力量建设运用研究],
National Defense [国防], no. 12 (2017), 20–23; Hainan Strait Shipping Co., Ltd. [海南海峡航运股
份有限公司], “Business Scope” [业务范围], available at <http://www.hnss.net.cn/col/col17598/
index.html>.
45
“Zhejiang Civil Transport Ferries Active in Military Exercise” [浙江民运航渡活跃演
兵场], PLA Daily [解放军报], February 22, 2017, available at <http://military.people.com.cn/
n1/2017/0222/c1011-29099602.html>; “Straits Ferry to Invest 200 Million Yuan to Create a New
Landscape of ‘Blue Highways’” [海峡轮渡将投入2亿元打造 “蓝色公路” 新风景], Zhoushan
Daily [舟山日报], January 21, 2018, available at <https://zj.zjol.com.cn/news.html?id=854956>;
“Strait Ferry’s First Hazardous Chemical RO-RO Ship ‘Zhou-20’ Commences Operations” [海
峡轮渡首艘危化品滚装船 “舟渡20” 投入运营], Eworldship.com [国际船舶网], August 18, 2019,
available at <http://www.eworldship.com/html/2019/OperatingShip_0818/151959.html>.
46
Bohai Ferry Group Co., Ltd. [渤海轮渡集团股份有限公司], “National Defense
Mobilization Work Advanced Individual Award Ceremony Held in Yantai” [全国国防动员工作
先进个人颁奖仪式在烟台举行], July 4, 2020, available at <http://www.bhferry.com/e/action/
ShowInfo.php?classid=11&id=81>.
47
Bohai Ferry Group Co., Ltd. [渤海轮渡集团股份有限公司], “Who We Are” [我们是谁],
available at <http://www.bhferry.com/brief.html>.
48
Li Xiang [李响], “Record of a Successful Practice in Civil-Military Fusion: the RO-RO
Ship ‘Bohai Cuizhu’ Enhances Our Military’s Maritime Strategic Projection Capabilities” [军民融
合领域的一次成功实践: “渤海翠珠” 滚装船提升我军海上战略投送能力纪实], National Defense
Science and Technology Industry [国防科技工业], no. 1 (2012), 53.
49
Bohai Ferry Group Co., Ltd. [渤海轮渡集团股份有限公司], “Bohai Zuanzhu” [渤海钻
珠], available at <http://www.bhferry.com/zuanzhu.html>.
50
Bohai Ferry Group Co., Ltd. [渤海轮渡集团股份有限公司], “‘Zhonghua Fuxing’
Officially Entered Operations in the Bohai Gulf” [“中华复兴” 轮正式投入渤海湾营运], September
25, 2020, available at <http://www.bhferry.com/e/action/ShowInfo.php?classid=11&id=96>.
51
Bohai Ferry Group Co., Ltd. [渤海轮渡集团股份有限公司], “Multipurpose RO-RO Ship
‘Bohai Hengda’ Launched” [多用途滚装船 “渤海恒达” 轮下水], October 19, 2020, available at
<http://www.bhferry.com/e/action/ShowInfo.php?classid=11&id=99>.
52
“Five Years of Endurance: Exhibition of Grand Achievement, Various Types of Naval
Equipment Lay a Foundation to Compete for Sea Power” [砥砺奋进的五年: 大型成就展海军多
种装备为争夺制海权打下基础], China.org [中国网], October 19, 2017, available at <http://mil.
qianlong.com/2017/1019/2107258_8.shtml>.
53
Ferry terminals are used to handle annual surges in transport volume. For example, RO-
RO ferry and rail ferry services across the Qiongzhou Strait during the weeklong travel period for
National Day in October 2019 were able to move 365,025 passengers and 78,498 vehicles. New and
old ferry terminals are in operation. See “48 RO-RO Passenger Ships Put into Use on the Qiongzhou
Strait Route from Zhanjiang to Haikou to Deal with Peak Passenger Flow of ‘October 1st’” [琼州
海峡湛江至海口航线投入48艘客滚船迎战 “十一” 客流高峰], CNR [央广网], September 30, 2020,
available at <http://news.cnr.cn/native/city/20200930/t20200930_525284389.shtml>.
54
Bohai Ferry Group Co., Ltd., “National Defense Mobilization Work Advanced Individual
Award Ceremony Held in Yantai.”
55
Jiang and Han, “Development in Support Technology for Sea-Shore Handling Heavy
Equipment,” 2.
56
For two examples citing actual PLA cases, see Zhao Junguo [赵俊国] and Liu Baoxin [
刘宝新], “Loading and Unloading Support of RO-RO Ship with Stern Straight Type Springboard
T-Type Berthing at Vertical Lifting Wharf” [艉直式跳板滚装船丁靠直立式码头装卸载保障],
Port & Waterway Engineering [水运工程], no. 6 (2017), 77–80; Yao Yuan [姚远] et al., “Study on
Loading and Unloading Times of RO-RO Ship Berthing at Vertical Wharf” [滚装船靠泊直立式
码头装卸载时间研究”], Journal of Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报], no.
5 (2019), 91–95.
57
Liu Baoxin [刘宝新], Zhao Junguo [赵俊国], and Hu Weiping [胡维平], “Research on
Loading and Unloading Support of RO-RO Ship Mooring Alongside Vertical Lifting Wharf” [滚装
船靠泊直立式吊装码头装卸载保障研究], Journal of Military Transportation University [军事交
通学院学报], no. 12 (2016), 26.
58
Kennedy, Civil Transport in PLA Power Projection.
59
One such example can be seen in a June 2014 Guangzhou Military Region exercise in
which military transportation department personnel were present on the bridge of a RO-RO ferry
carrying an unidentified PLAA mechanized infantry company. This training event could be a one-
off experiment. See “Guangzhou Military Region’s First Exercise Using a Civilian Ship to Load and
Unload Live Troops” [广州军区首次民船成建制实兵装卸演练], CCTV [央视网], video, 2:35, June
20, 2014, available at <https://news.cctv.com/2014/06/20/VIDE1403241489289947.shtml>.
60
Chen Xuanyu [陈炫宇], Ren Cong [任聪], and Wang Fengzhong [王凤忠], “Problems to
Countermeasures in Logistical Support in Cross-Strait and Beach Landing Transportation” [渡海
登岛运输勤务保障面临的问题和对策], Logistics Technology [物流技术], no. 10 (2016), 166–169.
61
For an official definition of the term landing base, see Academy of Military Sciences
[军事科学院], PLA Directory of Military Terminology [中国人民解放军军语] (Beijing: Military
Sciences Press, 2011), 94; Wang Xin [汪欣] and Wang Guangdong [王广东], “Research on the
Application of Transportation and Projection Forces in the Establishment of Landing Bases
for Cross-Sea Landing Operations” [运输投送力量在跨海登岛作战登陆基地开设中的运用研
究], National Defense Transportation Engineering and Technology [国防交通工程与技术], no. 5
(2019), 12–13.
62
Zhao Delong [赵德龙] et al., “Study on Base Support for Mechanized Infantry Brigade’s
Landing Operation” [机械化步兵旅登陆作战基地保障研究], Journal of Military Transportation
University [军事交通学院学报], no. 9 (2014), 46.
63
Luo Lei [罗雷] et al., “Construction and Enlightenment of Normandy Landing Artificial
Port” [诺曼底登陆人工港的建设与启示], Journal of Military Transportation University [军事交
通学院学报], no. 1 (2020), 15–18.
250 Kennedy
64
Cai Jingtao [蔡惊涛], Diao Jinghua [刁景华], and Li Zengzhi [李增志], “Review and
Revelation of Artificial Harbor Construction in Normandy Landing” [诺曼底登陆战役人工港建
设的回顾和启示], Value Engineering [价值工程], no. 6 (2014), 327–328; Zhao et al., “Study on
Base Support for Mechanized Infantry Brigade’s Landing Operation,” 45.
65
These developments can be compared to U.S. military (joint) logistics over the shore
operations.
66
Luo et al., “Construction and Enlightenment of Normandy Landing Artificial Port,”
15–18.
67
Yang Maoduo [杨茂铎], “Efforts to Solve Difficult Problems to Improve Aviation Military
Traffic and Transportation Support Capabilities” [着力破解难题, 提升航务军交运输保障能力],
National Defense [国防], no. 4 (2017), 75–77.
68
Lin Wei [林伟] and Liu Lijie [刘立洁], “Research on the Replenishment Mode of Island
Transportation” [岛礁运输补给方式研究], China Storage & Transport [中国储运], no. 8 (2016),
133.
69
Luo et al., “Construction and Enlightenment of Normandy Landing Artificial Port,” 18;
Jiang and Han, “Development in Support Technology for Sea-Shore Handling Heavy Equipment,” 2.
70
For the official description of sea states by the National Marine Environmental
Forecasting Center, see National Marine Environmental Forecasting Center [国家海洋环境预
报中心], “Table of Sea State Levels” [海况等级表], available at <http://www.nmefc.cn/nr/cont.
aspx?itemid=301&id=3726>; Jiang and Han, “Development in Support Technology for Sea-Shore
Handling Heavy Equipment,” 2.
71
Liu Gang [刘刚], “On the Needs for the Mobilization of Civilian Semi-Submersible
Vessels in China and the Prospects of their Potentialities” [我国半潜式运输船动员需求及能力
展望], National Defense Transportation Engineering and Technology [国防交通工程与技术], no.
3 (2015), 1–2.
72
“Eastern Theater Command Army Aviation Multi-Type Helicopter Trains with a
Maritime Civilian Platform for Take Off and Landing” [东部战区陆航多型直升机训练海上民
用平台起降], CCTV-7 Military Report [军事报道], August 20, 2020, available at <https://www.
guancha.cn/military-affairs/2020_08_20_562254.shtml>.
73
Cao and Ye, “Merchant Ships Join the Military,” 17.
74
Gao Jie [高洁] and Lai Yuhong [赖瑜鸿], “Another Merchant Ship ‘Joins the Military’:
Damaged Chinese Warships Have an Exclusive Vehicle” [又一艘民船 “参军,” 中国战损舰船有
了专属座驾], PLA Press Department [解放军记者部], April 16, 2017, available at <http://inews.
ifeng.com/50948428/news.shtml?&back>.
75
Mike Yeo, “China Commissions First MLP-Like Logistics Ship, Headed for South
Sea Fleet,” USNI News, July 14, 2015, available at <https://news.usni.org/2015/07/14/chinas-
commissions-first-mlp-like-logistics-ship-headed-for-south-sea-fleet>.
76
Chen Chuli [陈矗立], “Strategic Analysis of the Semi-Submersible Transport Market
Based on the ‘Porter’s Five Forces’ Model” [基于 “波特五力” 模型的半潜船运输市场战略分析],
World Shipping [世界海运], no. 8 (2019), 12–13.
77
Gao and Lai, “Another Merchant Ship ‘Joins the Military.’”
78
Yang Hongsuo [杨洪所], Zhang Qun [张群], and Hu Shuang [胡双], “Competition and
Prospects of the Global Semi-Submersible Vessel Transport Industry” [全球半潜船运输行业
竞争格局与前景], Plant Maintenance and Engineering [设备管理与维修], no. 12 (2018), 116;
“China’s Largest Semi-Submersible Ship ‘Xin Guanghua’ Begins Operations” [我国最大半潜船 “
新光华” 轮投入运营], China Ocean News [中国海洋报], December 9, 2016, available at <http://
www.oceanol.com/keji/kjdt/2016-12-09/65182.html>.
79
Yang, Zhang, and Hu, “Competition and Prospects of the Global Semi-Submersible
Vessel Transport Industry,” 116.
80
“China’s First Dual Use Semi-Submersible Ship Completed and Enters Use in Nantong”
[中国首艘军民两用半潜船在南通启动建成投入使用], CCTV [央广网], March 15, 2017, available
at <http://www.ntjoy.com/news/yw/2017/03/2017-03-15554678.html>.
81
Wang Xin, “China’s First Dual-Use Semi-Submersible Put into Operation,” China Plus,
March 15, 2017, available at <http://chinaplus.cri.cn/news/china/9/20170315/1540.html>.
82
Potential amphibious vehicle lift assuming vehicle spacing of 1.2 meters fore and aft
and 0.5 meters starboard and port, as well as sufficient flush-deck fastening points or appropriate
modification; this means the Zhenhua-33 could handle up to 150 ZTD-05 vehicles. This
assumption is based on a total of 51 square meters per vehicle using one PLA author’s estimates
for RO-RO loading and spacing of tracked equipment and artillery, which accounts for vehicle
movement while at sea as well as space for proper fastening. Spacing is only slightly different
for fore-and-aft wheeled vehicles. See Chen Yiping [陈益平], “Research on Issues Related to
Military Use RO-RO Transportation” [军用车辆船舶滚装运输有关问题研究], National Defense
Transportation Engineering and Technology [国防交通工程与技术], no. 5 (2018), 5.
83
Li Hong [李宏] and Gao Jie [高洁], “Strategic Delivery Support Fleet Enters the Joint
Exercise Field” [战略投送支援船队开进联合演练场], PLA Daily [解放军报], September 11, 2016.
84
COSCO Shipping Ferry Co., Ltd. [中远海运客运有限公司], “Bang Chui Dao” [棒棰岛].
85
“China’s Navy: Landing Combat Exercise Develops Amphibious Combat Capabilities”
[中国海军: 渡海登陆作战演练锤炼两栖作战能力], CCTV [央视网], video, 1:38, August 3, 2020,
available at <https://tv.cctv.com/2020/08/03/VIDEf15KuSr28oMmGTNd63Nz200803.shtml>.
86
Andrew S. Erickson, “Maritime Numbers Game: Understanding and Responding to
China’s Three Sea Forces,” Indo-Pacific Defense Forum, January 28, 2019, available at <https://
ipdefenseforum.com/2019/01/maritime-numbers-game/>.
87
Kyle Mizokami, “China Launches Another Monster Coast Guard Cutter,” Popular Mechanics,
January 14, 2016, available at <https://www.popularmechanics.com/military/navy-ships/
a18990/china-launches-second-monster-coast-guard-cutter/>.
88
Ye Jun [叶军], “On Building China Coast Guard as Supporting Force for China Navy in
Time of War” [海警在战时对海军进行支援的问题探讨], Journal of China Maritime Police [公安
海警学院报], no. 1 (2012), 6–8; Liu Zhangren [刘章仁], “Strengthening Coordination Between
Navy and Coast Guard to Improve Marine Control Ability” [论海警海军协同配合提高海洋管控
能力], Journal of China Maritime Police Academy [公安海警学院学报], no. 3 (2014), 53–54. For
an in-depth examination of the growth and militarization of the China Coast Guard, see Ryan
D. Martinson, The Arming of China’s Maritime Frontier, CMSI China Maritime Report No. 2
(Newport, RI: Naval War College Press, June 2017), 2.
89
Wu Pingxiang [吴品祥], “Vigorously Strengthen the Construction of Militia Shipping
Regiments” [大力加强民兵船运团建设], National Defense [国防], no. 2 (2004), 42. For a more
recent inclusion of the maritime militia in a cross-strait joint landing campaign, see Zhao et al.,
“Study on Base Support for Mechanized Infantry Brigade’s Landing Operation,” 45.
90
Han Huaizhi [韩怀智], ed., Contemporary Chinese Militia [当代中国民兵] (Beijing:
China Social Sciences Press, 1989), 234.
91
Kou Zhenyun [寇振云] and Feng Shi [冯时], “‘Four Requirements’ in Strengthening
Maritime Militia Construction” [加强海上民兵建设 “四要”], National Defense [国防], no. 5
(2016), 41–42.
252 Kennedy
92
Guo Suqing [郭苏青], “Creating Militia Ship Transport Regiments to Support Units in
a Cross-Sea Landing Operation” [组建民兵船运团保障部队渡海登陆作战], National Defense [国
防], no. 12 (2004), 35.
93
For two examples in Zhejiang Province, see “Xiangshan County Militia Shipping
Regiment Assists PLA Amphibious Landing Training” [象山县民兵船运团助力解放军两栖
登陆训练], Xinhua [新华网], September 25, 2013, available at <http://www.chinanews.com/
mil/2013/09-25/5319125.shtml>; “Zhoushan City Formed a Militia Shipping Group” [舟山
市组建成立民兵船运团], PLA Daily [解放军报], October 24, 2003, available at <http://news.
sina.com.cn/c/2003-10-24/1547984589s.shtml>. The 1st Militia Ship Transport Regiment in
Taizhou Has Several Subordinate “Fishing Zhongdui” and “Transport Zhongdui.” See “Taizhou
City Establishes a Militia Ship Transport Regiment” [台州市组建民兵船运团], Zhejiang Online
News [浙江在线新闻网站], July 14, 2004, available at <http://zjnews.zjol.com.cn/05zjnews/
system/2004/07/14/003047058.shtml>.
94
Wang Haitao [王海涛], “Implement the Overall National Security Concept and Actively
Promote the Transformation of Coastal Defense Construction” [贯彻总体国家安全观, 积极推进
海防建设转型], National Defense [国防], no. 10 (2014), 54.
95
Nanjing Twin Rivers Shipping Co., Ltd. [南京两江海运股份有限公司], “Company
Conducts Maritime Militia Training” [公司开展海上民兵训练], September 2, 2019.
96
Liu Zili [刘自力] and Chen Qingsong [陈青宋], “Tasks and Operations of the Maritime
Militia When Participating in Maritime Combat” [海上民兵参加海战的任务与行动], National
Defense [国防], no. 11 (2018), 50–51.
97
In wartime, contingents of special operations forces and marine corps reconnaissance
units could likely form special operations detachments centered on the maritime militia. See
ibid., 51.
98
The author found 63 individual maritime militia units in the various counties of
Zhejiang Province; however, there are likely more, particularly in major port areas. It should be
noted that not all are units organized for transport missions, but they could serve in this role
through some degree of modification. See exhibits 0-3 and 0-5 in Andrew S. Erickson and Ryan
D. Martinson, eds., China’s Maritime Gray Zone Operations (Annapolis: Naval Institute Press,
2019).
99
Guo, “Creating Militia Ship Transport Regiments to Support Units in a Cross-Sea
Landing Operation,” 37.
100
Chinese national defense mobilization laws allow for requisition of Chinese-owned
vessels despite being foreign flagged. See Liu Baoxin [刘宝新] and Liu Jiasheng [刘嘉生],
“Research on National Defense Mobilization of Chinese-Funded Ship with Flag of Convenience”
[中资方便旗船国防动员问题研究], Journal of Military Transportation University [军事交通学院
学报], no. 1 (2018), 15–18.
101
Li Zhouqing [李周清] et al., “Selection, Deployment and Optimization of Merchant
Ships for Maritime Strategic Projection” [海上战略投送动员民船多点选型配置优化], Journal of
Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报], no. 3 (2019), 4–7.
CHAPTER 9
PLA Logistics and Mobilization Capacity in

a Taiwan Invasion
Chieh Chung
M
ainland Chinese analysts often use the term large-scale joint
operations [da guimo lianhe zuozhan, 大规模联合作战] to de-
scribe taking Taiwan by force. Given the People’s Liberation Army
(PLA)’s perception that Chinese military actions against Taiwan will invite
foreign intervention, fighting “a quick battle for a quick result” [suzhan sujue,
速战速决] has become exceedingly important for PLA doctrine.1 However,
the PLA has not yet acquired the capability to fight a quick battle in the Tai-
wan Strait. A key reason is the limited capacity of its joint logistics support
and national defense mobilization systems. The PLA has recently made ef-
forts to improve its logistics mobilization capabilities; some of these were put
to the test in the fight against the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, when the PLA
needed to move resources across the country in an accelerated time frame.2
Yet there are still indications that the PLA would face challenges in transport-
ing and sustaining forces across the strait.
This chapter analyzes recent improvements in Chinese military logistics
as well as continuing challenges in providing logistics support for cross-strait
operations. It finds that the 2015–2016 reforms led to progress in the structure
of the logistics and national defense mobilization system. The chapter also
253
254 Chung
surveys the estimated requirements and perceived shortages in the logistics

arena during wartime and analyzes possible follow-on improvements. The
chapter finds that, due to the complexity and scale of the operations and the
remaining weaknesses and limitations, it will take the PLA considerable time
to improve these systems to the point that a quick battle for a quick result
could be attained. Taiwan must take advantage of this window of opportunity
to strengthen its own ability to counter China’s logistics operations.
The chapter is divided into four sections. The first section reviews the
PLA’s post-reform joint logistics structure, including the relationships be-
tween the logistics system and the theater commands. The second section
details the PLA’s perceived logistics requirements for a cross-strait inva-
sion in three areas—materiel support, medical support, and transporta-
tion—and documents weaknesses in each area. The third section describes
the structure of, and weaknesses in, the PLA’s mobilization system, which
would also be called on to contribute logistics support in wartime. The
fourth section considers improvements to infrastructure, personnel, and
information systems that might be pursued in the coming years to support
both systems. This analysis establishes a framework for further research
on the PLA’s efforts to upgrade its logistics mobilization capabilities for an
invasion of Taiwan.
The chapter draws on underutilized research published in PLA periodi-
cals including the Journal of Military Transportation University and National
Defense, as well as books published by the PLA National Defense Universi-
ty and the PLA Logistics Academic Research Center. Most authors of these
papers and publications are active-duty PLA commanders and staff officers
directly involved in logistics or mobilization systems, military academics who
specialize in these subjects, or officers enrolled at PLA academies. Their writ-
ings provide diverse perspectives on key topics and are more thorough and
informative than articles in PLA propaganda outlets such as PLA Daily.
The PLA’s Post-Reform Logistics System

At the end of 2012, Central Military Commission (CMC) Chairman Xi Jin-
ping instructed the military to “build a logistics system that ensures victo-
ry in modern warfare, serves the needs of the military in its move toward
modernization, and enables a transformation into an informatized mode of
PLA Logistics and Mobilization Capacity in a Taiwan Invasion 255
operation.” Collectively, these admonitions composed the “three major tasks

in the construction of modern logistics.”3 Acting on Xi’s instructions, the PLA
drew up plans for restructuring the logistics system between 2013 and 2015.
In late 2015, the CMC, as part of its general outline for military reform, decid-
ed to do the following:
Adjust and reform the logistics support system’s leadership and man-
agement on the basis of the current system, to optimize the relationship
between logistics support forces and their leaders, and to build a logistics
support system that is compatible with the joint operations command
mechanism and that incorporates and combines general and specialized
logistics support.4
To better understand how the new joint logistics system will contribute to
PLA operations against Taiwan, this section first reviews key organizational
changes and then identifies the relationship between the joint logistics and
command systems.
Basic Organization
The new organizational structure consists of a CMC Logistic Support Depart-
ment (LSD) responsible for logistics management, a Joint Logistic Support
Force (JLSF) responsible for operational support, and logistics departments
in each of the services.5 At the CMC level, the previous General Logistics De-
partment was reorganized and renamed the LSD. This organization serves as
the CMC’s “staff, service, and executive unit” for logistics affairs, including
“executing plans for the logistics support system across the services, con-
ducting policy research, setting standards, checking, and supervising.”6 The
LSD is also the primary agent for providing logistics support to the CMC Joint
Operations Command Center (JOCC), which would serve as the PLA’s top
command post in wartime.7
On September 13, 2016, the CMC inaugurated the JLSF as the main force
to execute joint logistics support as well as strategic and campaign support
missions.8 The JLSF is the strategic and campaign support’s “fist force” [quan-
tou liliang, 拳头力量] directly subordinate to the CMC and will thus play a key
role in logistics support for joint operations.9 It is headquartered at the Wuhan
Joint Logistics Support Base, formerly known as the General Logistics Depart-
ment Wuhan Rear Area Base, which, according to one PLA article, takes orders
256 Chung
directly from the CMC JOCC.10 In early 2018, the Wuhan base was upgraded
from corps to theater deputy leader grade, symbolizing its important status
within the PLA’s joint operations system. Exercising power equivalent to a ma-
jor PLA component, the JLSF has nearly acquired the status of an independent
service.11 In addition to hosting the JLSF command staff, the base maintains
strategic reserves that may be allocated to any theater in a contingency.12
The JLSF headquarters in turn oversees five Joint Logistic Support Cen-
ters (JLSCs), each based in one of the five PLA theater commands. The JLSC
headquarters are in Wuxi (Eastern Theater), Guilin (Southern Theater),
Zhengzhou (Central Theater), Xining (Western Theater), and Shenyang
(Northern Theater). Their mission is to provide support—including materiel
supply, medical, transportation and delivery, and military facility support—
to units based in these theaters.13 Below this level, dedicated logistics units
and other units with relevant equipment have been combined into new lo-
gistics support departments. They are responsible for unit-specific logistics
and equipment buildup, logistics and equipment support, and joint logistics
support missions for designated areas.14
While the PLA has strengthened its joint logistics capabilities, a division
of labor remains between joint and service logistics. The PLA describes “joint
logistics forces as the backbone and elements of all the PLA’s services as aux-
iliary forces, with a combination of centralized and decentralized modes of
operation and a separate treatment of general-purpose and service-specif-
ic hardware.”15 Based on this distinction, the PLA Army has built up its LSD,
while the PLA Navy, Air Force, and Rocket Force have consolidated their re-
spective logistics support departments to guide “service-specific logistics”
[junzhong zhuanyong houqin, 军中专用后勤] construction projects and
organize service logistics support.16 One exception is the Strategic Support
Force, which has directed its Operational Logistics Planning Bureau [zhanqin
jihua ju, 战种计划局] to take responsibility for both general logistics support
and coordination of general-purpose equipment support.17
Through the structural adjustments mentioned above, a “peacetime ad-
ministrative chain of command” and a “wartime operational chain of com-
mand” have been formed within the logistics support system of the PLA.
According to one PLA analyst, an “administrative chain of command” ex-
tends from the CMC to the Wuhan Joint Logistics Support Base and service
logistics departments to the JLSCs and theater service logistics forces to joint
logistics support forces. This system is responsible for the construction and
management of joint logistics support at all levels.18 Its focus is on transpor-
tation and delivery; emergency logistics; logistics support base construction;
and “military-civil fusion” [junmin ronghe, 军民融合], which refers to the use
of civilian resources to boost logistics support capacity and quality.19
PLA sources describe a “wartime operational chain of command” sep-
arate from the logistics support department under the CMC JOCC and the
CMC LSD to the theater service logistics departments and JLSCs to joint lo-
gistics support forces. This logistics support mechanism is integrated into the
joint operations command system centered on the five theater commands.20
It features a shallow depth and a broad width, meeting the requirements of
modern information warfare for a flat organization.21
Integration into the Joint Operations Command System

The relationship between the new logistics system and the theaters varies
between peacetime and wartime conditions. In peacetime, operational units
submit requests for general materiel to theater-based JLSCs and requests for
service-specific materiel to theater service logistics support departments. Af-
ter reviewing the requests, these two authorities send the requested materiel
to subordinate rear warehouses. The materiel is then delivered by the ware-
houses and their materiel support departments (or detachments) via local
transportation means to the requesting units.22
There would be a stronger integration of joint logistics forces into the
theater structure during wartime compared with during peacetime arrange-
ments. Specifically, operational planning bureaus within the theater joint
staff departments would direct both the JLSCs and the theater service logis-
tics support departments. These joint logistics commands would coordinate
the distribution of resources to operational units.23 In particular, PLA sources
indicate that materiel requested by operational units would be distributed
via relevant operational planning departments and delivery forces to theater
JLSCs (general materiel) and theater service logistics support departments
(service-specific materiel).24 The two distribution channels would then de-
liver materiel to designated destinations. Guidance would also be offered to
these requesting units to teach them how to use the materiel.25
258 Chung
If a specific theater command cannot meet the requirements based on

its internal capabilities, the theater commander would likely submit requests
to the LSD through the CMC JOCC. That organization, managed by the CMC
Joint Staff Department, would generate replenishment plans and order the-
ater commanders in other regions to provide support to the main theater. If
more than two theaters are involved in a joint campaign, the LSD would likely
coordinate the distribution of logistics resources to enable cross-theater joint
operations through the CMC JOCC.
Logistics Requirements for an Invasion of Taiwan

PLA publications on logistics support often refer to the use of force against
Taiwan as “large-scale joint operations” to “achieve the goal of unifying the
country.”26 The aim of such operations has changed from “anti-Taiwan in-
dependence” to “promoting unification.” The modes of operations have
also changed from warning strikes and partial blockades to a wider variety
of means, including strategic deterrence, a general blockade, paralysis with
large-scale firepower strikes, and an amphibious landing on parts of the is-
land (for a discussion of the primary campaigns, see the chapter by Michael
Casey in this volume).27 Potential theaters of operations have also expanded
to encompass eastern Taiwan and its coastal waters.28
If the PLA launches large-scale joint operations against Taiwan, such op-
erations would surely involve troops from multiple theater commands and
services. The number of troops involved, the scale and extent of the operations,
the intensity of the conflict, and the amount of materiel consumed would be
enormous. The logistics support capacity needed for such a campaign would
likely surpass that for any previous campaigns that the PLA has ever launched.
More important, the PLA must be prepared for a possible intervention
by the “strong enemy”—that is, the United States—and a “chain reaction in
other strategic directions,”29 meaning the expansion of the conflict to other
theaters. The PLA thus hopes that it can bring the campaign against Taiwan to
a conclusion within a short time frame and that the strategic goal of “the first
engagement as the final engagement” [shouzhan ji juezhan, 首战即决战] can
be achieved through quick and decisive tactical operations.30
To satisfy this objective, large-scale joint operations will require an in-
crease in materiel consumption and a surge in the demand for mobilization
within a short period of time.31 The PLA would need to manage logistics tasks
including materiel supply support, medical service support, and transporta-
tion and delivery support. The following sections review PLA estimates of these
logistics requirements and offer an analysis of current deficiencies in each area.
Materiel Supply Support

According to a study by the PLA Logistics Academic Research Center, the
materials necessary for an amphibious landing would total more than 30
million metric tons, with 5.6 million metric tons of oil consumed.32 Amphib-
ious landing operations by a single combined arms brigade consume an es-
timated 625,457 kilograms of petrol and diesel per day.33 Compounding the
sheer scale of the effort, PLA sources suggest that materiel supply faces sev-
eral problems. First, logistics support is described as “being relatively small
in scale, having a low degree of materialization, a low level of mechanization,
and sub-standard professionalism on the part of reserve logistics support
forces, and being weak in specific logistics support (especially for maritime
forces and airborne troops).”34 This system cannot meet the requirements for
large-scale joint operations.
Second, regarding military warehousing capacity, the PLA’s land-based
logistics support bases are well developed, but large and comprehensive
modernized logistics support bases that can provide support for all the PLA’s
services to conduct joint operations remain unsatisfactory. Also, there are
currently no prepositioned and forward-deployed logistics support bases.35
In terms of the amount of materiel stored, the PLA had by 2016 stockpiled
enough materials and equipment to meet the requirements for a medi-
um-sized campaign. However, current stores—especially military rations and
reserve equipment—are insufficient to satisfy the logistics support demands
of large-scale joint operations.36
Third, with respect to the distribution of materiel, there is a self-assessed
problem of “first-line units low in their stocks, second-line units weak in
their capabilities, and third-line units faraway in their locations.” First-line
units, with relatively few military warehouses and large military wharves at
their disposal, have limited materiel storage and cargo-handling capacity,
and their distribution and comprehensive logistics support capabilities are
relatively weak.37 Given that the PLA lacks sufficient supplies for a major
260 Chung
campaign, additional supplies that can be obtained through the national de-
fense mobilization system are crucial. The efficiency of the mobilization sys-
tem, as discussed below, plays a key role in this respect.
Medical Service Support

According to estimates from the PLA Logistics Academic Research Cen-
ter, considering the “enemy’s capability to conduct surveillance and recon-
naissance and precision strikes with deadly weapons” and the difficulty in
launching cross-strait operations, the PLA would suffer a high “combat at-
trition rate.” The specific rate cited for the ground combat force is about 7
percent, maritime combat force about 15 percent, air combat force about 10
percent, and Rocket Force about 5 percent. The total estimated number of in-
jured PLA personnel is about 120,000.38 Nearly 48,000 beds would be needed
to take care of the wounded troops.39
In the 2020 fight against the coronavirus pandemic, the PLA tested its
medical service capacity as it mobilized personnel and materials in large
numbers and delivered them to Wuhan. By February 25, a total of 150,000
beds were available in designated hospitals, mobile cabin hospitals, isolation
care points, and medical observation points. This experience demonstrates
that the PLA’s emergency medical response capacity could quantitatively
meet the basic requirements for future large-scale joint operations. Mean-
while, the “mobile cabin hospitals, designated hospitals, and hospitals for
critical and serious illnesses and conditions” that the PLA jointly established
with the private medical sector won recognition from PLA leaders.40 This
type of cooperation is likely to continue to provide support to theaters in
large-scale military actions.
Several other signs indicate that the PLA has improved its medical service
support capacity. First, the completion rate of military medical service facil-
ity construction projects has been over 86 percent.41 Second, the land-based
mobile medical service support system can now set up 46 field hospitals and
an additional 43 army division-level first aid stations within a short period
of time, and has the capacity to treat 36,000 patients daily.42 Third, the PLA
owns rear hospitals that, once expanded, can treat 70,000 patients daily.43
This figure may further increase with a boost in the treatment capacity of the
private medical sector in coastal provinces in southeast China. Fourth, stocks
of medicine for use by individual soldiers are enough to support 600,000 ser-
vicemembers. Stocks of commonly used medicines for wartime needs can
support 500,000 soldiers for a duration of 30 days.44
Although the PLA does not seem to have a serious problem with the
quantity of readily available resources, it appears to lack the capability to
reach the goal of fighting a quick battle for a quick result. Its current speed in
transporting and delivering medical service personnel and materiel, as well
as its ability to make prior preparations, are insufficient to achieve the PLA’s
goals in a large-scale operation. In the fight against COVID-19, for instance,
despite an all-out effort to provide medical service support to Wuhan, it still
took 10 days for the PLA to complete the construction of a single makeshift
hospital and a host of mobile cabin hospitals.
Moreover, since large-scale joint operations against Taiwan will cover
parts of mainland China, maritime areas, and Taiwan proper, PLA troops will
be greatly exhausted after the long journey, not to mention the prior move-
ment to assembly points and preparations for war.45 Various types of warfare
and counter-warfare will be launched at the same time. Campaigns will un-
fold on the ground, at sea, and in the air simultaneously, resulting in a surge
in casualties within a short time that will be scattered unevenly in different
regions.46 Such casualties will include soldiers who fall overboard, especially
in waters east of Taiwan, and those injured while executing “multiple-point
simultaneous parachuting” missions over Taiwan. None of these casualties
will be easily located and evacuated.47 This situation makes the overall logis-
tics support plan for the campaign even more difficult.
Transportation and Delivery Support

To invade Taiwan, the PLA needs to launch large-scale joint operations by
sea and air. The number of troops to be projected to medium- and long-range
destinations would be in the “hundreds of thousands.”48 As studies by the PLA
Logistics Academic Research Center point out, advance troops are estimated
to be in the tens of thousands, roughly the main strength of six combined
arms brigades.49 Some of these troops must be projected by air, including
about two brigades projected by helicopters to perform air maneuver op-
erations.50 Seaborne delivery requires the capacity to transport two to three
pre-reform heavy army divisions at a time.51
262 Chung
Such operations are highly challenging in terms of the number of troops,

equipment, and wounded troops to be transported. According to the PLA Lo-
gistics Academic Research Center, the entire operation would require about
3,000 train trips, 1 million vehicle trips, 2,100 aircraft sorties, 15 oil pipeline
battalions [dadui, 大队], and more than 8,000 ship voyages.52 There has been
little mention of operational tempo in open-source research papers, though
it appears the PLA wants group armies to complete the loading of outbound
materiel within 24 hours, and brigades and regiments within 4 hours.53
To complete these tasks, the PLA has built both aviation- and sea-based
delivery forces, but problems remain. By the end of 2017, the PLA could
transport less than two brigades, or regiments, of armed paratroopers when
80 percent of its Y-20, Il-76, and Y-8C transport aircraft were ready for ac-
tion.54 There is still a considerable difference between that figure and the pro-
jected four to five combined arms brigades needed to accomplish an initial
blitzkrieg-style invasion of Taiwan. Moreover, military helicopters, though
capable of making up some of the shortfall created by insufficient transport
aircraft, had the problem of being “of one same type, incapable of transport-
ing heavy equipment and large amounts of materiel for emergency use,” a
condition that lasted at least until early 2020.55
Much attention has been given to the use of civilian aircraft in supple-
menting military airlift. Nevertheless, the civil aircraft fleet can perform only
some wartime functions because features such as cabin door sizes, cabin siz-
es, and cabin floor bearing loads do not necessarily meet military require-
ments.56 Other problems include loading and unloading facilities at airports
and other technical limits. Therefore, in an island landing, the civil aircraft
fleet can transport troops and materiel only to designated assembly areas or
points of departure. Also, only after the PLA has paralyzed Taiwan’s air de-
fense system and taken control of a main airport could these civil aircraft
begin to transport troops and materiel. During the critical early stages of a
campaign, the PLA must therefore rely solely on its own organic air transport
assets to execute sea-crossing troop and materiel transportation missions.
Several similar deficiencies are apparent in the military’s sealift force. First,
there is a shortage of standardized active delivery equipment. Problems with
the PLA’s marine transportation include “a severe shortage of large standardized
ocean-going logistics vessels and an even smaller number of ships that can be
used to carry troops across the strait to conduct amphibious landing operations,
with existing ships small in tonnage and capable of carrying only a small num-
ber of troops.”57 In the first half of 2018, it was estimated that even if the PLA used
all the transport ships and landing vessels at its disposal, it could project only
two army brigades and four marine corps–reinforced battalions across the Tai-
wan Strait58—a far cry from the goal of sending two to three pre–military reform
heavy divisions. PLA analysts have also noted as another issue the “failure to
provide logistics support of various sorts for large-scale operations.”59
Second, the PLA would attempt to bridge the gap in military sealift by en-
listing civilian ships. Yet, while the PLA established the first civilian seaborne
strategic delivery support fleet in Shanghai in July 2013,60 roll-on/roll-off
ships suitable for carrying heavy equipment for rapid delivery are assessed
as insufficient.61 As discussed in Conor Kennedy’s chapter in this volume, the
PLA also continues to rely on civilian merchant fleets. Such forces, howev-
er, seldom if ever participate in maritime training and important missions,
which can directly diminish the effectiveness of mobilization of troops for
seaborne strategic delivery.62 As of early 2020, the problem of “landing ships
being too diverse in type, scattered in deployment, and relatively weak in sys-
tematic delivery support” also remained.63 In sum, the PLA’s logistics support
capabilities for large-scale joint operations, in terms of materiel supply, med-
ical service, and transportation and delivery support, are presently unable to
support the goal of a quick battle for a quick result.
Adapting the Logistics Mobilization System

In 2016, PLA Academy of Military Sciences National Defense Comprehensive
Research Office Deputy Director Han Qinggu wrote that a large-scale joint
operation is a strategic joint warfare campaign organized by the high com-
mand and executed jointly by one or several theater commands and units
of different services and service branches under them.64 “Partial mobiliza-
tion” by a single theater command is insufficient given the immense logistics
requirements of this joint warfare campaign.65 Therefore, different levels of
logistics mobilization must be launched in adjacent theaters depending on
combat needs in specific areas or conditions.66 This section first describes
how the mobilization system is organized to meet these requirements and
then describes the attendant challenges.
264 Chung
Post-Reform Mobilization System

PLA reforms have produced a top-down mobilization system that would
organize support for forces during a Taiwan contingency. The system would
be led by a logistics support department within the CMC JOCC. Below this
level, joint logistics command and defense mobilization command mecha-
nisms would be established under the Eastern Theater Command JOCC to
collect and distribute resources in this and other theaters. The mobilization
bureau under the Eastern Theater’s Joint Staff Department would coordi-
nate with provincial, municipal, and county national defense mobilization
commissions to form different levels of joint mobilization command or-
ganizations.67 This bureau would select options from among mobilization
plans prepared in advance, adjusting according to the status and limita-
tions of national defense mobilization. The bureau would then provide mo-
bilization orders to various units and enact timely adjustments depending
on the battle’s progress.68
Provincial military districts are key to the success of the mobilization. In
peacetime, the districts are led by the CMC National Defense Mobilization De-
partment and carry out such functions as organizing militia units to participate
in search and rescue, security, policing, anti-terror, and social order mainte-
nance missions.69 In wartime, districts would be placed under the theater joint
operations command mechanism to handle “organizing and commanding na-
tional defense mobilization,” “organizing reserve troops to provide support to
combat action,” and “supporting combat troops’ trans-regional maneuvers.”70
Given the anticipated scope of a cross-strait campaign, resources in
several geographic locations would be mobilized. First, provinces and cities
within the Eastern Theater Command would be regarded as basic mobili-
zation areas [jiben dongyuan qu, 基本动员区], implying full mobilization in
all areas.71 By 2019, Shanghai City and Fujian Province, both located within
this theater, had completed national defense mobilization systems covering
the whole city or province. These wider mobilization systems appear to have
solved or greatly reduced information problems and improved integration
between previously fragmented mobilization systems.72
Second, provinces and cities adjacent to the Eastern Theater Command
would be regarded as auxiliary mobilization areas [fuzhu dongyuan qu, 辅
助动员区]. These zones would mobilize resources and personnel to a more
limited extent to make up for resource deficiencies in the basic mobilization

areas.73 As troops and materials from other theaters are transported to the
Eastern Theater, the provinces they transit will form “troop maneuver sup-
port command mechanisms” based on provincial military districts and na-
tional defense mobilization commissions to mobilize personnel, economic
resources, transportation means, and civil air defense facilities to provide lo-
gistics support to troops and materials.74
Third, anticipating a possible expansion of the conflict through what
Chinese strategists refer to as chain reaction warfare, other theaters may be
regarded as stand-by mobilization areas [yubei dongyuan qu, 预备动员区],
which implement target-specific mobilization in limited areas, such as ter-
ritorial air defense, border defense, maintenance of social order, production
of military items, and evacuation. Logistics mobilization in these areas can
ensure the effective neutralization of armed conflicts and disruptive activities
incited by domestic and hostile elements overseas.75
In early 2016, the Eastern Theater Command was notably tasked with the
experimental mission of establishing a “theater command military-local coor-
dination mechanism that supports the military and provides frontline support”
[zhanqu yong jun zhi qian jun di xietiao jizhi, 战区拥军支前军地协调机制].76
The command formulated relevant regulations with the local governments
of the Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, and Guangdong
provinces, specifying rules for civilian support for military operations. Sup-
plemental measures—such as the establishment of joint meetings, situation
reports, and inspection and assessment systems—have also been approved.77
These regulations suggest that the moment the PLA uses forces against Tai-
wan, Guangdong Province, within the Southern Theater Command’s area of
responsibility, will execute full mobilization similar to the six provinces and
cities within the Eastern Theater Command’s area of responsibility.
In addition to area-specific “partial mobilization,” large-scale joint oper-
ations against Taiwan would also involve “specific mobilization” [zhuanxiang
dongyuan, 专项动员] covering multiple specialty areas, including the infor-
mation, transportation, materiel, medical service, building, energy, and busi-
ness sectors, all of which would be mobilized to differing extents. Based on
available evidence, the information, communication, oil, and energy sectors
would enforce full mobilization.78
266 Chung
Mobilization System Weaknesses

Although highly praised in Chinese media reports, the PLA’s national defense
mobilization system still faces various problems. First, there are command and
control issues. Provincial military districts, which are responsible for preparing
for mobilization in peacetime, remain outside the theater command structure
and instead report to the CMC National Defense Mobilization Department.
Whether this arrangement will affect the mobilization system’s integration into
the joint operations command mechanism during wartime remains under de-
bate in the PLA. Moreover, there is virtually no peacetime communication link
between theaters and civil government agencies capable of providing resourc-
es. Therefore, mobilization command departments established under theater
commands during wartime will surely need time to get on track.
Second, there is evidence of poor planning in the provincial military
districts. In the 2020 pandemic response, some districts acted in impromp-
tu ways rather than according to plan. This experience could demonstrate
that the PLA, in drafting its mobilization plans, focuses only on active troops
without giving much attention to reserve troops or civilian resources. PLA
scholars also report that plans for military operations other than war and
government emergency response plans are not closely linked.79 This assess-
ment suggests that, in terms of advance planning, the PLA’s national defense
mobilization system has yet to make the improvements necessary to meet the
requirements for an invasion of Taiwan.
Third, there are human capital and technical problems. For instance, pro-
vincial military districts generally do not have specialized units or personnel,
nor are their examination criteria compatible with local norms. Insufficient
informatization has also resulted in failure to achieve seamless alignment with
real combat requirements.80 In addition, the national defense mobilization com-
mand mechanism faces self-described problems such as outdated communica-
tions equipment, lack of unified data standards, poor integration of military and
local government information systems, and an unsound assessment system.81
Follow-On Improvements
Due to the continuing weaknesses of the joint logistics and national defense
mobilization systems, the PLA will likely make additional improvements.
This section considers several changes that may be made in both systems in
three areas: strengthened infrastructure; enhanced force capability, especial-

ly among reserve and militia logistics forces; and increased capacity to trans-
port forces, equipment, and wounded personnel.
Strengthened Infrastructure
One set of changes will involve strengthening the basic infrastructure needed
to provide logistics support. PLA sources describe the need to implement lo-
gistics support at three points:82
■ “strategic rear area logistics support points,” which are responsible
for the collection of strategic materials, long-distance projection, and
long-distance evacuation
■ “campaign logistics support points,” which engage in the collection,
storage, and transportation of campaign-level materials
■ “tactical field logistics support points,” which conduct logistics sup-
port missions near the frontlines.83
Other sources argue that provincial military districts should work with local
governments to establish “key area mobilization centers” [zhongdian quyu
dongyuan zhongxin, 重点区域动员中心] along major traffic routes.84 This
could form the basis of a “prepositioning mobilization” model leveraging ci-
vilian and military resources.
Aside from supply points, the PLA will also likely strengthen transpor-
tation facilities such as large ports and airports near the coast, as well as
comprehensive logistics support bases.85 Also likely will be an expansion of
specialized capabilities needed to load and unload military supplies, such as
field mechanized railway platforms, multipurpose pontoons, floating jetties,
heavy equipment, roll-on/roll-off regulating platforms, and tying and fasten-
ing devices for ships. Some coastal ports may be asked to install loading/un-
loading equipment to handle heavy containers.86
Complementing the increase in “hard” infrastructure, PLA logistics forc-
es will also continue to build more robust information systems. Compared
with traditional models, recent PLA discussions of “informatized joint logis-
tics” place more emphasis on integrated logistics for whole area, precision,
and active distribution support.87 The PLA plans to further upgrade the ability
of its joint logistics information-handling centers to automatically generate
268 Chung
logistics support proposals according to operational missions, support mis-

sions, support resources, and other support-related information for theater
units. Similarly, PLA researchers argue that the PLA should learn from the
United States and utilize information technologies such as radio frequency
identification technology, global positioning technology, satellite communi-
cations, big data, and cloud computing to build an advanced national defense
mobilization command information system.88 During wartime, more capa-
ble and reliable information systems will permit mobilization authorities to
transmit orders, exchange real-time data, and share mobilization status.89
Enhanced Force Capability

In the coming years, the PLA will continue to build up active, reserve, and
militia logistics forces. For instance, one PLA article describes the need for a
reserve logistics force that can facilitate the integration of civilian and mili-
tary resources during wartime. The authors recommend establishing logistics
reserve troops at two levels: strategic and campaign.90 Through infrastructure
improvements and a more mature logistics force, the PLA hopes that by 2025
it will be able to execute the loading of outbound standard material for group
armies within 24 hours and for brigades and regiments within 4 hours, thus
supporting a quicker tempo for an island landing.91
Further improvements will also likely be made to militia units responsi-
ble for logistics. In a Taiwan scenario, their duties would include helping with
production, mobilization, and other frontline support missions and providing
materiel and personnel support to active units in such areas as information,
electronic warfare, air defense, transportation, engineering, and mainte-
nance.92 To increase capacity, mainland China has sped the incorporation of
“newly developed districts, economic development zones, state enterprises,
and high and new technology industries” into the militia system.93 Moreover,
the CMC National Defense Mobilization Department has described “compa-
nies joining the militia system” as a positive factor in the evaluation of provin-
cial military districts’ party-building efforts.94 Communication, cyberspace,
and information technology industries have also been asked to organize em-
ployees categorized as “new types of militia” into “regular type, reservist type,
and specialist type.”95 There will likely be additional efforts in the future to
strengthen and integrate these supporting forces into the mobilization system.
Increased Transportation and Delivery Capacity

To overcome insufficient transportation and delivery capacity, the PLA
has begun taking several measures and will continue to build on them in
the coming years. First, the introduction of large military transport aircraft
such as the Y-20 has strengthened the air force’s airlift capability—and this
fleet is poised to continue growing.96 Second, efforts have been made to
increase strategic- and campaign-level helicopter forces with the aim of
increasing medium- and long-range strategic delivery capability. Third,
ocean-going comprehensive supply ships, amphibious transport docks,
and amphibious assault ships have been or are being built to satisfy troops’
needs for seaborne strategic delivery, transport, and supply. Fourth, the
maritime strategic delivery reserve force has been expanded. Chinese
sources note that marine transportation groups will be established in each
coastal province to form a maritime strategic delivery reserve force that can
be readily deployed on demand.97 Fifth, Chinese researchers have explored
the development of specialized transportation vehicles and supporting
equipment most suitable for beachhead loading/unloading operations to
provide sea-crossing and logistics support in large-scale joint operations
against Taiwan. Such vehicles are adaptable to all types of terrain in Tai-
wan, are highly maneuverable, have good armor protection, and can satis-
fy the needs of troops landing on the island.98
Given the PLA’s need to quickly evacuate wounded personnel in a cross-
strait campaign, further reforms will likely increase the PLA’s medical support
capacity. After reviewing its performance in the fight against the 2020 pandem-
ic, for instance, PLA authors have proposed a shift from the model of evacuat-
ing personnel by symptom level to a “three-dimensional” model using various
platforms, such as medical service trains, cars, planes, rescue helicopters, and
hospital ships. The intent of these and other reforms would be to improve the
efficiency of treatment and evacuation for seriously wounded personnel.99
Conclusion
To achieve the goal of fighting a quick battle for a quick result in an inva-
sion of Taiwan, the PLA must prepare hundreds of thousands of soldiers and
vast amounts of materiel in the shortest time possible. It must then project
those forces by ship and plane to medium- to long-range destinations. In the
270 Chung
meantime, the PLA must ensure that the delivery process is agile and resil-
ient enough to handle interference by China’s opponents. Throughout the
process, the PLA’s joint logistics and national defense mobilization systems
will play key roles. The PLA has made significant efforts in recent reforms to
enhance these systems’ capabilities to support large-scale joint operations.
Given perceptions of continuing weaknesses in these areas, the PLA likely
will continue to improve these systems to lay the basis for a large-scale oper-
ation across the Taiwan Strait.
The PLA’s acquisition of a stronger logistics mobilization capability
means that it will not only greatly reduce the time it needs to send troops and
materials mobilized from around China to sea and land areas around Taiwan
but also lower the chance of having its combat rhythm interrupted by delays
or mistakes happening in the process of transporting reinforcements and de-
livering materials. This places the Taiwan military at a disadvantage in two
respects. First, reduced warning time will diminish Taiwan’s ability to tran-
sition its armed forces from a peacetime to wartime footing and to mobilize
reserve troops. Second, it will be increasingly difficult for the military to take
the initiative and get the time it needs to turn the tide.
Considering these difficulties, the Taiwan military should promote sev-
eral measures. First is improving its ability to transition from a peacetime
footing to wartime operations. Second is strengthening intelligence-gath-
ering and intelligence-analysis capabilities, thereby increasing early-warn-
ing time by grasping vital clues about the PLA’s mobilization of materials
and transportation forces. Third is integrating long-range precision attack
weapons systems to enhance Taiwan’s “joint suppression warfare” [lianhe
zhiya zuozhan, 联合制压作战] capabilities based on the Overall Defense
Concept. These strike systems should be combined with cyber and infor-
mation warfare to launch attacks on the PLA’s logistics mobilization nodes
to disrupt its combat rhythm and strive for strategic space and time. These
measures can exploit existing weaknesses in PLA logistics support and mo-
bilization and help offset future improvements in PLA capabilities. After all,
if the PLA wants to gain a quick victory in a Taiwan invasion, it must rely on
smooth operations of its logistics support and mobilization plan. Therefore,
it will be critical for the Taiwan military to sabotage PLA logistics and mobi-
lization systems at the start of the war.
Notes
1
Cao Zhengrong [曹正荣], Sun Longhai [孙龙海], and Yang Ying [杨颖], eds., Army’s
Information Warfare [信息化陆军作战] (Beijing: National Defense University Press, 2015), 113.
2
Joel Wuthnow, “Responding to the Epidemic in Wuhan: Insights into Chinese Military
Logistics,” China Brief 20, no. 7 (April 13, 2020), available at <https://jamestown.org/program/
responding-to-the-epidemic-in-wuhan-insights-into-chinese-military-logistics/>.
3
PLA General Political Department [解放军总政治部], A Selection of Xi Jinping’s Remarks
on National Defense and Military Building [习近平关于国防和军队建设重要论述选编] (Beijing:
PLA Press, 2014), 61.
4
“Central Military Commission Opinions on Deepening National Defense and Military
Reforms” [中央军委关于深化国防和军队改革的意见], Xinhua [新华网], January 1, 2016,
available at <http://www.xinhuanet.com//mil/2016-01/01/c_1117646695.htm>.
5
See LeighAnn Luce and Erin Richter, “Handling Logistics in a Reformed PLA: The Long
March Toward Joint Logistics,” in Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA: Assessing Chinese Military
Reforms, ed. Phillip C. Saunders et al. (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2019), 257–292.
6
Nong Qinghua [农清华], “Reform of the PLA Logistic Support System in the Past 40
Years” [人民解放军后勤保障体制改革攻坚40年], Military History [军事历史], no. 1 (2019), 15.
7
Ibid.
8
PRC Ministry of National Defense, “MND Press Conference on Joint Logistics Support
System Reform” [国防部举行联勤保障体制改革专题新闻发布会], September 13, 2016; Zan
Wang [昝旺], Niu Yongjie [牛永界], and Xi Zhaoming [席兆明], “Evaluation of Support Capability
of Joint Logistic Support Center Based on Fuzzy AHP” [基于模糊层次评价法的联勤保障中心保
障能力评估], Command, Control, and Simulations [指挥控制与仿真] 21, no. 2 (2019), 73.
9
Deng Zeqin [郑泽钦], Li Yuanyuan [李媛媛], and Guo Jianke [郭健科], “Reflection on
the Construction of the Network Chain of Flexible Logistics Support in the Battlefield Under the
New System” [新体制下战场柔性后勤保障网链建设], National Defense Science and Technology
[国防科技] 40, no. 3 (2019), 85.
10
Nong, “Reform of the PLA Logistic Support System,” 15.
11
Ibid., 16.
12
Liu Xue [刘学] and Gao Fei [高飞], “Research on Military Material Supply Chain Model
Under the New System” [新体制下军用物资供应链模型研究], Military Operations Research and
Systems Engineering [军事运筹与系统工程] 31, no. 2 (2017), 36.
13
Zan, Niu, and Xi, “Evaluation of Support Capability,” 73.
14
Nong, “Reform of the PLA Logistic Support System,” 16.
15
Zan Wang [昝旺] et al., “Essential Issues to Be Considered During Wartime Employment
of the Joint Logistic Support Center” [联勤保障中心战时运用应把握的关键问题], Journal of
Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报] 20, no. 12 (2018), 55.
16
Ibid.
17
Nong, “Reform of the PLA Logistic Support System,” 15–16.
18
Ibid., 17.
19
Ibid.
20
Ibid., 16.
21
Huang Tianxin [黄天信], “Reflections on How to Improve the Building of the Joint
Logistic Support Force’s Organization System Under the New Institutions” [对新体制下加强联
勤保障部队组织体系建设的思考], National Defense [国防], no. 1 (2019), 44.
272 Chung
22
Yang Xueming [杨学铭], Xun Ye [荀烨], and Li Xidong [李锡栋], “Study on Theater
Ground Force Supplies Distribution and Support Mode Under the New System” [新体制下战区
陆军物资配送保障模式研究], Logistics Technology [物流技术] 21, no. 2 (2018), 126–127.
23
Ibid.
24
Ibid.
25
Liu and Gao, “Research on Military Material Supply Chain Model,” 35–36.
26
PLA Logistics Academic Research Center [全军后勤学术研究中心], Combat Logistics
Support [作战后勤保障] (Beijing: PLA Logistics Academic Research Center, 2015), 1.
27
Ibid., 28.
28
Ibid.
29
Cao, Sun, and Yang, Army’s Information Warfare, 113.
30
Ibid., 2.
31
Tang Shengpeng [唐胜鹏] and Long Peng [龙鹏], “Some Thoughts on Advancing the
Building of the Joint National Defense Mobilization System” [对推进联合动员体系建设的几点
思考], National Defense [国防], no. 4 (2019), 37.
32
PLA Logistics Academic Research Center, Combat Logistics Support, 29.
33
Wan Haiou [万海鸥] et al., “Analysis of the Landing Operation POL Sea-Crossing
Transport Consumption and Demand Based on MS” [基于MS的登岛作战油料跨海输送消耗
与需求分析], Journal of Ordnance Equipment Engineering [兵器装备工程学报] 39, no. 7 (2018),
144.
34
35
Ibid.
36
Ibid., 59.
37
Ibid.
38
Ibid., 30.
39
Ibid.
40
Yang Zhuotie [杨卓铁], “Looking at the Future Battlefield Graded Treatment from the
Perspective of Epidemic Prevention and Control” [从疫情防控看未来战场分级救治], PLA Daily
[解放军报], March 31, 2020, 7.
41
42
Ibid.
43
Ibid., 80.
44
Ibid.
45
Huang Bingliang [黄炳亮] and Lu Liyang [吕立阳], “Discussion on Medical Support in
Theater Joint Operations Under the Large Joint Logistics System” [大联勤体制下战区联合作战卫
勤保障问题探讨], Practical Journal of Medicine & Pharmacy [实用医药] 25, no. 11 (2008), 1400.
46
Ibid.
47
Mao Zhenglu [毛正禄] et al., “Medical Service Based on Airborne Operation of Island
Airborne Troops” [基于岛屿空降作战的卫勤保障], Military Medical Journal of South China [华
南国防医学] 33, no. 5 (2019), 354.
48
Wang Jingtao [王景涛], Hai Jun [海军], and Ding Zhanfeng [丁展锋], “A SWOT-Analysis-
Based Study of the Counter-Measures for the Construction and Development of Aviation Strategic
Delivery Equipment” [基于SWOT分析的航空战略投送装备建设发展对策研究], National
Defense Transportation Engineering and Technology [国防交通工程与技术], no. 4 (2018), 10.
49
PLA Logistics Academic Research Center, Combat Logistics Support, 48, 126.
50
Ibid.
51
Ibid., 48.
52
Ibid., 30.
53
Wei Yaocong [魏耀聪], Long Mianwei [龙绵伟], and Yin Linxuan [尹林暄], “Military
Logistics Capability Construction Under New System” [新体制下军事物流能力建设研究],
Journal of Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报] 20, no. 5 (2018), 53.
54
Wang, Hai, and Ding, “A SWOT-Analysis-Based Study,” 11.
55
Hu Haijun [胡海军] and Yao Yuan [姚远], “Transformation and Construction of Army
Transportation Delivery Support Capability in Theater” [战区陆军运输投送保障能力转型建设],
Journal of Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报] 22, no. 4 (2020), 2.
56
Xu Duo [许多], Yao Qingkai [姚庆锴], and Song Hongchao [宋宏超], “Accelerate the
Deep Development of Civil-Military Integration in Aviation Strategic Delivery System” [加快推
进航空战略投送体系军民融合深度发展], China Storage & Transport [中国储运], no. 11 (2017),
118.
57
Zhang Jian [张健] and Wu Juan [吴娟], “Mobilization and Application of Offshore Civil
Transport Ship in Large-Scale Combat” [大规模作战海上民用运输船舶动员与运用], Journal of
Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报] 19, no. 11 (2017), 3.
58
This is an estimate based on data made public by the Republic of China Ministry of
National Defense with the exclusion of figures related to air-delivered personnel and materiel.
See ROC Ministry of National Defense, 2018 China Military Power Report (Taipei: Ministry of
National Defense, 2018), 38.
59
Ibid.
60
Xu Jinzhang and Shen Peixin Ru Xiaolong, “Chinese Military’s Logistics Development
Moves Toward Realistic Training” [中国军队后勤向实战化聚力], Red Flag [红旗], March 6, 2014,
available at <http://www.hongqi.tv/wwjz/2014-03-06/5471.html>.
61
Liu Jiasheng［刘嘉生], Sun Datong [孙大同], and Peng Fubing [彭富兵], “Development
of Carriers for Strategic Projection in Response to National Security Needs” [基于国家安全需求
的战略投送载运工具建设], Journal of Military Transportation University [军事交通学院学报]
21, no. 2 (February 2019), 12.
62
Cao Yang [曹杨], “Thoughts on Construction of Maritime Strategic Projection System
in the New Era” [新时代海上战略投送体系建设的思考], Journal of Military Transportation
University [军事交通学院学报] 21, no. 2 (2019), 3.
63
Hu and Yao, “Transformation and Construction of Army Transportation Delivery
Support Capability,” 2.
64
Han Qinggui [韩庆贵] and Liu Ning [刘宁], “A Preliminary Study on the Logistics
Mobilization of Large-Scale Joint Operations” [大规模联合作战后勤动员初探], National Defense
[国防], no. 12 (2016), 29.
65
Ibid.
66
Ibid.
67
Yue Shengjun [岳胜军] and Yu Chao [于超], “Analysis on the Operation Mechanism of
National Defense Mobilization in Theaters” [战区国防动员运行机理探析], National Defense [国
防], no. 3 (March 2017), 17.
68
Ibid.
69
Yu Zhonghai [于中海], “Focusing on the Main Duty and Main Business to Push Forward
the National Defense Mobilization Preparation by the System of Provincial Military Commands”
[聚焦主责主业, 推进省军区系统国防动员准备], National Defense [国防], no. 10 (2019), 36.
274 Chung
70
Ibid.; Zhoukoudian Prefectural Military Command [周口店军分区], “A Preliminary
Inquiry into the Issue of the Provincial Military Commands System Supporting Cross-Theater
Maneuvering by Operational Forces” [省军区系统保障作战部队跨区机动问题初探], National
Defense [国防], no. 2 (2019), 31.
71
Han and Liu, “A Preliminary Study on the Logistics Mobilization of Large-Scale Joint
Operations,” 29–31.
72
Wang Fang [王芳], Guo Jing [郭静], and Wang Jizhen [王纪震], “Construction of a Smart
Defense Mobilization Information System” [智能国防动员信息系统构建], National Defense
Technology [国防科技], no. 321 (2020), 51.
73
74
Zhoukoudian Prefectural Military Command, “A Preliminary Inquiry into the Issue of
the Provincial Military Commands System,” 32.
75
76
“Eastern Theater Command Joins Hands with Seven Provinces and Cities to Promote
Inclusion of ‘Promoting the Military and Providing Frontline Support’ Mechanism in Joint
Operations System” [东部战区与七省市携手推动拥军支前融入联合作战体系], China Military
Online [中国军网], December 19, 2017.
77
Ibid.
78
79
Linghu Yajun [令狐亚军], “Reflections on Building a Command System for ‘Intelligent
Mobilization’” [关于构建 “智慧动员” 指挥体系的思考], National Defense [国防], no. 10 (2019),
39.
80
Xia Junyou [夏俊友], “Taking Multiple Measures Simultaneously and Making
Innovations in Work to Concentrate Efforts on Improving the Development of National Defense
Mobilization Potential in the New Era” [聚力提升新时代国防动员潜力建设水平], National
Defense [国防], no. 12 (2019), 42.
81
Ibid.
82
For details, see Chung Chieh and Andrew N.D. Yang, “Crossing the Strait: Recent
Trends in PLA ‘Strategic Delivery’ Capabilities,” in The PLA Beyond Borders: Chinese Military
Operations in Regional and Global Context, ed. Joel Wuthnow et al. (Washington, DC: NDU
Press, 2021), 51–72.
83
Ibid.
84
Xia, “Taking Multiple Measures Simultaneously and Making Innovations in Work,” 43.
85
Wei, Long, and Yin, “Military Logistics Capability Construction,” 54.
86
Ibid., 53.
87
Xiong Biao [熊彪] et al., “Evaluation Model and Simulation for Command and Decision
of Joint Logistics Support” [联勤保障指挥决策评估模型构建与仿真分析], Journal of Academy of
Armored Forces Engineering [装甲兵工程学院学报] 32, no. 3 (2018), 8.
88
Tang and Long, “Some Thoughts on Advancing the Building of the Joint National
Defense Mobilization System,” 39.
89
Sun Xinjian [孙新建] et al., “Design Research on Platform of Theater National Defense
Mobilization Commanding and Coordination” [战区国防动员指挥协调平台设计研究], paper
presented at the 6th China Command and Control Conference [第六届中国指挥控制大会],
Beijing, July 2, 2018, 126.
90
91
Ibid.
92
Pan Jinkuan [潘金宽], “Mobilization of People’s War Under Modern Conditions
According to Law” [现代条件下人民战争依法动员], China Defense Conversion [中国军转民],
no. 10 (2019), 81–82.
93
Yang Qinggan [杨清淦] and Liu Haixuan [浏海轩], “Some Thoughts on Strengthening
the Work on People’s Armed Forces in State-Owned Enterprises in the New Era” [加强新时代国
有企业武装工作的几点思考], National Defense [国防], no. 9 (2019), 49.
94
Ibid., 50.
95
Zhong Fu [钟孚] and Zhang Renlong [章仁龙], “Issues to Be Considered in Developing
Militia Cyber Elements” [民兵网络分队建设需关注的问题], National Defense [国防], no. 11
(2019), 64.
96
Chen Yu [陈瑜], Li Jiansi [李剑肆], and Zeng Yu [曾宇], “Research on Development
of Overseas Strategic Airlift Capability” [境外空中战略投送能力建设研究], Journal of Military
Transportation University [军事交通学院学报] 21, no. 2 (2019), 6.
97
Liu Ming [刘铭], “Maritime Strategic Projection Requirement and Force Construction
of Our Armed Forces” [我军海上战略投送需求与力量建设], Journal of Military Transportation
University [军事交通学院学报] 21, no. 4 (2019), 4.
98
99
Yang, “Looking at the Future Battlefield Graded Treatment from the Perspective of
Epidemic Prevention and Control.”
CHAPTER 10
Who Does What? Chinese Command and

Control in a Taiwan Scenario
Joel Wuthnow
S
timulated by the lack of progress on the “core interest” of unification,
combat operations against Taiwan have been among primary plan-
ning scenarios of the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) since the early
1990s.1 Chinese planning has centered on joint campaigns either to persuade
Taipei to capitulate, as would be the goal in a firepower strike or blockade,
or to seize and occupy the island through a joint island landing campaign.
The PLA has thus articulated doctrine for cross-strait campaigns, increased
multidomain training, and sought to build forces that could execute the war
plans. Significant attention was also given to constraining the U.S. ability to
intervene on Taiwan’s behalf. For two decades, however, the PLA lacked a
modern joint command structure to take charge of those operations. China’s
Soviet-inspired military regions had limited ability to command naval and air
forces, which weakened its ability to plan and train for joint operations, while
a temporary realignment of authority in wartime would have created delays
and provided a valuable warning for China’s opponents.
Reforms led by Xi Jinping have reduced those weaknesses. Command ar-
rangements for a Taiwan contingency are nested within the PLA’s new joint
command structure, consisting of key decisionmaking nodes at the national
277
278 Wuthnow
and theater levels. As a result, the PLA now has the system in place to prose-
cute the war, reducing delays and enabling stronger coordination among the
services and support forces in peacetime. Yet several important constraints
remain, including Leninist structures that reduce a commander’s authority to
execute decisions (these have been strengthened under Xi’s desire to promote
the role of the Chinese Communist Party in the army), an emphasis on cen-
tralization that increases the possibility of micromanagement and buck-pass-
ing, theater commanders’ lack of direct authority over key support forces, and
a risk-averse organizational culture aggravated by lack of experience.
The implications of a maturing PLA command structure for China’s adver-
saries are mixed. On one hand, Taiwan and the United States must prepare for
a PLA that could act more cohesively and expeditiously in a conflict and that is
more confident in its own ability to command forces and thus more willing to
ramp up coercion in peacetime. On the other hand, U.S. planners should con-
sider how the apparent fragilities and tensions in the command structure can
be exploited to strengthen Taiwan’s defenses and buy time for U.S. intervention.
Efforts should be made to complicate Chinese decisionmaking through rap-
id, intense, and hard-to-predict operations, including ones that aim to reduce
the cohesion of China’s fragmented joint operations system. Such operations
would depend in part on conventional precision strikes in multiple domains,
but the need to manage escalation risks would place greater emphasis on
nonkinetic capabilities, such as cyber, electronic, and psychological warfare.
This chapter develops these arguments in three sections. The first de-
scribes current command arrangements for a Taiwan contingency and ad-
dresses the effects of recent reforms. The second section speculates about
some of the potential weaknesses of these arrangements, focusing on issues
of centralization and lack of experience. The third derives implications for
the United States and Taiwan and develops principles for weakening Chi-
na’s ability to control its forces in a conflict. The chapter is based on a mix
of Chinese doctrinal publications, authoritative Chinese media reports, and
secondary works assessing the reforms. Nevertheless, much about the cur-
rent system remains unknown or ambiguous, including the precise division
of responsibilities between echelons, operational structures below the the-
ater level, and how support forces are integrated into the theater commands
(TCs). As a result, some of the judgments remain circumstantial or tentative.
Chinese C2 in a Taiwan Scenario 279
An Improving Command System

China’s previous command structure was poorly suited for joint campaigns
across the Taiwan Strait. The military regions (MRs) lacked peacetime au-
thority over naval and air forces, and Chinese doctrine suggested that hastily
improvised joint commands would have been created to take charge of op-
erations in a war zone. Under recent reforms, the PLA can now prepare for a
conflict using the same command arrangement that would lead the war, con-
sisting of the Joint Staff Department (JSD) and the Eastern Theater Command
(ETC). This system not only facilitates better joint planning and training but
also reduces delays associated with the transition from peacetime to wartime
operations. There is also now stronger integration of the forces that would
execute the war plans at the theater level, though the reforms stopped short
of giving the ETC control over all relevant forces: Some are assigned to inde-
pendent support forces or are “national assets” directly led by the services or
the Central Military Commission (CMC).
A New Joint Command Structure

Prior to the recent reforms, PLA doctrinal writings suggested that an ad hoc
joint headquarters would have been established to oversee joint campaigns.
Chinese authors described various potential arrangements, with the final
choice determined by the scope of the conflict. The most straightforward
option involved converting the Nanjing MR into a joint “war zone” [zhanqu,
战区], with the MR commander appointed war zone commander. This plan
would have followed existing MR boundaries but granted additional author-
ity over air force, naval, and Second Artillery Corps forces, which reported
to their respective service headquarters rather than the MR in peacetime.
Another option, which would have been more likely in a large-scale contin-
gency, envisioned establishing a new headquarters with boundaries beyond
those of a single MR. PLA writings suggested that some of the commanders
and staff, instead of relying on the Nanjing MR, would have been seconded
from the General Staff Department in Beijing.2
A major flaw in this approach was that it was not optimized for a rap-
id transition to wartime operations.3 First, MR responsibilities for adminis-
tering land forces and lack of authority over naval and air forces meant less
attention to joint training and operations, thus reducing combat readiness.
280 Wuthnow
Second, the process of revising lines of authority could have created fric-
tion if those roles and responsibilities were unclear or disputed. Moreover,
if officers from the General Staff Department took charge, they would have
needed to quickly become familiar with subordinate commanders and forces
not typically under their command. Third, the process of setting up ad hoc
headquarters and accelerating joint training to promote combat readiness
in the weeks and months prior to a conflict would have provided warning
of a conflict to Taiwan and the United States. Recognizing these problems,
the 2013 Science of Strategy called for building a command system “adapted
to the needs and requirements of joint operations,” including “a consistent
peacetime-wartime joint command institution.”4 This vision reflected a de-
sire to follow other foreign models more closely, such as the U.S. combatant
command system, but was perhaps even more ambitious. For example, in the
U.S. system, operational forces are typically retained by the Services and then
transferred to a joint task force in wartime; Chinese planners advocated an
organizational design that would eliminate such steps.5
Although these problems were discussed well before the recent re-
forms, bureaucratic resistance meant that previous CMC chairmen Jiang
Zemin and Hu Jintao were unable to institute fundamental structural
changes.6 The 2015–2016 reform aimed to complete that unfinished busi-
ness given Xi’s better control over the bureaucracy. The pivotal contribu-
tion was establishing a permanent two-tiered joint command structure.7 At
the national level, the General Staff Department evolved into a JSD under
direct CMC oversight and fully focused on joint command, with responsi-
bilities for ground forces delegated to a new army headquarters. The JSD
also manages a new joint operations command center (JOCC) whose nom-
inal “commander in chief” is Xi himself (who appeared there in a camou-
flage uniform in April 2016).8 At the theater level, five TCs were established
to replace the MRs; the ETC now takes charge of cross-strait operations as
well as those in the East China Sea. Similar to the national level, theater
army components were established to free the theater headquarters to fo-
cus on joint operations, and theater JOCCs were created to facilitate op-
erational planning and coordination.9 In short, rather than standing up a
command structure, the command system that would direct the war would
already be in place.
In the context of a Taiwan campaign, the creation of a two-tiered struc-

ture conflicted with the emphasis of some PLA writings on collapsing com-
mand arrangements into a single overarching joint headquarters; however,
it reflected the complex responsibilities that would have to be managed in a
war.10 First, a joint headquarters at the national level was needed to handle
contingencies not confined to a single TC. Preparing for such contingencies
appeared to be part of a national exercise in the summer of 2019 when the
JSD reportedly directed all five theaters and multiple services.11 Given its po-
sition above the theaters and services, other JSD-level responsibilities also
likely include allocating resources that the CMC chooses to hold onto due to
scarcity or political sensitivity (such as space and cyber units) and managing
operations outside the geographic boundaries of the theater system (such as
counterintervention operations beyond the First Island Chain).12
Second, creating joint headquarters at the theater level reflected an op-
erational imperative to devolve authority to those most familiar with specific
regional contingencies. One Academy of Military Science (AMS) author favor-
ably compared the U.S. system, based on geographic combatant commands,
with the Russian system, in which the concentration of power within the gen-
eral staff creates a situation “which is not conducive to the deepening of joint-
ness.”13 He stated more directly that systems with “a lower center of command
have greater joint depth than those with a higher center of command.”14 Au-
thoritative sources thus describe the theaters as the “highest joint operations
command within their strategic direction,” with responsibilities to organize
joint training, develop operational plans, and coordinate across services.15 Giv-
en this peacetime focus, it is logical that the ETC would lead the primary cam-
paigns in wartime, with the JSD focusing on national-level and cross-theater
issues. Nevertheless, the delineation of national and theater responsibilities re-
mains somewhat ambiguous, and as discussed below, there are circumstances
in which the division of labor could break down in practice.16
Below the theater level, the peacetime chain of command runs through
the theater service components to operational units (see figure). However,
the wartime command structure at lower levels has not been clarified. Pre-
vious PLA writings suggested that task-oriented operations groups would be
established under the joint campaign command, organized either by func-
tion, such as intelligence, information, and firepower, or by domain.17 Under
282 Wuthnow
Figure. Notional C2 Construct for a Taiwan Campaign
CMC
JSD/Joint Ops Command Center PLAAF HQ

Strategic Support Force (Airborne/Bombers/Transport)
(Space/Cyber/EW/Psy Ops)
Eastern TC
Other TCs
ETC Joint Ops Command Center
Rocket Force Southern TC
Domain Specific Ops Groups

People’s Armed Police Joint Logistics
Support Force
Tactical Units
Key: CMC: Central Military Commission; EW: electronic warfare; ETC: Eastern Theater Command; HQ:
headquarters; JSD: Joint Staff Department; PLAAF: PLA Air Force; TC: theater command.
Note: Straight lines = direct authority. Dashed lines = supporting/coordinating relationships.
the new structure, some of these functions may be carried out by the theater
JOCC, and the theater service components might be placed in charge of cer-
tain domain-specific activities (for example, the ETC navy may be appoint-
ed as the lead for a maritime operations group). Yet the complexity of joint
operations might also require the PLA to establish joint commands at lower
levels. For instance, recent amphibious exercises have involved the use of
frontline joint command posts to organize troops and process tactical in-
telligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance data.18 China has also revealed
new mobile truck-based joint command posts.19 Nevertheless, it is presently
unclear whether the ETC has standing joint command organs below the the-
ater; however, more consistent joint training and planning would likely re-
duce delays if such arrangements needed to be set up on a temporary basis.
Stronger Horizontal Integration

One consequence of the lack of a permanent joint command structure was
poor horizontal integration of forces that would participate in the primary
cross-strait campaigns. The reforms corrected this problem, in part by trans-
ferring peacetime operational control over MR air and naval forces from their
respective service headquarters to the theaters. This change was accompa-
nied by greater “jointness” within the theaters. For example, there is now a
higher concentration of non–ground force senior officers in the ETC head-

quarters compared to the Nanjing MR, promoting more effective interservice
coordination and planning. As of 2019, four of five ETC deputy commanders
and two of five senior leaders in the ETC joint staff department were from the
navy and air force. By contrast, in 2014, the last full year before the reforms,
only two of five Nanjing MR deputy commanders and none of its headquar-
ters department senior leaders were from outside the ground forces.20
A less obvious benefit of the reforms has been better integration of support
forces into the theater construct. Forces that might have to support the ETC
commander in wartime include conventional missile forces under the PLA
Rocket Force (PLARF), the airborne corps under PLA Air Force headquarters,
space and cyber troops under the Strategic Support Force (SSF), logistics re-
sources managed by the Joint Logistic Support Force (JLSF), rear-area support
provided by the People’s Armed Police (PAP), and forces assigned to other TCs.21
Chinese writings emphasize the need to ensure smooth coordination of these
forces into theater operations. AMS scholar Zhang Peigao notes that counterin-
tervention operations would seek to merge theater forces with “elite units” [jin-
grui budui, 精锐部队] outside the theater structure, including those responsible
for the electromagnetic and “socio-psychological” domains.22 Han Guangsong,
a professor at the PLA National Defense University (NDU) Joint Operations Col-
lege, writes that joint commands must coordinate with “neighboring troops in
accordance with a clear coordination and support relationship.”23
While the ETC commander does not possess de facto control over these
capabilities, the theater’s mandate to supervise joint campaigns implies the
need for stronger coordination. Nevertheless, the degree to which forces
outside the theater commander’s direct control have been integrated into
theater training, planning, and operations has varied. The discussion that fol-
lows categorizes forces into three tiers based on level of integration with the
ETC (see table 1). Key variables include whether the ETC JOCC has officers
seconded from those forces, participation in recent ETC exercises, inclusion
in the ETC’s annual joint training plans, and whether units from those forces
are based within the ETC’s geographic boundaries. These are, of course, ten-
tative judgments given limited open-source reporting.
The first tier currently consists only of the conventional PLARF brigades. The
PLARF, unlike the other services, has neither a service component command
284 Wuthnow
Table 1. Integration of Supporting Units with the Eastern Theater Command
Officers in Participation Coordinated Units Based

ETC JOCC in ETC in ETC Joint in ETC AOR
Exercises Training Plan
Tier 1
PLARF X X X X
(Conventional)
Tier 2
SSF X X
JLSF X X X
PAP X X
Tier 3
Other TCs
Airborne Corps
Key: AOR: area of responsibility; ETC: Eastern Theater Command; JLSF: Joint Logistic Support Force; PAP:
People’s Armed Police; PLARF: PLA Rocket Force; SSF: Strategic Support Force; TCs: theater commands.
within the theater nor a commander who serves concurrently as theater deputy
commander. There is, however, evidence of a strong coordinating relationship
between the PLARF and the ETC. Short-range ballistic missiles under Base 61,
which commands the PLARF brigades within the ETC region, would be central
to a joint firepower campaign. As the lead organizer for theater joint campaigns,
the ETC commander would likely be able to incorporate short-range missile
systems into theater campaign plans and direct their use during a war.
By contrast, a differentiation of responsibilities within the command
structure, and the desire by the center to retain control of “strategic” systems,
make it likely that long-range missiles designed for counterintervention
purposes would be handled at the JSD or CMC level.24 In March 2016, ETC
commander Liu Yuejun suggested as much by including rocket forces among
those that “conduct joint operations and non-war military operations” in
his theater.25 More specific signs of close coordination include PLARF offi-
cers assigned to the ETC JOCC,26 inclusion of a PLARF base in the 2018 ETC
joint training plan [zhanqu lianhe xunlian jihua, 战区联合训练计划],27 and
participation of PLARF units in ETC exercises.28 Moreover, Roderick Lee ob-

serves that joint duty offices within PLARF bases have been designated as
“theater conventional missile sub-command centers,” indicating closer col-
laboration with the theater compared with other supporting forces.29
The second tier includes three support forces that would participate in a
cross-strait campaign but appear somewhat less well integrated with the TCs
than the PLARF: the SSF, JLSF, and PAP.30
Strategic Support Force. The SSF was created in 2016 to consolidate
control over space, cyber, electronic warfare, and psychological warfare ca-
pabilities. Within the ETC region, the SSF operates Base 311, which has long
been responsible for carrying out psychological operations against Taiwan,
and various cyber units (including Unit 61398, which has targeted Taiwan).31
PLA theoretical discussions suggest that the technical reconnaissance bas-
es, which are responsible for cyber operations, could be attached to the-
ater JOCCs in wartime. However, there does not yet appear to be conclusive
open-source evidence that those bases report to the theaters in peacetime.32
Evidence that SSF units are coordinating with the theaters includes their re-
ported role in an August 2020 ETC island-landing exercise intended to “fur-
ther test and improve the joint combat capabilities of multiple services,”33 as
well as their inclusion in exercises in adjacent theaters.34
Joint Logistic Support Force. Established in September 2016, the JLSF
is organized into five joint logistic support centers (JLSCs), which in turn
supervise a network of supply bases and mobile logistics units.35 During
peacetime, the JLSCs fall under the JLSF headquarters but, according to
one JLSF officer, could be placed under theater control in wartime.36 Within
the ETC region, the Wuxi JLSC is the prime element of the JLSF. Evidence
of fairly strong coordination between joint logistics forces and the ETC in-
cludes the Wuxi JLSC’s inclusion in the 2018 ETC joint training plan and di-
rect support from JLSC units to ETC air force and army units during routine
operations.37 The Wuxi JLSC also oversees the assembly of civilian aviation
and maritime support fleets, which have supported naval operations in the
“near seas” and could be mobilized for strategic sealift and other purposes
during a Taiwan contingency (see the chapter by Conor Kennedy in this
volume for details).38 This capability almost certainly requires the JLSC to
coordinate with theater planners.
286 Wuthnow
People’s Armed Police. While primarily responsible for maintaining

social control in restive regions within China, the PAP has certain wartime
functions, such as guarding facilities and maintaining infrastructure, and has
been involved in previous joint exercises.39 Recent reforms firmly placed the
PAP within the military command structure by eliminating the previous sys-
tem that granted deployment powers to provincial leaders.40 Within the ETC
region, the PAP presence includes provincial contingents and a new mobile
contingent [jidong zongdui, 机动总队] based in Fuzhou.41 This unit, which
possesses a mix of capabilities (including engineering, transportation, and
special operations), is well placed to support rear-area operations in a Tai-
wan scenario. Whether the PAP has been formally integrated into ETC joint
training plans is unclear; however, PAP units have taken part in some ETC
exercises,42 and the second mobile contingent was temporarily placed under
ETC authority during 2020 flood relief operations.43
The third tier consists of forces with the lowest level of integration into
ETC training and operations. One is the airborne corps, which continues to
be a “national asset” under the direct authority of air force headquarters (for a
discussion, see the chapter by Roderick Lee in this volume).44 Airborne units
are based in the Central Theater Command, and there is no open-source
evidence of their participation in ETC-sponsored exercises.45 The other TCs
also fit into this category. In theory, forces in other TCs might be mobilized to
augment the ETC: for instance, the Central TC functions as a strategic reserve
for all the theaters while the Southern TC has a variety of naval and air force
capabilities that could be integrated into a joint campaign. The PLA has con-
ducted transregional exercises since 2006, suggesting a desire to improve the
ability of troops to support contingencies in other theaters. However, it is un-
clear whether any of those troops were placed under the Nanjing MR or ETC
commander.46 In sum, command for a cross-strait campaign has benefited
from a new command structure that would reduce the transition to a wartime
footing and has, despite some variation, strengthened the integration of dis-
parate units into theater joint training and planning.
Persistent Weaknesses
Despite these improvements, several continuing problems could reduce the PLA
command system’s effectiveness in wartime by complicating decisionmaking
and slowing operations. These include a Leninist organizational culture that

retains consensus decisionmaking through Party committees and values con-
trol at the highest possible level, which could limit the ETC commander’s abil-
ity to quickly execute the war plan and make adjustments; lead to continued
fragmentation between the ETC and the national, service, and external theater
forces needed to support it; and create a lack of proficiency in joint operations
among the commanders and staff officers charged with enabling the system to
function smoothly at both the theater and the national levels.
Decisions by Consensus
Chinese strategists struggle to reconcile the military imperative of concen-
trating authority in the hands of a single commander given the Leninist pre-
scription that decisions be reached collectively through Party committees
and the dual leadership system (commanders and political commissars).
Zhang Peigao writes that neither individual nor collective leadership should
be “overemphasized at the expense of the other.” Referencing PLA political
work regulations, Zhang states that in “critical situations,” joint campaigns
can be handled ad hoc by “senior officers,” who must then “promptly report
to the party committee and receive an inspection.”47 A PLA treatise states
that one must “correctly handle the relationship between the Party commit-
tee’s decisions and the commander’s resolutions.” The distinction between
the two is vague, with the former responsible for decisions on operational
concepts, policies, and principles, and the latter assuming “concentrated
power” over “joint campaign activities,” albeit “under the Party committee’s
unified leadership.”48 Recent reforms did not resolve this tension; instead,
reforms have emphasized the role of Party committees to retain unified
control over operations.49
The political pressures of a Taiwan contingency could intensify the con-
tradiction between individual and collective leadership. Any war against Tai-
wan would implicate the Party’s “core interests,” and political officers would
be expected to monitor the commander to ensure that operational decisions
do not damage those interests.50 Those tendencies could be exacerbated by the
character of modern conflicts, in which tactical actions (for example, a strike
on a specific U.S. platform) could have profound strategic effects. Whether
political scrutiny would lead to interference or even sanctions, though, would
288 Wuthnow
depend on idiosyncratic variables, including the ways in which individual

services and units have interpreted the dual leadership system,51 the nature
of relationships between individual officers, and differences in judgment
about the likely consequences of a course of action.52 There is also a chance
that theater or lower commanders, wary of reprimand either during or after
the conflict, could seek a consensus prior to acting (which could range from
a simple conversation to a decision punted to the Party committee, which
also includes deputy commanders and political commissars). Those dynam-
ics could slow decisionmaking, especially in circumstances in which the per-
ceived risks of failure or escalation are high.
Micromanagement and Buck-Passing

A division of labor in which the ETC assumes primary responsibility for execut-
ing an island-landing or other cross-strait operation would require the CMC
to delegate significant authority to the theater and provide national assets that
typically reside outside theater control. This situation rests uneasily and may
be difficult to reconcile given the countervailing tendency in Leninist systems
to centralize authority among the smallest group of leaders at the highest pos-
sible level. Reflecting this tradition, Zhang writes that, in joint commands, cen-
tralization should be primary and supplemented by decentralized command
(not the other way around); joint campaigns should therefore not “blindly fol-
low” the dictum that “whoever is in charge of operations is in command” [shei
zhuzhan, shei zhihui, 谁主战, 谁指挥].53 The emphasis on centralizing—rather
than distributing—control is also evident in recent decisions to break up the
former general departments and place their remnants within the CMC, the in-
creasing power of central supervisory organs within the PLA, and Xi’s apparent
interventions in personnel decisions down to the level of corps commander.54
Centralization could complicate efforts to achieve an effective balance
of responsibilities between the JSD and theater levels in two ways. First is
micromanagement: the CMC chairman and his associates may decide that
theater operations require close personal oversight. Unlike contemporary
gray zone operations, in which the risks of a strategic disaster are low, the
direct connection between the outcome of a Taiwan campaign and the re-
gime’s (and Xi’s or his successor’s personal political) survival may height-
en the temptation to keep a tight rein on activities at the theater level. (This
tendency would be greatest in the “imploding China” scenario discussed

in Andrew Scobell’s chapter in this volume.) Xi, with little military expe-
rience of his own, would task his key lieutenants, including the CMC vice
chairman responsible for operations and the JSD chief of staff, to scrutinize
decisions made by the ETC commander or even override them in cases of
differences in judgment. Those officials may in turn task officers in the na-
tional JOCC to liaise with the ETC.
Several factors, however, could push against the tendency to microman-
age and support a delegation of power back to the theaters. The dominant
countervailing factor would be widespread acceptance of the principle that
power should be devolved; that acceptance could be higher among younger
officers more attuned to the imperatives of modern operations. But other fac-
tors could also be instrumental. JSD officials with service in the Nanjing MR
or ETC might be more confident in their ability to issue operational guidance,
but those without such experience might be more comfortable yielding de-
cisionmaking authority to the theaters (where, in any case, the theater com-
manders could be blamed for errors in judgment). As table 2 demonstrates,
in recent years only a few JSD officials had operational experience in the ETC,
potentially mitigating the impetus to micromanage. Another factor would be
the nature of the relationship between officials at both levels. For example,
good working relationships would facilitate more rapid and effective transfer
of responsibility back to the theaters compared with situations in which offi-
cials did not know each other well or had conflicting personalities.55
Table 2. Backgrounds of Senior Joint Staff Department Officials, 2016–2019

Name Position Service Years Previous Positions
Group Army GSD/ ETC/ Other Service
(Home) GD Nanjing MR/TC HQ
GEN Fang COS GF 16–17 21st (Lanzhou) X X

Fenghui
ADM Sun DCOS Navy 16–17 N/A X
Jianguo
GEN Wang DCOS GF 16 40th (Shen- X (PAP)
Jianping yang)
GEN Xu Fenlin DCOS GF 16– 17th (Lanzhou) X
GEN Wang DCOS GF 16–17 X
Guanzhong
290 Wuthnow
Name Position Service Years Previous Positions

Group Army GSD/ ETC/ Other Service
(Home) GD Nanjing MR/TC HQ
GEN Qi Jianguo* DCOS GF 16–17 1st (Nanjing) X

LTG Yi DCOS AF 16–17 N/A X X X X
Xiaoguang*
LTG Ma Yiming DCOS GF 16– 20th (Jinan) X X
GEN Li Zuocheng COS GF 17– 41st (Guang- X X
zhou)
LTG Shao DCOS RF 17– N/A X
Yuanming
LTG Chang DCOS AF 17– N/A X X
Dingqiu
RADM Jiang Asst. to Navy 17–19 N/A
Guoping COS
MG Chen Asst. to RF 17– N/A
Guangjun COS
MG Han Asst. to GF 18– Unknown X
Xiaodong COS
MG Jia Dir., Ops. GF 18– Unknown X
Jiancheng Bureau
MG Zhang Jian* Dir., Ops. GF 17–18 42nd (Guang- X
Bureau zhou)
Key: AF: Air Force; COS: chief of staff; DCOS: deputy chief of staff; ETC: Eastern Theater Command; GD:
General Department; GF: Ground Force; GSD: General Service Department; HQ: headquarters; MR: military
region; PAP: People’s Armed Police; RF: Rocket Force; TC: theater command.
Sources: 2016–2019 PRC Directories of Military Personalities and various People's Republic of China Web sites.
Notes:
*
Signifies operational experience in the Nanjing MR or ETC.
†
MG Zhang spent 1 year (February 2016–March 2017) as Eastern Theater Command army chief of staff.
He was later promoted to ETC army commander.
The second way in which centralization could affect decisionmaking is

buck-passing—hesitance by theater commanders to implement decisions
without explicit approval. Risk aversion among commanders remains a per-
sistent theme of PLA self-critiques, and regulations have attempted to clarify
that officers’ promotions and assignments will not be affected by mistakes
due to a willingness to take initiative.56 Yet the political stakes for a cross-strait
campaign, including the possibility that Party leaders would fix the blame for
any failures on the mistakes of those charged with carrying out the war plans,
could lead ETC officials to err on the side of seeking higher authorization for
even minor decisions. For instance, the ETC Party committee could collec-
tively decide to transfer a decision to the next-highest Party committee, at
the CMC level. In decisions with high risks of failure or embarrassment, it is
also possible to imagine an amalgamation of two tendencies: the JSD putting
off decisions to theater leaders, who could be more easily blamed, combined
with bottom-up pressures to send decisions up to the center, leading to de-
lays or paralysis with no one willing to take responsibility.
Stovepiping
While reforms have produced a higher level of jointness within the theaters,
integration of support forces and other capabilities into the theater joint com-
mand system remains incomplete due to a combination of political, opera-
tional, and bureaucratic factors. One impediment is the conflict between the
political imperative to centralize control over sensitive capabilities and the
operational goal to devolve authority to the theater commanders who may
need to employ those assets. Indeed, the merging of forces previously un-
der MR control into the SSF and JLSF has in fact increased the Central Mil-
itary Commission’s ability to manage assets at the expense of the theaters.57
The center also consolidated authority over the PAP as well as the provin-
cial military districts, responsible for reserve and militia forces, which were
transferred from the MRs to a new national defense mobilization department
under the CMC. These changes reveal a preference for prioritizing central
control over the empowerment of theater commanders.
China’s complex security environment also creates an operational logic
to distribute forces away from a single theater. Because the PLA must prepare
for a variety of contingencies other than Taiwan, it makes sense for the center
to directly manage scarce resources such as space, cyber, and logistics forc-
es that may need to be employed elsewhere. The theaters themselves must
address diverse threats, reducing their ability to act as a supporting actor for
the ETC. Even in a cross-strait campaign, the other theaters would need to
deter other rivals and thus prevent what Chinese strategists call “chain reac-
tion warfare” [liansuo fanying zhanzheng, 连锁反应战争] while also dealing
with U.S. intervention threats across China’s littorals.58 For instance, former
Nanjing MR deputy commander Lieutenant General Wang Hongguang states
292 Wuthnow
that a key role of the Southern TC would be to serve as a “blocker,” preventing

U.S. intervention along China’s southern flank.59 These conflicting missions
reduce the availability of forces from other theaters to assist the ETC either in
joint training or wartime operations.
In other cases, a conflux of bureaucratic and operational reasons reduces
the potential for theater-level integration of forces. A prime example is the
consolidation of authority by air force headquarters over the airborne corps
as well as select transport divisions and special mission aircraft.60 Bureau-
cratically, control over these assets reflects a tacit concession to the air force
headquarters, which otherwise has ceded operational authority to the the-
aters and is thus a source of leverage that the air force is likely to argue should
remain in its purview. Operationally, these capabilities constitute scarce re-
sources that may need to support not only cross-strait operations but also
a range of other combat and nontraditional security missions domestically,
regionally, and farther afield, thus strengthening the argument for centraliza-
tion.61 The combination of these factors creates a ceiling on the ETC’s ability
to integrate other forces into its training and operational planning processes.
Inadequate Joint Expertise

The effectiveness of both tiers of the joint command structure in a Taiwan
contingency would also depend on the quality of the officers assigned to the
ETC and JSD. Improving the ability of PLA officers to plan and execute joint
operations has been a goal of PLA training and military education reforms for
more than two decades.62 However, recognizing the insufficiency of earlier
reforms, Xi-era changes have focused on improving joint skills through a new
CMC Training and Administration Department, which establishes standards
and dispatches teams to evaluate theater joint training programs,63 and by
expanding education on joint operations to focus on younger officers, most
notably through a new NDU Joint Operations College.64 Moreover, the ETC,
along with the other theaters, has instituted training programs for command-
ers and staff officers aimed at improving their ability to operate JOCCs and
plan theater-specific campaigns.65
Nevertheless, several factors could weaken the PLA’s ability to improve
human capital. First is the lack of experience in conducting real-world joint
operations.66 The PLA has gained some recent combat experience at a very
small scale in the 2020 border clash with Indian forces and has practiced
higher end joint operations in wargames and simulations. However, no one
serving in the PLA has experience executing any of the primary cross-strait
campaigns. Second is the lack of a rotational assignment system. The PLA, un-
like the post–Goldwater-Nichols system in the United States, does not require
officers to rotate through joint assignments, nor does it require commanders
to attain education in this area until reaching the corps commander level.67 The
limited flow of officers between joint organizations at the national and theater
levels is also a problem to the extent that it reduces mutual understanding of
roles and responsibilities at both levels. Third, as suggested above, the Leninist
tendency toward centralization limits the PLA’s ability to develop a culture of
empowering lower level commanders.68 Taken together, these weaknesses in
the new joint command structure could reduce the system’s effectiveness in a
Taiwan campaign and provide opportunities for China’s opponents.
Implications for the United States and Taiwan

From a U.S. and Taiwan perspective, China’s evolving command and con-
trol system has mixed implications. On one hand, the new system has sev-
eral advantages for China that are likely to promote more effective control
of PLA operations:
■ a stronger ability to manage and redistribute scarce resources through
the JSD, SSF, and JLSF
■ quicker transitions to war since most of the system that would take
charge of operations (except for ad hoc structures below the theater
level) is already in place
■ consolidated theater authority over land, air, and naval forces in
peacetime
■ stronger integration of conventional missile and, to a lesser degree,
other support forces into the ETC
■ greater proficiency in joint operations as training and educational re-
forms begin to take hold.
Given those advantages, U.S. and Taiwan defense planners must update
operational concepts to account for reduced warning times and a stronger
294 Wuthnow
PLA ability to execute joint campaigns. Moreover, both Washington and Tai-
pei should anticipate that greater cohesion in the command structure would
give Beijing a higher degree of confidence in the PLA’s ability to manage risks
and thus pursue a wider range of coercive activities in peacetime.69
On the other hand, the foregoing analysis identified several potential weak-
nesses that may be exploited to gain operational advantages or at least buy ad-
ditional time to allow U.S. forces to arrive. PLA decisionmaking would likely be
slower and more convoluted than that of its opponents due to several factors:
■ tensions between individual and collective decisionmaking and po-
tential interference from political officers and Party committees
■ temptations by the center to micromanage conflicts
■ impulses at lower levels to pass decisions back up the chain of com-
mand, reducing the ETC commander’s ability or willingness to exe-
cute timely decisions
■ the PLA’s lack of experience conducting joint operations and a risk-
averse organizational culture that the PLA has been slow to correct.
The best way to leverage these weaknesses is, according to the 2018 National
Defense Strategy, to “expand the competitive space” by conducting intense,
rapid, and unpredictable operations, including those in multiple domains
and from multiple directions.70
Conventional strikes launched from submarines, long-range bomb-
ers, mobile ground-based missiles, and other strike platforms constitute
one way to achieve these effects.71 Chinese strategy, of course, aims to deny
those forces the ability to operate within the Western Pacific. However,
doctrine being developed by the U.S. Services is focused on enabling those
platforms to operate more effectively inside China’s antiaccess/area-denial
envelope.72 The problem is that such kinetic actions incur significant risks
of escalation, especially when used against targets inside China, and thus
might be harder for U.S. political leaders to consent to in the first place.
Moreover, Taiwan’s defense planners should consider how long-range
strike assets such as the Hsiung Feng IIE might also be used in such opera-
tions (for more information, see Drew Thompson’s chapter in this volume).
As an alternative, U.S. planners might consider expanding operations
in the information domain (for example, deception, misinformation, false
signals), utilizing cyber, special operations/psychological warfare, and

electronic warfare capabilities. Such operations, whether unilateral or in
coordination with Taiwan’s armed forces, should aim to reduce the con-
fidence of Chinese civilian leaders and PLA senior officers in the likely ef-
fectiveness of operational units, inducing caution prior to a decision to use
force or, barring that, disrupting the PLA’s ability to execute its war plans.
Attention to these solutions, however, may require greater investments and
coordination between U.S. combatant commands.73
U.S. operations might also exploit the fragmentation of the PLA joint
operations system. The system that has developed in practice is not the sin-
gular joint campaign command envisioned in conceptual PLA writings, but
rather a complex system involving various actors segregated by geography
and function. Key nodes include the national JOCC (Beijing), SSF head-
quarters (Beijing), ETC JOCC and ETC air force headquarters (Nanjing),
Base 61 (Huangshan), naval headquarters (Ningbo), army headquarters
(Fuzhou), and JLSC headquarters (Wuxi), along with potential tactical joint
command posts in variable locations.74 For the system to operate effective-
ly, reliable communications need to be maintained throughout the chain
of command and across the supporting-supported relationships. Whereas
U.S. forces have strengths in operating in a communications-degraded en-
vironment, in part due to comfort with a “mission command” philosophy,
it is doubtful the PLA would be able to operate with similar efficacy if, say,
mobile command posts were cut off from the ETC headquarters or if theater
commanders faced complications in communicating with the center.
Degrading the links between these organizations would create a specific
dilemma that the PLA would have to resolve, thus complicating its decision-
making and denying it the ability to coordinate effectively across echelons.
Anticipating such threats, the PLA has instituted “robust, redundant commu-
nications networks to improve commanders’ situational awareness.”75 Thus,
U.S. and Taiwan defense planners need to think through the range of potential
vulnerabilities and response options. Again, a basic choice is between kinetic
strikes against key nodes in the communications infrastructure and nonki-
netic means. To reduce the risks of escalation, offensive cyber tools might be
used to reduce the reliability of key networks or inject false information, cre-
ating confusion at different points in the chain of command. Consideration
296 Wuthnow
should also be given to targeting weaknesses in logistics information systems,

which may be more widely accessible and thus less well defended than com-
mand and control systems.
U.S. operations could also reduce the cohesiveness of China’s joint op-
erations systems by creating dilemmas beyond the Taiwan Strait. Horizontal
escalation, in this context, would aim to stress the JSD’s ability to manage
a war on multiple fronts, divert resources from the main theater, and ulti-
mately force the PLA to deviate from its timelines and improvise responses
to unexpected U.S. actions. While attractive in concept, this approach may
prove difficult to execute in practice due to a high level of Chinese resolve
once a decision to use force against Taiwan has been made (the Party would
not back down lightly), scarce U.S. resources, limited U.S. political will to
get into a broader conflict with China, the unwillingness of third parties to
allow U.S. forces to operate from their territory, and a theater command
system that would be in a heightened state of readiness. As a matter of
planning, though, consideration should be given to whether strikes against
Chinese naval targets beyond the Taiwan Strait,76 blockades of Chinese oil
imports,77 or information operations that point to an incipient crisis else-
where would be sufficient to disorient Chinese decisionmaking and have
enough effect in the main theater to justify the risk.
Conclusion
U.S. and Taiwan planners need to consider not only how to defeat specific
PLA platforms and operate within an increasingly difficult antiaccess/ar-
ea-denial environment but also how to leverage weaknesses in the broader
PLA structure to complicate the ability of PLA commanders to utilize those
systems effectively. Chinese strategists are aware of faults in their own sys-
tem and have advocated for structural changes designed to increase the
cohesiveness of joint operations. Recent reforms have put some of their
suggestions into practice. Yet changes to the organizational culture of the
PLA that would help produce more efficient decisionmaking and opera-
tions, such as eliminating Party committees or clearly delegating author-
ity over sensitive capabilities to the theaters, have eluded reformers and
may not even be possible in a Leninist system. Lack of combat experience
would also continue to pose problems until the PLA actually finds itself in
a war. This situation creates opportunities for exploitation by China’s ad-

versaries. Prudent planning and investments, especially in nontraditional
domains, are necessary if those continuing weaknesses are to be converted
to operational advantage.
For helpful comments on previous drafts, the author thanks David Chen,
Fiona Cunningham, Scott W. Harold, Colonel Rafael Lopez, USA, and Phillip
C. Saunders.
Notes
1
M. Taylor Fravel, Active Defense: Chinese Military Strategy Since 1949 (Princeton:
Princeton University Press, 2019), 182–216. See also David M. Finkelstein, “China’s National
Military Strategy: An Overview of the ‘Military Strategic Guidelines,’” in Right Sizing the People’s
Liberation Army: Exploring the Contours of China’s Military, ed. Roy Kamphausen and Andrew
Scobell (Carlisle, PA: Strategic Studies Institute, 2007), 69–140.
2
For depictions of alternative models, see Xue Yanxu [薛彦绪] and Fan Jiabin [范嘉宾],
Joint Operations Command and Coordination Under High-Tech Conditions [高技术条件下联
合作战指挥与协同] (Beijing: National Defense University Press, 2003), 88–97. In the context
of an island-landing campaign, see Zhang Peigao, Lectures on Joint Campaign Command [联
合战役指挥教程] (Beijing: Academy of Military Science [AMS], 2012), 192–193. For analyses,
see Dean Cheng, “The PLA’s Wartime Structure,” in The PLA as Organization v2.0, ed. Kevin
Pollpeter and Kenneth Allen (Vienna, VA: Defense Group, Inc., 2015), 458–461; Mark A. Stokes,
“Employment of National-Level PLA Assets in a Contingency: A Cross-Strait Conflict as Case
Study,” in The People’s Liberation Army and Contingency Planning in China, ed. Andrew Scobell
et al. (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2015), 140–141.
3
For PLA self-assessments, see Dang Chongmin [党崇民] and Zhang Yu [张羽], Science
of Joint Operations [联合作战学] (Beijing: PLA Press, 2009), 249; Wang Xiaohui [王晓辉], “What
Strategic Preparations Should China’s Military Make in a Transition Era?” [转型期中国军队要做
哪些战略准备], National Defense Reference [国防参考], October 27, 2015; Fang Yongzhi [房永智],
“When Will the Chinese Military Set Up Its Joint Operations Command?” [中国军队何时设立联
合作战司令部?], China Youth Daily [中国青年报], March 28, 2014, available at <http://zqb.cyol.
com/html/2014-03/28/nw.D110000zgqnb_20140328_1-10.htm>.
4
AMS Military Strategy Studies Department, Science of Strategy [战略学] (Beijing: Military
Science Press, 2013), 201.
5
Thanks to Rafael Lopez for this observation.
6
Concerns about parochialism hobbling reforms have been longstanding for the PLA.
See Kenneth W. Allen et al., Institutional Reforms of the Chinese People’s Liberation Army:
Overview and Challenges (Arlington, VA: CNA, 2002), 67–69.
7
For a general overview, see Joel Wuthnow, “A Brave New World for Chinese Joint
Operations,” Journal of Strategic Studies 40, no. 1–2 (2017), 169–195; Edmund J. Burke and Arthur
Chan, “Coming to a (New) Theater Near You: Command, Control, and Forces,” in Chairman Xi
Remakes the PLA, ed. Phillip C. Saunders et al. (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2019), 227–255.
298 Wuthnow
8
“President Xi Visits CMC Joint Operations Command Center,” China Military Online,
April 21, 2016.
9
For a description of the Eastern Theater Command Joint Operations Command Center
(JOCC), see “‘Gunpowder Smoke’ Is Strong in the Eastern TC Joint Operations Command
Center” [东部战区联合作战指挥中心 “硝烟味” 浓烈], Jiefangjun Bao [解放军报], February 16,
2016, available at <http://military.people.com.cn/n1/2016/0216/c1011-28126703.html>.
10
On reducing command layers, see Dong and Zhang, Science of Joint Operations, 248.
11
“Hong Kong Media: The Five Theater Commands Are Moving Together, the Central
Military Commission Takes the Lead, Taiwan-Focused Drill Is Just One Part of the Large
Exercise” [港媒: 大陆五大战区齐动中央军委牵头对台军演仅为大军演一部分], Zao Bao
(Singapore), August 2, 2019, available at <https://www.zaobao.com.sg/realtime/china/
story20190802-977728>; “The Five Major Branches of the People’s Liberation Army May
Participate in Military Exercises in the Southeast Coast” [解放军五大军种或将悉数参加在东南
沿海军演], Huanqiu Shibao [环球时报], July 15, 2019, available at <https://mil.news.sina.com.
cn/china/2019-07-15/doc-ihytcerm3686362.shtml>.
12
Joel Wuthnow, System Overload: Can China’s Military Be Distracted in a War over
Taiwan? China Strategic Perspectives No. 15 (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2020), 19–22; Phillip
C. Saunders, Beyond Borders: PLA Command and Control of Overseas Operations, INSS Strategic
Forum No. 306 (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2020).
13
Xu Xuesong [许雪松], “Historic Development and Fundamental Rules of Joint
Operation Command System of Foreign Military Forces” [外军联合作战指挥体制的历史发展及
其基本规律], Military History [军事历史], no. 3 (2019), 104–105.
14
Ibid.
15
Liang Liqiang [梁力强] and Sun Bingxiang [孙炳祥], “How to Develop Joint Operations
Command Talent? The Southern TC Has Developed a Blueprint” [联战指挥人才如何培养? 南
部战区绘制人才成长蓝图], Jiefangjun Bao [解放军报], November 12, 2018, available at <http://
www.mod.gov.cn/power/2018-11/12/content_4829238.htm>; “Military Media: Each Theater
Can Fight Independently and Support Each Other at Any Time” [军媒: 每一个战区都可以独立
作战, 相互间又能随时支援], The Paper [澎湃新闻], February 4, 2018, available at <https://www.
thepaper.cn/newsDetail_forward_1982789>.
16
Sorting out respective roles and responsibilities was an initial focus of the reforms,
even if few authoritative details have been released on the results of these efforts. During an
inspection of the Center Military Committee (CMC) JOCC in February 2017, Xi enjoined the
PLA to “quickly straighten out relevant major relationships and to improve the joint operations
command mechanism” and to standardize “command powers and responsibilities.” A Joint Staff
Department commentary similarly observed the need to “improve the organization, optimize
procedures, clarify responsibilities, and improve the joint operation command and operational
modes.” See Lin Qiang [林强], “Strive to Build a Strong Joint Operations Command Structure”
[努力建设过硬联合作战指挥机构], People’s Daily [人民日报], February 28, 2017, available
at <http://theory.gmw.cn/2017-02/28/content_23857525.htm>; “This Article Signed ‘CMC
Joint Staff Department’ Is Worth a Read” [这篇署名 “中央军委联合参谋部” 的文章值得一读],
Ministry of National Defense, August 20, 2016.
17
Jeffrey Engstrom, Systems Confrontation and System Destruction Warfare (Santa
Monica, CA: RAND, 2018), 28–36.
18
For instance, an October 2020 Eastern Theater Command landing exercise included
a forward command post synthesizing tactical intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance
and directing firepower strikes. See “The Eastern TC Discloses a Complete Landing Exercise,
Taiwan Media Calls It a ‘Warning’” [东部战区披露的这次完整登陆演练, 台媒直呼有 “警告” 意
味], Beijing Youth Daily [北京青年报], October 11, 2020, available at <https://m.us.sina.com/gb/
china/sinacn/2020-10-11/detail-ihaauwts5940528.shtml>.
19
“Official Media Reveals State-Produced New-Type Joint Operations Mobile Command
Truck ‘Foresight’” [官媒揭秘国产新型联合作战机动指挥车 “远谋”], available at <https://mil.
news.sina.com.cn/china/2021-09-30/doc-iktzscyx7136684.shtml>.
20
Information provided in the Directory of PRC Military Personalities (Washington, DC:
Department of Defense, 2014 and 2019).
21
Stokes, “Employment of National-Level PLA Assets in a Contingency,” 143–145.
22
Zhang, Lectures on Joint Campaign Command, 212–213.
23
Han Guangsong [韩光松], “Joint Operation Command and Control Based on Modern
Control Theory” [基于现代控制理论的联合作战指挥控制], Fire Control & Command Control [火
力与指挥控制], no. 5 (2020), 18.
24
Longer range systems used for operations beyond the Taiwan Strait might be centralized
within the Joint Staff Department or CMC; this would preserve political control and accord with
a notional division of labor between the two echelons.
25
“Eastern TC Commander Liu Yuejun Speaks About Construction of Joint Operations
Command Capabilities” [东部战区司令员刘粤军谈联合作战指挥能力建设], Caixin [财新],
March 3, 2016, available at <http://china.caixin.com/2016-03-03/100915681.html>.
26
Zhang Hui, “PLA Rocket Force Names 100 Officers to Commands,” Global Times,
April 12, 2016, available at <https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/978291.shtml>; “How to
Build a Joint Operations Command Platform? Look Here” [联合作战指挥平台咋搭建? 到这
里看看], China Military Online [中国军网], September 21, 2017, available at <http://www.81.
cn/2017jj90/2017-09/21/content_7765599.htm>.
27
“The Eastern Theater Command: Joint Training Proceeds Under Legal Routes” [东部战
区: 联合训练, 在法治轨道运行], Jiefangjun Bao [解放军报], January 2, 2018, available at <http://
www.mod.gov.cn/power/2018-01/02/content_4801252.htm>.
28
“The ‘Rim of Taiwan’ Military Exercise in the Eastern Theater Command’s New Weapon
Will Deter ‘Taiwan ‘Independence’” [东部战区 “环台湾” 军演这款新列装武器将震慑 “台独”],
Ordnance Technology [兵工科技], August 18, 2020, available at <https://mil.news.sina.com.cn/
zhengming/2020-08-18/doc-iivhvpwy1653868.shtml>. See also David C. Logan, “Making Sense
of China’s Missile Forces,” in Saunders et al., Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA, 393–435.
29
Roderick Lee, “Integrating the PLA Rocket Force into Conventional Theater
Operations,” China Brief 20, no. 14 (August 14, 2020), available at <https://jamestown.org/
program/integrating-the-pla-rocket-force-into-conventional-theater-operations/>.
30
This category may also include provincial military districts, which report to the CMC
National Defense Mobilization Department.
31
Nevertheless, cyber units are less tied to geography; presumably, the Eastern Theater
Command could assume control over Strategic Support Force cyber units physically based in
other regions.
32
John Chen, Joe McReynolds, and Kieran Green, “The PLA Strategic Support Force: A
‘Joint’ Force for Information Operations,” in The PLA Beyond Borders, ed. Joel Wuthnow et al.
(Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2021), 151–179.
300 Wuthnow
33
“The ‘Rim of Taiwan’ Military Exercise in the Eastern Theater Command’s New Weapon
Will Deter ‘Taiwan Independence’”; “News of an Eastern TC Exercise Contains Three ‘Rares’”
[东部战区演训消息包含三个 “罕见”], Global Times [环球时报], August 13, 2020, available at
<https://news.sina.com.cn/c/2020-08-14/doc-iivhuipn8528837.shtml>.
34
See, for example, “A Certain Brigade of the Central TC Army and a Certain Base of the
Strategic Support Force Conduct Confrontation Exercises to Explore the Cross-Service Joint
Training Mechanism” [中部战区陆军某旅与战略支援部队某基地开展对抗演练探索跨军种
联合训练机制], Jiefangjun Bao [解放军报], October 14, 2018, 2; and “Treading the Waves and
Fortifying the Soldiers” [踏浪砺精兵大洋战歌飞], Jiefangjun Bao [解放军报], February 19, 2019,
9.
35
For background, see Statement of Kevin McCauley, Modernization of PLA Logistics:
Joint Logistic Support Force, Testimony Before the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review
Commission, February 15, 2018; LeighAnn Luce and Erin Richter, “Handling Logistics in a
Reformed PLA: The Long March Toward Joint Logistics,” in Saunders et al., Chairman Xi Remakes
the PLA, 257–292.
36
“Expert Explains the Relationship Between the CMC Logistic Support Department and
the CMC Joint Logistic Support Force” [专家详解军委联勤保障部队与军委后勤保障部是何种关
系], The Paper [澎湃], November 27, 2016, available at <https://www.thepaper.cn/newsDetail_
forward_1569162>.
37
“When ‘Old Joint Logistics’ Meets ‘New Joint Logistics’” [当 “老联勤” 遇到 “新联勤”],
Jiefangjun Bao [解放军报], April 18, 2017, 5; “Demystifying the Newly Established Central
Military Commission Joint Logistic Support Force” [揭秘新成立的中央军委联勤保障部队],
China Youth Daily [中国青年报], January 19, 2017, available at <http://military.people.com.cn/
n1/2017/0119/c1011-29035648.html>.
38
On the civil transport fleets, see Conor M. Kennedy, Civil Transport in PLA Power
Projection, China Maritime Report No. 4 (Newport, RI: U.S. Naval War College, 2019), 4–17.
39
See Joel Wuthnow, China’s Other Army: The People’s Armed Police in an Era of Reform,
China Strategic Perspectives No. 14 (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2019), 22.
40
Ibid., 9–16.
41
This is the second mobile contingent. The first is based in Shijiazhuang. See ibid., 13.
42
“The Eastern TC Commanded More than 10,000 PLA and PAP Troops Around Chaohu
Lake” [东部战区指挥万余名解放军, 武警部队官兵沿环巢湖大堤奋战排险], Anhui News
Network [安徽新闻网], July 31, 2020, available at <http://www.hf365.com/2020/0731/1305206.
shtml>.
43
“The PLA and PAP Scientifically Deploy Rescue Forces to Fight Floods and Conduct
Disaster Relief” [解放军和武警部队科学调配救援力量, 全力抗洪救灾], China National Radio
Military Channel [央广军事], July 23, 2020, available at <http://www.taihainet.com/news/
military/zgjq/2020-07-23/2408594.html>.
44
Strategic transport aircraft also remain under PLA Air Force headquarters. See
PLA Aerospace Power: A Primer on Trends in China’s Military Air, Space, and Missile Forces
(Washington, DC: China Aerospace Studies Institute, 2019), 11.
45
However, airborne troops were involved in a seminar on joint operations held in
Beijing. See Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2020
(Washington, DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2020), 53.
46
On transregional exercises, see Dennis J. Blasko, “The Biggest Loser in Chinese Military
Reforms: The PLA Army,” in Saunders et al., Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA, 366–370.
47
Zhang Peigao [张培高], Science of Joint Campaign Command [联合战役指挥学]
(Beijing: Military Science Press, 2009), 104. Zhang quotes nearly verbatim from the 2003 PLA
Political Work Regulations [中国人民解放军政治工作条例].
48
Xu Guxian [徐国咸] et al., Study of Joint Campaigns [联合战役研究] (Beijing: Yellow
River Press, 2004), 5.
49
Instead, a consistent theme has been strengthening Party-building in the PLA. For
instance, a Xuexi Shibao article describing new regulations on Party-building within the PLA
enjoined Party committees to “strengthen political leadership and effectively control the troops,
organize and command major tasks and operations, and hold onto major issues related to
combat readiness.” See Donghe Weidong [东何卫东] and He Ping [何平], “Scientific Guidelines
for Comprehensively Strengthening Party Building of the Army in the New Era” [全面加强新时
代军队党的建设的科学指引], Xuexi Shibao [学习时报], October 16, 2020, available at <http://
www.qstheory.cn/llwx/2020-10/16/c_1126618351.htm>.
50
The exact role of the political commissar is not clear, but Zhang writes that that officer
would be expected to conduct political work and “coordinate with the commander.” See Zhang,
Lessons on Joint Campaign Command, 39.
51
On the PLA Navy, see Jeff Benson and Zi Yang, Party on the Bridge: Political Commissars
in the Chinese Navy (Washington, DC: Center for Strategic and International Studies, 2020). The
authors report that on certain ships there is evidence of Party committees, rather than ship
captains, making tactical decisions.
52
It is worth noting that political commissars receive similar education in military arts as
commanders. For instance, both commanders and political officers attend the senior-level joint
operations course at the PLA National Defense University.
53
Zhang, Lectures on Joint Campaign Command, 2–3.
54
Phillip C. Saunders and Joel Wuthnow, “Large and In Charge: Civil-Military Relations
Under Xi Jinping,” in Saunders et al., Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA, 519–555.
55
Notably, the reforms appeared to promote a system in which commanders and political
commissars, both within the same level and up and down the chain of command, do not know
each other well, ostensibly to reduce the prevalence of patronage networks and corruption.
This system was achieved by rotating officers out of one of those positions, but not both. For a
discussion, see Saunders and Wuthnow, “Large and In Charge,” 536–537.
56
Statement of Dennis J. Blasko, PLA Weaknesses and Xi’s Concerns About PLA
Capabilities, Testimony Before the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission,
February 7, 2019, 9.
57
As John Costello and Joe McReynolds write in the context of the SSF, “This new
centralization of information power may be more a function of persistent paranoia and the need
for control than a desire to explore innovative means of warfighting.” See John Costello and Joe
McReynolds, China’s Strategic Support Force: A Force for a New Era, China Strategic Perspectives
No. 13 (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2018), 55.
58
Ibid. On chain reaction warfare, see Wuthnow, System Overload, 10–11; M. Taylor
Fravel, “Securing Borders: China’s Doctrine and Force Structure for Frontier Defense,” Journal of
Strategic Studies 30, no. 4–5 (2007), 716.
59
“Lieutenant General Wang Hongguang: After the Eastern TC Exercise, the Southern
TC Conducted a Big Maneuver!” [王洪光中将: 东部战区军演之后, 南部战区又一大动作!], Daily
Headline [今日头条], February 21, 2020.
60
PLA Aerospace Power, 11.
302 Wuthnow
61
In the context of expeditionary operations, see Cristina L. Garafola and Timothy R.
Heath, The Chinese Air Force’s First Steps Toward Becoming an Expeditionary Air Force (Santa
Monica, CA: RAND, 2017). On the broad range of missions for the PLA Air Force, see Michael
S. Chase and Cristina L. Garafola, “China’s Search for a ‘Strategic Air Force,’” Journal of Strategic
Studies 39, no. 1 (2016), 4–28.
62
See, for example, Kevin Pollpeter, “Towards an Integrative C4ISR System:
Informationization and Joint Operations in the People’s Liberation Army,” in The PLA at Home
and Abroad: Assessing the Operational Capabilities of China’s Military, ed. Roy Kamphausen,
David Lai, and Andrew Scobell (Carlisle, PA: Strategic Studies Institute, 2010), 212–220.
63
“CMC Training and Management Department Organizes Joint Theater Training and
Service and Branch Training Supervision” [军委训练管理部组织开展战区联合训练和军兵
种战役训练监察], Jiefangjun Bao [解放军报], November 16, 2017, available at <http://www.
xinhuanet.com/mil/2017-11/16/c_129742096.htm>.
64
“NDU’s ‘Elimination System’ Cultivates Military Joint Operations Staff Talents” [国防大
学全程 “淘汰制” 培养军队联合作战参谋人才], Xinhua, April 3, 2019, available at <http://www.
xinhuanet.com/2019-04/03/c_1124322788.htm>. For a discussion of joint education at the PLA
National Defense University and other military universities, see Joel Wuthnow and Phillip C.
Saunders, “A Modern Major General: Building Joint Commanders in the PLA,” in Saunders et al.,
Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA, 304–306.
65
“Reshaping the System, Forging a Winning Division” [体系重塑, 锻造胜战之师],
Jiefangjun Bao [解放军报], September 21, 2017.
66
For a broader discussion of PLA human capital problems, see Michael S. Chase et al.,
eds., China’s Incomplete Military Transformation (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015), 43–68.
67
Wuthnow and Saunders, “A Modern Major General,” 293–323.
68
Notably, the U.S. military itself continues to struggle with implementing decentralized
decisionmaking. See, for example, Andrew Hill and Heath Niemi, “The Trouble with Mission
Command: Flexive Command and the Future of Command and Control,” Joint Force Quarterly
86 (3rd Quarter 2017), 94–100.
69
The increase in Chinese provocations toward Taiwan in 2020 could reflect, among
other things, greater confidence in the PLA’s command and control system. For a description
of events, see Joel Wuthnow, Projecting Strength in a Time of Uncertainty: China’s Military in
2020, Testimony Before the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission, September
9, 2020.
70
Such themes are already present in a variety of recent U.S. doctrinal expositions. See,
for example, David G. Perkins, “Multi-Domain Battle: Joint Combined Arms Concept for the 21st
Century,” Association of the United States Army, November 14, 2016, available at <https://www.
ausa.org/articles/multi-domain-battle-joint-combined-arms>; Robert B. Brown, “The Indo-
Pacific and the Multi-Domain Battle Concept,” U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, March 21, 2017,
available at <https://www.pacom.mil/Media/News/News-Article-View/Article/1125682/the-
indo-asia-pacific-and-the-multi-domain-battle-concept/>; Terrence J. O’Shaugnessy, Matthew
D. Strohmeyer, and Christopher D. Forrest, “Strategic Shaping: Expanding the Competitive
Space,” Joint Force Quarterly 90 (3rd Quarter 2018), 10–15.
71
Thomas G. Mahnken et al., Tightening the Chain: Implementing a Strategy of Maritime
Pressure in the Western Pacific (Washington, DC: Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments,
2019).
72
Examples include the navy’s concept of distributed lethality, air force concepts
of distributed operations, army multidomain operations, and marine corps expeditionary
advanced base operations.
73
One sign that these approaches are gaining traction is comments from former Pacific
Air Forces Commander General Charles Q. Brown, Jr., who noted that deception is “something
we’ve done in the past. . . . What I really believe [is] it’s something we, as a department, probably
need to start paying more attention to.” See Marcus Weisgerber, “U.S. Military Should Deepen Its
Use of Deception, Pacific Air Forces General Says,” Defense One, December 18, 2019, available
at <https://www.defenseone.com/threats/2019/12/us-military-should-add-deception-its-
playbook-pacific-air-forces-general-says/161982/>. See also Kyle Rempfer, “SOCOM Needs
to Step Up Its Propaganda Game, Pentagon Deputy Says,” Military Times, February 6, 2019,
available at <https://www.militarytimes.com/news/your-military/2019/02/06/socom-needs-
to-step-up-its-propaganda-game-pentagon-deputy-says/>.
74
For a description, see Peter Wood, “Snapshot: China’s Eastern Theater Command,”
The Jamestown Foundation, March 14, 2017, available at <https://jamestown.org/program/
snapshot-chinas-eastern-theater-command/>.
75
China Military Power: Modernizing a Force to Fight and Win (Washington, DC: Defense
Intelligence Agency, 2019), 27.
76
For instance, former Department of Defense official Michèle Flournoy has argued that,
at least for deterrence purposes, the U.S. Navy should have the ability to sink all of China’s surface
combatants as a counter to PLA aggression toward Taiwan. See Joe Gould, “Congress Wrestles
with Deterring China—Beyond Nukes,” Defense News, January 16, 2020, available at <https://
www.defensenews.com/congress/2020/01/16/congress-wrestles-with-deterring-chinabeyond-
nukes/>.
77
See T.X. Hammes, Offshore Control: A Proposed Strategy for an Unlikely Conflict, INSS
Strategic Forum No. 278 (Washington, DC: NDU Press, June 2012); Gabriel Collins, “A Maritime
Oil Blockade Against China—Tactically Tempting but Strategically Flawed,” Naval War College
Review 71, no. 2 (2018), 1–30.
IV
Strengthening Taiwan’s Defenses
CHAPTER 11
A Net Assessment of Taiwan’s Overall

Defense Concept
Alexander Chieh-cheng Huang
P
eace has been generally maintained across the Taiwan Strait since the
Second Taiwan Strait Crisis in 1958. However, relative peace has be-
come more fragile than ever as the military balance between Taiwan
and the mainland has incrementally shifted in favor of the People’s Liberation
Army (PLA). This has resulted from China’s rapid economic development
and defense modernization over the past 40 years, including the ambitious
program of “deepening defense and military reform” introduced by General
Secretary Xi Jinping at the end of 2015.
To cope with the possibility that China may attempt to achieve unification
by force, Taiwan’s military has spent the past decade debating the tradeoffs
between retaining a conventional legacy force and building a more asymmet-
rical military capability. The combination of an expanded Chinese military
threat and Taiwan’s limited military and budgetary resources has contribut-
ed to the gradual realization that an effective and affordable defense should
prioritize balanced investments and force-building plans. In this context, the
Overall Defense Concept (ODC) [zhengti fangwei gouxiang, 整體防衛構想]
has emerged as the leading thought in developing Taiwan’s force-building
and operational guidelines.
307
308 Huang
This chapter examines the key contents, challenges, and future possibil-
ities of the ODC (which continues to be elaborated and enriched) through
an assessment of Taiwan’s national security environment, the timeline of a
possible armed conflict, available financial and human resources that may
be committed to implementing the concept, and, most important, the ODC’s
operational utility and implications. This chapter is divided into three parts:
the first section briefly reviews the evolution of Taiwan’s military strategy
since 1949. The second section discusses the ODC’s emergence as a new
concept in Taiwan defense policy and military strategy. The third section an-
alyzes challenges that could complicate the ODC’s implementation and pro-
vides suggestions for further developing the concept.
The Evolution of Taiwan’s Military Strategies

Securing Taiwan’s democratic institutions and way of life in the face of a
Chinese invasion threat has been a constant challenge since the Nationalist
government retreated to Taiwan after losing the Chinese Civil War in 1949.
Recognizing changes in the international power structure, military balance
across the Taiwan Strait, military technology, and operational concepts,
one should not write off the devotion, sacrifice, defense strategy, and ac-
quisitions policy of previous governments when discussing a new defense
strategy for Taiwan today.
Over the past 70 years, Taiwan’s defense has closely depended on the
United States for weapons systems procurement, doctrinal development,
training and exercises, and organizational innovation. More broadly, both
Taiwan’s defense policy and military strategy have generally adhered to larg-
er U.S. regional strategy and interests.1 At the outset, China’s intervention
in the Korean War in 1950 changed the seemingly neutral U.S. position on
the Chinese Civil War and led Washington to provide Taiwan with critically
needed military assistance. The U.S.–Republic of China (ROC) Mutual De-
fense Treaty, signed in 1954, frustrated President Chiang Kai-shek’s intention
of retaking the mainland by force and altered his “offensive” military strategy.
However, it also played a significant role in the relative success of Taiwan’s off-
shore islands operations, for example by enabling the successful withdrawal
of Taiwan’s forces from the Tachen archipelago off the Zhejiang coast in 1955
and by providing military support during the Jinmen campaign in 1958.
A Net Assessment of Taiwan’s Overall Defense Concept 309
The normalization of U.S.-China relations in 1971 and the switch of U.S.

diplomatic recognition from Taipei to Beijing in 1979 led Taiwan to gradually
abandon the offensive element of its military strategy. The termination of the
Mutual Defense Treaty and the U.S. Military Assistance and Advisory Group,
along with the subsequent withdrawal of U.S. military personnel from the is-
land, left Taiwan in a long period of self-reliant defense planning. After sever-
al years of study, Taiwan started the annual series of Han Kuang joint military
exercises in 1984, based initially on war scenarios that did not assume U.S.
intervention in a Taiwan contingency.
Another pivot in Taiwan’s military strategy occurred during and after the
1995–1996 Taiwan Strait Crisis. Between July 1995 and March 1996, China
lobbed missiles into the waters near Taiwan and conducted joint exercises
along the Fujian coast to protest Washington granting a visa to Taiwan Pres-
ident Lee Teng-hui and his high-profile visit to Cornell University, his alma
mater. The missile crisis sounded an alarm to both Taipei and Washington
that the defensive military strategy of an isolated Taiwan was inappropriate
and risked endangering the interests of both Taiwan and the United States.
The United States, acknowledging the lack of understanding of Taiwan’s de-
fense planning and capability and the commitment codified in the Taiwan
Relations Act, began a series of proactive efforts to promote closer military
ties and reengage Taipei with gradually increased exchanges and assistance
in defense reorganization and modernization. (Resolute defense and effective
deterrence were two key terms used for Taiwan’s military strategy to address a
possible armed conflict in the Taiwan Strait.)
A final shift has taken place over the past decade. When Xi assumed the
chairmanship of the Central Military Commission (CMC) in 2012, the PLA
had already undergone several military doctrinal changes, from fighting and
winning a “war under modern conditions” to “local wars under high-tech
conditions” and “informatized conditions.” Xi further transformed China’s
military strategy to a new doctrine of “winning informatized local wars.”2 In
association with his articulation of the “great rejuvenation of the Chinese na-
tion” by 2049, Xi initiated an ambitious military reform plan at the end of 2015
that included reforming the CMC, reorganizing seven military regions into
five theater commands emphasizing integrated joint operations, and mod-
ernizing key naval and air systems with greatly improved force projection
310 Huang
capability.3 Since then, the PLA has conducted more provocative military
activities beyond China’s coastline (for a discussion of Chinese coercive ac-
tivities across the Taiwan Strait, see the chapter by Mathieu Duchâtel in this
volume). As the military balance has tilted decisively in China’s favor, many
hawkish elements on the mainland, from retired military officers to netizens,
have in recent years advocated “unification by force.”
In response to growing and urgent military pressure and intimidations,
Taiwan has again modified its military strategy to focus on resolute defense
and multidomain deterrence. The shift is a tacit recognition that Taiwan can
no longer compete against the PLA and effectively defend Taiwan based on
the previous symmetrical approach of force-building and operational plan-
ning. Defense planners, including those on the joint staff, finally must look
seriously into asymmetric operational concepts that have been proposed
and debated for years.
Development of Asymmetrical Concepts for Taiwan’s Defense

The ODC is a campaign- and theater-level operational concept based on input
from defense professionals in Taiwan’s Ministry of National Defense (MND)
and the Pentagon over the past decade. Even before the Xi era, the concept of
a more asymmetrical defense approach was mentioned by then–Assistant Sec-
retary of Defense for Asia-Pacific Affairs Wallace Gregson in a keynote speech
delivered in October 2009 at the U.S.-Taiwan Defense Industry Conference in
Charlottesville, Virginia:
As a result of the PRC [People’s Republic of China]’s rapid economic growth
and military modernization, Taiwan will never again have the luxury of
relying on quantitative advantages over the PRC. Instead Taiwan must look
to its qualitative advantages through focusing on innovation and asymme-
try. I realize that words like “innovation” and “asymmetry” are often thrown
around, but these concepts are much more than just popular military buzz
words. They are essential components of a modern security strategy.4
The words innovation and asymmetry were then adopted widely and appeared
in the MND’s public statements, strategic documents, and white papers, but
without clearly defined conceptualization and authoritative consensus by Tai-
wan’s senior political and military leaders.5 Between 2010 and 2012, the MND
set up an ad hoc task force to study and flesh out the two concepts; however,
no information about these efforts was made available to the public.
Cross-strait relations took a sharp downturn after the pro-indepen-
dence Democratic Progressive Party regained power in May 2016. As the
threat of the Chinese military taking Taiwan by force becomes more likely,
the asymmetric and innovative approaches to Taiwan’s defense modern-
ization and operational plans proposed by the U.S. Department of Defense
have emerged as Taiwan’s official operational concept, as detailed in the
2019 ROC National Defense Report:
In accordance with the military strategy of “resolute defense and multi-
domain deterrence,” the MND has developed an ODC of “force protection,
decisive battle in the littoral zone, and destruction of enemy at the landing
beach” to make use of natural trenches and geographic advantages, apply
“innovative/asymmetric” operational thinking, integrate capabilities of
the three services, take battlefield initiatives, deal a deadly blow to the
enemies, and ultimately “frustrate enemies’ invasion mission.” 6
In an interview with United Daily News on November 15, 2020, Taiwan’s
former Chief of the General Staff Lee Hsi-ming stated that the ODC is a “joint
operations outline” [lianhe zuozhan gangyao, 聯合作戰綱要] developed
through numerous meetings with the joint staff in the MND.7 This statement
demonstrates that the ODC resulted from nearly a decade-long exploration
of asymmetrical and innovative operational concepts based on collaborative
work by stakeholders in both Taiwan and the United States.
For Taiwan’s defense leaders, the ODC is an operational concept that sup-
ports the military strategy of resolute defense and multidomain deterrence. Like
the U.S. military’s joint doctrine, the ODC promotes asymmetrical principles that
guide the employment of Taiwan’s armed forces in integrated actions against an
invasion. It also provides a common perspective from which the MND can plan,
train for, and conduct joint operations. The operational concept is not designed
to cover full-spectrum military scenarios. Its original concept, as illustrated in
the 2019 ROC National Defense Report, does not deal with such areas as military
responsibilities and requirements before or after an all-out invasion.
According to the 2019 ROC National Defense Report, the ODC centers on
three major elements: force protection, decisive battle in the littoral zone, and
312 Huang
destruction of the enemy on the landing beaches. It is primarily designed for

active-duty fighting forces to counter an all-out Chinese invasion through the
application of asymmetric operational concepts. Key principles informing
the concept include mobility [jidong, 機動], camouflage [weizhuang, 偽裝],
concealment [yinbi, 隱蔽], deception [qidi, 欺敵], lethality [zhiming, 致命],
precision [jingzhun, 精準], inexpensive systems [pianyi, 便宜], operational
redundancy [daliang, 大量], and dispersion [fensan, 分散].8 These principles
will help ensure that Taiwan’s armed forces are not severely damaged in the
initial stages of a war, thus preserving their strength and maintaining the flex-
ibility required to conduct a counterattack against the invading enemy.
Strengthening the ODC

In examining the functions and utilities of the new asymmetric-minded
ODC, several key problems must be identified and incorporated into the
future development of the concept. These include estimating the Chinese
Communist Party (CCP)’s timeline for unification, addressing the problem
of a Taiwanese public perhaps not ready for war, clarifying the deterrent and
other peacetime roles the ODC can play, supporting capability development
through budgetary increases, and strengthening U.S.-Taiwan defense coop-
eration to avoid the prospect of an isolated Taiwan. Fortunately, the ODC is
framed as an “overall” concept, especially when articulated in the original
Chinese connotation—zheng ti [整體]—that gives it the flexibility and poten-
tial for enrichment. This section analyzes both the problems inherent in the
ODC and potential ways to mitigate those concerns.
Estimating China’s Timeline

In a meeting with President Bill Clinton in Beijing in late 1998, after the 1995–
1996 Taiwan Strait Crisis and the resumption of cross-strait dialogue in 1998,
Chinese leader Jiang Zemin stated that “the cross-strait problem should not
be postponed indefinitely and there is a need of a timetable.”9 Jiang’s remarks
generated anxiety and wide discussion in Taiwan, but his successors have nev-
er repeated such calls for a formal timeline. However, when Xi suggested that
“national unification is an integral part of achieving the great rejuvenation of
the Chinese nation,” observers naturally pointed to the timetable he set for the
fulfillment of the Chinese dream: to achieve “basic prosperity in all sectors”
in 2020; to realize “a modernized socialist country” in 2035; and to reach the

status of a “prosperous, powerful, democratic, harmonious, and beautiful so-
cialist modern country” by 2049.10 This proposal implied that Xi intended for
unification to be completed, by force if necessary, by midcentury.
More alarmingly, in his address to the fifth plenary session of the 19th
Party Congress in October 2020, Xi set a new goal for the centennial of
the PLA in 2027, albeit without further elaboration.11 The year 2027 is also
when Xi is expected to complete his third term as general secretary of the
CCP and chairman of the CMC. Because the ODC emerged as an official
joint operations outline only in 2019, it is crucial to assess whether there
is a CCP timetable for national unification. The answer has important im-
plications for how much time Taiwan has for the ODC’s implementation of
changes in force planning and buildup, doctrinal formulation, and valida-
tion through joint military exercises.
Enhancing Social Endurance

Taiwan has not needed to mobilize for war since the 1958 Jinmen campaign.
Expert views on growing Chinese military threats are not widely shared by the
public. The MND’s public relations efforts, such as the opening of army bar-
racks, naval stations, and air bases, while extremely popular, did not translate
into a strong recruitment record for volunteer military service. Civil and air
defense drills have been too short and small in scale to raise awareness of
tensions across the Taiwan Strait.
Increased PLA air and naval intimidation around Taiwan’s Air Defense
Identification Zone and waters, and the occasional incursion of PLA fighter
jets past the median line of the Taiwan Strait, have prompted hatred toward
the Chinese Communist regime but have rarely created real anxiety among
Taiwan’s civilian population. War scenarios in general fall outside the bounds
of citizens’ daily lives. The possible disruption of electricity, water, gas, food,
health care, Internet, and other daily public services during wartime is gen-
erally dismissed by politicians and the public, and the definite impact on
military maneuvering and the psychological effect on fighting forces on the
frontlines are largely ignored.
Under the assumption of failure in both littoral and beachhead battles, in
an article coauthored with Democratic Progressive Party think tank executive
314 Huang
Enoch Wu, Admiral Lee advocated the establishment of a “territorial defense

force” through the mobilization and reorganization of the existing reserve
force.12 The idea is to “capitalize on all available military and civilian assets to
muster a whole-of-society effort” to conduct guerrilla-type urban warfare.13
In other words, initial discussions have already been held in Taiwan about
expanding the ODC, both outward and inward, in a way that is much larger
than the original operational concept and that extends beyond the responsi-
bility of the active-duty fighting force.
Expanding the Aims Supported by the ODC

Maintaining peace and stability in the Taiwan Strait is the objective of Tai-
wan’s defense. To meet this goal, the defense policy is to build military ca-
pability and capacity to prevent war and deter Chinese aggression. Should
deterrence fail, the Taiwan military will aim to fight and win at the operation-
al level and achieve a lasting peace. In this prevent-deter-fight-win equation,
the ODC, as a joint operations outline, is designed to address the “warfight-
ing” stage. However, in building a Taiwan military with asymmetric capabili-
ties and capacity for sustainment, a successful force buildup adhering to the
ODC can also help complicate Chinese invasion plans and lower the proba-
bility of a Beijing decision to wage a war. For instance, the ODC’s deterrence
function could be presented in Taiwan’s investment priorities on improved
command, control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance,
and reconnaissance capabilities; better protection of critical infrastructure;
and highly mobile and long-range strike systems. The extended functions of
the ODC in deterrence and prevention should be elaborated and supported
within the military ranks and by the people.
The ODC also needs to clarify the role of Taiwan’s armed forces be-
yond wartime missions. While building the capability and capacity to
fight against a Chinese invasion is the main mission of Taiwan’s military,
peacetime responsibilities and responding to “gray zone” coercion have
also been frequent and costly military missions. Indeed, these activities
help maintain peace and stability in the Taiwan Strait. For example, regular
Taiwan naval and air force patrols have made significant contributions to
the freedom and safety of navigation in the Taiwan Strait and between the
Miyako Strait and Bashi Channel.
Asymmetric operational concepts and related investment requirements

have little connection to these peacetime responsibilities. Responding to
scenarios such as China’s encirclement of offshore islands without attacks,
intimidation against the Taiwan-held Dongsha Island (Pratas) and Taiping
Island (Itu Aba) in the South China Sea, interdiction or quarantine of mari-
time shipping en route to Taiwan, announcement of a partial naval blockade,
notification to foreigners living in Taiwan to leave or recommendation of a
noncombatant evacuation operation, and many other gray zone tactics are
all beyond the ODC’s original emphasis on force protection, decisive battle in
the littoral zone, and destruction of the enemy on the landing beaches.
In an article published in The Diplomat, Admiral Lee Hsi-ming writes,
“The ODC’s three tenets for force buildup are force preservation, conven-
tional capabilities, and asymmetric capabilities.”14 The conceptualization
and interpretation of the ODC have already begun to expand to address mil-
itary responsibilities and scenarios short of all-out invasion, as evidenced by
sources ranging from the 2019 ROC National Defense Report, which explained
that the ODC focuses on operations in the littoral area and beachhead, to Ad-
miral Lee’s 2020 article that addresses additional requirements for gray zone
and peacetime missions.
Resourcing the ODC

The search for innovative ways of dealing with China’s looming military
threat is necessary due to the PLA’s rapid modernization and the changing
cross-strait military balance. Taiwan’s limited financial resources cannot cov-
er all requirements in building both conventional and asymmetric capabili-
ties. The ODC faces the same dilemma, which is why a rebalance of defense
investments, involving fewer high-end conventional legacy weapons systems
and more asymmetric capabilities, is required.
However, given the scheduled payments for committed arms procure-
ment items from the United States and the estimated cost of developing in-
digenous systems such as submarines, it is extremely difficult to locate new
funding to procure asymmetric systems. One should also keep in mind that
smaller, survivable, mobile systems have command, control, communica-
tions, and logistics requirements that also cost a great amount. Therefore,
continued and reasonable defense budget increases will be essential to the
316 Huang
success of the ODC. Since Tsai Ing-wen assumed the presidency in 2016,
Taiwan has averaged a 2 percent annual defense budget increase, with ex-
penditures rising to USD $15 billion in fiscal year 2021, partly to meet the
requirement for increased U.S. arms sales to Taiwan in the latter half of the
Donald Trump administration. Among the arms sales items, a few are already
in line with asymmetrical operational concepts (for details, see the chapter
by Drew Thompson in this volume).
Even a limited budget increase, however, cannot solve the problem of
funding requirements to fully implement the ODC. Possible solutions in-
clude exploiting operational concepts that enable asymmetrical applications
of traditional weapons and equipment and focusing future defense acquisi-
tion on weapons systems that could better execute the ODC.
Strengthening U.S.-Taiwan Defense Cooperation

In the 20th century, the offshore islands of Jinmen and Matzu served as the
frontline for Taiwan’s defense. However, these islands were too close to the
Chinese coast and thus had an extremely low probability for resupply, rein-
forcement, or maritime and air cover from the main island of Taiwan during
wartime. Therefore, the guidance for offshore islands defense operations was
always “independent resolute defense” [duli gushou, 獨立固守], meaning that
Taiwan forces on these outposts would fight as an isolated fortress with no ex-
ternal support. It was expected that those forces could deplete the enemy and
delay its actions, possibly altering their operational tempo to protect Taiwan.
Similarly, from a U.S. perspective, Taiwan itself could be viewed as an
isolated offshore island too close to the Chinese mainland that needs to be
built as a hardened fortress and that must conduct military operations in-
dependently without the expectation of immediate external reinforcement.
Taiwan is surrounded by water and heavily depends on open sea lines of
communication for critical energy and food supply. The ODC is an ideal and
necessary operational concept to defend against a PLA invasion, but a for-
tress can hardly be sustained if its external logistics support is cut off.
To mitigate the probability of Taiwan becoming an isolated fortress be-
cause of a Chinese air and naval blockade, U.S. forces must play a proactive
role in preventing China from disrupting Taiwan’s shipping lanes and provid-
ing maritime escort beyond Taiwan’s territorial sea and contiguous zones or
areas of operation. The asymmetric capability built on the basis of the ODC
could be better employed with advanced situational awareness derived not
only from Taiwan military units but also from data shared through the U.S. in-
telligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance network in the U.S. Indo-Pacific
Command area of responsibility.
More broadly, support from the United States will be crucial in further
developing the ODC. As one potential step, Admiral Lee suggests that Wash-
ington and Taipei establish a joint working group to augment the existing
bilateral security dialogues and promote better understanding, implemen-
tation, and institution of the ODC.15 In my keynote speech delivered at the
2018 U.S.-Taiwan Defense Industry Conference, I also suggested the idea of
extending the ODC into a “unified defense concept” shared by both militar-
ies at the theater level—creating better synchronized communication and
courses of action.16 The shared interests of Taiwan and the United States are
peace and stability in the Taiwan Strait. With limited national power, Taiwan
cannot “shape” an environment conducive to peace in the region without ex-
ternal assistance, especially from Washington.
Conclusion
Although most senior military officers recognize that joint operations in-
volving asymmetric capabilities are key to Taiwan’s defense, the term ODC
disappeared in the 2021 Quadrennial Defense Review. This reflects an inher-
ited Chinese bureaucratic culture in Taiwan that discourages leaders from
adopting the signature policies of their predecessors but does not symbolize
a drop in support for the principles embraced by the ODC. It is my view that
we should not be too cynical about the future development of the ODC, nor
should we associate the concept with specific individuals.
The ODC meets the two most important components of the defense of
Taiwan: prevention and sustainability. Its focus on asymmetric systems and
capabilities, and innovative concepts of force buildup and force employment,
could complicate China’s calculations and operational plans, preventing and
detering a war in the Taiwan Strait. An expanded ODC could also address the
requirements of peacetime missions and the challenges of dealing with gray
zone threats prior to a possible PLA invasion. Additionally, it could guide joint
civil-military territorial defense should the war not be won in the littoral and
318 Huang
beach areas. Over the course of 10 years of debate and deliberation, with the
gradual evolution of asymmetrical operational concepts, the ODC was officially
presented to the public in the 2019 ROC National Defense Report. As this chapter
discusses, the ODC is like a joint venture between the United States and Taiwan
in the creation of an innovative theater-level operational concept for the island’s
defense along with the potential to advance bilateral military cooperation.
Even with the welcome support of interlocutors in the Pentagon and
the broader U.S. defense community, the ODC must expand the numbers of
domestic stakeholders who have the resolve and mindset to embrace new
thinking about Taiwan’s defense policy, military strategy, and operational
concepts. Taiwan’s leaders’ ability to communicate and persuade audienc-
es about the ODC’s necessity will be critical for public support. After all, the
ODC is a product with many stakeholders within Taiwan’s joint staff and
among defense policymakers who contributed to its formulation.
The form and characteristics of the ODC will continue to be shaped by an
evolving security threat; the state of the relationships among the United States,
China, and Taiwan; the legacy of traditional force structure; the availability of fi-
nancial resources; the acquisition of desired weapons systems; successive gov-
ernments; and the ever-shifting makeup of Taiwan’s defense leadership in the
coming years. Ultimately, the ODC is not a total or permanent solution for Tai-
wan’s defense and security, but it is a useful operational concept or joint doc-
trine that can help guide, build, and employ asymmetrical capabilities more
effectively to deter, defend against, and defeat a Chinese invasion. Given the
ODC’s utility and flexibility, defense leaders should continue to enrich and re-
fine its elements without falling into the trap of making changes in name only.
Notes
1
Another timeline categorization of the evolution can be seen in Alexander Chieh-cheng
Huang, “Homeland Defense with Taiwanese Characteristics: President Chen Shui-bian’s New
Defense Concept,” in The Costs of Conflict: The Impact on China of a Future War, ed. Andrew
Scobell (Carlisle, PA: Strategic Studies Institute, 2001), 129–161.
2
Sergio Miracola, “The Evolution of China’s Army and Military Strategy,” Italian Institute
for International Political Studies, September 27, 2019, available at <https://www.ispionline.it/
en/pubblicazione/evolution-chinas-army-and-military-strategy-24040>.
3
For an overview, see Phillip C. Saunders et al., eds., Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA:
Assessing Chinese Military Reforms (Washington, DC: NDU Press, 2019).
4
Wallace C. Gregson, “Remarks to the U.S.-Taiwan Business Council Defense Industry
Conference,” U.S.-Taiwan Business Council, September 28, 2009.
5
Ministry of National Defense, National Defense Report Compilation Committee [國防
部 “國防報告書” 編纂委員會], 2011 ROC National Defense Report [中華民國壹百年國防報告書]
(Taipei: Northern Print Shop, Armaments Bureau, Ministry of National Defense, 2011), 71.
6
2019 National Defense Report Compilation Committee [中華民國108年國防報告書編
纂委員會], 2019 ROC National Defense Report [中華民國108年國防報告書] (Taipei: Northern
Print Shop, Armaments Bureau, Ministry of National Defense, 2019), 58.
7
Cheng Chia-wen, “Former Chief of Staff Li Hsi-ming Pushed for the ‘Overall Defense
Concept,’” United Daily News, November 15, 2020, available at <https://vip.udn.com/vip/
story/121160/5016849>.
8
Lee Hsi-ming, “Exclusive: First Interview with Former Chief of Staff Lee Hsi-ming,”
Formosa TV, video, 53:13, November 1, 2020, available at <https://www.youtube.com/
watch?v=9xOBVpCbT6w&ab_channel=民視讚夯FormosaTVThumbsUp>.
9
Jiang Zemin [江泽民], Volume II Selected Works of Jiang Zemin [江泽民文选第二卷]
(Beijing: People’s Press, 2006), 152.
10
State Council of the People’s Republic of China, “CPC Central Committee’s Proposals
for China’s 14th Five-Year Plan for National Economic and Social Development and the Long-Term
Goals Through 2035” [中共中央关于制定国民经济和社会发展第十四个五年规划和二〇三五年
远景目标的建议], November 3, 2020, available at <http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2020-11/03/
content_5556991.htm>.
11
Ibid.
12
Lee Hsi-ming [李喜明] and Enoch Y. Wu [吳怡農], “The Transformation of Backup:
Establishment of the Territorial Defense Force” [後備的轉型：建立國土防衛部隊], Apple
Daily [蘋果日報], October 8, 2020, available at <https://tw.appledaily.com/forum/20201008/
COZCM6LDPJF3DGPN2W3JDHGEQE/>.
13
Lee Hsi-ming and Eric Lee, “Taiwan’s Overall Defense Concept, Explained,” The
Diplomat, November 3, 2020, available at <https://thediplomat.com/2020/11/taiwans-overall-
defense-concept-explained/>.
14
Ibid.
15
Ibid.
16
U.S.-Taiwan Business Council Defense Industry Conference archive.
CHAPTER 12
Winning the Fight Taiwan Cannot

Afford to Lose
Drew Thompson
T
aiwan’s defense approach has long relied on purchases of U.S.
equipment and attempts to emulate U.S. doctrine. The U.S. mili-
tary, however, has focused on projecting power to fight smaller ad-
versaries around the world, while Taiwan faces the prospect of defending
its homeland from China’s increasingly capable People’s Liberation Army
(PLA). The United States is deeply committed to defending Taiwan, partic-
ularly as it becomes increasingly clear that Taiwan’s military needs to adapt
to the rising threat posed by the PLA and the risk that Xi Jinping might
seek to use force to compel unification. China has long had the ability to
blockade or to launch missiles or air strikes against Taiwan, but a defiant
Taipei could resist such coercion and refuse to surrender. Beijing can only
be certain that it can compel unification if it can mount an invasion. De-
terring invasion is, therefore, the ultimate objective for the United States
and Taiwan. Maintaining cross-strait stability in the face of an increasingly
well-resourced and modernizing PLA requires continual innovation and
adaptation, including the updating of defense concepts.
While casual observers of the U.S.-Taiwan defense relationship focus
on highly visible arms sales announcements, the extent of deep, substantive
321
322 Thompson
engagement between the two militaries is arguably even more valuable to en-
suring cross-strait deterrence. Military-to-military exchanges take place from
the highest political-security levels to operational exchanges, to the level of
units and individual soldiers, and all the way down to the midshipmen and
cadets from Taiwan studying at each of the U.S. Service academies. In each of
these engagements, ideas are exchanged, trust is developed, and friendships
are forged by the common bond of two democracies seeking to deter aggres-
sion and preserve peace and stability in the Western Pacific.
Beginning in 2007, U.S. experts from the Department of Defense began
collaborating with senior Taiwan military officials to jointly analyze the prog-
ress and implications of Chinese military modernization. Senior and mid-lev-
el civilian officials and military officers, experienced veterans, and defense
planners all worked together to assess how Taiwan could transform its mili-
tary to adapt to growing PLA power-projection capabilities.1 A generation of
Taiwan defense policymakers and planners spent years, both independently
and collaboratively with U.S. colleagues, studying cases, challenging assump-
tions, and developing, simulating, modeling, and testing concepts. Everyone
involved recognized the significance of this intellectual endeavor in deterring
Beijing from using force to unify Taiwan and, if that failed, preventing a PLA
invasion from succeeding. They called a PLA invasion “the fight Taiwan can-
not afford to lose.” Failure to deter China or stop an invasion would imperil
Taiwan’s survival and raise the specter of nuclear war between the U.S. and
China. Taiwan’s defense planners ultimately determined that avoiding this
outcome depended on Taiwan transforming its military to address the grow-
ing PLA threat by adopting an asymmetric strategy.
Origins of the Overall Defense Concept

In 2017, Taiwan’s then Chief of the General Staff, Admiral Lee Hsi-ming, qui-
etly proposed a revolutionary new approach to Taiwan’s defense called the
Overall Defense Concept (ODC).2 The ODC is at its core an asymmetric strat-
egy that, if effectively implemented, could increase the chance of preventing
China from being able to take Taiwan by force.
Mainland China considers Taiwan a rogue province—an unresolved
remnant of the Chinese Civil War that otherwise ended in 1949 when Chiang
Kai-shek’s defeated forces retreated to Taiwan under the protection of the U.S.
Winning the Fight Taiwan Cannot Afford to Lose 323
Navy. Afterward, the U.S. military maintained a presence in Taiwan until the
normalization of U.S. diplomatic relations with China in 1979. China has stated
its intent to reunify Taiwan by force, if necessary, with Xi Jinping threatening in
2013 that the Taiwan issue “should not be passed down generation after gener-
ation.”3 To that end, China has built its military to be able to invade Taiwan and
prevent the U.S. military from coming to the island’s defense in time, a strategy
the U.S. Defense Department labeled antiaccess/area denial (A2/AD).
Taiwan has historically depended on the United States to help deter Chi-
na through both the threat of U.S. intervention and the provision of arms. The
Taiwan Relations Act requires the United States to maintain the ability to de-
fend Taiwan and to provide it with “arms of a defensive character.”4 Taiwan’s
military has closely mirrored its U.S. counterpart in miniature for years, send-
ing its officers to U.S. military schools, training together, acquiring new and
used military platforms sold by the U.S. Government, and basing Taiwan’s
own doctrine on concepts that originated in the United States. Taiwan’s mili-
tary capabilities are a hodgepodge of U.S. and indigenously built systems. Its
U.S.-sourced systems range from antique to cutting edge. Taiwan’s arsenal in-
cludes Vietnam-era U.S. systems, such as M-60 tanks, Knox-class frigates, and
F-5 fighters, though many are slated for replacement under a much-needed
recapitalization program. At the higher end, Taiwan’s AH-64E Apache attack
helicopter is newer than the model fielded by the U.S. Army in the U.S. In-
do-Pacific Command’s area of responsibility. Taiwan’s F-16s are being retro-
fitted to include new capabilities that make U.S. Air Force pilots jealous.
The problem with copying the American approach to warfare is that the
U.S. military’s doctrine is to project power over great distances and to maxi-
mize mobility and networks to take the fight to the enemy with overwhelm-
ing superiority. Taiwan, on the other hand, needs the opposite: short-range
and defensive systems that can survive an initial bombardment from a larger
adversary and that are suitable for deployment close to home in defense of
the island should it come under blockade or attack. Despite emulating the
U.S. military in its doctrine, training, and capabilities for decades, Taiwan has
begun to chart its own course.
Taiwan’s defense planners have long expressed a willingness to employ
innovative and asymmetric strategies, but implementation has been slow and
challenging. Taiwan’s Quadrennial Defense Reviews, published in 2009, 2013,
324 Thompson
2017, and 2021, endorsed the concept of asymmetric and innovative methods.
The 2017 review, for example, reiterated Taiwan’s intent to adopt asymmetric
and innovative approaches “to present multiple dilemmas to the enemy and
deter aggression” before describing its strategy of a war of attrition, where Tai-
wan would “resist the enemy on the other shore, attack the enemy on the sea,
destroy the enemy in the littoral area, and annihilate the enemy on the beach-
head.”5 While the rhetoric used by Taiwan’s defense planners supported a new
approach to defense, Taiwan’s services and some politicians continued to fa-
vor the acquisition of large, expensive, conventional systems from the United
States, along with U.S. doctrine and training to support Taiwan’s long-estab-
lished “defense-in-depth” strategy by fighting the PLA from the mainland,
across the Taiwan Strait, to the beaches of Taiwan itself.
Contours of a New Defense Approach

The ODC describes an asymmetric defense approach where Taiwan maximiz-
es its defense advantages and targets an invading force when it is at its weak-
est: in Taiwan’s littoral. While Taiwan’s previous strategy focused on fighting
across the entire Taiwan Strait and defeating the enemy through attrition, the
new concept divides Taiwan’s defense operations into three phases: force
preservation, decisive battle in the littoral zone, and destruction of the enemy
at the landing beach. Each phase takes place closer to Taiwan’s shores where
the lines of communication are short and Taiwan’s forces can benefit from
land-based air denial and more effective surveillance and reconnaissance. As
Admiral Lee explains, “The ODC redefines winning the war as foiling the PLA’s
mission of successfully invading and exerting political control over Taiwan.
Taiwan must abandon notions of a traditional war of attrition with the PLA.”6
The following sections describe each of the ODC’s phases and then highlight
the specific role played by sea mines and antiship missiles.
Force Preservation. Force preservation is the first phase of the ODC.
Defense planners presume that a PLA campaign would begin with a block-
ade, followed by missile strikes intended to destroy Taiwan’s military and
demoralize its public. The ODC calls for large numbers of affordable, small,
mobile systems that can sortie out from bases; employ deception, camou-
flage, and decoys to make targeting difficult; and ensure that sufficient ca-
pabilities survive initial strikes. The survival and continued effectiveness of
Taiwan’s military following initial PLA strikes has taken on greater urgency
considering China’s larger and more accurate ballistic and cruise missile
forces, while PLA A2/AD capabilities are anticipated to slow a U.S. military
response. Taiwan is already experienced in hardening its military infrastruc-
ture to withstand attacks, but the ODC calls for additional investments in key
capabilities, including mobility, deception, camouflage, concealment, jam-
ming, redundancy, rapid repair, and reconstitution. While these attributes
are often neglected by militaries because they are not visible or prestigious,
the new defense concept recognizes that they are critical to Taiwan’s credible
deterrence and prioritizes them in the competition for scarce defense dollars.
Decisive Battle in the Littoral. The second phase is the decisive battle
in the littoral, which extends up to 100 kilometers from the island. Key capa-
bilities at this phase include sea mines and large surface vessels equipped
with Taiwan’s capable, domestically manufactured antiship cruise missiles,
the Hsiung Feng 2 and 3. Taiwan’s surface fleet includes larger vessels from
the legacy force, such as French-built Lafayette-class frigates, Kidd-class de-
stroyers, and U.S.-designed Perry-class frigates armed with both Hsiung Feng
and Harpoon missiles, and a new class of domestically built, fast attack Tuoji-
ang-class catamarans that carry 16 Hsiung Feng missiles. These large surface
combatants and the aluminum-hulled Tuojiang catamarans will likely suffer
severe losses in the opening phases of a cross-strait conflict as they seek to
counter Chinese surface vessels in a symmetrical contest that favors the PLA
Navy (PLAN)’s larger number of ships armed with longer range antiship mis-
siles, which can also be launched by the PLA’s land-based fighters.
The heart of Taiwan’s asymmetric strategy is the use of mobility, low ob-
servability, camouflage, swarm tactics, and innovative approaches to com-
plicate the PLA’s ability to find and destroy Taiwan’s platforms, particularly in
the opening phases of a conflict. Taiwan currently fields truck-mounted Hsi-
ung Feng antiship missiles, which can disperse to survive initial strikes, then
set up later when PLAN ships, particularly the high-value amphibious vessels
carrying an invasion force, are crossing the strait. These land-based mobile
antiship systems are expected to survive after Taiwan’s capital ships have
been destroyed and may be able to further extend their survivability by mov-
ing after firing to avoid counter-fire strikes. On October 26, 2020, the U.S. Gov-
ernment notified Congress of its intent to sell Taiwan 100 Harpoon Coastal
326 Thompson
Defense Systems and 400 RGM-84L-4 Harpoon Block II Surface Launched

Missiles in a deal valued at $2.37 billion, giving Taiwan greater depth and ca-
pacity to hold a Chinese invasion fleet at risk from the sanctuary of Taiwan’s
urban and mountainous terrain.7 Most recently, in August 2021, the Joseph R.
Biden administration notified Congress of its intent to sell Taiwan $750 mil-
lion worth of new and upgraded M109A6 Paladin self-propelled howitzers,
giving the Taiwan army the improved capability to attack enemy forces in the
littoral and on the beach.8 This capability to survive an initial bombardment,
then “shoot-and-scoot” from concealment, is the hallmark of an asymmetric
strategy and a key component of the ODC.
Destruction of the Enemy at the Landing Beach. The third phase of the
ODC seeks to annihilate the enemy at the “beach area,” which extends approx-
imately 40 kilometers out from the anticipated invasion beaches.9 This phase
calls for Taiwan’s navy to lay mines in both the deep and shallow waters off
suspected landing beaches. A new fleet of automated, fast minelaying ships
are being built for that mission, with the first vessel of the class launched in
August 2020.10 Mine-launching rails can be installed on several classes of sur-
face vessels and will be incorporated into the design of future corvettes. While
invading ships are slowed by mine fields, swarms of small fast attack boats and
truck-launched antiship cruise missiles will target key PLA ships, particularly
amphibious landing ships carrying the initial assault wave and roll-on/roll-off
vessels carrying follow-on vehicles and armor.11
The Taiwan army comes into play during this phase, laying beach mines
and targeting PLAN ships, including minesweepers, with precision fires. Joint
precision fires artillery will target any vessels and troops reaching shore, using
area-effects weapons that have large blast and fragmentation radii to destroy
all personnel and lightly armored vehicles or vessels in a target zone. Exam-
ples of area-effects weapons include indigenously built multiple launch rock-
et systems with cluster munitions and the U.S.-built High Mobility Artillery
Rocket System (HIMARS), the sale of which was also notified to Congress in
October 2020.12 Attack helicopters, including AH-1W Super Cobras and AH-6E
Apaches, are also key army systems that may be used during these operations.
According to the ODC, the Taiwan air force will seek to deny Chinese
fighters, bombers, and drones the ability to operate effectively within Tai-
wan’s battlespace by deploying integrated air defenses, including Patriot
PAC-3 batteries and domestically manufactured Tian Kung-2 surface-to-air

missiles designed to defend air bases and critical infrastructure. Smaller mo-
bile air defense systems operated by the army and navy, such as U.S.-pro-
vided Stinger man-portable air defense systems (MANPADS) and Avenger
systems, aim to prevent the PLA Air Force from providing close-in air support
to their invading forces.
Mines and Missiles. Sea mines and antiship cruise missiles are critical
capabilities at the heart of the ODC and thus warrant a more detailed dis-
cussion. Because the ODC prioritizes countering an amphibious invasion
force in Taiwan’s littoral and beach zones, these two inherently asymmetric
systems favor the smaller defender against the larger aggressor, taking advan-
tage of short lines of communication and Taiwan’s complex terrain.
Coastal defense mines are a key component of Taiwan’s defense strategy
and a bellwether of institutional support for the ODC. Historically, sea mines
have proved difficult to counter by an invasion force. In the Korean War, for
instance, the U.S. invasion force at Incheon landed before North Koreans
could deploy sea mines. U.S. forces landed quickly, met heavy resistance
ashore, and found warehouses full of mines after they cleared the beach. At
the attack on Wonson a month later, sea mines were deployed offshore before
the planned invasion. Two minesweepers were destroyed by mines while un-
der fire from shore-based artillery and clearing operations took two weeks.
U.S. Marine and Army units embarked on transports had to wait offshore for
5 days for lanes to be cleared, which only happened after North Korean forces
abandoned their positions.13
Taiwan has asked the United States to provide Quickstrike MK-64 air-de-
livered sea mines to supplement its inventory and give it a rapid-deployment
capability at the outset of a conflict, but that system has not been notified to
the U.S. Congress to date.14 Taiwan possesses World War II–era MK-6 mines
acquired from the United States, which have been periodically refurbished.
Modern mines were produced by the government-led National Chung Shan
Institute for Science and Technology (NCSIST), Taiwan’s main designer and
manufacturer of defense articles, around 2002, and the navy actively practic-
es deploying them, but little is known about their quantity.
President Tsai Ing-wen brought considerable attention to mine war-
fare, however, when she visited the shipyard building Taiwan’s new fast
328 Thompson
mine-laying vessel and the new missile corvette, which will be fitted with
mine-rails on the stern, demonstrating a political intersection between the
asymmetric strategy and Taiwan’s policy objective of building its defense in-
dustrial base.15 Following President Tsai’s visit in 2019, the first fast mine-lay-
ing vessel was launched in August 2020.16
NCSIST is currently developing two new types of shallow- and deep-wa-
ter influence mines that they plan to deploy by 2021, but little progress has
been reported and the program is believed to be well behind schedule.17 They
are also developing a self-propelled mine with a planned deployment date
around 2025.18 Until then, Taiwan has been refurbishing its current mine in-
ventory, which includes domestically manufactured Wan Xiang mines and
U.S.-made MK-6 mines.
The Hsiung Feng 2 and 3 antiship missiles are the other weapons at the
heart of the ODC. These missiles are fielded by surface ships or fired ashore
from a handful of vulnerable fixed batteries and batteries of vehicle-mounted
launchers. Mobile vehicle-mounted antiship missiles are inherently surviv-
able, making them effective at the critical moments when a PLA amphibious
force is approaching Taiwan and preparing to offload troops and armor.
History has proved how difficult it is for an adversary to find and destroy
mobile transporter-erector-launchers (TELs) in a conflict. During the 1991 Gulf
War, U.S. and British special forces, along with coalition aircraft, hunted in vain
for Scud TELs in the flat and featureless western Iraqi desert. Despite coalition
air superiority and multiple special operations units on the ground assigned to
hunt TELs, Iraq fired a total of 88 extended-range Scuds against targets in Isra-
el, Saudi Arabia, and Bahrain. Furthermore, Iraqi forces used decoys and de-
ception, as well as shoot-and-scoot tactics, to enhance those missile systems’
survivability and add to the uncertainty of coalition forces, leading a postwar
Pentagon assessment to conclude, “[T]here is no indisputable proof that Scud
mobile launchers—as opposed to high-fidelity decoys, trucks, or other objects
with Scud-like signatures—were destroyed by fixed-wing aircraft.”19
Taiwan’s shoreline, which is infinitely more complex than the Iraqi desert,
is particularly well suited for concealing mobile missile launchers. Comprised
of agricultural areas interspersed with suburban areas, coastal zones in Tai-
wan feature a complex infrastructure that supports the defender, including sea
walls, paddy fields, bridges, tunnels, and overpasses, as well as mountainous
zones not far from the coast where TELs and their supporting vehicles can hide.
Taiwan has reportedly camouflaged cruise missile battery support vehicles to
look like commercial trucks.20 Taiwan’s NCSIST, the maker of Hsiung Feng mis-
siles and launchers, is aware of the possibilities of mounting missiles in struc-
tures configured like shipping containers, as Russia does.21 Using advanced
camouflage techniques, the existence of both camouflaged and convention-
al launchers, and the use of high-tech decoys complicates targeting Taiwan’s
TELs. It also greatly increases PLA uncertainty about whether they have de-
stroyed Taiwan’s antiship capabilities before launching an amphibious attack.
Expecting that Taiwan’s large surface ships will be primary initial tar-
gets for the PLA, the ODC also relies on small fast attack vessels, such as the
170-ton displacement, 112-foot long Kuang Hwa fast attack craft. That ves-
sel mounts four Hsiung Feng missiles and can be quickly reloaded in aus-
tere locations, such as the small fishing ports that dot Taiwan’s coastline. The
Taiwan navy is reportedly acquiring another small, 50-ton vessel based on
a catamaran hull, with the first test-bed platform called Glorious Star [光榮
之星], carrying four missiles.22 NCSIST is upgrading missiles and increasing
production of antiship cruise missiles, land attack cruise missiles, and sur-
face-to-air missiles to arm new ships and launchers, deepen magazines, and
ensure that Taiwan’s armed forces have sufficient munitions to hold out for
an extended period. While the ODC does not prescribe that the Taiwan mil-
itary retire its large conventional weapon systems or neglect peacetime mis-
sions, it highlights the importance of investments in asymmetric, survivable
capabilities and doctrine that directly target an invasion.
Orphans of the Overall Defense Concept. The ODC is animated by the
most critical mission of the Taiwan military: denying China the ability to land
and resupply an invasion force. Beijing can use blockades, coercion, hybrid
warfare, or gray zone pressure, but the only thing that guarantees that Beijing
can achieve its political objective of Taiwan’s surrender is putting PLA boots
on the ground and physically seizing control of the island. Preventing that
outcome is, therefore, the most fundamental mission of Taiwan’s military,
but it is not the only one.
Taiwan’s military also has a multitude of peacetime missions and oth-
er potential contingencies for which it must prepare. Taiwan will therefore
continue to invest in platforms that do not directly support the asymmetric
330 Thompson
warfighting concept, or which are unlikely to survive the initial waves of fire
strikes prior to an invasion. Unpublished Taiwan Ministry of National De-
fense (MND) depictions of the ODC include icons of Taiwan’s fixed-wing air-
craft, capital ships, large unmanned aerial vehicles, large submarines, and
fixed sites such as the powerful Pave Paws surveillance radar atop Leshan
Mountain that are unlikely to survive initial air and missile strikes, denoting
that they are an integral part of the ODC in the military’s eyes, despite their
lack of an asymmetric pedigree. The published depiction of the ODC in Tai-
wan MND’s 2019 National Defense Report emphasizes the ODC’s focus on
the littoral zone and landing beach, as well as the role of coastal defense mis-
siles, area-effects weapons, mines, and small attack craft (see figure).23
Taiwan’s vulnerable runways and the inability to disperse outside the
range of Chinese air and missile strikes make it unlikely that the Taiwan air
force’s fixed-wing assets will survive initial bombardments. Patriot and Tian
Kong surface-to-air missile batteries, runway repair capabilities, and the un-
derground facility at Jiashan Air Base that is intended to shelter a portion of
the air force are insufficient to protect or reconstitute fixed-wing capabilities
in the face of the PLA Rocket Force’s numerical advantage in ballistic missiles
or air-to-surface munitions delivered by the PLA Air Force. As a conflict pro-
gresses, the Taiwan air force will eventually be forced to make its warfighting
contributions without functioning runways destroyed by repeated strikes,
resorting to mobile air defenses, small drones, and maintaining critical com-
mand, control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance, and
reconnaissance infrastructure to enable a joint defense.
The Taiwan navy is building large amphibious transport vessels and a
future large air defense destroyer, which are also likely to be targeted and
sunk in the early phases of a conflict. It is unclear what role Taiwan’s fu-
ture Indigenous Defense Submarine will play in targeting the surface ships
of an invasion force since it is expected to be a large, conventional diesel
electric design similar to Taiwan’s existing two Hai Lung–class submarines,
which are optimized for deep, open water, rather than the shallows found
in the Taiwan Strait. Taiwan’s submarines could present a threat to PLA sur-
face combatants outside the strait, particularly if they seek to operate on
the east side of Taiwan, but U.S. Navy submarines are expected to be oper-
ating in those areas in defense of U.S. surface action groups and carriers,
Figure. Diagram of the Overall Defense Concept
Source: 2019 National Defense Report (Taipei: Ministry of National Defense, 2019), 69, available at
<https://www.ustaiwandefense.com/tdnswp/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Taiwan-National-Defense-
Report-2019.pdf>.
necessitating a robust water space management regime to ensure Taiwan

submarines are not eliminated by friendly forces.
Investments in submarines, large surface vessels, and fighter aircraft are
necessary for Taiwan to recapitalize its aging legacy force so the air force and
navy can continue to provide peacetime deterrence and resist PLA gray-zone
pressure. The challenge for Taiwan is ensuring that there is adequate defense
funding for these large, prestige-enhancing platforms that are the darlings of
their service chiefs, while also funding the small, maneuverable, and surviv-
able asymmetric systems that are critical to Taiwan’s survival.
Obstacles to Implementation
While Taiwan’s Ministry of National Defense has embraced the ODC, sup-
port for it is not unconditional and implementation has been uneven. The
ODC was mentioned for the first time in Taiwan MND’s biennial defense re-
port in 2019. Its presence in the widely coordinated document indicates that
a consensus has been reached about its centrality to the “resolute defense
and multi-domain deterrence” strategy that MND has employed since 2017.
332 Thompson
The annual 2019 Han Kuang exercises, which focused on littoral combat and
beach defense, were described by the MND’s spokesperson as an exercise to
implement the ODC, indicating that it is evolving past the concept stage and
already informing training and potentially doctrinal development.24
The ODC has also received President Tsai’s public endorsement several
times. Speaking to a Washington, DC, audience in 2019, she said, “Already we
have increased our defense budget over the past 2 years in a row. These funds
will go into strategies, techniques, and capabilities that make our fighting force
more nimble, agile, and survivable. These ideas are encompassed by the Over-
all Defense Concept, which has my support 100 percent.”25 She reiterated her
support again in August 2020, speaking to another conference organized by a
Washington, DC, think tank, by stating, “I am committed to accelerating the
development of asymmetric capabilities under the overall defense concept.”26
The ODC is particularly well aligned with President Tsai’s industrial strategy
to develop Taiwan’s indigenous defense industry. The numerous small, ma-
neuverable, affordable platforms called for in the ODC can generally be made
by domestic firms or NCSIST. In addition to supporting the ODC, increasing
spending on domestic defense contractors benefits Taiwan’s economy and
increases domestic support for more defense spending, while also reducing
reliance on the United States as Taiwan’s sole supplier of weapons.
However, support for the ODC within the Ministry of National Defense is
mixed. Service chiefs generally feel that the ODC constrains their acquisition
prerogatives, forcing them to work harder to justify acquiring expensive, large
platforms as part of the recapitalization of Taiwan’s legacy force. According to
serving and recently retired officers, the most-senior officers in MND rarely,
if ever, mention the ODC. One- and two-star general and flag officers likewise
keep their personal preferences to themselves as they navigate service poli-
tics. The Chief of the General Staff from January 2020 until June 2021, Admi-
ral Huang Shu-kuang, was personally opposed to the ODC and succeeded in
preventing it from being mentioned in Taiwan’s 2021 Quadrennial Defense
Review (QDR). Though the QDR recognizes the importance of asymmetric
forces for Taiwan’s defense, it also embraces the conventional defense-in-
depth principle, calling for larger, conventional systems which would be able
to strike the mainland during the early stages of an invasion, even though
those conventional systems are assessed to be less survivable and vulnerable
to PLA initial fire strikes. The current Chief of the General Staff, General Chen
Pao-yu, is believed to be supportive of the asymmetric and innovative princi-
ples embedded in the ODC concept, but internal debate within the ministry
about the role of mainland strikes and offensive cyber is ongoing. Some are
referring to this debate somewhat glibly as “ODC 2.0,” while others assert that
thinking in MND has evolved “beyond ODC” in response to developments
in PLA capabilities. At the time of writing, the ODC term is not expected to
appear in the MND’s 2021 annual defense report, and it is doubtful that the
concept will resurface in the future as the ministry continues to explore con-
ventional defense-in-depth concepts.27
The majority of mid-level staff officers are openly enthusiastic about
the ODC because they recognize the intrinsic value of adopting an asym-
metric strategy against the PLA, but they too have little incentive to chal-
lenge senior officers.28 The unwillingness of the senior-most officers in
Taiwan’s MND and services to openly support an asymmetric strategy re-
veals Admiral Lee’s sponsorship of the ODC during his tenure as Chief of
the General Staff as a courageous decision, which was noted by President
Tsai at his retirement ceremony.29
Acquisitions are at the heart of contentions over the ODC’s asymmetric
focus, with services championing their preference for large, expensive sys-
tems, including the Taiwan air force’s F-16Vs and Indigenous Defense Fighter
and the navy’s Indigenous Defense Submarine, future destroyer, and landing
platform dock ship. Proponents of the ODC argue that these expensive sys-
tems are unlikely to survive initial PLA fire strikes or to be effective at attrit-
ting invasion forces as they approach Taiwan’s littoral zone, while their big
price tags squeeze a small defense budget that is growing ever-so-slowly un-
der President Tsai. To their credit, the services have invested in some asym-
metric systems, such as small unmanned aerial vehicles, MANPAD missiles,
coastal defense cruise missiles, a fast mine-laying vessel, and fast missile
corvettes. Budget pressures, however, have caused the delay of some small,
mobile, asymmetric systems, such as the “micro-class missile assault boat.”30
The ODC does not specifically designate some weapon systems as asym-
metric and others as conventional, giving military leaders and lobbyists con-
siderable latitude to associate their preferred platform with the ODC strategy
or to argue that a particular system is necessary for the defense of Taiwan. It
334 Thompson
is therefore very difficult to judge whether a particular system being acquired

is “good” or “bad” for Taiwan’s total defense, since one could argue the need
for expensive platforms for peacetime deterrence, and for smaller, numer-
ous, asymmetric capabilities that can survive to counter an invasion force.
With limited acquisition resources, however, Taiwan’s defense planners face
a challenging situation. There is strong political support to prioritize expen-
sive, imported U.S.-made systems, which have considerable value as a polit-
ical deterrent to PLA aggression. However, the ODC favors cheaper, smaller,
locally made systems whose larger numbers and mobility are more likely to
survive initial fire strikes and be waiting on the beaches for the PLA to arrive.
What Is Missing from the ODC?

Most discussion about the ODC in Taiwan revolves around procurement
of weapon systems. Proponents of large, conventional legacy systems ar-
gue that the Taiwan military faces other critical missions besides littoral
and beach defense (such as disaster relief ), while forward-looking thinkers
argue that the ODC’s asymmetric capabilities must be fulfilled first to pro-
tect the homeland and win “the fight Taiwan cannot afford to lose” before
spending on conventional capabilities for peacetime missions. What has
been noticeably absent from ODC discussions, however, are two critical
issues: personnel and logistics.
Personnel. Taiwan’s decision to transition to an all-volunteer force af-
fects all aspects of the armed forces and necessitates a thorough review to
understand how it will affect Taiwan’s defense planning processes. The ODC
must take those personnel issues into account. The transition to a volunteer
force has already increased personnel costs and resulted in a downsized
force.31 Taiwan’s low birth rate—the second lowest in the world—puts ad-
ditional pressure on the volunteer force structure, as the military will need
to compete even harder with the private sector for recruits from a shrinking
pool of candidates every year.
Taiwan’s military recruitment targets range between 18,000 and 28,000
per year, but the total annual number of births is between 180,000–200,000
per year (and declining steadily). Taking low figures of each, Taiwan’s mili-
tary must attempt to recruit roughly 10 percent of the 18-year-olds entering
the workforce each year to maintain its current force size.32 By comparison,
the U.S. military sought to recruit 171,000 enlisted soldiers for the Active-du-
ty force in 2019 from a population of four million live births in 2002, or ap-
proximately 4 percent of the total.33 The personnel challenges that Taiwan’s
military faces, ranging from recruiting, training, sustaining, and retaining sol-
diers, have not been addressed by senior political or military leaders despite
their centrality to ODC and to Taiwan’s future defense capability.
One area where personnel issues have been raised in the context of the
ODC is Taiwan’s reserves. The decision to transition to an all-volunteer force
during the Ma Ying-jeou administration from 2009 to 2011 was not accom-
panied by a robust discussion within the military about how it would affect
the force, including Taiwan’s reserves. Historically, Taiwan maintained a stra-
tegic reserve made up of able-bodied adult males who had all completed 2
years of military service under the conscription system. The end of mean-
ingful conscription undermines the all-out mobilization system and necessi-
tates the need for a professional reserve force to support and complement the
professional Active-duty force.34
How that reserve force supports the ODC strategy is undetermined at
this point, but several analysts, including the now-retired Admiral Lee, have
proposed that Taiwan form a territorial force of reservists who are “trained
for localized operations with decentralized command, as the nature of war-
fare will be urban and guerrilla. . . . During peacetime, the territorial defense
force would be responsible for localized disaster relief, and during war, pro-
tection of critical infrastructure and defense of secondary enemy landing
sites.”35 The concept of a territorial force was proposed directly to President
Tsai by a visiting high-level delegation of U.S. Government officials in 2020,
potentially stimulating discussion of the future role of Taiwan’s reserves at
the highest levels of government and MND.36
Logistics. Dwight Eisenhower once said, “You will not find it difficult to
prove that battles, campaigns, and even wars have been won or lost primarily
because of logistics.”37 Unfortunately, like personnel, logistics has not been
raised in the context of the ODC. The ODC’s premise of taking advantage of
short lines of communication and fighting close to Taiwan’s shores can be
seen as an advantage, but its emphasis on force preservation at the outset of
a conflict means that forces will be dispersing, relying on mobility to survive.
This requires the ODC to consider a dynamic approach to supporting those
336 Thompson
forces on the move. Because the Taiwan army and navy will need to sortie out
from their bases at the outset of a conflict to survive the expected initial PLA
missile strikes, Taiwan’s military logistics system also will need to disperse to
survive. How Taiwan supports forces, including the delivery of war reserve
munitions to functioning units in the field in the later stages of a conflict, will
strongly influence the effectiveness of the ODC.
Managing war reserve munitions is also a critical challenge for Taiwan’s
military. Determining what levels of stocks are adequate, acquiring them
from a perceived fickle United States that has often deliberated over arms
sales for long periods, and then maintaining those stocks as they age is a mas-
sive, expensive undertaking. Taiwan’s defense planners and decisionmakers
have historically taken a conservative view of munitions requirements and
refrained from “over-ordering” munitions. This conservatism is due to tight
budgets and resource competition in each service, a military training culture
that limits live-fire training activities, the high cost of sustaining stored mu-
nitions, and a belief that stored munitions do not play a meaningful role in
deterrence compared to highly visible platforms, such as tanks, planes, and
ships. Congressional notifications for both the Patriot and Harpoon Coastal
Defense Systems indicate that Taiwan ordered only enough missiles to sup-
port purchased batteries without ordering “reloads.”38
Taiwan cannot rely on the United States to resupply munitions at the
outset of a conflict for two key reasons. First, the area around Taiwan would
be contested by PLA air and surface units, which undoubtedly will consider
the vulnerable planes or ships supplying Taiwan priority targets. Second,
U.S. war reserve stocks in the Pacific would be earmarked for U.S. forces
that would be coming to Taiwan’s defense. Producing new munitions in
the United States or finding and supplying them from Department of De-
fense global stockpiles would probably not arrive in Taiwan until the air
and sea space around Taiwan were secure. Taiwan’s logistics experts will
need to develop strategies to preserve war reserve munitions stocks so they
are not destroyed in their bunkers and storage depots. Ensuring that the
right stocks are available at the right place and time would require dispers-
ing them quickly to highly mobile units employing asymmetric, shoot-and-
scoot tactics, in addition to anticipating firing and reloading locations in
advance of units arriving.
U.S. Interests in the ODC

U.S. national interests in sustaining Taiwan as a free and open society in the
Asia-Pacific, as well as the commitment in the Taiwan Relations Act to pro-
vide Taiwan with defensive arms and maintain the U.S. capacity to resist the
use of force or coercion, make Taiwan a crucial credibility test for U.S. secu-
rity assurances to other states in the region. The United States is, therefore, a
critical stakeholder in Taiwan’s defense planning process and a key partner
incentivized to help Taiwan effectively implement the ODC.
DOD broadly supports the ODC because it is Taiwan’s own defense con-
cept and aims to maximize Taiwan’s comparative advantages. Various U.S. of-
ficials have publicly voiced their support for the ODC, while also reflecting a
recognition that the concept promises to be an effective plan against a much
larger adversary.39 That said, U.S. officials have also consistently approved
the sale of high-profile, expensive U.S.-made arms. These systems have key
benefits that are consistent with the ODC’s strategic objective of deterring ag-
gression, even if they are less survivable than asymmetric ones. Conventional
U.S.-made systems are a tangible measure of U.S. commitment to Taiwan’s
defense, which boosts morale in Taiwan and increases uncertainty in Beijing.
Possession of these U.S.-made systems also helps MND in recruiting efforts,
capturing the imagination of Taiwan youth who want to join a cutting-edge
military, operating advanced weapon systems.
Taiwan’s acquisition of U.S. and indigenous long-range strike weapons
with ranges beyond 300 kilometers provides an added dimension to the
ODC. Taipei’s top China-watchers will need to determine for themselves
whether the prospect of missile strikes on major Chinese cities will achieve
the most important strategic objective of deterring an attack on Taiwan,
while defense planners are focused on the operational impact of mainland
strikes on the PLA. Systems such as the indigenous Hsiung Feng 2E land-at-
tack cruise missiles and the air-launched Wan Chien air-to-ground cruise
missile have been in Taiwan’s inventory for over 10 years, while the super-
sonic, long-range Yun Feng cruise missile is reportedly being modified to
launch small satellites.40 These capabilities are joined by recent acquisi-
tions from the United States—a marked departure from Washington’s pre-
vious practice of avoiding selling long-range weapons to Taiwan. U.S. sales
338 Thompson
include the AGM-84H Standoff Land Attack Missile Expanded Response,

notified in October 2020, and the AGM-154C Joint Stand-Off Weapon, no-
tified in June 2017, to give the Taiwan air force additional options to strike
mainland targets.41 The U.S. decision in October 2020 to sell HIMARS gives
the Taiwan army a defensive long-range strike capability that can reach
portions of China’s coastline, potentially placing embarkation points for a
PLA invasion force at risk.
After China has initiated attacks on Taiwan, long-range counter-strike
options give Taiwan considerable flexibility in determining how to respond.
The most strategic objective for initiating mainland strikes is boosting the
morale of the Taiwan people, giving them the will to resist, even in the face of
strikes on Taiwan. The military effects of those initial counterstrikes need not
be large to be powerful, much as the Doolittle Raiders boosted U.S. morale
in the early days of World War II. Taiwan defense strategists can consider the
relative benefits of striking military or economic centers to achieve specific
effects to disrupt society, the economy, or military capabilities and then de-
termine the optimal capability to deploy at the optimal time. For example, the
300 kilometer–range HIMARS artillery might be well suited to attack main-
land command and control targets or coastal embarkation points to disrupt
an invasion force or degrade coastal integrated air defense systems, while
Taiwan’s ground and air-launched land attack cruise missiles might target
urban areas to demoralize China’s population, cause economic effects, or
complicate war-mobilization efforts.
In addition to mainland strikes, Taiwan may also carry out cyber at-
tacks to deter China or degrade its ability to carry out an invasion as part of
an expanded ODC. It is unclear whether the threat of cyber attacks would
deter Beijing due to the difficulty of signaling in this domain, or whether cy-
ber attacks on critical infrastructure and defense networks in China would
support Taiwan’s defense effort by hampering Chinese mobilization efforts.
The threat of U.S. intervention remains the most critical factor, but as the PLA
continues to modernize and expand, including with A2/AD capabilities de-
signed to challenge a U.S. intervention, Taiwan’s own defense capabilities to
counter a PLA invasion become an increasingly important deterrent.
One challenge for the United States supporting Taiwan is that Taiwan’s
defense needs are diverging from the expertise and systems the U.S. military
can readily provide. For example, the U.S. Marine Corps does not have a
dedicated opposing force that Taiwan could train with to hone their skills
in defending beaches. Nowhere in the U.S. Marine Corps is there a center of
excellence or red team that specializes in beach defenses; opposed beach
landings are long gone from U.S. Marine Corps doctrine. Commanders of Tai-
wan’s squadrons of small fast attack boats can find no counterpart in the U.S.
Navy with whom to train. The U.S. Navy mine warfare community is underre-
sourced, unappreciated, and mines are generally considered a problem, not
a solution, by the Navy’s legions of surface warfare officers.
Nevertheless, with every challenge comes opportunity. As the U.S. Army
develops its multidomain battle concept and applies it to the Indo-Pacific, it
will increasingly realize that China is the challenge, the battlespace is Taiwan,
and cooperation with Taiwan is a laboratory for developing innovative future
warfare concepts. When Admiral Harry Harris, then commanding U.S. Pacific
Command, spoke at the Association of the United States Army conference in
2016, he reduced the U.S. Army’s key task to a quip, “Army’s got to be able to
sink ships.”42 The U.S. Army should find solutions and opportunities for ex-
panding their reach into the maritime domain by studying and innovating
alongside their counterparts in Taiwan.
Reliance on U.S. systems may also increase Taiwan’s interoperability with
the U.S. military and possibly other countries in the region. Taiwan’s proximity
to China is an advantage which could benefit networked U.S. forces operating
at greater stand-off distances if those forces are networked with their Taiwan
counterparts. For example, a sensor operated by Taiwan could feed data to
networked U.S. planes and ships operating at safe distances to increase their
awareness of threats and improve targeting. While not explicit in the ODC, the
notion of a Taiwan sensor linked to a U.S. “shooter” is exactly the sort of inno-
vation the concept advocates. Furthermore, the recent notification of new U.S.
weapon systems, such as unmanned aerial vehicles and the Harpoon Coastal
Defense System, with its integrated radars and sensors, increases the feasi-
bility of linking U.S. and Taiwan forces. Interoperability makes Taiwan a po-
tentially significant offset capability for U.S. platforms, which could leverage
Taiwan’s proximity to an invading adversary. Taiwan’s sensors feeding target-
ing data to U.S. weapon systems operating at greater stand-off distances would
make those U.S. forces more accurate and effective against the invader.
340 Thompson
Underscoring the significance of the cooperative aspects of the U.S.-Tai-

wan defense relationship, Admiral Lee has suggested establishing a joint
U.S.-Taiwan working group to support implementation of the ODC, along
similar lines to the joint working group established in 2007 to assess the
threat and consider Taiwan’s options. Admiral Lee proposed, “Through con-
ducting contingency simulations and exercises, U.S. officials could offer their
operational experience and expertise to guide Taiwan’s force restructuring
and doctrinal reforms, with an emphasis on military doctrine, force planning,
and logistical support, as well as operational tactics.”43 As the ODC becomes
central to Taiwan’s defense planning, coordination and cooperation between
the two sides is critical to help ensure that Taiwan is able to maximize the
benefits of their own strategy and find innovative ideas and synergies from
joint planning with the United States.
Conclusion
The beauty of Admiral Lee’s Overall Defense Concept is that it embraces an
asymmetric strategy, does not seek to compete with China’s larger military
head on, and focuses Taiwan’s resources on targeting the greatest threat
while ensuring Taiwan’s military survives long enough as an effective fight-
ing force to enable third-party intervention. It eschews traditional symmet-
rical warfighting of surface action groups, fighter planes, or tanks slugging
it out head-to-head with corresponding PLA forces. Instead, it takes a page
from guerrilla warfare and envisions large numbers of small, affordable,
highly mobile units taking advantage of Taiwan’s complex terrain to defeat
a larger enemy. Like all good strategies, this concept has both strategic and
operational objectives that are clearly set out.
The coalition effort to destroy TELs in the Iraqi desert in 1990 failed in its
operational objective to destroy Iraq’s missile launchers, but it did achieve its
strategic objective of reassuring Israel that all possible measures were being
taken to hunt Scuds, which kept Israel from attacking Iraq and undermin-
ing the U.S.-led coalition. Likewise, the ODC is not only intended to achieve
an operational objective of ensuring the survival of the Taiwan armed forces
in a high-intensity conflict with China; its strategic objective is to deter Chi-
na from using force in the first place by creating uncertainty about the PLA’s
prospects of launching a successful invasion.
The ODC will undoubtedly continue to be debated internally within Tai-

wan’s defense planning community and at the highest levels of the MND.
Deliberation will likely evolve beyond the binary choices of symmetrical and
asymmetrical capabilities, expanding to a broader focus on capabilities that
will affect China’s political and military calculations. Advocates for greater
investments in conventional long-range strike capabilities observe that they
buy time for Taiwan to mobilize its forces, including its reserves, who are ex-
pected to play a role defending beaches and invasion routes. Once the strat-
egy for littoral and beachhead operations is well-developed and capabilities
for fighting in those zones have been acquired, planners can expand the ODC
to incorporate new concepts, or expend remaining resources for capabilities
that support other missions, such as disaster relief, and the conventional ca-
pabilities that offer defense-in-depth options, such as long-range strike. The
major unresolved challenge, however, is Taiwan’s stagnant defense budget,
which is unable to support sufficient investment in both asymmetric littoral
defense and conventional long-range strike capabilities.
While approaches to implementing the ODC may differ among com-
peting stakeholders, there is no debate that in 2017, Admiral Lee made a
courageous proposal to set Taiwan on this crucial course that contributes
to cross-strait stability and ensures Taiwan’s survival despite an existential
threat from a larger, increasingly capable adversary.
Notes
1
NIDS China Security Report 2017: Change in Continuity: The Dynamics of the China-
Taiwan Relationship (Tokyo: National Institute for Defense Studies, 2017), 55.
2
This section of the paper draws on Drew Thompson, “Hope on the Horizon: Taiwan’s Radical
New Defense Concept,” War on the Rocks, October 2, 2018, available at <https://warontherocks.
com/2018/10/hope-on-the-horizon-taiwans-radical-new-defense-concept/>.
3
Richard C. Bush, “8 Key Things to Notice from Xi Jinping’s New Year Speech on Taiwan,”
Brookings Order from Chaos blog, January 7, 2019, available at <https://www.brookings.edu/
blog/order-from-chaos/2019/01/07/8-key-things-to-notice-from-xi-jinpings-new-year-speech-
on-taiwan/>. See also Article 8 of China’s 2005 Anti-Secession Law, available at <http://www.
china-embassy.org/eng/zt/999999999/t187406.htm>.
4
U.S. Congress, Taiwan Relations Act, Public Law 96-8, 22 U.S.C. 3301 et seq., 96th Cong.,
1 sess., January 1, 1979, available at <https://www.ait.org.tw/our-relationship/policy-history/
st
key-u-s-foreign-policy-documents-region/taiwan-relations-act/>.
5
2017 Quadrennial Defense Review (Taipei: Ministry of National Defense, 2017), 38–39.
342 Thompson
6
Lee Hsi-ming and Eric Lee, “Taiwan’s Overall Defense Concept, Explained,” The
Diplomat, November 3, 2020, available at <https://thediplomat.com/2020/11/taiwans-overall-
defense-concept-explained/>.
7
Taipei Economic and Cultural Representative Office in the United States (TECRO),
“RGM-84l-4 Harpoon Surface Launched Block II Missiles,” news release, U.S. Defense Security
Cooperation Agency, October 26, 2020, available at <https://www.dsca.mil/press-media/major-
arms-sales/taipei-economic-and-cultural-representative-office-united-states-17>.
8
Mike Yeo, “U.S. Government Clears $750 Million Artillery Sale to Taiwan,” Defense News,
August 6, 2021, available at <https://www.defensenews.com/global/asia-pacific/2021/08/06/
us-government-clears-750-million-artillery-sale-to-taiwan/>.
9
For more information about potential invasion beaches on Taiwan, see Ian Easton, The
Chinese Invasion Threat: Taiwan’s Defense and American Strategy in Asia (North Charleston, SC:
CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2017).
10
Xavier Vavasseur, “Taiwan Starts Construction on Improved Catamaran Corvette
and Minelayers,” Naval News, May 26, 2019, available at <https://www.navalnews.com/naval-
news/2019/05/taiwan-starts-construction-on-improved-catamaran-corvette-minelayers/>.
11
Robert Beckhusen, “China Now Using a Cruise Ship to Haul Troops and Tanks,” Wired,
August 31, 2012, available at <https://www.wired.com/2012/08/chinacruise/>.
12
TECRO, “HIMARS, Support, and Equipment,” U.S. Defense Security Cooperation
Agency, October 21, 2020, available at <https://www.dsca.mil/press-media/major-arms-sales/
taipei-economic-and-cultural-representative-office-united-states-15>.
13
Theodore L. Gatchel, At the Water’s Edge: Defending Against the Modern Amphibious
Assault (Annapolis, MD: Naval Institute Press, 2013), 173–185.
14
Scott Morgan, “Taiwan Military Mulls Purchase of U.S. Autonomous Helicopters,
Mines,” Taiwan News, November 5, 2018, available at <https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/
news/3568309>.
15
Matthew Strong, “Taiwan Starts Building Missile Corvettes and Minelayers,” Taiwan
News, May 24, 2019, available at <https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/news/3709758>. See
also Joseph Trevithick, “Taiwan’s Next Batch of Stealthy Catamarans Will Have Serious Mine-
Laying Capabilities,” The Drive, May 24, 2019, available at <https://www.thedrive.com/the-
war-zone/28201/taiwans-next-batch-of-stealthy-catarmans-will-have-serious-mine-laying-
capabilities>.
16
“1st Locally Built Fast Minelayer Launched in Taiwan,” Taiwan Today, August 5, 2020,
available at <https://taiwantoday.tw/news.php?unit=2&post=182648>.
17
Author interviews with a Taiwan defense analyst, October 2020. See also “Navy
Counters the CCP’s Military Disturbance to Taiwan, Deploys State-Made Wan Xiang Sea Mines in
192 Naval Exercise” [海軍反制共軍擾台 192艦隊操演施放國造萬象水雷], Central News Agency,
June 23, 2020, available at <https://www.cna.com.tw/news/firstnews/202006230195.aspx>;
and “1 Piece, 100 Million [Yuan] but of No Use: Navy Refuses Chinese Academy of Sciences Sea
Mine” (1顆1億卻不管用海軍婉拒中科院水雷), Liberty Times Net (自由時報), October 20, 2015,
available at <https://news.ltn.com.tw/news/politics/breakingnews/1481053>.
18
“1 Piece, 100 Million [Yuan] but of No Use; see also “Mine,” National Chung-Shan
Institute of Science and Technology, available at <http://www.ncsist.org.tw/ENG/csistdup/
products/product.aspx?product_id=255&catalog=38>.
19
William Rosenau, Special Operations Forces and Elusive Enemy Ground Targets: Lessons
from Vietnam and the Persian Gulf War (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2001), 29–44.
20
John Reed, “Taiwanese Cruise Missile Batteries Are Disguised as Delivery Trucks,”
Foreign Policy, February 27, 2013, available at <https://foreignpolicy.com/2013/02/27/
taiwanese-cruise-missile-batteries-are-disguised-as-delivery-trucks/>.
21
Robert Beckhusen, “Missiles in a Box and More at Russia’s Bizarro Arms Show,” War
Is Boring, September 11, 2013, available at <https://medium.com/war-is-boring/missiles-in-a-
box-and-more-at-russias-bizarro-arms-show-ef345d4cf39c>.
22
Wang Jionghua [王烱華], “Counter-CCP Warship, We’ve Built a Missile Assault Boat”
[抗中共戰艦我造飛彈突擊艇], Taipei Times [台北報導], January 8, 2018, available at <https://
tw.appledaily.com/headline/20180108/PW6YEEU7UQ4JIZDN6NVN2IZQNY/>.
23
2019 National Defense Report (Taipei: Ministry of National Defense, 2019), 68–69,
available at <https://www.ustaiwandefense.com/tdnswp/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/
Taiwan-National-Defense-Report-2019.pdf>.
24
“National Army’s 108 ‘Hanguang 35 Exercise Plan,’” Taiwan Ministry of National
Defense, press conference, February 27, 2019, available at <https://www.mnd.gov.tw/Publish.
aspx?p=76033>.
25
“The Taiwan Relations Act at Forty and U.S.-Taiwan Relations,” remarks by Taiwan
President Tsai Ing-wen, Center for Strategic and International Studies, Washington, DC (via
video), April 9, 2019, available at <https://www.csis.org/analysis/taiwan-relations-act-forty-
and-us-taiwan-relations>.
26
See “President Tsai Ing-wen Discusses the Diplomatic, Security, and Economic
Challenges Facing Taiwan,” remarks by Taiwan President Tsai Ing-wen, Hudson Institute,
Washington, DC (via video), August 12, 2020, available at <https://www.hudson.org/
research/16300-transcript-president-tsai-ing-wen-discusses-the-diplomatic-security-and-
economic-challenges-facing-taiwan>.
27
Author interviews with a senior Taiwan Ministry of National Defense official and a
senior military officer in a service branch, September 2021.
28
This is true both in my personal experience engaging with mid-level officers and in my
interviews with senior military leaders conducted in fall 2020.
29
Teng Pei-ju, “Taiwan Chief of the General Staff Conferred Highest Military Award
Ahead of Retirement,” Taiwan News, June 26, 2019, available at <https://www.taiwannews.com.
tw/en/news/3732486>.
30
“Explaining and Clarifying the Matter Regarding the Media Coverage of ‘60 Micro-
Class Missile Assault Boats Reduced from the Initially Recorded $1.67 Billion to Merely $1.04
Million,’” Ministry of National Defense, press release, September 2, 2019, available at <https://
www.mnd.gov.tw/English/Publish.aspx?title=News%20Channel&SelectStyle=Defense%20
News&p=76674>.
31
Steven Lee Myers and Javier C. Hernández, “With a Wary Eye on China, Taiwan Moves
to Revamp Its Military,” New York Times, August 30, 2020, available at <https://www.nytimes.
com/2020/08/30/world/asia/taiwan-china-military.html>. See also Yimou Lee, “For Taiwan
Youth, Military Service Is a Hard Sell Despite China Tension,” Reuters, October 29, 2018, available
at <https://www.reuters.com/article/us-taiwan-military-idUSKCN1N20U3>.
32
“Population Policy Data Collection,” Department of Household Registration, Taiwan
Ministry of the Interior, available at <https://www.ris.gov.tw/documents/data/en/4/Population-
Policy-Data-Collection.pdf>.
344 Thompson
33
Lawrence Kapp, Defense Primer: Active Duty Enlisted Recruiting, IF11147 (Washington,
DC: Congressional Research Service, January 28, 2021), available at <https://fas.org/sgp/crs/
natsec/IF11147.pdf>. See also Joyce A. Martin et al., “Births: Final Data for 2002,” National Vital
Statistics Reports 52, no. 10 (December 17, 2003), 1–113.
34
Ian Easton, Mark Stokes, Cortez A. Cooper III, and Arthur Chan, Transformation of
Taiwan’s Reserve Force (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017), available at <https://www.rand.org/
pubs/research_reports/RR1757.html>.
35
Lee and Lee, “Taiwan’s Overall Defense Concept, Explained.”
36
Interviews with a senior U.S. Government official, in Washington, DC, and a Taiwan
government official, October 2020.
37
Major General Charles R. Hamilton and Lieutenant Colonel Edward K. Woo, “The Road
to Predictive Logistics: Perspectives from the 8th Theater Sustainment Command,” Indo-Pacific
Command, October 2, 2019, available at <https://www.pacom.mil/Media/News/News-Article-
View/Article/1977957/the-road-to-predictive-logistics-perspectives-from-the-8 th-theater-
sustainment/>.
38
Taiwan: Major U.S. Arms Sales Since 1990, RL30957 (Washington, DC: Congressional
Research Service, January 5, 2015, available at <https://www.everycrsreport.com/files/20150105_
RL30957_222a5c3ccea779f9e46979c29e185f3858cf8bd3.pdf>.
39
Rebeccah L. Heinrichs, “Interview with Assistant Secretary of Defense Randall Schriver
on Security in the Indo-Pacific,” transcript, Hudson Institute, December 19, 2019, available at
<https://www.hudson.org/research/15578-interview-with-assistant-secretary-of-defense-
randall-schriver-on-security-in-the-indo-pacific>. See also David Helvey, Keynote Remarks,
U.S. Taiwan Business Council Defense Industry Conference, October 28, 2018, available
at <https://www.us-taiwan.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/2018_october29_david_
helvey_dod_keynote.pdf>; and “Taiwan Must Focus on Cost-Effective Defense: U.S. Official,”
Taipei Times, October 10, 2019, available at <https://www.taipeitimes.com/News/taiwan/
archives/2019/10/10/2003723717>.
40
Keoni Everington, “Taiwan’s Upgraded ‘Cloud Peak’ Missiles Could Reach
Beijing,” Taiwan News, January 25, 2018, available at <https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/
news/3349525>.
41
TECRO, “AGM-84H Standoff Land Attack Missile-Expanded Response (SLAM-ER)
Missiles,” news release, U.S. Defense Security Cooperation Agency, October 21, 2020, available
at <https://www.dsca.mil/press-media/major-arms-sales/taipei-economic-and-cultural-
representative-office-united-states-16>. See also TECRO, “AGM-154C Joint Standoff Weapon
(JSOW) Missiles,” news release, U.S. Defense Security Cooperation Agency, June 29, 2017,
available at <https://www.dsca.mil/press-media/major-arms-sales/taipei-economic-and-
cultural-representative-office-tecro-united-1>.
42
Admiral Harry Harris, Commander, U.S. Pacific Command, speech, Association of
the United States Army conference, October 4, 2016, available at <https://www.pacom.mil/
Media/Speeches-Testimony/Article/963703/association-of-the-united-states-army-ausa-
conference/>.
43
Lee and Lee, “Taiwan’s Overall Defense Concept, Explained.”
CONTRIBUTORS
Joel Wuthnow is a senior research fellow in the Center for the Study of Chi-
nese Military Affairs (CSCMA), Institute for National Strategic Studies (INSS),
at the National Defense University. He also serves as an adjunct professor in
the Edmund A. Walsh School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University.
Dr. Wuthnow has worked as a China analyst at CNA, a postdoctoral fellow in
the China and the World Program at Princeton University, and a predoctoral
fellow at the Brookings Institution. Dr. Wuthnow holds degrees from Princ-
eton University (AB, summa cum laude, in public and international affairs),
Oxford University (M.Phil. in modern Chinese studies), and Columbia Uni-
versity (Ph.D. in political science).
Arthur S. Ding is a professor emeritus at the National Chengchi University

(NCCU), Taipei. He is now an adjunct professor at both the NCCU and Tai-
wan’s National Defense University. His research focuses on China security,
including China’s security policy and defense, party-military relations, and
China’s defense industry. He holds degrees from National Taiwan Univer-
sity (AB in anthropology) and the University of Notre Dame (MA and Ph.D.
in political science).
Phillip C. Saunders is director of the Center for the Study of Chinese Mili-
tary Affairs and a distinguished research fellow in the Institute for National
Strategic Studies at the National Defense University. Dr. Saunders previously
worked at the Monterey Institute of International Studies from 1999 to 2003,
345
346 Contributors
where he directed the East Asia Nonproliferation Program at the James Mar-
tin Center for Nonproliferation Studies. He served as an officer in the Air
Force from 1989 to 1994. Dr. Saunders is coauthor, with David Gompert, of
The Paradox of Power: Sino-American Strategic Restraint in an Era of Vulner-
ability (NDU Press, 2011) and editor of eight books on Chinese military and
security issues. Dr. Saunders attended Harvard College and received his MPA
and Ph.D. in international relations from the School of Public and Interna-
tional Affairs at Princeton University.
Andrew Scobell is a distinguished fellow for China at the United States In-
stitute of Peace. Previously, he was a senior political scientist at RAND. His
recent publications include China’s Grand Strategy: Trends, Trajectories,
Long-Term Competition (RAND, 2020), Command and Control in U.S. Naval
Competition with China (RAND, 2020), and Chairman Xi Remakes the PLA:
Assessing Chinese Military Reforms (NDU Press, 2019). He was born in Hong
Kong and earned a Ph.D. in political science from Columbia University.
Andrew N.D. Yang is the secretary general of the Chinese Council of Ad-
vanced Policy Studies (CAPS). He is a leading international authority on the
dynamic relations among Taiwan, the United States, and China. CAPS pri-
marily focuses on studying and analyzing the strategic and security aspects of
the People’s Republic of China (PRC)’s domestic and international situation,
particularly its cross-strait relations. Since 1987, Mr. Yang has been in charge
of organizing a series of international conferences on the People’s Liberation
Army that have earned international acclaim and recognition in the academ-
ic field of security and defense studies.
Joshua Arostegui is a Department of the Army senior intelligence analyst who

has specialized in Chinese military capabilities for the past 10 years. He has also
served for more than 25 years in the Navy as a Chinese interpreter and a cryp-
tologic warfare officer in both Active and Reserve capacities. He is a graduate of
the Marine Corps Command and Staff College and holds an MA in international
relations from Salve Regina University and a MA in history from the University
of Nebraska at Kearney. He is also a graduate of the Defense Language Institute’s
Basic and Intermediate Chinese courses and completed an executive Chinese
language program at the Beijing Institute of Economic Management.
Contributors 347
Michael Casey is a military analyst with the Department of Defense, where

he looks at security developments in the Indo-Pacific region—particularly
the growth and evolution of the Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA) and
China’s growing threat to Taiwan. His work focuses on how the PLA’s new-
found capabilities shape its military planning and how it may apply those
capabilities in real-world combat. He previously received a master’s degree
from the George Washington University with a focus on security studies, and
a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Michigan, where he focused on East
Asian security issues.
Chung Chieh is an assistant research fellow at the National Policy Founda-

tion in the Republic of China (ROC). Earlier, he served as the chief of staff in
a congressional office from 1997 to 2015, with a specific focus on the Foreign
Affairs and National Defense Committee, formerly known as the National
Defense Committee, from 2001 to 2015. His expertise includes People’s Lib-
eration Army military reform, the ROC’s national defense policy, the ROC’s
South China Sea policy, and coercive diplomacy.
Mathieu Duchâtel is director of the Asia Program at Institut Montaigne, Paris.

He was previously senior policy fellow and deputy director of the Asia and
China Programme at the European Council of Foreign Relations (2015–2018),
senior researcher and the representative in Beijing of the Stockholm Inter-
national Peace Research Institute (2011–2015), research fellow with the Asia
Centre in Paris (2007–2011), and associate researcher based in Taipei with
the Asia Centre (2004–2007). He holds a Ph.D. in political science from the In-
stitute of Political Studies (Sciences Po, Paris). He has spent 9 years in Shang-
hai (Fudan University), Taipei (National Chengchi University), and Beijing,
and has been visiting scholar at the School of International Studies of Peking
University (2011–2012), the Japan Institute of International Affairs (2015),
and the Institute for National Defense and Security Research, Taiwan (2020).
Alexander Chieh-cheng Huang is a professor in the Institute of Strategic

Studies at Tamkang University and founder and chairman of the Council on
Strategic and Wargaming Studies in Taiwan. Dr. Huang previously served in
the Republic of China (Taiwan) government as Deputy Minister of the Main-
land Affairs Council and has worked closely with consecutive governments
348 Contributors
on foreign and security policy matters. Dr. Huang did his graduate work in the
School of Foreign Service (MS in foreign service) at Georgetown University,
and in the Department of Political Science at George Washington University,
where he received his doctoral degree. Dr. Huang specializes in Asian and
Chinese foreign and security affairs and has been frequently interviewed by
international news agencies and local media. He has also been a syndicated
columnist for the United Daily, the China Times, and many newspapers and
online media in Taiwan since 2011.
Conor Kennedy is a research associate at the China Maritime Studies In-

stitute of the Naval War College in Newport, Rhode Island. He received his
MA from the Johns Hopkins University–Nanjing University Center for Chi-
nese and American Studies. His research focuses on Chinese maritime and
military affairs, including work on maritime militia and amphibious warfare
development.
Roderick Lee is director of research at the Air University’s China Aerospace

Studies Institute (CASI), where he oversees research on Chinese military
aerospace forces and the Chinese civilian aerospace sector as it relates to the
military. Prior to joining CASI, he served as an analyst with the Navy, covering
Chinese naval forces. He earned his MA from the George Washington Univer-
sity’s Elliott School of International Affairs.
Sale Lilly is a senior policy analyst at RAND, focusing on Chinese military and
economic analysis and wargame design. Sale previously served as an officer
in the Navy and as a management consultant in the financial service industry.
He holds degrees from the Naval Academy (BA in economics) and dual de-
grees from Oxford University (M.Sc. in modern Chinese studies and a M.Phil.
in economic and social history).
Drew Thompson is a visiting senior research fellow in the Lee Kuan Yew
School of Public Policy at the National University of Singapore and a senior
research scientist at CNA. From 2011 to 2018, he was director for China, Tai-
wan, and Mongolia in the Office of the Secretary of Defense. He previously
worked at the Center for Strategic and International Studies and the Center
for the National Interest and held management roles in U.S. companies based
Contributors 349
in China, where he lived for 10 years. He has a master’s degree in govern-

ment from the Johns Hopkins University, a certificate from the Johns Hop-
kins–Nanjing University Center for Chinese and American Studies, and a BA
in Asian studies from Hobart College.
INDEX
Academy of Military Science textbooks, 117, fighters, 96

118 fixed-wing, 204–205, 209–210
Antiaccess/area-denial (A2/AD) systems, 6, Il-76, 205, 209, 210–211, 262
9, 11, 323 load capacity as a limitation of airborne

operations, 209
Aerial ports of embarkation for a joint island
rotary wing, 205, 208, 210
landing campaign, 205–208, 210–211
tactical reconnaissance, 97
Air assault brigades, 203–204, 205 transport, 204–206, 207, 209, 210, 215,
Air Defense Identification Zone (ADIZ), 216, 269
China’s violation of Taiwan’s, 87, 95–101, Y-7, 204
313 Y-8, 204, 205–206, 207, 262
Y-9, 204, 205–206, 207, 209, 210, 215, 216
Airborne campaign, limiting factors for,
Y-12, 205
209–215, 216
Y-20, 204, 205–206, 209, 210–211, 215,
available airlift, 209–210, 216
216, 262, 269
available ports of embarkation, 210–211
ground operations constrained by Airfields
deliverable forces, 214–215 capable of supporting airborne
inadequate combined arms and joint campaigns, 205–208, 210–211, 215
training, 211–214, 216 civilian, 206–207, 208, 211, 215
military, 207–208, 210–211, 215
Aircraft
An-2, 205 Aleppo, Syria, 142, 151
antisubmarine warfare, 96–97, 98 Amphibious armored vehicles, 170–171
bombers, 96
Amphibious assault vehicles, 225, 228,
civilian, 262
229–230
early warning, 96
electronic warfare, 96
351
352 Index
Amphibious invasion of Taiwan. See also Joint Staff Department, 258, 279, 280,
Cross-strait military campaign; Joint 281, 284, 288–289, 292, 296
island landing campaign. Logistic Support Department, 255–257,
assessments of the likelihood of, 12–13, 258, 264
14 National Defense Mobilization
CCP assessment of the risks of, 14 Department, 264, 266, 268, 291
estimates of time required for PLA to and restructuring of the logistics
develop necessary capabilities for, 13 system, 255
logistics support for, 258–263 role in a cross-strait military campaign,
transportation support for, 261–263 288–291
U.S. as a factor in China’s role in joint blockade campaigns, 128
decisionmaking regarding, 16 role in joint firepower strike campaigns,
Antisatellite weapons, Chinese development 122
of, 10 Training and Administration

Department, 292
Anti-Secession Law, 2005, 2, 40, 49–50, 93
Central Theater Command
Aquilino, Admiral John, 13
Air Force, 204–205
Army Combined Arms Tactics Under logistics support for, 256
Informationized Conditions, PLA responsibility for PLAAF Airborne
textbook, 173, 175 Corps, 196, 286
Artificial islands, construction of military Century of humiliation, 35
facilities on, 90
Chang Yen-ting, Air Force Lieutenant
Association for Relations Across the Taiwan General (Ret.), 97
Strait (ARATS), 36, 49
Chechnya, 139–140
Austin, Lloyd, III, 11–12
Chen Pao-yu, General, 333
Azar, Alex, 96
Chen Shui-bian, 49–50
Chen Yi, Field Army Commander, 141

Baghdad, Iraq, 142, 144–145, 146, 151
Cheung, Alexander, 103
Bashi Channel, 96, 99
Chiang, Johnny, 56
Biden, Joseph, 93, 106
Chiang Kai-shek, 308
Biden administration, 99, 326
China Coast Guard, 126
Bohai Cuizhu, 235 activities in the East China Sea, 91–92
Bohai Ferry Group, 234–235, 236, 237 role in a joint island landing campaign,
224, 241–243
Bosco, Joseph, 94
China maritime militia, 126
role in a joint island landing campaign,
Central Military Commission (CMC), 134 224, 241–243
Joint Operations Command Center,
255–256, 257–258, 280, 289
Index 353
transport for in a joint island landing United Front Work Department, 41

campaign, 225 use of united front tactics, 42–43, 56, 57
transport units, 241–243 view of Taiwan as an integral part of
China Reunification Forum, 98 China, 2, 35, 36

Xi’s promotion of role in the PLA, 278
Chinese Civil War, 2, 4, 35, 89, 241–242, 309
Chiu Kuo-cheng, 13
Chinese Communist Party (CCP)
2021 Taiwan work conference, 101 Chu, Eric, 56
assessment of risks of an invasion of Civilian merchant fleet, 224, 230–241, 242,

Taiwan, 13–14, 15, 69–72 263
commitment to policy of peaceful Clinton, Bill, 6, 312
unification, 57–58
Command and control
and concern about regime reputation,
advantages of the new system for
67, 72–73
China, 293
and cost-benefit calculus for a cross-
contradiction between individual and
strait military campaign, 74–80
collective leadership, 287
credibility of pledge to respect one
for a joint island landing campaign,
country, two systems model, 44–45
279–286
definition of cross-strait relations as
new structure for, 277–278, 279–286
the continuation of the Chinese Civil
in peacetime, 280, 281–282
War, 89
weaknesses in the PLA system’s
dissatisfaction with the political status
effectiveness, 286–293, 294–296
quo in Taiwan, 57–58
factors in decisionmaking regarding COSCO Shipping Specialized Carriers
Taiwan, 24–25 Company, Ltd., 240
grand strategy for China, 73 Counterinsurgency, 140
limitations on persuasion to promote multinational training events focused
Taiwan unification with China, 44 on, 147–148
and linkage of Taiwan unification operations, 150–151
to “the great rejuvenation of the
COVID-19 pandemic, 98, 204, 253, 260, 261,
Chinese people,” 2, 38, 58
266
National Party Congress, 2022, 58
nationalist pressures on, 58 Cross-strait military campaigns. See also
problems analyzing the views and Amphibious invasion of Taiwan; Joint
concerns of leaders, 36–37 island landing campaign.
refusal to rule out use of force to China’s calculus of the costs and
achieve unification, 2, 5–6, 65 benefits of, 69, 74–80
and timeline for unification, 38, 312, Chinese interest in a quick result,
313 253–254, 258–259
unification with Taiwan as a central horizontal integration of forces for,
objective, 2, 38, 65–66, 67 282–285
united front against Japan, 42–43, 50
354 Index
joint logistics support system for, and amphibious combined arms

253–254 brigades, 163–164
materiel supply support for, 259–260 and CCP micromanagement in military
medical service support for, 260–261 operations, 288–291
mobilization system for, 263–266 and command and control of a cross-
national defense mobilization system strait military campaign, 288–291
for, 253–254 defense mobilization system, 264–269
PLAA focus on, 162 integration of support forces into the
and preparations for urban warfare, theater construct, 283–286, 291–292
153–154 Joint Operations Command Center,
risk management by China, 69–72 116, 123, 264, 280, 281–282, 283,
transportation requirements for, 284–285, 292
261–263 Joint Staff Department, 264, 283, 284
Cross-strait relations, 5, 36 lack of joint experience of officers,
Cross-Strait Service Trade Agreement, 292–293
50 live-fire exercises, 100
use of three logics framework in logistics support for a cross-strait
historical analysis of, 2–6, 48–54 military campaign, 256, 264, 285
military forces available in the, 6–7
CSC RORO Logistics Co., Ltd., 234, 235
missile tests, 100
Cyber attacks, 104–105, 285 Navy landing-ship units, 225
relationship with PLARF forces,
284–285
Davidson, Admiral Philip, 11, 13
responsibility for operations in the East
Defense White Paper, PRC, 2019, 67, 196 China Sea, 280
Democratic Progressive Party (DPP), 4–5, responsibility for Taiwan campaigns,
40–41, 42, 49–50, 54–57, 58, 98–99, 311 116–117, 120, 128, 130, 264–265, 279,
Deng Xiaoping, 36, 43–44, 45, 48, 54 280, 281

training exercises, 239, 283, 284–285,
Diaoyu Islands, 42–43, 50, 53, 89, 90. See also
286, 292
Senkaku Islands.
Economic Cooperation Framework
Diplomat, The, 315
Agreement, 50
Djibouti, 168, 182, 184
Economic policy used by the PRC to increase
Doklam, 90–91, 92 Taiwan’s dependence on China, 44, 46–47
Donghaidao, 239 Eisenhower, Dwight, 335
Dongsha Island, 103–104, 106, 315
Fallujah, Iraq, 142, 144–145, 146, 151

East China Sea, 89–92 Foreign Affairs, 13, 14
Eastern Theater Command, 99 Fravel, M. Taylor, 73
Index 355
Fujian Province, 223, 264 Jane’s Information Group, 163, 164, 170
Japan, 2, 35, 42–43, 50, 53, 90, 92, 127
Global Times, 99–100, 102, 181 Japan Air Self-Defense Force, 97
Gray zone operations, 87, 181 Jiang Zemin, 48, 49, 280, 312
“Great rejuvenation of the Chinese people,” Jinmen (Kinmen), 92, 172, 180–181, 308, 316
2, 38, 58 Joint anti–air raid campaign, 116, 126, 128,
Gregson, Wallace, 310 132, 134
Guam, 127 Joint Base Lewis-McChord, 11
Guangdong Province, 223, 265 Joint blockade campaign, 8–9, 116, 123–128,
Guidelines for National Unification, Taiwan, 171–173
1991, 49 Joint firepower strike campaign, 8, 116,
Gulf War, 328 118–123

campaign phasing, 120–122
military calculus for the use of against
Hainan Strait Shipping Co., Ltd., 234, 236, Taiwan, 119–120
237 role of PLAA amphibious brigades in,
Han Guangsong, 283 172, 173–174
role of PLANMC amphibious brigades
Harris, Admiral Harry, 339
in, 172
Heginbotham, Eric, 14
Joint island landing campaign, 9–10, 116,
Helicopters, 201, 205 128–132
attack, 201, 326 advance operations for, 173–174, 199
landing zones for, 237 air support during, 174, 178
transport, 201, 262, 269 airborne ground operations is limited
transported by ship, 230 by deliverable forces, 214–215
utility, 201 ambiguity of delineation of national
Hong Kong, 15, 36, 37, 44–45, 51, 56, 150 and theater responsibilities for, 281
Hu Jintao, 48, 89, 280 available aerial ports of embarkation

for, 205–208
Hu Xijin, 102
campaign phasing, 129–131
Huang Shu-kuang, Admiral, 332 China Coast Guard role in, 241–243
Hui’an Air Base, 208 command and control structure for,
277–297
and creation of artificial harbors,
“If War Broke Out Today” (video), 100 237–238
India, border disputes with China, 89, 90–91, debarkation operations, 177–179, 224,
92–93 233–240
embarkation and sea-crossing for, 174
International Radar Conference, 152–153
Iraq, 139–140, 142, 144–147, 151, 154

356 Index
establishment of a landing base, Korean War, 36, 308, 327

237–238, 239 Krach, Keith, 96
lack of sufficient numbers of landing
Kuomintang (KMT)/Chinese Nationalist
ships for, 223–224
Party, 2, 4, 35, 42, 49, 50, 51, 53, 54–55,
landing sections and points for,
56–57
174–175
limitations on the ability to execute a
supporting airborne campaign, 195 Lai Ching-te, William, 55–56
logistics requirements, 131–132
Lee Hsi-ming, Admiral, 311, 313–314, 315,
Maritime Militia role in, 241–243
317, 322, 324, 333, 335, 340, 341
military calculus for, 129
military requirements for, 131–132 Lee Kuan-cheng, 100
and national defense transportation Lee Teng-hui, 6, 48–49, 53–54, 309
support forces, 231–232 Leninist tendency toward centralization, role
and offloading from merchant ships, in command and control structures, 278,
233–240 281, 287, 288, 293, 296
PLA amphibious unit role in, 171
Li Daguang, Major General (Ret.), 103
PLA brigades available to conduct
amphibious operations, 161–162 Lin, Bonny, 14
role of airborne campaign in, 195–217 Liu Yuejun, 284
role of CCP in operational decisions,
Logistics
287–288
basic structure of the PLA system,
role of PLAA amphibious units in, 171,
255–257
173–179
joint logistics information-handling
role of PLANMC amphibious units in,
centers, 267–268
171, 173–179
military warehousing capacity, 259–260
role of sealift, 223–244
militia units responsible for, 268
troop allocation and deployment for,
mobilization system, 263–266, 267–269
175
need for a reserve logistics force, 268
use of civilian ships to transport forces,
support for a cross-strait invasion,
185
253–254, 258–263
Joint Logistic Support Centers, 256–257, 285 support for PLAA amphibious units,
Joint Logistic Support Force, 255–256, 285, 184
291 theater service logistics support
departments, 257
Joint Operations Headquarters Work, 2004,
transportation needs for a cross-strait
116, 122, 126, 127, 132, 134
military campaign, 262–263, 267–269
Journal of Military Transportation
University, 254
Ma Xiaoguang, 99
Ma Ying-jeou, 40, 50, 335

Kai He, 71
Index 357
Macao, 36 National defense mobilization systems
Mao Zedong, 92 improvements needed, 266–269

weaknesses in, 266
Mastro, Oriana Skylar, 13–14
National Defense Report, Taiwan, 2019, 8, 10,
Matsu (Mazu), 92, 172, 180–181, 316
311–312, 315, 318, 330
Medical services, 98, 204, 253, 260–261, 269
National Defense Strategy, U.S., 2018, 11, 294
Merchant marine, 231
National Defense Strategy, U.S., 2022, 12
Military and Security Developments
National Defense Transportation Law, 2016,
Involving the People’s Republic of China
231–232
2020, 131, 132, 133, 161–162, 180–181
National Defense Transportation Support
Military facilities, construction of on artificial
Forces, 231–233, 234, 239–240
islands, 90
National Defense University (China), 254
Military Operations on Urban Terrain
Joint Operations College, 292
(MOUT) facility, 141, 147–149, 151–152
textbooks, 118
Mines
National People’s Congress, work report of
beach, 326
the Chinese government to, 101
mine-laying ships, 326, 327–329
sea mines, 326, 327 National Transportation War Readiness
Office, 232, 233, 244
Missile tests in the South China Sea, 100
Naval Research Institute, 244
Missiles
antiship, 100, 327, 328–329, 330 New Power Party (NPP), 42
truck-launched antiship cruise, 326, Night-vision equipment, 201, 202–203

327, 328–329 1992 Consensus, 40–41, 56
Modi, Narendra, 93 Northern Jiangsu, training base in, 147, 148,
Mosul, Iraq, 142 151–152
Northern Theater Command, 225, 256
Nanjing Twin Rivers Shipping Co., Ltd., 242
National Chengchi University Election Study Obama, Barack, administration, and China’s
Center, 54–55 seizure of Scarborough Shoal, 93
National Chung Shan Institute for Science Odell, Rachel Esplin, 14

and Technology, 327, 328, 329, 332 Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2021
National Defense, 254 report on the PLA, 12–13
National defense mobilization commissions, “One China principle,” 35

264–265 “One country, two systems” model, 35–37,
National Defense Mobilization Committee, 43–45
128
National Defense Mobilization Law, 128, 231

358 Index
“Outline for Training and Evaluation and strengthening U.S.-Taiwan

of National Defense Transportation cooperation, 316–318, 337–340
Specialized Support Forces,” 232–233 U.S. interests in, 337–340
“Outline of Joint Operations for the People’s

Liberation Army,” 134 Pakistan, 182
Overall Defense Concept (ODC), Taiwan, 10, Paracel Islands, 163

307–318 Peaceful unification
and air defenses, 326–327, 330 as PRC policy, 36, 37, 41, 44
and antiship missiles, 327, 328–329, 330 prospects for, 15–16
asymmetric approach to defense,
Penghu Islands, 103
324–331
and the decisive battle in the littoral, People First Party (PFP), 42
325–326, 327, 332 People’s Armed Police (PAP), 140, 150–151,
and destruction of the enemy at the 286, 291
landing beach, 326–327, 332
People’s Liberation Army (PLA)
development of, 322–324
absence of urban warfare in literature
and enhancement of social endurance,
of, 140
313–314
advantages of the new command and
expanding the aims of to include
control structure, 293
deterrence and prevention of an
airlift available to support an airborne
invasion, 314–315, 322–323
campaign against Taiwan, 204–205
and force preservation, 324–325
amphibious training and exercises,
implications of the PRC’s timeline for
179–182, 183
unification on implementation of,
belief in the sufficiency of decapitation
312–313
strikes to prevail in Taiwan, 139, 140,
and mine-laying operations, 326–329
144–147, 150, 151–152
obstacles to implementation of,
capability to fight a quick battle in the
331–334
Taiwan Strait, 253–254
opinions of military leaders regarding,
concepts of urban warfare, 140,
332–333
141–144
and peacetime military missions,
development of military campaigns
329–330, 341
for Taiwan-related contingencies,
personnel issues related to the all-
115–118, 133–134
volunteer force, 334–335
doctrinal writings, 279, 281, 287, 288
and procurement of weapons systems,
emphasis in war plans on achieving
315–316, 321–322, 323, 325–326,
information superiority, 117
327–328, 333–334
enhanced role in territorial disputes,
resourcing of, 315–316
90–91
role in training, 332, 338–339
failure to provide combined arms
role of logistics in effectiveness of,
and joint training for airborne
335–336
campaigns, 211–214
Index 359
and the flattened chain of command, role of the Chinese Communist Party in
162, 178–179 the command and control of military
“Four Seas” exercises, 103 operations, 278, 287–288
horizontal integration of forces for sealift capabilities, 223–230
a cross-strait military campaign, Taiwan invasion as focus of
282–285 modernization, 6, 113–115, 277–278
and joint command posts, 282 Taiwan Strait as the central warfighting
Joint Logistic Support Force, 184 scenario, 65, 277
joint logistics structure, 254–258 training and military education
lack of available PLAN transport for reforms, 292
amphibious units, 185 and transition to wartime operations,
lessons drawn from foreign urban 278, 279–280
warfare examples, 140–141, 144–147 and urban warfare, 139–154
Logistic Support Department, 256 urban warfare doctrine, 141
Logistics Academy, 234 urban warfare training, 141, 147–151,
Logistics Academy Research Center, 152
254, 259, 260, 261, 262 urban warfare training bases, 140–141,
logistics mobilization capabilities, 151–152
253–254 use of civilian ships in a joint island
logistics requirements for a cross-strait landing campaign, 185
invasion, 254, 258–263 weaknesses in the joint command
mobilization system, 254, 264–266 structure, 278
National Defense University, 118, 254, People’s Liberation Army Air Force (PLAAF)
292 air campaign against Taiwan, 95–101,
new joint command structure, 277–278, 105–106
279–286 coordinating relationship with the
options to apply military capabilities Eastern Theater Command, 284–285
against Taiwan, 7–10, 23–24 and joint blockade campaigns, 126
publication of videos of training events, and joint firepower strike campaigns,
147, 180, 182, 200, 223 120, 122–123
publications relating to Airborne Corps and joint island landing campaign,
units, 200, 204 178, 179
publications relating to amphibious logistic support department, 256
operations, 180–181, 182, 223 nighttime training missions, 99
publications relating to logistics and service campaigns, 115
national defense mobilization, 254, transport of air defense units, 236–237
258 transport units, 204–205
publications relating to urban warfare,
People’s Liberation Army Air Force Airborne
141–142, 145–146, 147, 150–151
Corps, 195–217
reorganization under Xi Jinping, 17–18,
and 2017 reorganization, 197, 215–216
19, 71–72
360 Index
and advance operations in a joint reliance of amphibious brigades on

island landing campaign, 199 naval transport, 162
air assault brigade, 201 role in joint blockade campaigns,
basic structure, 196–202 171–173
command and control of, 196–197 role of amphibious brigades in joint
equipment for units of, 198–199, 200, blockade campaigns, 171–173
201–202, 215 role of amphibious brigades in joint
ground operations limited by island landing campaigns, 171,
deliverable forces, 214–215 173–179
lack of combined arms and joint training for amphibious units, 179–181,
training, 211–214 183
light motorized combined arms use of civilian merchant RO-RO ships
brigades, 200 to deliver units to Taiwan, 233–237
mechanized brigades, 201–202 watercraft units, 228–229
reserve personnel, 197–198 People’s Liberation Army Army (PLAA) units
tables of organization and equipment, 1st Amphibious Mechanized Infantry
197–200 Division, 163, 164
training, 202–203, 204, 209 124th Amphibious Mechanical Infantry
People’s Liberation Army Army (PLAA) Division, 163
2017 reorganization of amphibious 14th Armor Brigade, 163
units, 161, 163–165, 174, 180, 71st Group Army, 239
182–183, 185–187, 229 72nd Group Army, 225
air assault brigades, 203–204, 205 73rd Group Army, 223, 225
amphibious armored vehicles, 170–171 74th Group Army, 225
amphibious combined arms brigades, People’s Liberation Army Navy (PLAN)
161–162, 164–167, 170–172, 174, 175, amphibious assault ships, 229
177–179, 182–183, 186 amphibious ships, 223–230
amphibious ships, 223, 225–230 and joint blockade campaigns, 126–127
coastal defense brigades, 228, 229 and joint firepower strike campaigns,
command and control of amphibious 120
units, 182–183 and joint island landing campaigns,
and the flattened chain of command, 130, 131–132, 171
178–179 logistic support department, 256
landing craft, 223, 225, 228, 229, 230 service campaigns, 115
logistics support for amphibious units,
People’s Liberation Army Navy (PLAN) units
184
72nd Group Army, 172
Military Transportation University, 229
73rd Group Army, 172, 180
missions, 162, 171, 185–186
1st Marine Brigade, 163
and near-shore island offensive
164th Marine Brigade, 163
operations, 173
reconnaissance and engineering People’s Liberation Army Navy Marine Corps
capabilities of amphibious units, 177 (PLANMC)
Index 361
2017 reorganization of amphibious and the Anti-Secession Law of 2002,

units, 161, 167–171, 182, 185–187 49–50
amphibious heavy combined arms assessment of risk factors in an
battalions, 62 invasion of Taiwan, 13–14, 69–72,
aviation or air assault brigades, 205 74–75, 94–95
chain of command, 168 and border dispute with India, 89,
equipment for amphibious brigades, 90–91, 92–93
168–170, 174, 175, 178, 182, 184, 186 calculus on the use of force against
focused on joint island landing Taiwan, 65–81
campaigns, 161–162 capability to use leverage to deter
lack of transport for amphibious units, Taiwan from moving toward
185 independence, 39–41
location of amphibious brigades, 174 Coast Guard Law, 91–92
missions, 185–186 cognitive domain warfare, 99–100
reconnaissance and engineering and construction of militarized
capabilities of amphibious units, 177 artificial islands, 90, 91
role of amphibious brigades in island core principles of policy toward
landing operations, 168, 170, 171, Taiwan, 35–48
173–179 costs of using leverage against Taiwan,
role of amphibious brigades in joint 41
blockade campaigns, 171–173 defense modernization under Xi
role of units in an amphibious assault, Jinping, 113
223 and deterrence of U.S. activity in the
sealift transport for in a joint island South China Sea, 90, 91
landing campaign, 225, 230, 240 domestic political gains as motivation
structure of amphibious brigades, for coercion against Taiwan, 94, 102
167–168, 170 drivers of policy toward Taiwan, 48,
support provided by maritime militia, 53–54
242–243 effects of Taiwan preference for status
training for airborne operations, quo on policy development, 56
203–204 efforts to acquire foreign technologies,
training for amphibious units, 179–180, 152–153
181–182, 184 efforts to get Taiwan’s government to
People’s Liberation Army Rocket Force accept the 1992 Consensus, 58
and joint firepower strike campaigns, expanding administrative control over
120–121, 122–123 territory it claims as a motivation
Logistic Support Department, 256 for coercion against Taiwan, 91–92,
missile launchers operated by, 6 103–104
missile tests in the South China Sea, force deployments in the South China
100 Sea, 90
People’s Republic of China (PRC)

362 Index
gains in competitive military advantage potential military operations inside

as a motive for coercion against Taiwan’s airspace and/or territorial
Taiwan, 90–91 waters, 102
and goal of preventing United States problems analyzing the contents and
from coming to the aid of Taiwan, context of policy decisions, 36–37
5–6, 90, 91, 323 punishment and deterrence as
grand strategy for China, 72–73, 75 motivation for coercion against
and increased assertiveness in Taiwan, 92–93, 98, 102, 105, 106
territorial disputes, 90 rationality of leaders, 67–68
intelligence collection as motivation for reaction to Tsai Ing-wen’s refusal to
cyber attacks, 104 accept the 1992 Consensus, 50–51
and law enforcement operations in the refusal to recognize the Republic of
South and East China seas, 91–92 China government, 36
limitations of use of united front tactics response to Lee Teng-hui’s visit to the
in the Taiwan context, 43 United States, 40, 49, 93, 113, 309
military balance with Taiwan, 5–12, 307 role of U.S.-Taiwan relations in policy
military balance with the United States, decisionmaking, 57, 93–94, 98, 99,
5–6, 90–91, 323 106
motivations for use of coercion against signals to the United States that they
Taiwan, 88–94 should not take risks, 99
national military strategy, 113–115 testing U.S. resolve as a motivation for
and national rejuvenation, 73–74, 76, coercion of Taiwan, 93–94, 98, 99,
113 106
negative trend facing unification and the three logics of policy toward
prospects, 98–99 Taiwan. See Three logics of Chinese
and objective of achieving unification policy toward Taiwan.
of China and Taiwan, 35–37, 38, U.S. diplomatic recognition of, 2, 4, 309
43–45, 322–323 use of coercion against Taiwan, 7–8,
and objective of preventing Taiwan 87–107
independence, 38 use of coercion in territorial disputes,
and the “one China principle,” 35 89, 90–91
and the “one country, two systems” use of leverage and united front tactics
model, 35–37, 43–45 targeting the KMT, 49, 50, 51, 53
options for military coercion of Taiwan, use of prospect theory in the analysis
87–107 of PRC calculus of coercion against
options for military intimidation and Taiwan, 67–72
warfare, 16–17 value of economic ties with Taiwan,
and policy of “peaceful unification,” 65–66
15–16, 36, 37, 41, 44 willingness to fight to prevent Taiwan
potential cyber attacks on Taiwan, independence, 38, 57–65, 68–69,
104–105 113–115
PLA Daily, 141, 183, 186

Index 363
Pratas Island, 102 Russia, 139–140, 182
Prospect theory
and risk management, 69–72 Sacks, David, 14
use of to analyze China’s calculus of
Scarborough Shoal, 89, 93
the use of coercion against Taiwan,
66–72 Schelling, Thomas, 39
Provincial military districts, role in military Science of Army Operations, 2009, PLA
mobilization, 264, 266, 267, 268, 291 textbook, 171–172, 173
Psychological warfare, 99–100, 181, 285 Science of Campaigns, 2006, PLA textbook,
121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 130, 131,
Public opinion
134, 173, 205
anti-China sentiment in Taiwan after
2018 Hong Kong protests, 51 Science of Joint Operations, PLA textbook,
decreasing interest in unification on the 118, 121
part of Taiwan, 54–55, 56 Science of Military Strategy, 2001, AMS
preference in Taiwan for cross-strait textbook, 132
status quo, 54–55, 56
Science of Second Artillery Campaigns, 2004,
sense of Taiwan identity, 54–55, 56
PLA textbook, 121, 126
in Taiwan on relationship with China,
5, 43 Science of Strategy, 2013, AMS textbook, 117,
and the Tsai administration, 98 118, 134, 171, 280
use of training videos to shape, 180 Science of Strategy, 2015, NDU textbook, 118,
124
Quadrennial Defense Review, Taiwan, 8, 10, Sealift, role in a cross-strait invasion,
317, 322–324 223–244, 262–263, 269
Qinggu, Han, 263 Senkaku Islands, 42–43, 50, 53, 89, 90, 93. See
Qionglai Air Base, 206 also Diaou Islands.
Shanghai, 141, 264
Radar, use in urban warfare, 152–153 Shanghai Cooperation Organization Peace

Mission exercises, 147–148
RAND Corporation, 10, 73, 181
Shanghai Zhenhua Heavy Industries
Regulations on National Defense
Company, Ltd., 240
Mobilization of Civil Transport Resources,
2003, 231 Shen Ming-shih, 100
Regulations on National Defense Ships

Transportation, 1995, 231 amphibious transport docks, 225, 269
capabilities of, 228–230, 235, 237–240
Republic of China (ROC). See Taiwan.
capacity of, 225, 228, 235, 240, 262–263
Risk assessment and a cross-strait military China Coast Guard, 241
campaign, 73–81 dock landing, 185
ferries, 234, 235–236, 240, 243
364 Index
helicopter assault, 185 and China’s testing of cyber defenses,

landing helicopter dock, 229–230 104–105
landing ship, medium, 225, 229 Chinese operation inside the Air
landing ship, tank, 225, 229 Defense Identification Zone of, 87,
maritime militia, 243, 269 95–101, 313
mine-laying, 326, 327–328 and defense of offshore islands, 4–5,
offloading from merchant ships, 314
233–240 Department of Cyber Security, 104
possible refurbishing of mothballed dependence on the United States for
PLAN transport ships, 229 defense, 308, 316–318
roll on/roll off (RO-RO), 233–237, 238, deterrence of Chinese aggression
239, 240–241, 243, 263 and prevention of war as military
semi-submersible, 239 responsibilities, 314–315, 317, 322,
small fast attack vessels, 329 324–325
Taiwan fleet, 325–326 development of a whole-of-society
tank landing, 185 approach to guerrilla-type urban
watercraft landing, 225 warfare, 314
Sino-Japanese War, 35 development of asymmetrical concepts

for defense, 310–312, 323–331
South China Sea, 43, 89, 90, 91
development of indigenous defense
Southern Theater Command, 6–7, 163–164, industry, 328, 330, 332
225, 240, 256, 265, 286, 292 and the Diaoyu Islands, 42–43
Spratly Islands, 53, 89, 90, 91, 94, 238 effect of political trends in on China’s
cost-benefit calculus regarding an
Strait Exchange Foundation (SEF), 36, 49
invasion, 15–16
Strategic Support Force, 122, 133, 256, 285, evolution of military strategies of,
291 308–310
Stride exercises, 147 Foreign Ministry, cyber attacks on, 104
Syria, 142, 153 Han Kuang joint military exercises, 309

implications of China’s timeline for
unification on implementation of the
Taipei, 146–147, 150, 151–152, 154 Overall Defense Concept, 312–313
Taiwan (Republic of China) implications of the maturing PLA
ability to reduce Chinese leverage command structure for defense, 278,
against, 41 293–297
air defenses, 326–327 Investigation Bureau, Cyber Security
capabilities for repelling Chinese attack Investigation Office, 104
across the strait, 325–326 investment in asymmetric systems,
China’s ability to use leverage to deter 333–334
from moving toward independence, maintaining peace and stability in
39 the Taiwan Strait as the defense
objective, 314–315
Index 365
military balance with PRC, 5–12, 307 and the Senkaku Islands, 42–43
military logistics system, 335–336 support in for unification with China,
military-to-military exchanges with the 15–16
United States, 322, 323 Taiwan as a haven for the Republic of
Ministry of National Defense, 96–99, China forces in 1949, 2, 35
141, 310–311, 313, 330, 331–333, 337, territorial claims in the South China
341 Sea, 43
need for increase in defense budget, transition to an all-volunteer force,
315–316, 332, 333–334 334–335
need to raise public awareness of willingness of the CCP to fight to
tensions with the PRC, 313–314 prevent independence of, 2
need to rebalance defense investments, withdrawal of U.S. military personnel
315 from, 309
need to strengthen ties with the United Taiwan Air Force, and scrambling for
States, 316–318 intruding PLAAF aircraft, 97
and the “one country, two systems”
Taiwan Relations Act (TRA), 1979, 2–4, 309,
model, 4, 36
323, 337
Overall Defense Concept: 10, 307–318.
See also Overall Defense Concept. Taiwan Solidarity Union (TSU), 42
PLAAF air campaign against, 95–101 Taiwan Strait
potential coercive campaigns against, China’s crossing of the median line of,
101–105 95, 96, 97–98
potential efforts to reduce likelihood of differences from other Chinese
CCP leaders deciding to use force, territorial disputes, 89–90
58–59
Taiwan Strait Crisis of 1995–1996, 40, 49, 93,
potential preparations for urban
113, 309
warfare, 154, 314
psychological warfare against, 99–100 Taiwan Travel Act (2018), 98
public opinion regarding relationship Technical Standards for New Civilian
with China, 5, 43, 54–56 Ships to Implement National Defense
and purchase of arms from the United Requirements, 232
States, 308, 315–316, 321–322, 323, Thailand, training exercises with, 182
325–326, 327–328, 333–334, 337–338
Three logics of Chinese policy toward Taiwan
recommendations for responding to
and building domestic coalitions on
PLA improvements in transportation
Taiwan policy within the PRC, 46
and mobilization systems, 270
leverage, 37, 38–41, 49, 50, 51, 53
risks associated with declaring
persuasion, 37, 43–45, 53–54, 56, 57
independence or of foreclosing the
united front, 37, 41–43, 49, 50, 51, 53,
possibility of unification with China,
56–57
25
role in the regional balance of power, 4
rules of engagement, 102
366 Index
use of analysis of competing policy Tsai administration, public opinion of, 98

logics to assess the PRC policy Tsai Ing-wen, 40–41, 50–51, 56, 87, 96–97,
process, 47–48 315–316, 327–328, 332, 335
use of analysis of to reveal patterns of
continuity and change in PRC policy,
45–48 Uighurs, repression against, 15
use of in historical analysis of cross- Ukraine, 153
strait relations, 48–54
United Daily News, 311
Training
United Nations, 14, 35
for airborne campaign ground
operations activities, 202–203, 216 United States
Airborne Corps, 209, 211–214 arms sales to Taiwan, 2–3, 308, 315–316,
amphibious units, 179–182, 183, 184, 321–322, 323, 325–326, 327–328,
223, 228, 240 333–334, 337–338
CMC role in national exercises in 2019, China’s use of air campaign against
281 Taiwan to test the resolve of, 95–96
for civilian merchant shipping commitment to peaceful determination
companies, 232–233, 234, 236–237, of Taiwan’s future, 2–3
240 and diplomatic recognition of the PRC,
combined arms, 211–214 2, 4, 309
Eastern Theater Command, 283, implications of the maturing PLA
284–285 command structure for defense of
Han Kuang exercises (2019), Taiwan, Taiwan, 278, 293–297
332 legal basis for unofficial relations with
for joint island landing campaign Taiwan, 2–4
transport operations, 225, 234 military balance with PRC, 5–6, 323
for joint operations, 211–214, 216, military-to-military exchanges with
284–285 Taiwan, 322, 323
for maritime militia forces, 242 misjudgments in Iraq, 139–140
for navy landing ship units, 225 need to strengthen ties with Taiwan,
opposing force exercises, 183, 203 316–318
People’s Armed Police participation, PRC efforts to deter or delay
286 intervention of in Taiwan invasion,
PLANMC participation in international 5–6, 9–10, 90, 91, 323
exercises, 182 potential efforts to reduce the
for Taiwan forces, 338–339 likelihood of CCP leaders deciding to
for urban warfare, 141, 147–151, 152 use force, 58–59
and use of frontline joint command role in development of Taiwan’s Overall
posts, 282 Defense Concept, 310, 311
scientific and technological
Trump, Donald, 93–94
cooperation with China, 152–153
Trump administration, 93–94, 98, 99, 316
Index 367
Taiwan and the credibility of alliance appetite for risk in managing territorial
commitments, 4, 93, 337 disputes, 88, 89–90
withdrawal of military personnel from assessment of risks of an invasion of
Taiwan, 309 Taiwan, 13–14
U.S. Air Force, and response to A2/AD and building of a modern logistics
threats, 11 system, 254–255

as commander-in-chief of the Joint
U.S. Army
Operations Command Center, 280
Armored Brigade Combat Team, 164
commitment to policy of peaceful
and response to A2/AD threats, 11
unification, 57–58
urban combat training, 150
emphasis on building the military, 90
U.S. Army Pacific, 11 interventions in PLA personnel
U.S.-China Economic and Security Review decisions, 288
Commission, 12, 13 and military reorganization, 17, 71–72,
307, 309–310
U.S. Congress, 4, 11
and military training, 150
U.S. Department of Defense, 11, 131, 322, 337 motivations for coercion against
U.S. Department of State, 94 Taiwan, 92–93
U.S.-Japan Mutual Defense Treaty, 93 nationalist pressures on to invade

Taiwan, 13
U.S. Marine Corps, 11
and reform of the command
U.S. Navy, and response to A2/AD threats, 11 arrangements for a Taiwan
U.S.-Republic of China Mutual Defense contingency, 277–278, 280
Treaty, 308–309 and timeline for unification, 38,
312–313, 323
Urban warfare, 139–154, 314
willingness to use force to prevent
Taiwan independence, 113
Wang Bin, Division Commander, 141 Xinjiang, 15, 140, 150, 151, 152
Wang Hongguang, Lieutenant General Xu Qiliang, General, 150
(Ret.), 103, 105, 291–292
Wang Xiangsui, Senior Colonel, 99

Yanshan, training base at, 147
Western Theater Command, 204, 256
Wu, Enoch, 313–314

Zhang Peigao, 283, 287, 288
Wuhan, China, 260, 261
Zhang Zhaoying, Rear Admiral, 91
Wuhan Joint Logistics Support Base, 255–257
Zhenhua-28, 239
Wuxi Joint Logistics Support Center, 240
Zhenhua-33, 240
Zhonghua Fuxing, 235

Xi Jinping, 48
Zhoushan Strait Ferry Group Co., Ltd., 234
368 Index
Zhu Rongji, 93
Zhurihe Training Base, 147, 148, 150, 151–152, 183
Zussman Urban Combat Training Center, Fort Knox, Kentucky, 150

B
oth the U.S. and Chinese militaries are increasingly focused on a possible
confrontation over Taiwan. China regards the island as an integral part of its territory
and is building military capabilities to deter Taiwan independence and to compel
Taiwan to accept unification. These efforts have shifted the military balance in China’s favor
and heightened the risk of war. At the same time, the United States insists that China and
Taiwan resolve their dispute peacefully and is strengthening its military capabilities in the
Western Pacific to deter a possible Chinese attack.
Crossing the Strait: China’s Military Prepares for War with Taiwan explores the political
and military context of cross-strait relations, with a focus on understanding the Chinese
decision calculus about using force, the capabilities the People’s Liberation Army would
bring to the fight, and what Taiwan can do to defend itself. Based on original research by
leading international experts, Crossing the Strait explores China’s military options and the
PLA’s ability to execute them. The authors use a range of Chinese sources to assess the
PLA’s improved amphibious, airborne, logistics, sealift, command and control, and urban
warfare capabilities and how they might be employed in a military conflict. The authors
conclude that the PLA has made significant improvements and can already execute several
military campaigns, but still lacks critical airlift, sealift, logistics, and other capabilities
necessary to invade and occupy Taiwan. Under the guidance of current Central Military
Commission Chairman Xi Jinping, the PLA is working hard to address these shortcomings.
Crossing the Strait also considers what Taiwan, the United States, and other parties can
do to prepare a more effective defense. Taiwan has increasingly focused on acquiring
asymmetric and innovative military systems to blunt Chinese aggression. Yet contributors
to the volume suggest that current efforts are insufficient: Taiwan needs to do more to
prepare for the full range of contingencies it might face from the People’s Liberation Army.
A Taiwan with the right strategy, training, and force investments can pose a formidable
wartime challenge and thus improve deterrence. Given the high stakes, the volume should
be of interest to policymakers and practitioners alike.

Crossing-The - Strait

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Crossing-The - Strait

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Crossing-The - Strait

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

How does the book assess China's military capabilities for a conflict over Taiwan?

How does the book assess China's military capabilities for a conflict over Taiwan?

What challenges does the book say China still faces in being able to invade and occupy Taiwan?

What challenges does the book say China still faces in being able to invade and occupy Taiwan?

CROSSING

National Defense University

Opinions, conclusions, and recommendations expressed or implied within are solely

Library of Congress Control Number: 2022906513

National Defense University Press

Book design by John Mitrione, U.S. Government Publishing Office

Part I: China’s Decisionmaking Calculus

Part II: PLA Operations and Concepts for Taiwan

5 “ Killing Rats in a Porcelain Shop”: PLA Urban Warfare in a

Part III: Chinese Forces and the Impact of Reform

7 The PLA Airborne Corps in a Taiwan Scenario

9 PLA Logistics and Mobilization Capacity in a Taiwan Invasion

10 Who Does What? Chinese Command and Control in a Taiwan Scenario

Part IV: Strengthening Taiwan’s Defenses

12 Winning the Fight Taiwan Cannot Afford to Lose

About the Contributors................................................................................345

organize an annual conference on the Chinese military. This volume is the

MICHAEL T. PLEHN, Lt Gen, USAF

Crossing the Strait:

Background and Stakes of the Taiwan Issue

Map 2. Pratas and Taiping islands, marked in black

of U.S. regional alliance commitments to its actions regarding Taiwan. U.S.

island of Taiwan; various offshore islands such as the Penghus, Pratas/Dong-

A Changing Military Balance

Table. Comparison of PLA and Taiwan Military Forces

Tanks 6,300 across PLAA 800

Artillery Pieces 7,000 across PLAA 1,100

Aircraft Carriers 1 (2 total) 0

Major Surface Combatants 96 (132 total) 26

Landing Ships 49 (57 total) 14

Attack Submarines 35 (65 total) 2 (diesel attack)

Coastal Patrol Boats 68 (86 total) 44

Fighter Aircraft 700 (1,600 total) 400

Bomber Aircraft 250 (450 total) 0

Transport Aircraft 20 (400 total) 30

Special Mission Aircraft 100 (150 total) 30

infrastructure. Some actions have come in response to specific Chinese con-

generate significant international reactions. The extended duration of the

intermediate-range ballistic missile with a hypersonic glide vehicle. China has

The Department of Defense (DOD) is working to adapt U.S. weapons and

greater distances, and more capable of operating stealthy and unmanned

We’re also pursuing a more distributed force posture in the Indo-Pacific—

Assessing the Risks

buildup and sustainment of supplies onshore, and uninterrupted support.

States in a protracted war. She acknowledges that economic and diplomat-

It contains up-to-date analysis from multiple perspectives, including schol-

to convince Taiwan’s leadership to accept reconciliation on China’s terms in

series of cyber attacks against Taiwan, including targeting civilian infra-

allows theater commanders greater control over conventional forces while

frequent sorties in a compressed timeframe. He also argues that the PLAAF

emphasizes careful decisionmaking, along with a shift to a “system of

Outline of the Book

could reduce the effectiveness of PLA operations. He suggests that Taiwan

A full assessment of CCP decisionmaking about Taiwan must include

threatens China’s economy and political stability, and a postwar situation

5 “ Killing Rats in a Porcelain Shop”: PLA Urban Warfare in a